HEALTH, SAFETY, AND ENVIRONMENTAL MANUAL

C & C Technologies, Inc.
730 E. Kaliste Saloom Road
Lafayette, LA 70508
Phone: 337.261.0660
Fax: 337.261.0192

May 2005

Controlled copy
Copy Number :__________________________
Date Of Issue: ___________________________
Manual Number:

Custodian: HSE Manager

Manual Title:

Custodian:

HSE Manual
Rev. No.

HSE Manager
Description

Prepared By

Reviewed By

7-01-05

1
2

Effective Date

Re-formatted Manual – Added
Audit & Review, Firearms, Office
Security, Small Boat Launching,
Smoking &
Sub-Contractor Policies.
Added Sections on – Management
Commitment, Goals & Objectives,
Legislation & Industry Compliance,
Audit & Review, Emergency
Response, Risk Management,
Document Control, Incident
Investigation & Small Boat
Operations, Bomb Threat
Checklist,
Model Project HSE Plan & Model
Project Emergency Response Plan

Dave Goodman

Ross Heard

7-01-05
7-08-05

Format
Insert forms

Denise Douglas
Denise Douglas

Latest Revision Approved By

Thomas Chance – President

2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Document Control - Distribution
Table of Contents

3

Corporate Vision

6

Safety Policy Statement

7

Leadership & Commitment

8

1.1

Management Commitment

8

1.2

Goals & Objectives

8

1.3

1.

2

Legislation & Industry Compliance

9

2.

Policies & Strategic Objectives

11

2.1

Health, Safety & Environmental Policies

11

2.2

Environmental Policy Statement

12

2.3

Drug & Alcohol Policy

13

2.4

Sexual Harassment Policy

13

2.5

Facial Hair Policy

14

2.6

Short Service Employee Policy

14

2.7

Smoking Policy

14

2.8

Office Security Policy

14

2.9

Firearms Policy

15

2.10

Disciplinary Policy

15

2.11

Violations Examples

15

2.12

Disciplinary Actions

16

2.13

Audit & Review Policy

16

2.14

Small Boat Launching Policy

18

2.15

Management Of Sub-contractors Policy

18

3.

Organization & Responsibilities

20

3.1

Responsibilities

20

3.2

Organizational Flow Chart

23

3.3

Document Control

24

3
4.

Evaluation & Risk Management

27

4.1

Risk Management

27

4.2

Safety Meetings, Training & Drills

33

4.3

Job Safety Analysis Documentation

34

5.

Planning & Implementation

35

5.1

Personal Protective Equipment

35

5.2

Personnel Safe Work Procedures

38

5.3

Fall Protection Program

39

5.4

Offshore Travel & Work Orientation

45

5.5

Air Transportation

49

5.6

Personal Flotation Devices

55

5.7

Emergency Escape Vessels & Flotation Equipment

58

5.8

Personal Training

60

5.9

Transportation

65

5.10

Driving & Vehicle Operation

66

5.11

Fire Protection

73

5.12

Permit To Work System

75

5.13

Lock-Out / Tag-Out System

81

5.14

Hazard Communication Program

83

5.15

Hazardous Materials

90

5.16

Respiratory Protection Program

92

5.17

Hearing Conservation Program

97

5.18

Management of Change

102

5.19

Behavioral Based Safety Program

106

5.20

General Safety Procedures

116

5.21

Emergency Response Procedure (EMOT)

123

5.22

Emergency Action Plan

136

5.23

Incident Investigation

141

5.24

Small Boat Operations

143

5.25

All Terrain Vehicle (ATV) Policy

152

5.26

Food Handling

154

5.27

Vessel Intruder Security

159

4
6.

Implementation & Monitoring

160

6.1

Accident Reporting Procedures

160

6.2

Supervisors Accident Investigation Report

163

6.3

First Aid Program

163

6.4

Disciplinary Program

167

7.

Audit & Review

168

7.1

Audit Procedure

168

7.2

Inspections

203

8.

Appendices

204

8.1

Model Emergency Response Plan - Sample

205

8.2

Model Site Specific HSE Plan – Sample

216

8.3

Emergency Response Data Sheet

234

8.4

Accident/Injury Report Form

235

8.5

Confined Space Entry Permit Form

238

8.6

Hot Work Permit Form

239

8.7

MSDS Data Sheets

241

9.

Specialized Safety Report Forms

247

5
Corporate Vision
To be a Growing Company
Earning Clients for Life
Utilizing Technology to our Clients’
Benefit
Doing It Right
Being a Great Place to Work

_______________________
Thomas Chance, President

__________________
Date

6
Health & Safety Policy Statement
It is the policy of C & C Technologies, Inc. to meet its safety and health responsibilities and
to continually strive to maintain a safe working environment at each location where work
activities are occurring. C & C Technologies, Inc. Senior Management is committed to
providing a safe and healthy working environment for all employees.
The goal of the safety and health process is the prevention of accidents and injuries, the
preservation of equipment and capital, and the achievement of safe working practices. In
order to accomplish these goals, it is C & C Technologies, Inc. to:
•

Avoid accidents that result in injury to employees, interruption of production, or
damage to equipment or property.

•

Take all action necessary in engineering, planning, designing, assigning,
supervising, and performing work operations that establish and maintain a safe and
healthy working environment.

C & C Technologies, Inc. procedures and directives are designed to be an integral part of
the development of sit-sensitive safety processes. It is the responsibility of each C & C
Technologies, Inc. managers, supervisors and employees to effectively implement these
processes.
These safety procedures shall be considered as minimum guidelines. There will be times
when the requirements can and must be exceeded. Management provides employees with
the authority to carry out the assigned task and holds the employee accountable for
successfully completing the task safely. Employees shall be expected to perform their
jobs, as they were trained and according to established law, company rules, procedures,
etc. Management shall not tolerate employees who are unwilling to conform to policies and
procedures established by the C & C Technologies, Inc. and/or regulations set forth by the
various government agencies.
Remember, it is a C & C policy that requires anyone to prevent work from starting or stop
any work where adequate controls of HSE risks are found not to be in place.

Thomas Chance
President
_________________
Date

7
1. Leadership & Commitment
1.1

Management Commitment

Visible management commitment to HSE is considered the most important element of the
HSEMS. Without the initiative and continued support of top management, the HSEMS will
not be successful. Within C & C Technologies, HSE management is an essential part of
each manager's daily responsibilities.
Senior management's commitment is demonstrated through visible leadership, which
translates into providing the resources needed to develop, operate, and maintain the
HSEMS and to attain our HSE policy and strategic objectives. Commitment is
demonstrated by ensuring that full account is taken of the HSE policy requirements and
that necessary support is provided to protect the health and safety of our employees and
the environment. This commitment is based on:
Belief in C & C’s desire to improve HSE performance.
The high priority that is placed on HSE performance when planning and
evaluating projects.
Motivation to improve personal HSE performance by making it clear that
working safely is a condition of employment and this is as significant as other
performance criterion.
Acceptance of individual responsibility and accountability for HSE performance.
Participation and involvement at all levels of HSEMS development.
Promoting HSE in company publications and including HSE issues on the
agendas of staff and management meetings, and
Requiring subcontractors to comply with C & C's HSE requirements and
expecting them to be involved in similar HSE directives within their companies.
C & C Technologies and its subcontractors will ensure that:
All personnel can carry out their designated tasks with full knowledge of the
risks involved and the proper methods for controlling them in accordance with
industry standards and to C & C’s satisfaction.
There is a system in place for creating and maintaining a positive HSE culture
within their organization and that HSE awareness is given a high priority, and
All accidents are reported promptly and are investigated in a timely manner
followed by recommendations to prevent further accidents/incidents.
1.2

Goals & Objectives
Goals and objectives identify the activities that are needed to achieve effective risk
management and develop and maintain HSE policies, performance standards, and
hazard controls. Corporate HSE goals are set annually. Each division and crew
should set goals and objectives that are specific to their operation.
Current conditions and standards on the crew need to be assessed to determine HSE
goals and objectives. Goals and objectives should be specific, measurable, attainable
targets. They should include estimates of time to completion.

8
Everyone who is involved in setting the goals must believe that t e goals and time
h
estimates are realistic. If the goal or objective is not reached within the scheduled time,
the crew should determine why the objective was not met.
Activity-related goals may include, but are not limited to:
Ensuring that all employees, whether new or transferred, subcontractors, clients, or
visitors, receive an HSE orientation.
Conducting a set number of self audits and inspections that focus on health,
safety, and environmental issues.
Ensuring that accident investigations and follow-up are completed by line
managers.
Establishing contingency plans and conducting drills as if there were an
actual emergency.
Scheduling set numbers of personnel to receive HSE training.
Establishing safety promotion activities such as Safe Crew, Employee of the
Month, Safety Suggestion, or Best Driver programs.
Reducing the amount of waste generated by the crew by recycling or
substitution.
Implement area-specific policies and monitor their effectiveness.
Reduce occupational illness.
Minimize environmental impact.
Continued and/or increased HSE awareness in employees and others.
Departmental, safety committee, and tailgate meetings.
Emergency drills and exercises.
1.3
Legislation & Industry Compliance
C & C Technologies will comply with all relevant local, state and Federal regulations.
Business activities are covered primarily by the following regulations:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

OSHA (Code of Federal Regulations).
United States Coast Guard.
SOLAS.
MARPOL.
Environmental Protection Act.
Minerals Management Service.
National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH).
Environmental Protection Act.
International Maritime Organization (IMO).
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA).
U.S. Department of Transportation.

The Company considers the following recognized associations’ regulations, guidelines and
additional materials relevant to the Company’s operations:
•
•
•
•

International Association of Geophysical Contractors (IAGC).
Offshore Marine Services Association (OMSA).
American Petroleum Institute (API).
Petroleum Education Council (PEC).
9
•
•
•
•
•

International Maritime Organization (IMO).
American National Standards Institute (ANSI).
International Maritime Organization (IMO).
International Association Of Oil &Gas Producers (OGP)
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers HSE Manual (EM 385-1)

The Company will comply with relevant applicable international and foreign shipping
regulations while engaged in overseas operations. All chartered vessels will also be
required to adhere to these regulations in conjunction with the Company HSEMS.

10
2.

POLICIES AND STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES

2.1

Health, Safety and Environmental Policy

The welfare of all personnel working on C & C Technologies Inc. (C & C) premises,
including our employees as well as employees of our contractors and their subcontractors,
is of strong interest to us. Accordingly, it is important that each individual recognize certain
rules when doing his/her job. These rules are basic and general in nature and cannot
cover every possible working condition. Therefore, the cooperation of each person is a
necessity so that operating procedures and work methods do not expose you or your coworkers to injury. Remember, safety is a team effort in which each individual must share to
eliminate or reduce the risk of loss or damage to personnel or property. Good judgment
and common sense are required to supplement any rules. If you have any doubt at any
time, consult your supervisor. Report all accidents, injuries and near misses as soon as
possible to your supervisor.
Health, Safety and Environmental Policy and Commitment
In the management of our activities, C & C Technologies is committed to the
following principles:
•
•
•
•
•

Pursue the goal of no harm to people
Protect the environment
Manage HSE matters as any other critical business activity
Promote a culture in which all C & C employees share this commitment
Promote the well-being of employees as an essential part of business
activities

C & C HSE policy requires everyone to stop any work, or prevent work from starting,
where adequate controls of HSE risks are found not to be in place.

11
Environmental Policy Statement
C & C Technologies is committed to protecting our natural environment and resources in all
areas where we conduct business. Implementation of this policy is a primary management
objective and is the responsibility of every employee.
It is C & C Technologies, Inc. policy to comply with all applicable environmental laws and
regulations and cooperate with all local, state and federal agencies in their inspection and
enforcement activities.
Incorporate environmental considerations in the Company’s planning and operational
decisions.
Develop and communicate environmental objectives throughout the Company so that all
employees understand their individual responsibilities and are properly trained in carrying
out these objectives.
Manage operations in a responsible manner and respond effectively to avoid and/or
mitigate adverse environmental impacts associated with operations.
Conduct periodic assessments of operations to evaluate, measure and assure
environmental performance and compliance.
Participate in the formulation of prudent and responsible environmental laws and
regulations that may impact our business and foster a constructive working relationship
with environmental organizations and agencies.
Promote and encourage energy efficiency and environmental protection through new and
existing technologies.
Commit the resources needed to implement these principles.
Senior management is committed to the implementation of these principles.

Thomas Chance
President
______________
Date

12
2.3

Drug & Alcohol Policy

SCOPE: All persons employed by C & C or affiliated companies are subject to the terms
and conditions of this policy.
For the safety of our employees and our customers, C & C prohibits the use, possession,
being under the influence or distribution of illegal drugs, alcohol, other intoxicants, firearms,
or contraband, when reporting t work, while at work, while on company premises, in
o
company vehicles or vessels, or on customer or third party property, vessels or vehicles. C
& C and its customers have the right to test for the presence of drugs and/or alcohol in our
employees.
This policy does not bar the moderate use of alcohol at company-sponsored functions
approved by the president of C & C.
The laws of many foreign countries in which C & C operates have extremely severe drug
laws, which include the death penalty for some drug violations. It is understood that if you
and/or your family violate any of the foreign country's drug laws, C & C, your embassy,
high commission or counsel are virtually powerless to come to your aid.
The primary purpose of this policy is to promote the safety and well being of all employees.
It would be inconsistent to promote a strong safety effort while allowing the use of drugs
and/or alcohol or the possession of firearms to undermine the safe and effective
performance of employees on the job.
As a maritime and pipeline contractor, the company will comply with the United States
Department of Transportation requirements of 46 CFR, Part 16 and 49 CFR, Part 40 for all
vessel personnel (DOT). The provisions of Texas R.S., 49:100, Parts I through III, shall
apply to non-maritime employees (non-DOT). All collections shall be conducted in
accordance with 49 CFR, Part 40.
Note: The entire Drug and Alcohol program is available for review in the HR
Department or Safety Department.
2.4

Harassment Policy

C & C Technologies, Inc. is committed to providing a place to work in an environment free
of sexual and racial harassment. Where sexual or racial harassment is found to have
occurred, C & C will act to stop the harassment, to prevent its recurrence, and to discipline
those responsible in accordance with C & C’s disciplinary policies.
No employee in the workplace should be subject to unwelcome verbal or physical conduct
that is sexual or racial in nature.
Sexual harassment does not refer to occasional compliments of a socially acceptable
nature. It refers to behavior of a sexual nature that is not welcome, that is personally
offensive, and that interferes with performance.
It is expected that all C & C personnel will treat one another with respect.

13
2.5

Facial Hair Policy

Employees engaged in activities that may necessitate the use of a respirator must be
clean-shaven on the area of the face where a mask seal is affected. A positive seal cannot
be accomplished if more than one day’s growth of facial hair is present in the seal area.
Subsequently, employees must adjust their personal grooming practices to conform to this
requirement.
This policy is necessary to protect the safety and health of all C & C employees in
compliance with OSHA 29 CFT 1910.134 - Respiratory Protection, Sec. 93), subpart (i):
Respirators shall not be worn where conditions prevent a good face seal. Such conditions
may be a growth of a beard, side burns, or skull cap that projects under the face-piece, or
temple pieces on glasses.
This policy is applicable to all C & C employees and subcontractors.
2.6

Short Service Employee Policy

It is the policy of C& C to train and manage new employees (short service employees) in a
manner to minimize their possibility of injury during the most critical first six months of
employment with the company. A mentor will be assigned to each short service employee.
The mentor will ensure that the short service employee is aware of all safety requirements.
The mentor will also serve as an on the job trainer to ensure that the employee learns the
proper job skills and techniques. The mentor will monitor the short service employee’s
performance to ensure that products and services are up to C & C Technologies quality
standards.
C & C will comply with our customer’s SSE policy and provide notification of use or
other requirements of the customer to fulfill our responsibility to them.
2.7

Smoking Policy

In recognition of the responsibility to protect employees from the hazards that exist when
smoking is freely permitted, C & C Technologies has implemented a ban on smoking in
certain environments. Smoking is permitted in designated areas and on designated
equipment only. All employees of C & C Technologies, contract personnel, and visitors to C
& C Technologies worksites must comply with this policy.
2.8

Office Security Policy

Access to Company offices by persons who are not full time employees of Company will be
controlled. All visitors will be required to sign in on arrival & out on departure.
Any employee seeing an unknown person will establish their identity and whom they are
visiting.

14
If a bomb threat is received, follow this procedure:
Stay calm- it may be a prank, but there is always the possibility that it is the real thing.
Try to ascertain:
When will it go off
Where it is located
Write down exactly what was said.
Personnel such as receptionists and administrators should keep a copy of the bomb threat
checklist close at hand. When the caller hangs up, take a very brief moment to complete
the checklist and call Security at XXXX and explain what happened.
The Security person in charge will contact the City oh Lafayette bomb division and report
the incident and request assistance. Bomb threat evacuation procedures will be initiated.
2.9

Firearms Policy

In general, the possession or carrying of firearms on company premises is prohibited at all
times. For purposes of this section, company premises includes not only company-owned
or leased property, vessels, and vehicles, but also field camps, installations, and work
areas on company premises.
Some states and localities have laws that authorize carrying concealed firearms by
properly permitted or licensed individuals. C & C Technologies policy takes precedence in
such cases. That is, possessing or carrying firearms on company premises is prohibited.
This prohibition does not apply to law enforcement officers or security guards who are duly
authorized by the company.
2.10

Disciplinary Policy

The discipline statement below is quoted from C & C Technologies Policy and Procedures
Manual. This discipline applies to HSE as well as all C & C policies and procedures. The
HSE Manager, Department Managers, Project Managers and Party Chiefs are responsible
for the enforcement of the disciplinary program. Supervisors identified, as showing an
overall lack of commitment to C & C HSE goals by a physical HSE inspection shall be held
to the same level of disciplinary actions listed below.
2.11

Violation Examples

The following examples of unacceptable behavior that result in safety violations:
• Not following verbal or written safety procedures or guidelines
• Abuse of safety equipment
• Failure to use proper Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
• Horse play

15
2.12

Disciplinary Actions

C & C can only be as good as its employees. C & C expects the highest business and
ethical conduct from you. It is impossible to define all the actions that may or may not
comprise this level of conduct. Over time, the “dos” and “don’ts” are spelled out in verbal
communications, memos or policy statements. Violations, depending on the severity, must
be handled in one, if not more of the following manners:
• Oral or Written Warning
• Reduction in Pay
• Suspension Without Pay
• Disciplinary Demotion
• Termination
2.13

Audit & Review Policy

C & C considers audits and performance reviews essential parts of the HSE management
system. A wide range of personnel is involved in the audit/review process, which
encompasses all field operations and facilities.
This policy describes C & C’s internal HSE auditing process. It is a guide for those who will
conduct audits and submit reports. All audits should be constructive and supportive. Audits
help improve the HSE management system by:
Assessing HSE policies and improving the control of specific hazards;
Obtaining information on the validity and reliability of HSE controls;
Assessing the achievement of specific HSE objectives;
Ensuring that the appropriate remedial action is taken to deal with specific
issues and that progress in implementing remedial action is followed through
according to plan;
Measuring the current process against predetermined standards and goals.
Note the following types of audits:
Internal company audits
Crew self-audits
Cross-auditing between crews, areas, facilities, or disciplines
C & C audits of subcontractor vessels, operations, Safety Management System,
facilities, or policies
Client audits.
For the audit process to be successful, follow-up audits must be conducted in a timely
manner.
Frequency
Area management will schedule internal company audits so that all participants can commit
time and resources. Each crew will undergo internal company audits at least every 12
months, with follow-up audits every 6 months. Area, country, self, and cross audits should
be conducted on a regular basis.

16
Composition of the Audit Team
To maximize the internal audit process, audit teams are recommended. Local and crew
management and HSE personnel should comprise the teams. The audit team should meet
with local management before the audit is conducted to structure and organize the audit.
After the audit is complete, the audit team should meet with local management to discuss
the results and follow-up procedures.
The audit team should include people who have been trained in auditing. The work should
be equally divided among team members.
Report Presentation
The recommended action items are presented to crew management before the audit team
leaves. The final report should be produced and distributed promptly. The report should
specify why action items are listed and structured to facilitate follow-up.
Follow up
A table of action items is created that clearly identifies the recommendations, action items,
and the responsible parties, target date for completion, and current status. Appoint a
coordinator to monitor and record progress on the action taken.
Follow-up Audit
An essential element of the auditing process is the follow-up. The follow up is an audit of
the response to the original audit. This should be conducted by at least one of the original
team members accompanied by local management.
Self-audits are an effective way to monitor HSE performance. Self-audits should be part of
each crew’s HSE program. Crewmembers should conduct crew self-audits on a regular
basis. Various formats are available to document these audits. Crew self-audits can be
accomplished by:
Unsafe act auditing
Substandard procedure auditing
Cross-departmental auditing
Interdepartmental auditing.
All crews should participate in crew self-audits. Audits can be scheduled and reviewed by
the HSE committee and discussed at crew safety meetings.
Divisional HSE Reviews
Each of C & C’s divisions will review the HSEMS to ensure its continuing suitability,
adequacy, and effectiveness. These are formal management reviews set at intervals
determined by the division. The divisional vice-presidents are responsible for holding the
formal reviews. Senior line management is responsible for participating in the review and
acting on the results.
Senior line management will prepare (or request others to prepare) information and
summaries to be presented and discussed. The formal management reviews will examine
HSE performance and HSE program effectiveness, continuing suitability of overall HSEMS,
especially against the published company HSE policies and objectives.

17
Summary reviews and analyses of the following items typically will form the basis for the
meeting agenda.
HSE performance statistics - current year versus the previous two years.
Occupational illness and injury trends
HSE audit findings and follow-up status
HSE training and staff development
Results of accident investigations to ensure that corrective actions have been
taken to prevent recurrence
HSE performance versus stated company and division goals and objectives
HSE objectives for the forthcoming period.
Senior Management HSE Review
The President and Senior Management of C & C Technologies will review HSE
performance each year. This review will highlight performance in the past year through
measurable indicators so that HSE performance can be assessed and targets and
objectives can be set for the next year. The reviews are written and distributed to the
appropriate vice-presidents and managers.
The reviews focus on divisional HSE performance, divisional HSE goals and objectives,
accident statistics and trend analyses, individual crew HSE performance and accident
frequency rates, areas needing improvement and management attention, and HSE goals
and objectives for the next year.
2.14

Small Boat Launching Policy

Under no circumstances will a work-boat be launched to conduct routine work-boat
activities unless another suitable vessel is on standby status for use as a safety vessel.
This vessel may be a Fast Rescue Craft (FRC) or a chase boat. If the vessel is an FRC,
then it must be fully manned by its assigned crew, ready for immediate launching. In this
circumstance, the high-speed rescue craft must be deployed into the water and be away
from the ship in less than five (5) minutes.
High-speed rescue craft must comply with SOLAS 1974, Chapter 3, Section V, Regulation
47, subsections 3.3 through 3.10, inclusive.
Lifeboats are specifically excluded from assignment as routine, standby rescue boats.
In an emergency situation, at the discretion of the Master, the work-boat may be launched
without the above safeguards in place.
2.15

Management Of Sub-Contractors Policy

The purpose of this policy is to provide guidance on HSE requirements to sub-contractors.
Sub-contractors who work on C & C’s property or under C & C’s prevailing influence must
conduct their activities in a manner that is consistent with safe, healthy and environmentally
friendly operating practices and in accordance with all the applicable health, safety and
environmental rules and regulations.
This policy applies to all sub-contractors who are expected to perform work or provide
services for C & C.

18
Requirements
The HSE program and record of sub-contractors will be considered by C & C during the
selection process. At C & C’s request, subcontractors may be required to provide their
current HSE incident rates and/or such other information as determined by C & C to be
necessary or desirable to judge their prior safety performance.
It is the primary responsibility of each sub-contractor to provide a safe and healthy
workplace for their employees. All sub-contractors must perform their work in accordance
with all applicable local and national governmental regulations, as well as with the HSE
policies and procedures of C & C or C & C’s clients.
All sub-contractors will provide their employees with appropriate medical examinations,
personal protective equipment (PPE), and necessary HSE training before beginning work.
All sub-contractors are responsible for ensuring that their equipment is in proper working
condition and that any unsafe conditions will be corrected as soon as possible.
All sub-contractors will conduct safety meetings for their employees or have their
employees attend C & C safety meetings, as well as monitor their work activities to help
ensure safe working practices and conditions. The sub-contractor must document each
safety meeting, stating the time, place, and subject discussed, and include each
employees signature.
All sub-contractors will notify a C & C supervisor immediately about all accidents
involving their employees on C & C’s property or under C & C’s prevailing influence.
All sub-contractors will comply with C & C’s Alcohol and Drug Policy when performing work
for C & C or its clients.
All sub-contractors must comply with C & C’s Policy for Sub-contractors and communicate
it to their employees.
C & C reserves the right to audit/inspect the sub-contractors’ HSE program,
equipment, and operations before and during performance of the work.
Implementation
Local C & C management is responsible for implementing this policy at each of its facilities.
If a sub-contractor violates this policy, then the sub-contractor will take prompt
action to correct such violation to the satisfaction of C & C management.
Violation of C & C’s Policy for Sub-contractors, or any applicable policy of a C & C
client, or any applicable government law or regulation may be cause for immediate
removal and revocation of access by the offending person to any C & C or client
property.

19
3.

ORGANIZAT ION & RESPONSIBILITIES

3.1

Responsibilities

This section defines the overall organization that will be utilized in the company and the
roles and responsibilities of the people involved. Detailed roles and responsibilities for
control mechanisms and safety initiatives are included in later sections, when applicable.
The President shall be responsible for all business undertaken and entered into by C & C
and for the formulation, promulgation, and enforcement of C & C Safety Policy.
The VP/General Manager (Jeff Sides) shall have oversight responsibility for all operations
activities; including Project Management, Asset Management, Engineering, Procurement,
Marketing/Sales, and Operations. Contact Number +1 (337)-261-0660 Main Office
Lafayette LA.
The Project M
anagers shall be ultimately responsible for the projects their people are
involved with and will oversee the activities of the key personnel listed hereafter.
Contact Number 337-261-0660 Main Office.
The Project Managers responsibilities include but are no limited to:
•

Ensuring that all work activities, whether onshore or offshore, are undertaken in a
healthy and safe working environment

•

Administering the Services Contracts undertaken by C & C and ensuring that the
services being provided meet the requirements of the contract

•

Reviewing manning levels and ensuring that suitably qualified personnel are
available for employment at the various worksites

•

Maintaining C & C standards in the operation and maintenance of the systems in
his control

•

Administration of the Contract, including but not limited to, Planning, Scheduling,
Cost Control, and Personnel Administration

•

Maintaining reporting, liaisons, and communications to and from the Client

•

Ensuring the smooth operation of the Service Contract

The Party Chief, Shop Foreman, Office Department Managers shall be responsible
for:
•

Communicating expectations

•

Being good role models

•

Actively participating in safety plan activities

•

Ensuring the safety of personnel under their supervision

•

Continually reinforcing desirable behaviors

•

Providing constructive feedback as needed

•

Championing policies, procedures, and processes
20
•

Ensuring competence of personnel under their supervision

•

Equally emphasizing safety, productivity, and quality

•

Ensuring that jobs are pre-planned with safety as a priority

•

Enhancing workforce morale

•

Identifying and correcting unsafe behavior and conditions

•

Being safety resources and informal trainers

•

Knowing the abilities and limitations of their personnel

The Survey Crew shall be responsible for:
•

Being good role models to fellow co-workers

•

Actively participating in safety plan activities

•

Looking after their own safety and the safety of fellow co-workers

•

Continually providing feedback to supervisors and management

•

Evaluating their own competence

•

Pre-planning jobs and tasks with safety as a priority

•

Identifying and correcting unsafe behaviors and conditions

•

Reporting all injuries and near misses

•

Knowing their fellow co-workers abilities and limitations

•

Using the appropriate safety equipment

•

Complying with Project and C & C policies and procedures

•

Asking questions when in doubt

21
C & C Safety Department shall be responsible for:
•

Providing off-site technical support and guidance

•

Providing regulatory interpretations

•

Supporting assessment and evaluation processes

Employee Responsibilities
Each employee, including contractors, shall be individually responsible for complying with
the rules contained in this manual and with all applicable federal, state a local laws,
nd
regulations, rules and ordinances.
Employee must read, be thoroughly familiar with, and understand the contents of this
handbook. You will be required to sign the back page of the manual and keep the
handbook for future reference and documentation.
Each employee shall be responsible for following safe procedures for the work being
performed, conducting operations safely and reporting any unsafe conditions or practices
immediately to his supervisor.
Every employee shall assist new employees in performing their work in accordance with
safe work procedures.
Each employee shall immediately report to his supervisor any injury, regardless of the
nature of the injury.

22
3.2

Organization
C & C Organizational Chart
President

VP/ General Manager

HSE Manager

Project/Department Managers

Party Chief Office Supervisors

Field and Office Personnel

KEY
= Direct Project Authority
= Safety Communications/Interface Coordination

23
3.3 Document Control
The C & C Technologies Safety Management System (SMS) is the documented procedure
for all activities that relate to the safety of the individual, the vessel, and property, and
protection of the environment. Document control verifies compliance with the Company’s
stated objectives and/or statutory regulations.
The purpose of this procedure is to describe the generation and control of documentation
within C & C Technologies.
Scope
This procedure shall apply to the generation and control of all internal C & C documents
generated from the date of issue of this procedure.
Definitions
Document
A sheet of statements, a procedure, a work instruction, or a standard form developed for use
within the Company.
Procedure

A document detailing the purpose and scope of an activity and specifying by whom
and what is to be performed
a. Task
A series of actions that produces a particular service or product.
Work instruction
A document giving step-by-step instructions of how a task shall be performed.
b. Article
The smallest part of a document which can be updated without affecting the rest of
the document.
c. Custodian
Person responsible for holding the Master copy of the document, for its update and
for distribution.
d. Manual
A collection of documents.
e. Manual Holder
Position issued with a controlled copy of a manual.

24
Responsibilities
a) The Line manager initiating documents and revisions is responsible for ensuring
adequate review and comments, final approval and implementation.
b) It is the responsibility of the authors to ensure that the correct format is adhered
to; the HSE Manager shall not accept procedures and work instructions
produced in incorrect formats for inclusion in the manual.
c) It is the responsibility of the HSE Manager to maintain a master list of document
numbers in use, and their revision status.
d) The HSE Manager shall be responsible for the distribution of revised documents
for review and approval and for document release and distribution.
e) The Project Manager and Party Chief are responsible for ensuring that only
current documents are contained in the manual being used on their project.
Obsolete documents must be removed and destroyed.
Actions
Identification and authorization
Once the need for a new document or a revision to an existing document has been identified,
the HSE Manager will authorize production of a new or modified document. The HSE
Manager shall be responsible for having the revised or new document produced and
updated.

Manuals
a) Publishing
Manuals shall be published for each project recorded on CD-ROM and in hard
copy if required. Manuals shall be sent to the field crew with an
acknowledgement form. The Party Chief will sign this form acknowledging
receipt of the CD-ROM and/or manual and return it to the HSE Manager. The
HSE Manager will be responsible for tracking and filing these forms.
b) Format
The cover page to show manual title, “CONTROLLED COPY”, copy number,
manual holder and date of issue
Layout
The manual shall be laid out in the following manner:
• Cover page
• Page 1 - Manual Title, manual number, custodian, revision history,
• Page 2 - Distribution list
Development and Approval
a) New documents shall be prepared to the standard style and format, and a draft
version distributed for comment.
b) Existing documents shall be modified to the standard style and format when
being revised and a draft version distributed for comment.

25
c) A vertical red bar in the left margin of the hard copy shall identify modifications
to existing documents. The bar can be located in front of a text line (single line
update), or a title (full article, subsection or section updated)
Revision Identification
a) Revision identification shall always be 2 characters starting at 00 and shall be
visible in the document history table.
Distribution
a) Documents shall not be distributed until final review and approval has taken
place.
b) Distribution of documents is the responsibility of the HSE Manager.
Maintenance
a) Manuals shall only contain current documents, and the `Contents’ page shall
accurately define the contents of the manual.
b) All obsolete copies of documents shall be removed from the manual by the
manual holder and be destroyed.
In exceptional circumstances, when a specific obsolete document is retained for
reference purposes, it shall be clearly marked `OBSOLETE’.

26
4. EVALUATION & RISK MANAGEMENT
4.1

Risk Management

Risk is present in all aspects of society. Risk is defined as "the product of chance that a
specified undesired e
vent will occur and the severity of the consequence of the event"
(OGP, July 1994). In other words,
Risk = Level of Exposure X Severity of Consequences.
For example, the level of exposure (probability) for irreversible impact to an endangered
species habitat as a result of a geophysical survey may be low; however, the severity of
the consequences would be very high. In this case, the company would need to design the
project to reduce the probability of impact to near zero, or reject the project.
Risk management is at the base of C & C's management structure and processes.
Management of risk is integrated into all facets of our business, including:
HSE policies,
HSE standards,
HSE procedures and training,
HSE modules, and
Applicable government regulations.
All of these are part of the process used to manage inherent risk. In today's economy, a
company without an effective risk management process will not be successful.
C & C's six-step risk identification and assessment process is as follows:
Step 1 - Identify the risks/hazards
Step 2 - Estimate risk severity and exposure (Risk Assessment)
Step 3 - Confirm assessment with HSE
Step 4 - Identify mitigation measures (Repeat Risk Assessment Process)
Step 5 - Compare risk potential with decision levels (Risk Assessment)
Step 6 - Implement risk reduction strategy.
Each step is described in detail in the following sections.
Action: Using the resources identified below, the Project Manager identifies key HSE risks
that may be posed by the operation
Identification of risk needs to start early in the project, preferably at the proposal stage,
then continue until the job is completed. By continually identifying and processing risk
throughout the project, HSE performance improves, encouraging the client to work again
with C & C.
Depending on the type and complexity of the project and the location (i.e., international
versus domestic), a number of sources can be used to identify potential risk:
Environmental Guidelines for World-Wide Geophysical Operations (IAGC)
Environmental Impact Assessments (EIA)
Generic Hazards Register for Geophysical Operations (OGP)
Government agencies

27
Job Safety Analyses (JSAs)
Land Geophysical Safety Manual (IAGC)
Marine Geophysical Safety Manual (IAGC)
Previous similar project experience.
The International Association of Geophysical Contractors' (IAGC) Environmental
Guidelines and Safety Manuals contain lists of common HSE risks encountered by seismic
surveys. Additionally, the American Petroleum Institute (API) and OGP offer information on
risk management. The World Bank Environmental Sourcebook, Vol. III, and OGP’s 1997
Environmental Management in Oil & Gas Exploration and Production contain lists of
environmental issues typically associated with on- and off-shore oil exploration.
Land and marine hazards and mitigation measures are available in EIAs. Client
companies typically conduct the studies. It is important that C & C's project manager
request EIAs for review during the proposal and project-planning stages.
JSAs and previous project experience are useful sources of information within C & C.
JSAs are an excellent way to build on the lessons learned from previous projects; they
often can be tailored to cover all HSE concerns.
The Internet is a source for risk information. The U.S. State Department publishes travel
warnings that should be referenced when evaluating a project for risk. The U.S. State
Department Travel Services website features a direct link to the Centers for Disease
Control and Prevention (CDC). The CDC website (www.cdc.gov) contains health
information for international travel, an important potential risk when considering an
international project.
In many cases, the client has identified key HSE risks and proposed risk management
measures through EIAs or other studies performed in advance of the survey. It is the
responsibility of C & C's operations manager to review these documents to ensure that all
of the key risks have been identified. If not, additional investigation may be warranted.
Action: The operations party chief/party manager categorizes key HSE risks involved
in the operation based on information gathered.
The following examples show how to quantify HSE risk so that project decisions can be
made consistently and without prejudice.

28
Figure 1
PROBABILITY
A
1
Incident/10
kHrs
1 incident-1
project

B
1
Incident/10
0kHrs
1 incident10 projects

C
1
Incident/1,0
00kHrs
1 incident100
projects

D
1
Incident/10,
000kHrs
1 incident1,000
projects

E
1
Incident/10
0,000kHrs
1 incident10,000
projects

1

C
O
N
S
E
Q
U
E
N
C
E

2

3

4

Note that post mitigation classifications for all known project hazards have been posted.
One example of estimating risk severity and exposure would be conducting a highresolution geophysical survey in a congested production field without simultaneous
operations procedures in place. From Figure 1, because of high consequences and
significant probability, this example would rate as B-1 or C-1, depending on the level of
activity at the time of the survey. With simultaneous operations procedures in place this
would fall to an acceptable D-3.
Another example is the fact that the majority of field crews will have a first aid injury while
working on a project. By definition, first aid cases are low impact and the person quickly
recovers with no loss in productivity. From Figure 1, this rates as a C-4 because of high
probability and low impact.

29
It is more difficult to categorize environmental risk since it often is not understood as well,
nor is it as evident as a safety risk. Nonetheless, the same rules of severity and exposure
apply when ranking environmental risk. For example, C & C may be working in a nature
reserve or other environmentally sensitive area in which excessive clearance of vegetation
would threaten the already sensitive balance of valuable ecological resources. With the
appropriate operational
controls in place to limit the likelihood and severity of impact, risk might be rated D
-3.
Without such controls, the risk probably would be rated C-2, since the likelihood and
severity of impact would increase. Similarly, spilling the contents of a barrel of diesel fuel
into a completely enclosed, impervious fuel storage containment structure would be rated
B-4 (moderate likelihood, but no actual consequence to the environment). Spilling the
contents of a barrel of diesel fuel into a small stream serving, as the water supply for a
nearby village would be rated B-2, a significantly higher consequence.
Examples
Injury/Illness:
1

Minor injury or damage to health - first aid treatment.

2

Moderate injury or damage to health - medical treatment. Treatment required
by medical personnel, but injury does not restrict movement or ability to do the
job.

3

Major injury or damage to health - extended treatment required. Injury results
in restricted duty or lost time with no permanent disability.

4

Severe injury or health effect - permanent disability or fatality.

Property Damage:
1

Minor damage - no disruption of production.

2

Moderate damage - slight disruption of production. Damaged equipment
repairable on the crew with minimal time and money spent on repairs.

3

Major damage - major disruption of production. Damaged equipment must be
removed from service and major repairs made either on or off the crew.

4

Total loss - severe disruption of production, possibly permanent. Damaged
equipment must be removed from service.

Environment:
1

Minor effect - no permanent impact to the environment. Immediate restoration
or full restoration possible in several weeks.

2

Localized effect - no permanent impact to the environment, but restoration
takes several months.

3

Major effect - large impact on the environment for the short term (less than 5
years) or small/local permanent impact for the long term (more than 5 years).

4

Massive effect - permanent impact (more than 5 years) on the environment on
a large scale.

30
Company Reputation:
1

Minor impact - little or no public awareness or concern.

2

Local impact - some local public concern. Some local media and/or political
attention with potentially adverse aspects for the company.

3

Regional/national impact - regional or national public concern. Extensive
adverse attention in the national media. Regional/national policies with
potentially restrictive measures and/or impact on grant of permits.

4

International impact - international public attention. Extensive adverse
attention in international media. National/international policies with potential
severe impact on access to new areas, grants of permits or licenses.

Action: The Project Manager sends his/her assessment of risk to the HSE Manager
for review.
The HSE Manager will review assessments and may ask for more information to clarify and
redefine the risk for mitigation and planning.
For example, a Project Manager may rate a risk as a D-4; after review, the HSE Manager
may rate the risk as a C-3. This correction may be warranted after considering additional
information on the ecological resources at risk. Similarly, the HSE Manager may rate the
exposure higher because similar resources on another job were impacted similarly with
higher consequences.
Action: The Project Manager, in cooperation with the appropriate risk level authority
within C & C, identifies measures to mitigate key risk in the operation based
on the sources identified below.
Mitigation measures lower the potential risk(s) involved with a project. For example, C &
C's HSEMS is designed to lower the risk of injury to personnel. Site-specific environmental
management and/or HSE plans are applied to lower risks associated with a particular
project. For example, if a survey area contains a sensitive public water supply, then fuel
storage and refueling should not be done in the area. Similarly, if a project is being
conducted in an area that could contain hydrogen sulfide, then special personal protective
equipment (PPE) and training may be needed. These measures should be identified in the
environmental management or HSE plan. As noted in Step 1, C & C should review these
plans to ensure that key HSE risks and best practices have been identified and
implemented.
For more information and lists of appropriate mitigation measures, refer to:
Project-specific environmental assessments (EAs) or an environmental
management plan
Project-specific HAZOP or HSE plan
IAGC, API, E&P Forum, and/or other industry/group HSE guidelines
The World Bank Sourcebook, Vol. III.

31
The appropriate authority will determine whether the mitigation measure is appropriate so
that the operation can proceed. For example, an C-3 risk might be lowered to an D-4 risk
by applying a different technique or acquiring a new piece of equipment; this would give the
authority sufficient justification to proceed with the project.
Action: The Project Manager, in cooperation with the appropriate risk level authority
within C & C, determines the appropriate risk management practice based
on guidance from the Risk Potential Matrix.
Figure 1 is the risk potential matrix with corresponding risk actions and authorities. These
authorities help determine whether the project is continued or cancelled. For example, a
risk rating of B-2 for a geophysical survey in a protected zone without proper operational
controls would be an unacceptable risk for the company. However, with proper operational
controls applied, the risk would fall to a more manageable C-4.
The level of management needed to approve a project with estimated risk is given in the
category box. The decision to proceed should be made after applying mitigation measures
to lower risk.
Action: The operations Party Chief ensures that the risk mitigation measures are
applied for each key HSE risk and that an overall risk reduction strategy is
implemented for all risks, according to guidelines given below. Line
management will audit periodically to ensure that these actions are being
taken.
The Project Manager will ensure that the approved risk reduction measures are
implemented.
Mitigation measures typically are applied within normal operating
procedures. The risk identification and ranking exercises in the previous steps will help
ensure that these measures are applied. Line management is responsible for auditing
mitigation measures. Some measures may require follow-up. For example, a field crew is
required to wear PPE (a respirator with protective suit/gloves). This equipment is hot and
uncomfortable. A crew that is not used to wearing this level PPE may decide not to wear
all of it, which would increase the hazard and raise risk. It is management's responsibility
to audit (and follow-up) to ensure that the crew wears the appropriate PPE.
Management is responsible for conducting periodic operations audits and reviewing the
effectiveness of risk reduction measures as part of a project. Lessons learned from the
audits will be disseminated across the company.
Finally, risk reduction measures can be identified and implemented during any phase of a
project. All personnel are responsible for identifying potential risks; they must not b
e
satisfied until adequate answers are provided and/or appropriate mitigation measures are
taken. This shared responsibility creates an open atmosphere in which performance
continually improves and risk is reduced.
There is one more category of risk. It involves complying with international and countryspecific HSE regulations and guidelines.
Local management and area HSE
managers/supervisors will compile and keep current any special requirements that are not
covered by company procedures. Line management will not assume that country-specific
requirements have remained unchanged since the last job. Requirements change over
time, sometimes rapidly.

32
Pertinent regulatory requirements are described in the Environmental Impact Assessment
(EIA) or environmental review documents prepared by C & C’s clients. C & C employees
who are involved in the planning process should obtain up-to-date information on all
regulations that could affect the proposed prospect. Sources of this information include the
national petroleum ministry's environmental officers, the national environmental ministry,
nongovernmental organizations (NGO), and publications or websites from the U.S. State
Department, the United Nations Environment Program, and the World Bank.
In accordance with C & C's audit procedures, periodic HSE audits are performed to ensure
compliance with the applicable regulations, internal procedures, and good management
practices.
4.2

Safety Meetings, Training & Drills

Safety meetings are required to educate and train as part of the Safety Program. Employee
attendance at safety meetings is mandatory.
Job Safety Analysis meetings should be held at the commencement of all offshore
operations for all involved employees. In addition, Safety Meetings will be scheduled
frequently. The meetings should be well organized, and specific safety problems with
suggested solutions should be presented. Although the Supervisor and/or lead worker will
guide the safety meeting, there should be participation by each employee. Employee
participation is important to make sure everyone gets a complete understanding of the
subjects discussed. Some ideas for topics to discuss in the safety meetings along with the
scheduled Safety Topics are:
•
•
•
•
•
•

Particular sections of this Safety Program on specific
equipment or operating procedures.
Recent near-miss accidents.
Recent accidents, the causes, and corrective action that can
be taken to avoid accidents of this type in the future.
Employee safety suggestions.
Recent equipment and tool failures, which may have had
accident potential.
Recent company communications.

All items in the safety meeting must be documented. and reported on the safety meeting
form or a similar form. These reports, including a list of those attending, will provide
documented proof of reporting hazards and safety training.
It is the supervisor's responsibility to get each employee attending to sign the form. The
original copy of this report must be retained for five (5) years in permanent files at the
Lafayette office.
In addition to the formal safety meetings, the crew will hold a job safety analysis meeting
each job before the work starts. These meetings will keep safety on the minds of the crew
on a daily basis, and can be used to point out specific hazards that may be anticipated
during the upcoming job.
When on our customer's location, C & C employees will attend safety meetings held by our
customer or their subcontractors. Fire, abandonment and man overboard drills will be held
routinely aboard C & C vessels. The drill should be documented in the vessel's logbook.

33
4.3

Job Safety Analysis Documentation

C & C Technologies has developed a Job Safety Analysis Worksheet to assist you in job
safety review and the sharing of safety information for the job to be completed.
This Safety Meeting topic provides the Job Safety Analysis worksheet example as well as
an example of a completed worksheet for your review
The Job Safety Analysis worksheet is simple to use. It has the following major headings:
• Department/Operations
• Facility/Location
• Prepared By
• Job Analyzed
• Reviewed By
• Personnel Involved in Job
• Approved By
• Principle Job Steps
• Tools and Materials Used
• Potential Accidents or Hazards
• Safe Procedures and PPE
The boxes are self-explanatory for the most part.
As you begin the Job Safety Analysis PRINCIPLE JOB STEPS, it is suggested that you:
1. Number the job steps in the order that they will occur, and follow the job steps
horizontally across the page.
2. Use as much space as you need in each column to get down on paper all the
tools, materials, potential hazards, safe procedures and PPE that may be
needed to fully address the identified Principle Job Step.
Be sure to break down the job into the level of detail needed to examine as many of
the risk possibilities as you can determine.
When writing down the Principle Job Steps, be sure to make the discussion one in
which all members in the crew have an opportunity to speak. If the discussion is controlled
too tightly, then different perspectives about the job, job tasks, methods of performance
and safety may be overlooked.

SPEAK UP AND BE HEARD!
As a member of the production team, your perspective must be heard. Do not sit quietly if
you have suggestions about any topic on the JSA or during the JSA process.
The more complete the JSA is the better the opportunity for a safe and productive job to be
performed.

34
5.
5.1

PLANNING & IMPLEMENTATION
Personal Protective Equipment

Personal protective equipment is provided for your protection. Failure to wear prescribed
equipment may result in personal injury to you or others. Remember that you are expected
to work in a safe manner, which includes wearing the proper personal protective
equipment. Employee cooperation is essential if personal protective equipment is to
provide the protection for which it is designed. Employees must maintain the provided PPE
in reliable and sanitary condition. Defective or damaged PPE shall not be used.
Supervisors/Party Chiefs/Boat Captains will conduct hazard assessments to determine if
there are hazards associated with the task to be performed that would require PPE. This
will be documented on a JSA, signed and dated. The reasons for selected PPE will be
discussed in pre-job/tailgate safety meetings and documented as such.
Employee Training
The Safety Manager/supervisor provides training for each employee who is required to use
personal protective equipment.
Training includes:
• When PPE is necessary
• What PPE is necessary
• How to properly don, doff, adjust and wear assigned PPE
• Limitations of PPE
• The proper care, maintenance, useful life, and disposal of assigned PPE
Employees must demonstrate an understanding of the training and the ability to use the
PPE properly before they are allowed to perform work requiring the use of the equipment.
Employees are prohibited from performing work without donning appropriate PPE to
protect them from the hazards they will encounter in the course of that work.
If the Safety Manager has reason to believe an employee does not have the understanding
or skill required, the employer must retrain. Since an employee's supervisor is in the best
position to observe any problems with PPE use by individual employees, the Safety
Manager will seek this person's input when making this determination. Circumstances
where retraining may be required include changes in the workplace or changes in the types
of PPE to be used, which would render previous training obsolete. Also, inadequacies in an
affected employee's knowledge or use of the assigned PPE, which indicates that the
employee has not retained the necessary understanding or skills, would require retraining.
Note: Employee owned PPE is not permitted.

35
Selection Guidelines
Once any hazards have been identified and evaluated through hazard assessment, the
general procedure for selecting protective equipment is to:
•
•
•
•

Become familiar with the potential hazards and the type of protective equipment
(PPE) that are available, and what they can do.
Compare types of equipment to the hazards associated with the environment.
Select the PPE that ensures a level of protection greater than the minimum required
to protect employees from the hazards.
Fit the user with proper, comfortable, well fitting protection and instruct employees
on care and use of the PPE. It is very important that the users are aware of all
warning labels for and limitations of their PPE.

It is the responsibility of the Safety Manager to reassess the workplace hazard situation as
necessary, to identify and evaluate new equipment and processes, to review accident
records, and reevaluate the suitability of previously selected PPE. This reassessment will
take place as needed, but at least annually.
Elements that should be considered in the reassessment include:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Adequacy of PPE program
Accidents and illness experience
Levels of exposure (this implies appropriate exposure monitoring)
Adequacy of equipment selection
Number of person hours that workers wear various protective ensembles
Adequacy of training/fitting of PPE
Program cos ts
The adequacy of program records
Recommendation for program improvement and modification
Coordination with overall safety and health program

Life Jackets
Life jackets or work vests Personnel Floatation Devices (PFD) must be worn by all
personnel during the over-water transfers between vessels and structures. A PFD shall be
worn by all personnel working on barges, vessels, on well jackets that do not have
handrails, on bottom walkways of platforms and decks when guard rails are not present on
all sides, and in other similar situations when there is exposure to falling into the water.
Foot Protection
Safety shoes or boots with non-skid soles shall be worn at all times while working. As a
minimum, safety footwear shall be worn whenever you are outside the office or living
quarters. You are responsible for inspecting your safety shoes or boots to make sure they
are in good condition.

36
Head Protection
It is mandatory that all personnel wear a safety helmet whenever they are outside of the
living quarters or offices or when they are performing work inside the living quarters or
offices that presents a hazard to their head.
All safety helmets should be regularly inspected by the wearer for signs of deterioration,
damage, or wear.
Hearing Protection
(Earmuffs, plugs, etc.)
You shall use personal hearing protection devices in areas that have been designated
"High Noise Level Areas" and where "Hearing Protection Required" signs are posted.
Eye and/or Face Protection
Protective eye and face equipment will be required where there is a reasonable possibility
of injury that can be prevented by such equipment. Check with your supervisor to be sure
of eye protection requirements at your work location.
The minimum protective eyewear shall be safety spectacles with firmly secured side
shields.
All employees who normally wear corrective spectacles shall be required to wear either
industrial safety spectacles or coverall goggles over regular prescription spectacles if their
duties expose them to eye h
azards or if they are required to visit locations where eye
hazards exist.
Safety glasses are not suitable for all operations; therefore, other eye/face protection
requirements may be required.
Anyone in the vicinity of operations requiring special eye/face protection (i.e., goggles, face
shields, etc.) shall wear equipment appropriate for the operations being performed.
C & C shall provide any eye/face protection including eye wash equipment as required.
Such protection equipment shall comply with the aforementioned requirements and shall
be worn in accordance with the items listed above.
Protective Clothing
Protective clothing shall be worn when handling chemicals, when such is specified by the
chemical's Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS). Shirt and trousers are considered as
protective clothing in preventing overexposure to the rays of the sun and in providing
significant protection from the heat of a flash fire or from a minor chemical splash. Loose,
floppy clothing and jewelry should not be worn around rotating/moving equipment due to
the danger of entanglement.

37
Respiratory Protection
Respirator protection is required when working in areas subject to the potential release into
the atmosphere of chemicals such as hydrogen sulfide or chlorine and/or where galvanized
pipe welding, sandblasting, or asbestos insulation or removal is in progress. Respirator
protection may also be necessary for emergency evacuation and control of accidental
releases. When there is a chance personnel may be required to wear respirators,
beards/long sideburns will not be permitted. Under no circumstances should personnel be
permitted to enter equipment in which life support depends on the use of breathing
equipment. Equipment entry should always be planned to include purging to an
atmosphere that is not life threatening. Respirators may be worn inside equipment only as
an additional safety precaution or for emergency rescue. In an emergency evacuation,
respirators may be the only protection; therefore, proper hair length and your participation
in training drills are essential. See chapter 24, of this manual for specifics of C & C
Technologies’ Respiratory Protection Program.
Gloves
Protective gloves shall be worn to protect against burns, sharp edges, hazardous
chemicals or similar exposure when handling material. You should not wear gloves around
machinery where there is a danger of entanglement or where the gloves may be pulled into
rotating or moving parts.
5.2

Personnel Safe Work Procedures

On-The-Job Safety Meetings
You are to attend formal on-the-job safety meetings for locations with two or more
employees. All employees are expected to attend and C & C will maintain a roster of all
who attend. If you work alone at a given location, you are required to attend the safety
meeting held by C & C or a major contractor in the area employed by C & C.
You are also to attend safety meetings for the work to be performed including informal
safety briefings, particularly, prior to undertaking any activity or perform any work, which is
unusual or not routine. Unless specifically instructed otherwise by a C & C representative,
all contract personnel will attend C & C safety meetings. It is required that all visitors be
invited to attend as well.
Work Permits
Before performing work at a C & C location that is unusual or that could cause a fire or
explosion, a "Fire and Safety Work Permit" from the proper C & C representative is
required. You shall be responsible to follow local C & C work permit procedures strictly.
You shall assure yourself that it is safe to proceed with assigned work prior to signing the
work permit as contractor's representative. If you believe that a hazard or danger has
developed or is developing, it is your duty to cease all operations, to secure them and to
report it to your supervisor.
Isolated Work Areas
If you work alone or in small groups in isolated areas, you shall frequently and regularly
"check in" with your supervisor and if possible, the client representative.

38
5.3

Fall Protection Program

C & C Technology is dedicated to the protection of its employees from on-the-job
injuries. All employees of C & C Technologies have the responsibility to work safely on
the job. The purpose of this plan is: (a) To supplement our standard safety policy by
providing safety standards specifically designed to cover fall protection on this job and;
(b) to ensure that each employee is trained and made aware of the safety provisions
which are to be implemented by this plan prior to the start of the project. It is a
mandatory requirement that C & C employees are to exercise 100 % tie-off at all
times while performing work at heights.
This plan is designed to enable employers and employees to recognize the fall hazards
on the job and to establish the procedures that are to be followed in order to prevent
falls to lower levels or through holes and openings in walking/working surfaces. Each
employee will be trained in these procedures and strictly adhere to them except when
doing so would expose the employee to a greater hazard. If, in the employee's opinion,
this is the case, the employee is to notify the supervisor of the concern and have the
concern addressed before proceeding.
It is the responsibility of the supervisor to implement this Fall Protection Plan. The
supervisor is responsible for continual observational safety checks of their work
operations and to enforce the safety policy and procedures. The supervisor also is
responsible to correct any unsafe acts or conditions immediately. It is the responsibility
of the employee to understand and adhere to the procedures of this plan and to follow
the instructions of the supervisor. It is also the responsibility of the employee to bring to
management's attention any unsafe or hazardous conditions or acts that may cause
injury to either themselves or any other employees. The HSE Manager must approve
any changes to this Fall Protection Plan.
General
Employees, who are required to work or be exposed to varied elevations, have a
potential for injury from falls.
C &C Technologies must ensure that a fall protection system is in place when
employees work at elevations greater than 6 feet (1.8 meters)
Each employee on a walking/working surface (horizontal and vertical surface) with an
unprotected side or edge which is 6 feet (1.8 m) or more above a lower level shall be
protected from falling by the use of guardrail systems, safety net systems, or personal
fall arrest systems...1926.501(b)(2). If a guardrail system is chosen to provide the fall
protection, and a controlled access zone has already been established for leading
edge work, the control line may be used in lieu of a guardrail along the edge that
parallels the leading edge. (b)(3)
Each employee required to climb masts on boats or do “high work” shall wear an approved
fall protection apparatus. The “buddy system” shall be used wherein an observer shall
monitor the climber or “high worker” to assist him and help assure that the job is being
done safely.
Fall protection systems include (in order of priority):
1) guard rails
2) safety belts or full body harnesses with related equipment
3) horizontal life lines
4)control zones
39
Definitions
Anchor: a secure point of attachment for lifelines or lanyards that is capable of withstanding
the loads:
•
•

fall restraint - 800 lbs.
fall arrest - 5000 lbs.
Control zone: the area between an unguarded edge and a defined line that is
set back a safe distance.(Minimum 2 m or 6 1/2 ft)
Control Zone

Exceptional Hazard: an additional hazard over and above the normal hazard of falling to
the surface below, for example, falling onto a moving conveyor or onto protruding
reinforcing steel.
Fall distance: the distance from the point where the worker would fall to the point where the
fall would be arrested. (maximum of 4 ft without a shock absorber, 6 1/2 ft with a shock
absorber)
Fall arrest: stopping a fall that has occurred before the worker hits the surface below.
Fall Restraint: the use of a work positioning system to prevent workers from falling from the
position in which they are working or a travel restriction system to prevent workers from
traveling to an edge from which they may fall.

40
Free Fall: The distance from the point where the worker would begin to fall to the point
where the fall arrest system begins to cause deceleration of the fall.
Full body Harness: a configuration of connected straps to distribute a fall arresting force
over at least the thigh, shoulders and pelvis, with provisions for attaching a lanyard, lifeline
or other components.
Full Body Harness

41
Horizontal Lifeline :
a rail, wire rope or synthetic cable that is installed in a horizontal plane between two
anchors and used for attachment of a worker's lanyard or lifeline while permitting the
worker to move horizontally.
Fall restraint - ultimate load capacity of at least 800 lbs. per worker
Fall arrest - certified by a professional engineer

Lanyard: a flexible line of webbing, rope, or cable used to secure a safety belt or full body
harness to a lifeline or anchor.
Lifeline : a line from a fixed anchor or between two horizontal anchors and used for
attachment of a worker's lanyard, safety belt, full body harness or other device.
Personal Fall Protection System: a fall protection system, which uses a safety belt or full
body harness to secure each worker to an individual anchor by means of lanyards, vertical
lifelines, or other connecting equipment.
Safety Belt: a body support component comprised of a strap with a means for securing it
about the waist and for attaching it to other components. Used only for fall restraint
systems.
Shock absorber: a component whose primary function is to dissipate energy and limit
deceleration forces which are imposed on the body during fall arrest. With a shock
absorber in place a free fall of 6 1/2 feet is permitted in a fall arrest system.
Swing Fall Hazard: the hazard of swinging and colliding with an obstruction or the ground
following a fall by a worker connected to a lifeline at an angle to the anchor location.
Work Procedures: the prevention of fall injuries by the control zone or safety
monitor systems under this system or other systems established by an employer to
minimize the risks from not using a fall protection system.

42
Responsibilities
Supervisors
Ensure employees working at C & C comply with fall protection instructions
Identify workplace fall hazards through job safety analysis.
Hold pre-job planning meetings to discuss the fall protection required.
Provide approved fall protection equipment for employees including: fall restraint and fall
arresting equipment.
Provide procedures for maintenance and inspection of fall protection equipment.
“Lanyards" available through Safety and Security)
Provide training in the use of fall restraint and fall arresting equipment.
Employees
Use workplace-specific job procedures provided when working in fall hazard locations.
Control or restrict access, or apply engineering controls, if necessary, when working below
or around others working overhead.
Understand the requirements and use of the Fall Protection System and fall restraint and
fall arrest equipment.
Understand the requirement for working on a leading or fixed edge. (see control Zones
section in this statement.)
Fall Restraint
Restraint protection is rigged to allow the movement of employees only as far as the sides
and edge of the walking/working surface. Temporary anchorage points used for fall
restraint must be engineered to be capable of supporting four times the intended load, with
a minimum strength requirement of 364 kg (800 lbs.).
Work within the confines of a perimeter (standard) guardrail.
Wear an approved safety belt or harness attached to securely rigged restraint lines where:
1.
Safety belt and/or harness conform to all current industry standards
2.
Rope-grab devices must be used in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations and instructions.
3.
Inspect fall restraint components before each use, for wear, damage and other
deterioration. Remove defective components from service when the component's
function or strength has been adversely affected fall restraint components must be
compatible
4.
Tie restraint lines, independently of other lines, to the anchorage point.
5.
Employees exposed to a free fall distance of 3 m (10ft) or more (without restraint)
must wear fall arresting equipment, using a full-body harness system.

43
6.

Inspect components of the fall arrest system before each use for wear, damage and
other deterioration. Defective components are removed from service when the
components' function or strength has been adversely affected.

7.

Fall arrest equipment must meet the minimum criteria:
A.
Hardware used must be drop-forged, pressed or formed steel, with a
corrosion-resistant finish, with surfaces and edges smooth to prevent
damage to the attached body harness or lanyard;
B.

Vertical life-lines must have a breaking strength specified by the
manufacture as 27 kN (6000lbs); termination knots or splices can not reduce
the strength of lifeline to less than 22 kN (5000lbs)

C.

Horizontal life-lines must be 12 mm diameter wire rope with a manufactures
specified breaking strength of at least 89 kN (20000 pounds);

D.

Increase the above forces by 25% if two workers are connected to the
same horizontal static line.

E.

Lanyards must have a minimum tensile strength of 2449 kg (5400lb)
body harness components must be CSA-approved.

8.

Secure full-body harness systems to anchorage points capable of supporting
2272 k (5000lbs.).

9.

Protect safety lines and lanyards against cuts or abrasion.

10.

Limit the free fall distance (through rigging) to a maximum of 1.2 m (4 ft)
without a shock absorber or 6 1/2 ft with a shock absorber.

11.

Only one employee may be attached to any one vertical life-line.
Connect only one snap hook to any one D-ring.

12.

Snap hooks must not be connected to one another.

Control Zones
* NOTE: The use of a Control Zone is prohibited on a surface where the slope
exceeds 4 vertical and 12 horizontal or for scaffold erection and removal.
A Control Zo ne is used for leading edge or fixed edge work where:
A minimum distance from the edge of 2 m (6.5 ft) is used to protect employees not wearing
fall arrest or fall restraint equipment.
*NOTE: The Control Zone should be expanded during adverse condition, (eg.
slippery roof) or when working at an additional elevation within the "Safe Zone" (eg.
on a step ladder)
Employees or working within the "control zone" must be using appropriate fall arrest or fall
restraint equipment.
13.

If work is to be conducted inside the Control Zone warning lines must be installed to
identify the Control Zone. The lines must be highly visible and maintained at a
height of between 0.85 m and 1.15 m (34" and 45") at intervals not exceeding 1.8 m
(6 ft.).

44
5.4

Offshore Travel & Work Orientation
Over Water Operations
General Information
Safety Orientations
Personnel should receive a site-specific safety orientation, at their destination. If an
orientation is not given, personnel should read prominently posted information as it pertains
to: Emergency procedures, availability of life-saving equipment [personal flotation devices
(PFD's), survival craft, etc.], alarm systems, crafts attendant to facility (boats, helicopters).
Should any employee have any questions or does not understand any procedure,
operation or policy, they should ASK their supervisor.
Safety Equipment
All personnel, whether on-duty or off-duty, must wear required safety equipment when
entering the operating area of the facility. All personnel must be fully clothed at all times
while working.
Swimming
Swimming from any facility for the purpose of recreation is prohibited.
PFD requirements
A personal flotation device (PFD) must be approved, the correct type for the individual,
situation, and service and fastened when worn.
On manned and unmanned facilities, Type I PFD should be available for each person in
attendance or assigned on a regular basis.

There are other types of PFD available. Following is a list of approved types of PFD's:

45
TYPES

DESCRIPTION

I
Life Preserver

Ø
Ø

Kapok or Fibrous glass must provide a minimum buoyant force of 25 pounds
(adult) or 16½ pounds (child).
Unicellular plastic foam must provide a minimum buoyancy force of 22
Pounds (adult) or 11 pounds (child).
This type is the most effective of all types in rough water.

II
Buoyant Vest or Buoyant
Device

Ø

Kapok or Fibrous glass buoyant vest must provide a minimum buoyant force of
16 pounds (adult), 11 pounds (medium child) or 7¼ pounds (small child).
A Unicellular plastic foam or unicellular polyethylene foam buoyant vest or any other
buoyant device must provide a minimum buoyant force of 15½ (adult), 11 pounds
(medium child) or 7 pounds (small child). This type is normally sized for ease of
emergency donning.

III
Buoyant Vest or
Buoyant Device

Ø

IV
Buoyant Cushion or Ring
Buoy

Minimum Buoyancy of not less than 16½ pounds for ring life buoys, 18 pounds for
foam cushions and 20 pounds for any other device (kapok and fibrous glass).
This type is designed to be grasped and held by the user until rescued as well as to
be thrown to a person who has fallen overboard.

V
Work Vest Only

? Unicellular plastic foam and provides a minimum buoyancy force of
17½ pounds.
This type is designed as a work vest only and must be marked accordingly. It is not
approved for use on recreational boats.

Minimum Buoyant force of 15½ pounds (adult), 11 pounds medium child), or 7
pounds (small child).
Type III is the most comfortable and is recommended in areas of probable quick
rescue.

As a minimum, each individual must wear an approved Type III or Type V PFD when:
•
•
•
•
•
•

Transferring material or personnel to and from marine transportation (i.e. vessel to
vessel, swing rope, personnel net)
Working alone on small platforms
Working beneath decks or outside protective handrails
Working over water near unguarded edges
Working or going below the cellar deck
Working or riding on deck of boat or barge

Fall Protection
A full-body safety harness, shock absorbing lanyard and PFD must be worn when working
above water and outside protective handrails. A double lanyard may be required for
operations requiring personnel to disengage the lanyard to move around equipment or
obstacles.
Water Entry from a Height
Structures with living quarters must have an emergency evacuation plan. This plan should
be a part of the facilities Station Bill or otherwise posted in a prominent place. C & C
Technologies, Inc. personnel should receive a briefing by Company personnel on the
procedures contained in the plan. If you do not receive a briefing, ASK for one.

46
Water entry should be one of the last considerations for survival in an emergency. When
evacuating a facility helicopters, vessels attendant to the facility, life rafts, life floats,
survival capsules, and even suspending oneself by a rope from the side of a facility should
be considered before entering the water. Again, jumping into the water is hazardous and
should be done, only, if there is no other means of escape.
The following procedures should be used if it is necessary to jump into the water from a
facility or vessel:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

•

Remove your safety hard hat.
Put on and firmly secure your PFD.
Get as close as possible to the water.
Look to see that your targeted landing area is clear of personnel, protruding objects,
and other debris.
Secure your PFD by clamping one arm across your chest and grasping the
shoulder strap of the PFD.
Protect your mouth and nose by placing the palm of your free hand directly over
your mouth and pinch your nose shut with your thumb and forefinger.
Look directly ahead at the horizon and stand straight.
Take a deep breath and jump feet first. Keep your body erect and your ankles
crossed.
DO NOT DIVE !
Should water entry be chosen, personnel should be knowledgeable of techniques
used to survive.
If water entry is accomplished with a PFD:
Orient yourself in the water, then move away from any vessels.
Look for rescue equipment and listen for instructions.
Let rescuers come to you. Avoid swimming a distance if possible because survival
may depend on conserving energy.
If water entry is accomplished without a PFD:
Turn your back to the wind or waves, keep your head out of the water and swim
using a breaststroke.
In the event of a oil or fuel fire on the water, swim under the water. Before you
surface, use your hand to splash a breathing hole above your head. Surface with
your eyes closed; take a deep breath, and re-submerge feet first.
Keep your head up and out of the water when swimming in oil and debris. Push oil
and debris away from you by crossing your hands in front of you. Sweep your
hands to the side as you swim forward with a modified breaststroke. Protect your
eyes, ears, and mouth.
Minimizing your movements in cold water, to conserve your body heat and prevent
immersion hypothermia.

47
Marine Vessel Transfer Procedures
Personnel Nets
•

Transfer by personnel nets should be used when transfer by rope is impractical
because of high winds and rough seas. These nets must be used only with the
approval of the Company person in charge.

Always follow company procedures, otherwise,
•

The deck of the vessel must be clear of materials to ensure sufficient room to land
the net. Only personnel who will ride the net on the next trip or the person assisting
in the transfer should be allowed on the deck of the vessel during transfer
operations.

•

The number of persons allowed to ride the personnel net at one time must not
exceed the manufacturer's recommendation. This recommended number should
appear on the floor and on each quadrant of the of the personnel net base. Only a
limited amount of light luggage is permitted in the net when personnel are being
transferred. Cargo should not be loaded on personnel nets. Occupants using
personnel nets should stand, facing inward, on the outer rim of the net in the open
area designed in the netting. Approved type PFD's must be worn.

•

Personnel should anticipate the landing on the deck of the vessel or facility by
slightly bending their knees so as not to sustain a possible injury. They should not
get off the net until it is settled on the deck of the vessel or facility.

Swing Ropes
•

Ropes are usually a 1-inch diameter manila rope. Ropes with knots tied every two
feet will be used to swing from a marine vessel to a landing. Knots are provided to
prevent personnel from slipping down the rope during transfer.

•

The same diameter rope, only unknotted, will be used to swing from the landing
onto the marine vessel. The slick rope application allows personnel to slide down
the rope should the vessel descend in the water during transfer.

•

Should you encounter situations where both ropes are unknotted, transfer to the
facility should be with the rope nearest to the structure. Transfer to the vessel
should be with the rope farthest from the structure.

Vessels involved in swing rope transfers must be in proper position prior to the transfer of
personnel. The captain of the vessel will determine when and where personnel will board
or debark the vessel. A crewmember of the vessel should and must be available to assist
in the transfer of personnel.
Transfer by rope should be made as nearly as possible at the peak of the vessel's rise and
never while the vessel is falling. Always use both hands during transfer on swing ropes.
Hand held articles and luggage must be transferred separately. If a person finds it too
dangerous to board a vessel or platform in rough seas, you will not be required to try.
Remember - only YOU can make the decision to swing.

48
5.5

Air Transportation

General
•

The following guidelines will apply to helicopter as well as other types of aircraft.
Personnel should always ask for either special instructions or a briefing on any type
of aircraft they are not familiar with.

•

The pilot has the final decision regarding loading of personnel, loading of cargo,
weight and distribution of the load and flight operations.

•

Transporting of explosives or flammables (liquid or gas) on a helicopter is prohibited
while passengers are being carried. Smoking by passengers or the pilot is usually
prohibited at any time while on or near an aircraft.

•

Passengers must follow the pilot's instructions.

•

Upon arrival at the staging area, passengers must report their personal weight,
report their luggage weight, report their company of employment and be ready to
board the aircraft before the scheduled departure time.

•

Passengers should receive a briefing before takeoff so as to familiarize them with
the aircraft and its safety equipment. In some cases read the specific aircraft's
briefing card (if available). Passengers must not touch any of the aircraft's controls.
Passengers should learn the location and proper use of emergency equipment such
as life rafts, emergency equipment kits and fire extinguishers.

•

Passengers must not inflate the life raft or life vest inside the aircraft; these must be
inflated outside.

•

While in flight, passengers must never open the doors or throw anything out of the
aircraft and never move about the cabin of an aircraft while in flight.

Loading and Unloading
•

Do not approach an aircraft without the pilot's knowledge when the rotor blades or
propellers are turning. Wait for a signal from the pilot before approaching.
Approach and leave a helicopter in a crouched position so that you are well below
the rotating rotor tips. Use caution, as the front portion of helicopter rotor blades
can dip dangerously low and can strike personnel. Always approach and leave the
aircraft at a 90o angle, from the sides and in view of the pilot. Do this only after
directed to do so visually and/or verbally by the pilot.

•

Many aircraft have sharp pilot tubes located on the nose of the aircraft. These
tubes can be hot (in excess of 400° F). Passengers should use caution when near
the tube and avoid contact.

•

Never walk near or under the tail boom or tail rotor or approach from the rear of
helicopter.

Passengers must not disembark an aircraft until instructed to do so by the pilot. Before
boarding, passengers should make sure all clothing and footwear is free of oil, grease and
grime. Helicopter passengers wearing glasses should be aware of the down draft

49
•

from helicopter rotors and secure the glasses when boarding or disembarking.
Passengers must hand-carry hard hats, caps, or other light items that can be blown
into the rotor or engine intake.

•

When loading or unloading passengers or cargo with the helicopter rotors turning,
use the following precautions:

•

Passengers or cargo handlers must be aware of their position in relation to the
rotor.
If baggage compartments are opened by the passenger, passengers should ensure
they are correctly closed and latched.

•
•

Under no circumstances will passengers approach or depart helicopters on the up
slope side if the helicopter has landed on a slope.

•

Cargo loaded on any type of aircraft must be properly packaged, weighed, and
reported on the manifest. Cargo over 36 inches in length should be carried
horizontally to the ground to avoid contacting the helicopter rotor blades.

•

Cargo must not be allowed to strike the rotors or propellers or scrape the landing
gear or the body of the aircraft. When cargo is transported inside the cabin, it must
be secured with cargo nets or placed under the seats.

Survival and Safety Equipment
• In H2S prone areas Title 30 of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) only requires
that each helicopter crewmember be provided with emergency breathing apparatus.
Do not assume a breathing apparatus will be available for you in the event you
have to evacuate a platform during an emergency by helicopter.
•

Hearing protection should be worn during all aircraft flights.

•

When flying over water in aircraft (regardless of distance from land) the following
rules apply.

•

FAA approved PFD's must be worn by all passengers.

•

Life rafts capable of holding all passengers and crew will be carried on the aircraft.

•

Seat belts and shoulder harnesses, if equipped, must be worn and fastened by all
passengers of aircraft before takeoff and remain fastened until after the aircraft has
landed.

Aircraft Emergencies
•

When preparing for an emergency helicopter landing:

•

Tighten your seat belt.

•

Remove and secure your glasses, dentures, pens and other personal items.

•

Observe the location of life rafts and survival kits. Note: Be prepared to deploy
them should the pilot not be in position to do so.

50
•

Select an orientation point (a fixed part of the helicopter such as the bracing
underneath the seat). Note: This should not be a movable part such as a door
handle.

•

Grasp the orientation point tightly during an emergency so that you will maintain a
reference point.

•

Keep one hand firmly on your seat belt, near the buckle, but not on it. Note: Keep
your other hand on your orientation point.

•

Brace for impact. Notes: After the initial jolt, a second strong jolt may be felt as the
helicopter rotor blades hit the water or land.

•

Do not evacuate the aircraft before the rotor blades have stopped turning unless
told to do so.

After an emergency aircraft landing:
• Remain inside the helicopter unless it begins to tip or sink.
•

If time permits, wait for the pilot’s command to open windows or doors and to
deploy life rafts. Note: If the helicopter does not remain upright after touchdown or
begins to sink, survival becomes an individual responsibility.

•

DO NOT panic or hamper the survival of others.
As water fills the cabin, take a normal breath and hold it.
After the initial rush of water has ceased (normally five to 10 seconds), release the
belt buckle with one hand, keeping your other hand on the orientation point.

•
•

The passengers seated near doors should open the emergency exits as the pilot
had briefed before departure. Note: Sliding doors on many helicopters can
puncture aircraft flotation devices. These doors have push out windows, which
should be utilized.

•

Pull yourself hand over hand along the preplanned escape route. Note: DO NOT
let go and attempt to swim with both hands. Maintain contact with the
helicopter.

•

Exit the helicopter with the emergency kits and life raft(s).
After raft inflation, enter the life raft, if possible.
Could you enter the life raft? If yes, be prepared to assist others who may be
disoriented or incapacitated. Procedure ends here. If no, stay with a group of
people and look to see if the helicopter will stay afloat. If may even float if the
emergency flotation gear has not been deployed. Go to the next step.
If possible, crawl on to the helicopter but do not tie yourself to it, as it may sink
without warning. Notes: Under rough conditions, it may be advantageous to move
away from the helicopter to avoid bodily injury.
Be prepared to assist others who may be disoriented or incapacitated.

•

•

•

•

Refueling Aircraft
•

Since C & C Technologies, Inc. personnel are not trained to refuel aircraft; this
operation shall not be performed.

51
BELL 212/412

1.

When the floats are inflated, do not slide the doors open. Use emergency panel
exits only. If sliding doors open when floats are inflated, they will puncture the
floats.

2.

When flying in a helicopter, you may not have a passenger-loading coordinator,
so be careful when loading or unloading.

3.

The last passenger to load or unload bags from the baggage compartment must
make sure the door is secured before the helicopter takes off.

52
BELL 206B

Cabin Layout

A.
Emergency Exits - The handles found on all doors are for both normal and
emergency exits. To open the exit door, turn the handle. To close the exit door, leave the
handle in the open position and pull firmly on the door. To lock the door, turn the handle to
a horizontal position.
B.
Fire Extinguishers - Two fire extinguishers are located in the cabin of the helicopter;
one on the cockpit side, the other on the passenger-compartment side. To operate the fire
extinguishers, release the safety, aim the extinguisher at the base of the fire and press the
handle.
C.
Emergency Kits - Emergency kits containing day/night signaling devices are located
in the forward cabin area between the two seats.
D.
Life Raft - The life raft is located in the rear passenger compartment. To inflate the
raft, move outside the cabin area. The raft is inflated by a CO. cartridge when you pull the
operating handle. Never inflate the raft inside the cabin.

53
SIKORSKY S-76
Approaching and Departing Helicopter
1. Never approach or leave a helicopter from directly in front of it because of low blade
clearance. Always approach from the side. Stay clear of the rear of the helicopter.
2.

Be aware of the tip path of the main rotor blades and stay well below this path. Some
wind conditions cause the main rotor blades on the Sikorsky S-76 to dip below the 5foot level.

3.

On Sikorsky S-76 helicopter flights, one pilot will always help load and unload
passengers and cargo.

4.

A pilot will act as passenger-loading coordinator and is the only one allowed to open,
close, and secure the baggage-compartment doors.

5.

Air-speed indicators may develop temperatures in excess of 400°F. Do not touch Pilot
tubes located in the nose of the helicopter.
SIKORSKY S-76

54
5.6 PERSONAL FLOTATION DEVICES
UNITED STATES COAST GUARD CLASSIFICATIONS
TYPE I PFD (LIFE PRESERVER)
Kapok or fibrous glass must provide a minimum buoyant force of 25 pounds (Adult) or 161/2 pounds (child). Unicellular plastic foam must provide a minimum buoyant force of 22
pounds (Adult) or 11 pounds (Child). On a manned platform, it must have a PFD device
light and retro-reflective material. It has the greatest required buoyancy and is designed to
turn most unconscious persons in the water from a face down position to a vertical and
slightly backward position and to maintain the person in the vertical and slightly backward
position and, therefore, greatly increases his or her chances of survival. The Type I PFD is
suitable for all waters, especially for cruising on waters where there is a probability of
delayed rescue, such as large bodies of water where it is not likely that a significant
number of boats will be in close proximity.
Personal Floatation Devices
This type of PFD is the most effective of all the types in rough water. The Type I PFD is
easiest to don in any emergency because it is reversible and available in only two sizesAdult (90 pounds or more) and child (less than 90 pounds), which are universal sizes
(designed to fit all persons in the appropriate category).

TYPE II PFD (BUOYANT VEST OF BUOYANT DEVICE)
A Kapok or fibrous glass buoyant vest must provide a minimum buoyant force of 16 pounds
(Adult), 11 pounds (Medium Child) or 7-1/4 pounds (Small child). A unicellular plastic foam
or unicellular polyethylene foam buoyant vest or any other buoyant device must provide a
minimum buoyant force of 15-1/2 pounds (Adult), 11 pounds (Medium Child) or 7 pounds
(Small Child). It is designed to turn the wearer to a vertical and slightly backward position
in the water. The turning action is not as pronounced as with a Type I and the device will
not turn as many persons under the same conditions as the Type I. The Type II PFD is
usually more comfortable to wear than the Type I. This type PFD is normally sized for
ease of

55
emergency donning and is available in the following sizes: Adult (more than 90 pounds),
Medium Child (50 to 90 pounds) and two categories of Small Child (less than 50 pounds or
less than 30 pounds). Additionally, some models are sized by chest sizes. You may prefer
to use the Type II where there is a probability to quick rescue such as areas where it is
common for other persons to be engaged in boating, fishing and other water activities.

TYPE III PFD (BUOYANT VEST OR BUOYAN T DEVICE)
Provides a minimum buoyant force of 15-1/2 pounds (Adult), 11 pounds (Medium Child) or
7 pounds (Small child). It is designed so that the wearer can place himself or herself in a
vertical and slightly backward position and the device will maintain the wearer in that
position and have no tendency to turn the wearer face down. A Type III can be most
comfortable, comes in a variety of styles which should be matched to the individual use or
is usually the best choice for water sports, such as skiing, hunting, fishing, canoeing and
kayaking. This type PFD normally comes in many chest sizes and weight ranges;
however, some universal sizes are available. You may also prefer to use the Type III
where there is a probability of quick rescue such as areas where it is common for other
persons to be engaged in boating, fishing and other water activities.

56
TYPE IV PFD (BUOYANT CUSHION OR RING LIFT BUOY)
Provides a minimum buoyant force of not less than 16-1/2 pounds for ring lift buoys, 18
pounds for foam cushions and 20 pounds for any other device (kapok and fibrous glass). It
is designed to be grasped and held by the user until rescued as well as to be thrown to a
person who has fallen overboard. While the Type IV is acceptable in place of a wearable
device in certain instances, this type is suitable only where there is a probability of quick
rescue, such as areas where it is common for other persons to be engaged in boating,
fishing and other water activities. It is not recommended for non-swimmers and children.

TYPE V PFD (WORK VEST)
Unicellular plastic foam. Provides a minimum buoyant force of 17-1/2 pounds. It is
designed for use while working on merchant vessels or offs hore platforms. It must be
marked “Work Vest Only” and is not approved for use on recreational boats.

57
INFLATABLE DEVICES (MAE WEST)
Not approved by United States Coast Guard for marine service but approved by the
Federal Aviation Administration for use in aircraft (helicopters) for flights over water.
Donning procedure diagram:

5.7 Emergency Escape Vessels and Flotation Equipment
This information is provided to give C & C Technologies, Inc. personnel with general
information about emergency escape vessels and flotation equipment.
TEMPSC –Totally Enclosed Motor Propelled Survival Craft (TEMPSC) is a watercraft that
is totally enclosed with a rigid hull and watertight enclosure that will protect personnel from
the outside environment. They are made of fire retardant fiberglass and have a seawater
sprinkler system activated when the craft is in the water.

58
Inflatable Life Raft
Used as a primary means of abandonment for production platforms and smaller offshore
vessels and as a secondary abandonment system for MODUs. These types of rafts may
be davit launched (at greater than 10 feet) or throw-over launched (10 feet or less).

Life Floats, also called buoyant apparatus, offer less protection than other systems. Life
floats are stored in a manner to float free from sinking, vessels, mounted on a gravity slide,
or launched directly in the water. A line equal to three times the freeboard distance, keeps
the float near the platform during abandonment operations. The float will provide 32
pounds of added buoyancy per person. Overloading is possible.

59
5.8 Personnel Training
All C & C Technologies Inc. personnel who are assigned work over water will have an
appropriate orientation, provided by a certified/qualified instructor containing at least the
following elements:
Orientation Training
•

Preparation for the trip including:

•

Annually – view the MMS prescribed environmental video “All Washed Up”, or its
successor.

•

Wear the proper clothing, taking in to account the weather and forecast.

•

Pack proper Personal Protective Equipment – as a minimum hard hat, safety
glasses, safety boots, and personal flotation device.

•

Carry Valid Certifications and/or Required Training Cards

•

Keep prescription Drugs in original container – and original patient.

•

Keep over-the-counter drugs in original container.

•

Maintain an attitude for safety.

•

Pay attention to the weight of luggage for aircraft departures do not exceed weight
restrictions.

•

Get good rest the night before your departure.

•

Drive safely to the departure shore base.

•

Alcohol, Illegal Drugs and Firearms are prohibited.

•

Arrival procedures at Shore Base.

•

Arrive on time.

•

Clean your shoes of mud and debris before entering.

•

Check in with dispatcher.

•

Weigh your luggage if departing on an aircraft, log in weight.

•

Be aware of security and do not take any packages or materials offshore that are
not yours.

60
•

Gather and inspect your PPE once more.

•

If a transportation or safety video is to be presented at the shore base – pay
attention to the instructions and information, all locations are different.

•

Wait patiently for your flight or boat to begin boarding.

•

Put trash in it place before leaving the shore base waiting area.

•

Smoke only in designated areas.

Helicopter Transportation
Helicopter pilot is always the person in charge while boarding or on board a helicopter.
No smoking around the helicopter operations or during flight.
Get pilot approval to approach helicopter.
Take an inventory of the helicopter you will be boarding and other helicopter operations
in the area.
Be aware of wind velocity and direction. Take proper precautions.
Approach the helicopter in a crouched position with a hand on your hard hat.
Keep all items 36” or longer in a horizontal position while approaching or loading them
onto the helicopter.
Load baggage in the baggage compartment and latch it securely.
Do not approach the tail rotor or go between the tail rotor and the fuselage.
Don the provided PFD
Boat Transportation
•

The captain is in command of the vessel and has complete authority on the
vessel.

•

Check in with dispatcher to complete manifest documents.

• Review personal and business materials you are taking on the trip.
• Loading gear and luggage.
• Loading heavy and equipment
• Board the vessel – with caution
• Security of equipment and materials

61
• Vessel Station Bill – Emergency Procedures
• Location of Fire Extinguishers and Safety Gear on-board
• Stairways and Stairway safety onboard vessels
• PFD usage onboard and during emergencies
• Etiquette while onboard boat.
Swing Rope
• Descriptions
• Inspection
• Weather
• Personal Safety
• Personal Decision to use swing rope
• Passing light gear
•

Board aircraft; secure door, latch and secure seatbelt

•

Put on Hearing Protection devices

•

So not throw anything out of aircraft while on the ground or in flight.

•

Using Swing rope

•

Dangers of platform and boat at bulkhead

Personnel Baskets
•

Preparation while on-board boat or on Platform

•

Loading of light luggage

•

Safety while personnel basket is being lowered – static charge

•

Boarding personnel basket

•

Riding personnel basket

•

Disembarking personnel basket

62
Arrival at platform
•

Checking in

•

Site specific orientation, alarms and emergency signals, communications

•

Review of Station Bill information, including location of first aid equipment

•

Accommodations, personal hygiene

•

Arrival at platform (continued)

•

MSDS review

•

Hazardous conditions special work or hazard alerts

•

Rules and Regulations of location, including immediate reporting of all injuries

•

Participation in scheduled and unscheduled drills and practices, including fire

•

Use and care of PPE while on platform

Water Survival Training
•

Drills and Crew Training

•

Initial emergency actions

•

Emergency response organization

•

The Muster list

•

Drills and drill planning

•

IADC guidelines for marine safety drills

•

Seven steps to survival

Types of Emergencies
•

The abandonment phase

•

The survival phase

•

The Rescue phase

63
Abandonment Systems
•

Personal Items

•

Survival Craft

•

Personal Flotation Devices

•

Enclosed Lifeboat

•

Marine Life Rafts

•

Life Floats

•

Water Entry – Step-off

Location Aids
•

Radios

•

E.P.I.R.B.

•

Global Maritime Distress and Safety System

•

Visual Location Aids

Helicopter Safety, Emergencies and Evacuations
•

Helicopter Emergencies

•

Types and causes of emergency conditions

•

Impact

•

Safety Equipment

Boat Safety
•

Personnel Transfer Basket

•

Swing Rope Transfer

•

Drowning

•

Man overboard drill

•

Personnel water safety equipment

64
Training Records
All records of employee training associated with this section will be kept at the C & C
Technologies, Inc. EH&S Department 730 East Kaliste Saloom Rd., Lafayette, Louisiana
70508.
Signs
Numerous signs relating to personnel safety are posted throughout C & C facilities.
Employees of contractors shall comply with these informational warning signs.
5.9 Transportation
Vessel
When you ride to your work location on a vessel, you must follow the instructions of the
captain or operator as he is in complete charge of the vessel. Walk; do not run on the deck
of the vessel. Always move with one hand free for support. Wear a life jacket or personal
floatation device when you get on or off the vessel. The captain may require wearing of life
jackets at other times at his discretion.
Helicopter
When you ride to your work location on a helicopter, you must follow the instructions of the
pilot at all times as he is in complete control of the helicopter. Remain clear of the tail rotor
at all times. Approach and disembark from the helicopter only from the front of the aircraft.
Walk; never run, to and from the helicopter. If at any time a flight is to be conducted over a
body of water, you must, prior to boarding, put on an inflatable (Mae West) type life jacket,
and keep it on at all times while on board the helicopter. Do not remove it until you have
left the body of the aircraft. Smoking is not permitted at any time while on board helicopters
or on heliports/helidecks or within 50-feet of any helicopter or fueling operations or fuel
storage area. Seat belts are to be worn and not released until signaled by the pilot.
Evacuation Options For Injured Personnel
If an individual is not seriously injured but needs to be evacuated, the survey boat or similar
work vessel may be utilized. However, qualified medical advice should be sought to make
this determination. Another option, depending on nature of operation and location, is other
production platforms in the area. If a client representative is on board, he or she can be a
valuable source or information. In many circumstances, they have knowledge of company
platforms or vessels in the area. Acadian Ambulance dispatch can also be used as a
possible resource for evacuation. Call 1-800-259-1111, identify this as an offshore
emergency and request assistance in evacuation of the injured person. Have name, social
security number and the extent of the injuries or nature of the problem.
Coast Guard Evacuation
If an individual is seriously injured and needs to be evacuated take the following steps:
Contact on Frequency 2182 or VHF channel 16
Ask for patch through to rescue coordinator center
Have name, social security number, and extent of injuries of
injured person
Give specific coordinates
Make sure all information has been received accurately before
breaking radio
contact
A Coast Guard doctor will give instructions to follow depending on the extent of the
injury or illness
65
5.10 Driving & Vehicle Operation
DEFINITION OF AN ACCIDENT. A driver shall report as an accident any incident that
involves a company vehicle that the employee is driving, or is in charge of, that causes an
accident or comes in contact with any person, animal, other vehicle or fixed object in a
manner which results in death, bodily injury or property damage.
In The Event Of An Accident
•

Stop immediately.

•

Take all necessary precautions to prevent further accidents at the scene.

•

Render all reasonable assistance to any injured party

•

Provide required information to the other party, their representative or any
investigating police officer. Obtain this same information for our report. (Refer to
accident package in vehicle.)

•

Do not make any statements at the accident scene regarding the incident, except to
police or C & C Claims Representative. Questions by newsmen, TV personnel or
others shall be referred to the location manager.

•

Do not take pictures at the scene of a third party accident unless directed to do so
by C & C Claims Department.

•

If the other driver is uninjured or slightly injured, obtain the information needed to
complete the accident report. Names, addresses and telephone numbers of all
witnesses must be obtained.

•

The driver must notify his supervisor by telephone or radio as soon as possible after
an accident. Avoid giving a detailed explanation over radio.

•

Unless directed by the police or a supervisor, do not allow any of the disabled
vehicles to be moved when the accident results in personal injury or major property
damage.

•

Never admit fault at the scene of an accident.

•

Upon returning to the yard, or no later than the next day, complete an accident
report form and give it to the supervisor. Write down your facts immediately while
fresh. Do not provide copies to anyone except your supervisor.

Qualification Of A Driver
•

To operate a vehicle, an employee must have a valid drivers license of the
appropriate classification for the type of vehicle being driven.

•

Only employees on the Approved Drivers List are authorized to operate a company
vehicle.

•

All drivers shall take a National Safety Council Defensive Driving Course or
company approved equivalent.

66
Disqualification Of a Driver
Current or prospective drivers of company vehicles shall be ineligible for or shall be
removed from the Approved Drivers List and possibly discharged for violation of any of the
following:
•

Leaving the scene of an accident that results in death or personal
injury within the past 10 years.

•

A felony that involved the use of a motor vehicle within the past 10
years.

•

Suspension of license or permit to drive a vehicle, which has not
been reinstated by the authority that suspended such license.

•

Receiving any revocation or suspension of a driver's license for DWI
or operating a vehicle under the influence of alcohol, amphetamine,
narcotic or hallucinogen.

•

Receiving three or more moving violations within 12-months.

•

Violating laws or regulations, which tend to establish a disregard for
regulatory requirements and public safety.

•

Having an accident record which tends to show evidence of a lack of
concern for, or indifference to his own or public safety.

Professional Driver's Profile
Employment as a C & C driver is a position of great responsibility. Your professional status
means that you demonstrate and practice the following characteristics:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Practice the principles of defensive driving.
Be alert.
Practice courtesy and promote good will.
Inspect assigned vehicle for safety deficiencies before, during
and after every trip.
Keep the vehicle under constant control.
Slow down and use caution at school crossings and
intersections.
Follow the flow of traffic smoothly.
Anticipate the other driver's actions.
Allow for pedestrian right-of-way.
Do not pass on hills or curves.
Signal when changing speed or direction.
Obey all traffic signs and regulations.

By following these principles, you minimize the chance of a human error in judgment, which
might contribute to the cause of an accident.
EMPLOYEES SHALL NOT OPERATE C & C COMPANY VEHICLES WITHOUT A VALID
DRIVERS LICENSE OF THE APPROPRIATE CLASSIFICATION OR WITHOUT
SPECIFIC INSTRUCTIONS FROM HIS/HER IMMEDIATE SUPERVISOR.

67
Vehicle Operation and Maintenance
Drivers shall be fully familiar with the vehicles they are driving and shall ensure that it is in
a safe driving condition at all times. Drivers should be authorized to operate the vehicle by
their supervisor.
Vehicles shall be thoroughly inspected before and after each use with particular emphasis
on lights, horn, brakes, windshield wipers and steering assembly. Needed repairs shall be
made promptly, as noted.
Vehicles shall be equipped with suitable highway emergency warning devices in
accordance with state regulations. Such devices shall be used as warning signals when it
is necessary to stop the vehicle on highways after dark, in accordance with applicable state
laws.
Employees shall not work under vehicles, which are not adequately supported. Cribbing,
jacks or jack stands so designed to eliminate the possibility of collapse shall be used in
such cases.
Drivers will assure that company vehicles comply with ALL state and federal regulations.
Drivers will maintain driver logs and inspection forms for vehicles in which they are
required.
Designated drivers should obtain sufficient rest so they may stay alert while driving.
Cellular/Mobile Phones
Application: When using cellular/mobile phones while driving.
Hazards: Doing the following while driving distracts the driver from their primary task:
Taking notes
Looking up numbers
Dialing numbers
Intense conversation
Looking up information
Responsibilities:
Employees: Drive defensively. Focus on driving and avoid distractions. Pull off the road
when necessary and safe to do so. When calling others on their cell phones remember
that they may be driving and remind them to pull over to a safe place to take notes or look
up information.
Supervisors: Enforce safe driving habits. Set a safe example.
Contractors: Same policy as C & C employees.
General Information: Current statistics show that drivers who use cell phones while
driving are four times likely to be involved in a vehicle incident than a driver who doesn’t
use a cell phone while driving.
In addition, talking on a cell phone while driving can significantly distract the driver and
slow their reaction times. The effect on driving performance is more profound when the
conversation is intense or requires the driver to mentally picture subject matter of the
conversation. Example: Attempting to trouble shoot a problem from the field or shop.
Drivers that attempt to take notes, look up numbers or dial the phone while driving are also
significantly distracted and usually take their eyes off the road to perform the task.

68
Guidelines
Equipment:
• When possible, install and use a hands-free system
• Install or place the phone in your vehicle so that it is near to “line-of-sight” with the
road as possible.
• Familiarize yourself with the functions and features of the phone so you can use
speed dial or voice and re-dial.
Practices:
• When driving in traffic or challenging conditions, allow the phone mail to answer
and take a message for a later call back.
• Pull off the road to take notes, look up information, or when involved in an intense
conversation. Dial sensibly, place calls when you are not moving or before pulling
onto the road.
• When calling someone else on their cell phone be considerate of the fact that they
may be driving and avoid asking information that requires them to take their eyes
off the road. Inform them that you will hold or have them return your call while they
find a safe place to pull off the road.
Fueling Procedures
All motorized equipment shall be turned off during fueling operations.
The vehicle must be attended at all times during the fueling operations.
Smoking and open flames shall not be allowed within fifty-(50) feet of fuel islands.
Care shall be taken to ensure that the correct fuel is put into the proper fuel tank. All fuel
tanks shall be marked appropriately.
The nozzle of the fuel hose must be in continuous contact with the intake pipe of the fuel
tank.
Drivers shall not allow other persons to engage in such activities as would be likely to result
in a fire, explosion or distraction of the attendant during fueling operations.
Document fuel usage according to DOT regulations for DOT registered vehicles.
Inspection Procedures
All trucks shall be thoroughly inspected each day before operating, with particular
emphasis on lights, horn, brakes, windshield wipers, tires, lug bolts and steering assembly.
Needed repairs shall be made promptly.
Company vehicles shall not be driven unless the driver has performed a pre-trip inspection
to ensure the vehicle will not break down or be involved in an accident due to mechanical
failure.
Areas of vehicle operation that are inspected for violation of safety regulations are
• Brakes - emergency, parking and service
• Coupling devices
• Emergency equipment
• Exhaust system.
• Fuel system
• Frame condition

69
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Glazing-window condition
Hazardous materials
Lighting – electrical and reflectors
Engine and drive train
Safety restraints-seat belts
Steering
Suspension
Tires
Horn
Wheels
Miscellaneous violations

Intersections, Turning and Yielding
Intersection ApproachWhen approaching an intersection, the driver shall have his/her foot off the accelerator and
poised over the brake pedal prepared to yield or stop.
When approaching an intersection, the driver shall first look to the left then to the right and
back to the left before proceeding.
The driver shall make up his/her mind before getting to the turning point and never make a
last minute turn.
The driver shall look behind and to both sides before changing lanes.
The driver shall give the proper turn signal at least one hundred feet before the turn.
The driver shall slow down to a reasonable turning speed and shall not use the brake or
clutch while turning.
The driver shall approach the turn correctly and finish the turn in the proper lane.
Approaches for right turns with a long wheel base truck:
Approach the corner in the proper lane about four feet from the curb (close enough to keep
a car from passing on the right). As soon as the front wheels pass the corner, turn wide to
the right, swing over to the center of the side street, if necessary, in order for the right rear
wheel to clear curb.
If the street into which you are turning is narrow, it may be necessary to approach as
above, swing left enough to place a right rear wheel in position to miss the curb (but not far
enough away to invite passing on the right), then turn sharply right into the narrow street or
driveway.
When yielding for a left turn, keep steering wheel straight to avoid being pushed into
oncoming traffic from the rear.
Always look for pedestrians approaching or entering crosswalks.
Backing
Plan trips to avoid backing whenever possible, do not back any further than necessary.

70
When stopping on a slight incline, use the hand brake to prevent rolling back into the
vehicle behind you.
Get out and walk around the vehicle prior to backing to make certain t ere is nothing
h
behind, then sound the horn, back immediately and watch carefully.
When backing long distances, stop part way, get out and check your progress.
Never open the door or hang out on the left side while backing.
Always use a guide or spotter when backing in tight quarters and/or crowded areas.
Never back a vehicle around a corner at an intersection to turn around.
When necessary to back into or out of a driveway, where possible, back into the driveway
from the street and drive out forward for better visibility.
Always back slowly. The faster you move, the faster mistakes are made.
Always use the mirrors and keep them properly adjusted.
Parking
Never park on hilltops, curves, or within 25 feet of a corner or intersection.
Avoid parking on a paved road. If parking is necessary, pull off as far as possible, turn on
hazard lights and put out warning triangles as recommended.
Take positive action to ensure that the vehicle does not move while unattended. The
parking brakes shall be set.
Drivers must be sure the path is clear before moving a vehicle.
Do not park a company vehicle at any disreputable location.
Park so that backing is not required to get away from any parking space.
Driver Protection from Adverse Conditions
Clean the windshield, mirrors and lights for proper visibility.
Check that all lights are in working order.
Allow a greater following distance when driving on gravel, wet or icy roads.
Reduced speed is critical for winter driving.
When driving at night, slow down. Be sure you can stop within the distance lighted by your
headlights.
Always use the headlights when artificial and natural lights are inadequate.
When approaching oncoming traffic at night, look at the right edge of the pavement and
never directly into the lights.
Make allowances for unsafe road conditions such as curves, hills, poorly marked roads,
rough bumpy roads and alternate patches of dry and slick pavement.

71
Stay with the flow of traffic but within the legal speed limit or company designated speed
limit.
The driver of a company vehicle is entrusted with the responsibility for its proper use. Any
condition, which will affect the safe operation of a vehicle, must be reported at once and
the vehicle must be repaired before any further use is permitted.
Do not operate a vehicle, nor shall supervisor require or permit a driver to operate a
vehicle, while the driver's ability or alertness is so impaired, or is likely to become so
impaired, through fatigue, illness, or any cause, as to make it unsafe for him/her to begin or
to continue to operate the vehicle.
Slow down when any of the above adverse conditions exist.
When traveling by van, the front seat passengers should remain awake to keep the driver
alert. Change drivers, play the radio or stop and stretch to keep an alert driver at the
wheel. If these steps do not work, pull the van off of the highway in a safe area and rest.
Securing Cargo
Secure all cargo to prevent it from rolling or sliding.
Secure or remove loose objects of any kind (rocks, boards, small cargo) prior to leaving.
Examine the vehicle's cargo and its load securing devices within the first 25 miles after
beginning the trip and perform any adjustments to the cargo or load securing devices
(other than steel strapping) as may be necessary to maintain the security of the vehicle's
load.
Reexamine the vehicle's cargo and its load securing devices periodically during the course
of transportation and make any adjustments to the cargo or load securing devices (other
than steel strapping) as may be necessary to maintain the security of the vehicle's load.
This periodic reexamination must be performed:
•

When the driver makes a change in his duty status

•

After the vehicle has been driven for three hours

•

After the vehicle has been driven for 150 miles

Do not drive a motor vehicle, and the company shall not require or permit an
employee to drive a motor vehicle, unless:
•

The vehicle's cargo is properly distributed and adequately
secured

•

The vehicle's tailgate, tail board, doors, tarpaulins, its spare
tire and other equipment used in its operation, and the means
of fastening the vehicle's cargo are secured.

The vehicle's cargo or any other object shall not obscure the driver's view ahead or to the
right or left side, interfere with the free movement of arms or legs, prevent free and ready
access to accessories required for emergencies, or prevent the free ready exit of any
person or employee from the vehicle's cab or driver's compartment.

72
5.11 Fire Protection
Due to the nature of our operations, the importance of fire protection and prevention cannot
be over emphasized. The concentration of employees and equipment working in limited
areas greatly increases the fire hazards unless proper fire prevention practices are
observed.
Classification on Fires is according to the type of material that is burning. The four
classifications are as follows:
§

CLASS "A": Fires occur with ordinary materials such as wood, paper, rags
or rubbish. The quenching and cooling effects of water or water solutions
are of first importance.

§

CLASS "B": Fires occur in the vapor-air mixture over the surface of
flammable liquids, such as gasoline, oil, grease, paints, and thinners. The
limiting of air (oxygen) or other combustion-inhibiting agents is of primary
importance.

§

CLASS "C": Fires occur in or near electrical equipment where nonconducting extinguishing agents must be used.

§

CLASS "D": Fires occur in combustible metals such as magnesium,
titanium, zirconium, lithium, and sodium.
Specialized techniques,
extinguishing agents and equipment have been developed for controlling
these types of fires.

Since the materials involved with CLASS "D" fires rarely apply to our operations,
our attention is concentrated on fires which fit into CLASSES "A", "B", AND "C".
Fire Prevention
Smoking is permitted only in areas that have been designated as safe for smoking and
posted with signs. Restricted areas should be established in which all-open lights and fires,
as well as smoking, are prohibited.
Avoid overloading electrical circuits. Repair work on electrical circuits should always be
made with the current off. Refer to lockout/tagout section.
Whenever possible, all flammable liquids and materials should be removed when welding
is to be performed.
Fire Extinguishers
Fire extinguishers are supplied for fighting class A, B, & C type fires. As a MINIMUM
requirement, approved fire extinguishers must be conveniently located in the work area.
Extra fire extinguishers should be located at other potential fire hazard areas around the
location.
Using signs should identify the location of the fire extinguishers, red paint and other
approved devices. They should not be hidden or blocked by supplies or equipment and
should be suspended off the floor or working area.

73
All extinguishers must be inspected and maintained in serviceable condition at all times.
One person should be assigned the responsibility for maintenance and inspection of the
fire extinguishers. The recharging history of each fire extinguisher and other pertinent
information should also be maintained in the Supervisor's office.
To extinguish a fire, water is the most practical and readily available agent for general use.
Remember that it can't be used on every fire, but whenever possible, try to use the
available water hoses.
Pre-planning and Training
The first line of defense in a fire prevention program is a well-trained employee. They
should be trained in preventive maintenance of all operating equipment, as well as the care
and use of fire extinguishers and water hoses. To realize the maximum effectiveness from
fire extinguishing equipment, the employee should be thoroughly trained in how to use
them.
To reduce confusion and obtain effective emergency action, fire drills should be conducted.
Emergency planning should include pre-assignment of personnel to definite stations and
activities.
If a local fire service is expected to respond to an emergency, the Supervisor should preplan his firefighting operations and discuss these plans will the local authorities.
Because a fire may start if an employee needlessly lights a cigarette in a restricted area,
matches and all smoking equipment should be left in places that are designated as safe for
smoking. Before introducing an ignition source into a NO SMOKING area, all flammables
should be removed or covered and it should be determined safe by the Supervisor in
charge.
Static electricity sources will start fires. All equipment should be properly grounded.
Open fires or fire equipment should be located at least 100 feet from the flammable liquid
and gases and prevailing winds should be considered in determining the location of the
equipment.
The use of gasoline as a cleaning agent is prohibited. Only Varsol or other approved
liquids may be used to clean machinery. These liquids must never be used on hot metal
surfaces or sprayed around operating machinery where there is a source of ignition.
The best protection against a fire is good housekeeping and preventive action. A few of
0the things that can help to prevent fires are:
General Rules
•

Do not smoke in NO SMOKING areas.

•

Keep the change and supply rooms in good order, with no greasy clothes, rags,
paper or other material that may start a fire by spontaneous combustion.

•

Always investigate any unusual odor of smoke or gas. Don't be satisfied until you
have found the source.

•

Make sure the stairs are always clear and the fire extinguishers are accessible.

74
•

Portable heaters should be of a safety-heater type and should be checked
frequently to see that they are working properly.

•

All paint, varnish, oil, and gasoline should be stored in approved containers and
kept in their proper place in the storage area.

•

Be sure that all fuel and lubricant tanks are located so they will not add to a fire
should it develop. All such tanks should be clearly labeled as to contents. Knowing
the contents of the tanks is helpful for fighting fires in the area.

5.12

Permit To Work System

General
Definition. The permit is an authorization and approval in writing that specifies the location
and type of work to be performed. The permit also certifies that a qualified person has
evaluated hazards and necessary protective measures have been specified and
implemented.
Permits are required for jobs involving:
•
•
•
•

Confined space entry
Hot work
Confined space transfer of existing worksite to contractor
Hot work transfer of existing worksite to contractor

No person shall enter a confined space or perform hot work unless:
•
•
•
•

A valid permit is posted
The person has been trained and authorized
For confined space entry, a standby person is present
For hot work, a fire watch person is present

Qualified Person
A qualified person is a person capable (by education and/or specialized training) of
recognizing, evaluating and controlling employee exposure to hazardous materials or other
unsafe conditions in potentially hazardous situations, such as, but not limited to, a confined
space, hot work, etc. This person shall be capable of specifying necessary control and/or
protective action for worker safety.
Permit Posting
•
•

The permit shall be prominently posted at the work site for the duration of the
approved work.
The appropriate supervisor shall authorize permitted work.

Confined Space Entry Permit Required
A confined space has the following characteristics:

•

• Its size and shape allow a person to enter.
• It has limited openings for workers to enter or exit.
• It is not designed for continuous occupancy.
Contains or has the potential to contain a hazardous atmosphere.

75
•

Contains a material that has the potential for engulfing an entrant.

•

Has an internal configuration such that the entrant could be trapped or asphyxiated
by inwardly converging walls or a floor, which slopes downward and tapers to a
smaller cross-section.

•

Contains any other recognized serious safety or health hazard.

Some examples of confined spaces are chain lockers, tanks, vessel voids, rudder rooms,
bilges, drilling rig cellars and empty mud tanks.
Permit Space Hazards
Hazardous Atmosphere
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

•

The air might not have enough oxygen.
Because of these hazards, entry is defined as placing any part of your body
into the permit space.
Engulfment-Being trapped in liquid or solid material.
Danger from unexpected movement of machinery.
Electrocution
Heat stress
Becoming wedged into a narrow part of the space and suffocating.
A physical danger such as falls, debris, slipping ladders.

Each of these hazards is more dangerous in a confined space since rescuers can have a
difficult time reaching you if you need help. As your employer, we will take steps to help
control the hazards of permit spaces. We will
•
•
•
•

•

Identify all permit spaces in your work area.
Reduce employee risk around permit spaces with signs and training.
Prevent unauthorized employee entry in permit spaces with the use of an
entry supervisor.
Re-evaluate spaces when conditions change.
Supply safety and personal protective equipment.

The work being done can cause conditions in a confined space to become more
hazardous.
•
•
•
•

•

Hot work uses up more oxygen and can release hazardous materials.
Any hot work in a permit space requires special authorization and Hot Work
Permit.
Sanding, scraping and loosening residue can stir up hazardous materials.
Workers sometimes bring hazardous materials, such as solvents, into the
permit space.
Work outside a permit space can produce harmful vapors that collect inside.

Confined Space Entry Permit
The confined space entry permit tells what hazards are in the permit space and how to
control them. It usually includes a checklist of necessary safety measures.

76
Before anyone enters the permit space, the entry supervisor goes through the permit to
make sure all necessary hazard controls are in place and signs the permit. Re-evaluation
of conditions by the entry supervisor is required at intervals and when a replacement entry
supervisor takes over.
Although permits vary in size, length and number of conditions covered, complete
information is very important.
Permits should include:
•

Specific permit space identification

•

Purpose and date of entry

•

Duration of authorization

•

Names of authorized attendant and entry supervisor

•

Actual hazards of the identified space

•

Control and isolation methods to be used

•

Acceptable entry conditions

•

Results of initial and periodic atmospheric testing

•

Rescue and emergency services to be summoned

•

Communication procedures authorized between attendant and entrants

•

Other information as necessary, other permits, such as hotwork

Permit Space Preparation
We now must address the steps required to prepare the space for occupancy. The entry
supervisor must check to see that each required precaution has been taken.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

•

Post signs and put up banners to protect entrants from vehicle traffic and
pedestrians from falling into the space, if necessary.
Verify that input lines have been blinded, capped, and or disconnected, so that no
hazardous materials can enter the space.
Make sure Lock Out/Tag Out procedures are in effect to ensure safety from an
energy source.
Empty the space of any materials that may be hazardous. If necessary, have the
space cleaned, purged of inert hazardous residue.
When ventilation is needed, begin long enough in advance so that the air will be
safe before anyone enters. Verify breathing safety by air testing.
Training of attendant and entrants shall be verified prior to assignment and entry of
permit space.
Attach completed Hot Work Permit, if required, to Confined Space Entry Permit.
Add emergency contact telephone numbers.

77
The entry supervisor must also verify atmospheric testing prior to entry. The air must be
tested in all areas and levels of the space before entry. Monitor continuously or re-test
periodically for as long as the space is occupied and is appropriate for the hazard involved.
For most items, allowable limits should be given on the permit; and after tests are
conducted, results are also entered on the permit. The three basic atmospheric tests are
the air's oxygen level, flammability, and toxicity. If the oxygen content is not between 19.5
and 23.5 percent, the flammable gases are above 10 percent of the lower flammable limit
(LFL), airborne dust meets or is above its LEL, or the toxicity is above the permissible
exposure limit (PEL) do not enter the permit space. The hazard must be controlled before
entry is allowed. If later, after entry is permitted, the air becomes hazardous again, the
permit is canceled and everyone must leave the space.
When there is a possibility of heat stress in the permit space, testing should be required.
When this testing is required the degree reading according to the Wet Bulb Globe
Thermometer is to be transferred to the permit. Note: F for Fahrenheit or C for Centigrade.
Also, make sure the person or persons conducting the test, signs or initials the permit after
each test result.
Equipment Required For Entry & Work
•

Decide whether respirators and portable air monitors are required and
which types match the hazard.

•

If continuous communication between the attendant and entrant will be
difficult or impossible, choose and list devices, such as radio equipment.
Test this equipment before entry.
List any special procedures
necessary, such as hand signals.

•

List any special light sources, spark-proof tools and other electrical
equipment that must be on hand before entry begins.

•

Make sure this equipment is intrinsically safe and in good condition.

•

List any measures needed to guard against shock, such as ground-fault
circuit interrupters (GFCI).

•

List devices such as ladders, boatswain's chairs and work platforms.
Test this equipment before entry begins.

•

After verifying that acceptable entry conditions exist and all equipment is
in good working order, the entry supervisor signs and dates the permit.
Only then are workers allowed to enter the permit space.

Emergency and Rescue Procedures
The safest ways of leaving a space when conditions deteriorate are:
•

Self-rescue, when an entrant evacuates the space with no help at the first sign of
trouble.

•

Non-entry rescue.

•

Only workers trained in rescue can enter the space for the purpose of rescue. A
procedure must be set up in advance for rescue and a list of phone numbers and/or
contacts must be available for the attendant to use.

78
List necessary equipment or devices such as rescue equipment, whistles, phones and
radios. Rescue equipment, which may be required, should be on the job site. Make sure it
is in working order before entry begins.
A positive-pressure, self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) must be on site for
rescuers if a respiratory hazard is potentially present. It is also a safe practice to wear an
emergency escape breathing system, sometimes called an egress bottle, into a permit
space whenever supplied air is required for entry. Should the supplied air fail, your
emergency breathing apparatus must provide enough air to allow you to escape to
breathable air.
Training And Duties of The Confined Space Rescue Team
Entry Supervisor
•

The entry supervisor makes sure conditions are safe. Before entry, the
supervisor verifies that the permit is filled out completely and all safety steps
listed on it are taken, then signs the form.

During entry:
•

The entry supervisor checks conditions to make sure they stay safe
throughout the work.

•

If conditions become unsafe, the permit is canceled and everyone is ordered
out of the space.

•

The entry supervisor sees that any unauthorized people are removed.

•

When the work is finished, the entry supervisor cancels the permit and
concludes the operation.

Attendant
The attendant stays at their post to observe conditions and support the entrants. As an
attendant, you must know the hazards of the permit space and the signs of exposure. You
must keep a current count, be able to identify all entrants, and stay in continuous contact
with them. Be sure only authorized people enter the space or the area surrounding the
space.
You must order all workers out of the space in any of these situations
•

You see a condition not allowed by the entry permit.

•

You notice signs of exposure in any entrant.

•

You see something outside the permit space that could cause danger
inside.

•

You must focus your attention on the rescue of entrants from another
permit space.

An attendant must never leave the observation post for any reason. If the entrants
need to escape, call the rescue team at once. In case of an emergency, do not enter
the permit spaceunless you are trained in confined space rescue, have proper
emergency equipment and another attendant is there to replace you.

79
Entrant
The entrant must do his part to control the hazards of confined space entry. As an entrant,
be sure you know the hazards of the space and the signs of exposure. For example, lack
of oxygen can cause:
•

Loss of muscle control

•

Mental confusion

•

Breathing difficulty

•

Misguided feeling of well-being

•

Ringing in the ears

•

Death

Follow your personal protective equipment training carefully. Keep in contact with
attendant, and leave the space at once if you are ordered to evacuate. Always be ready to
evacuate quickly and without help, if possible. If you see that you are in danger, leave the
space and tell the attendant.
Safe confined space entry takes teamwork between the entrant, the attendant, and the
entry supervisor. Everyone must do his or her part so that any worker who goes into a
permit required confined space would come out of it in good health.

80
5.13

Lockout / Tag-out Procedure

General
This procedure is to be followed to prevent the operation of valves, switches, or a piece of
equipment when injury or property damage could result from the operation.
Lockout
Only individually keyed locks will be used. The key will remain in the possession of the
person placing the locks. A master series of locks to be used specifically for lockout may
be provided to each location that requires them. The master keys will remain in the
possession of the party chief/Captain. Grand master keys will remain in the possession of
project management. A device or devices will be used to allow multiple lockout of the
same piece of equipment.
Danger Tags: The danger tag used will be white; with the word "DANGER" printed white in
a red oval in a black square. A danger tag is not the same as a danger sign. Danger signs
will be used only where an immediate hazard exists.
Publications: For additional guidance on danger tags and danger signs, see American
National Standards Institute standards, ANSI Z35.1-1968 and Z35.2-1968.
Locking Out and Tagging
General
No device, valve, switch, or piece of equipment will be operated with a tag, lock and tag
attached, regardless of circumstances. If a device, valve, switch, or piece of equipment is
locked out, a danger tag must also be attached. All tags will be dated and signed. Tags
are never to be reused but are destroyed immediately on removal. No alterations will be
permitted.
WARNING: Any person who operates a valve, switch, device, or piece of equipment to
which a danger tag is attached or who removes such a tag without authorization may be
SUBJECT TO TERMINATION.
Lockout or Tag-out Procedures
General
Lockout is the preferred method of isolating machines or equipment from energy sources.
To assist employers in developing a procedure which meets the requirements of the
standard; however, the following simple procedure is provided for use in both lockout and
tagout programs.
This procedure may be used when there are limited number or types of machines or
equipment or there is a single power source. For more complex systems, a more
comprehensive procedure will need to be developed, documented and utilized.
Lockout or Tag-out Procedure
Purpose
This procedure establishes the minimum requirements for the lockout or tagout of energy
isolating devices. It shall be used to ensure that the machine or equipment are isolated
from all potentially hazardous energy, and locked out or tagged out before employees
perform any servicing or maintenance activities where the unexpected energizing, start-up
or release of stored energy could cause injury.
81
Responsibility
Appropriate employees shall be instructed in the safety significance of the lockout (or
tagout) procedure. Each new or transferred affected employee and other employees
whose work operations are or may be in the area shall be instructed in the purpose and
use of the lockout or tagout procedure.
Restoring Machines or Equipment to Normal Production Operations
After the servicing and/or maintenance is complete and equipment is ready for normal
operations, check the area around the machines or equipment to ensure that no one is
exposed.
After all tools have been removed from the machine or equipment, guards have been
reinstalled and employees are in the clear, remove all lockout or tagout devices. Operate
the energy isolating devices to restore energy to the machine or equipment.
Procedure Involving More Than One Person
In the preceding steps, if more than one individual is required to lockout or tag-out
equipment, each shall place his/her own personal lockout device or tag-out device
on the energy isolating.
device(s). When an energy-isolating device cannot accept multiple locks or tags, a multiple
lockout or tag-out device (hasp) may be used. If lockout is used, a single lock may be used
to lockout the machine or equipment with the key being placed in a lockout box or cabinet
that allows the use of multiple locks to secure it. Each employee will then use his/her own
lock to secure the box or cabinet. As each person no longer needs to maintain his or her
lockout protection, that person will remove his/her lock from the box or cabinet.
Basic Rules for Using Lockout or Tag-out System Procedure
All equipment shall be locked out or tagged out to protect against accidental or inadvertent
operation when such operation could cause injury to personnel. Do not attempt to operate
any switch, valve, or other energy-isolating device, where it is locked or tagged out.
Preparation for Lockout or Tag-out
Make a survey to locate and identify all isolating devices to be certain which switch(s),
valve(s) or other energy isolating devices apply to the equipment to be locked or tagged
out. More than one energy source (electrical, mechanical, or others) may be involved.
Sequence of Lockout or Tagout System Procedure
Notify all affected employees that a lockout or tag-out system is going to be utilized and the
reason therefore. The authorized employee shall know the type and magnitude of energy
that the machine or equipment utilizes and shall understand the hazards thereof.
If the machine or equipment is operating, shut it down by the normal stopping procedure
(depress stop button, open toggle switch, etc.)
Operate the switch, valve, or other energy isolating device(s) so that the equipment is
isolated from its energy source(s). Stored energy (such as that in springs, elevated
machine members, rotating flywheels, hydraulic systems, and air, gas, steam, or water
pressure, etc.) must be dissipated or restrained by methods such as repositioning,
blocking, bleeding down, etc.

82
Lockout and/or tag-out the energy isolating devices with assigned individual lock(s) or
tag(s).
After ensuring that no personnel are exposed, and as a check on having disconnected the
energy sources, operate the push button or other normal operating controls to make certain
the equipment will not operate.
CAUTION: Return operating control(s) to "neutral" or "off" position after the test.
The equipment is now locked out or tagged out.
5.14

Hazard Communication Program

Regulated Materials & Written Program
A.
The OSHA Hazard Communication Standard regulates all chemical
substances that present a physical or health hazard. Substances that meet
these criteria are defined in Appendix I and have been defined as hazardous
substances by OSHA.
B.

All chemical substances used at C & C Technologies facilities, as defined in
Appendix I, are subject to this policy. This program does not apply to
chemicals subject to the Consumer Product Safety Act, wood products,
foods, or tobacco products. The Hazcom standard states that a consumer
product which is hazardous and used in the same manner as normal
consumer use and which results in a duration and frequency of exposure
which is not greater than exposures experienced by consumers is not
subject to the requirements of the hazard communication standard including MSDS’s. The stipulation C & C Technologies has placed on
consumer products is that they should not normally be stored in quantities
exceeding 5 - 10 gallons or significantly more than a consumer would
normally store in a home or garage.

C.

Each location must have a written Hazard Communication Program. This
program will satisfy the written requirements as long as the provisions set
forth below are followed and are available upon request of a compliance
officer.

D.

The Safety Coordinator is responsible for coordinating this program. The
Operation Supervisor at each location is responsible for implementing and
enforcing this program.

Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS)
A.

Each office shall maintain a current MSDS for each substance covered by
the Hazard Communication Standard that is used at that specific location.

B.

Purchased products should not be accepted unless a MSDS accompanies
the delivery.

C.

Each location must send a MSDS for substances used on that specific
facility to the Safety Coordinator to be included in the master list.

D.

A chemical inventory shall be maintained at each office for chemicals used
within their specific areas. This inventory should be updated every 6
months. These updates shall be kept on location with a copy being
forwarded to the Safety Coordinator on a semi-annual basis.

83
If a chemical is no longer in use the MSDS shall not be thrown away. MSDS’s are
considered employee exposure records and must be maintained on file for 30 years.
Labeling
A.

Chemical Container Labeling - Containers Received
All chemical containers received from vendors must be labeled and must be
delivered with a Material Safety Data Sheet. Labels shall be legible, in
English. For non-English speaking employees, information shall be
presented in their language as well. Labels shall include:
1.

Identity - Chemical or common name as it appears on the Material
Safety Data Sheet (MSDS).

2.

Hazard Warnings - Must convey the hazards associated with that
chemical.

3.

Handling Procedures and First Aid - This may include appropriate
procedures such as the use of personal protective equipment, work
practices, engineering controls, first aid and medical information.

4.

Contact Information - The emergency contact number in case of spill
or accident.

4.

Employer or employees shall not remove or deface labels on
incoming containers of hazardous chemicals.

B. Secondary Container Labeling
1.

All bulk chemical dispensing units should be labeled with the
vendors label which informs the user as to A above.

2.

HMIS labeling system shall be used for secondary containers.. This
labeling system will satisfy requirements and conform to the
following:
a.

Labeling shall be consistent throughout each facility.

b.

Labels must be linked to the MSDS available for that
substance. The chemical name identified on the container
must match the name on the MSDS.

C. Tank Labeling
1.

All storage tanks that contain substances regulated by the standard
shall be labeled. Labeling shall be consistent throughout the facility.

2.

Labels or signs identifying the substance must appear as stated on
the MSDS or correspond to a consistent numbering system that
correlated to a central sign that specifies what the numbers mean.
The chemical names on the central sign must appear as stated on
the MSDS as well.

84
Employee Information & Training
A.

Employees who may be exposed to hazardous chemicals in the course of
their routine responsibilities or in a foreseeable emergency, shall be
provided with information and training about these potential hazards. Such
information and training shall be provided at the time of initial assignment,
annually thereafter, and whenever a new hazard is introduced to the
employee’s work area.

B.

Employees’ training shall include:
1. Requirements of this program, the OSHA standard and any additional
state requirements.
2.

Operations within their work area where hazardous chemicals are
present.

3. Location and availability of hazard communication material such as the
written program, listing of hazardous chemicals present and MSDS.
4. Methods and observations that may be used to detect the presence or
release of a hazardous chemical are by use of monitoring devices,
visual appearance or door.
5. The physical and health hazards associated with chemicals or classes of
chemicals in the work area.
4. Protection measures to be utilized to prevent exposure, appropriate
work practices, emergency procedures and proper PPE to be used
5. Details of the developed Hazard Communication Program explanation of
the labeling system
6. The MSDS and how employees can obtain and use the appropriate
hazard information.
Informing Employees Of Other Hazards
A.

Employees must be informed as to the chemical hazards of non-routine
tasks and the hazards associated with chemicals in unlabeled pipes in their
work areas. The primary methods to be used will include:
1.

Pre-job (job planning) meetings

2.

Scheduled safety meetings

3.

Tail-gate safety meetings

4.

Preparation and availability of procedures

5.

Safety bulletins or posting of specific information

6.

Required annual training sessions

85
Contractor Notification
A.

It shall be the supervisor’s responsibility to inform the contractor’s
representative at the start of a project, or upon assignment, as to the
hazards associated with the chemicals that the contractor’s employees may
encounter during their work at that facility. This can be accomplished by
making the pertinent MSDS available to the contractor’s representative.

B.

Each contractor must be notified of where the MSDS’s are located as well
as the chemicals on location.

C.

A sample Contractor Notification Letter is provided.

References:
1.

Occupational Safety and Health Administration, Department of Labor;
29 CFR 1910.1200.

Definition Of Physical & Health Hazards Of Chemicals

General
A.

Any chemical that has a physical or health hazard as defined below
constitutes an OSHA-defined hazardous chemical.

Physical Hazards
A.

Combustible Liquids
Any liquid having a flash point at or above 100°F (37.8°C), but below 200°F
(93.3°C), except any mixture having components with flash points of 200°F
(93.3°C), or higher, the total volume of which make up 99 percent or more of
the total volume of the mixture.

B.

Compressed Gases
1.

A gas or mixture of gases having, in a container, an absolute
pressure exceeding 40 psi at 70°F (21.1°C); or

2.

A gas or mixture of gases having, in a container, an absolute
pressure exceeding 104 psi at 103°F (54.4°C) regardless of the
pressure at 70°F (21.1°C); or

3.

A liquid having a vapor pressure exceeding 40 psi at 100°F (37.8°C)
as determined by ASTM D-323-72.

86
C.

Explosives
“Explosive” - A chemical that causes a sudden, almost instantaneous
release of pressure, gas, and heat when subjected to sudden shock,
pressure, or high temperature.
D.

Flammable
1.

“Aerosol flammable” - An aerosol that, when tested by the method
described in 16 CFR 1500-45, yields a flame protection exceeding
18 inches at full valve opening, or a flashback (a flame extending
back to the valve) at any degree of valve opening;

2.

“Gas, flammable”:
a.

A gas that, at ambient temperature and pressure, forms a
flammable mixture with air at a concentration of thirteen (13)
percent by volume or less; or

b.

A gas that, at ambient and pressure, forms a range of
flammable mixtures with air wider than twelve (12) percent by
volume, regardless of the lower limit.

3.

4.

E.

“Liquid flammable” - Any liquid having a flash point below 100°F
(37.8°C), except any mixture having components with flash points of
100°F (37.8°C) or higher, the total of which makes up 99 percent or
more of the total volume of the mixture.
“Solid flammable” - A solid, other than a blasting agent or explosive
as defined in 1910.109 (a), that is liable to cause fire through friction,
absorption of moisture, spontaneous chemical change, or retained
heat from manufacturing or processing, or which can be ignited
readily and when ignited burns so vigorously and persistently as to
create a serious hazard. A chemical shall be considered to be
flammable solid if, when tested by the method described in 16 CFR
1500.44, it ignites and burns with a self-sustained flame at a rate
greater than one-tenth of an inch per second along its major axis.

Organic Peroxides
“Organic Peroxides” - An organic compound that contains the bivalent-Ostructure and which may be considered to be a structural derivative of
hydrogen peroxide when one or both of the hydrogen atoms has been
replaced by an organic radical.
F.

Oxidizers
“Oxidizer” - A chemical other than a blasting agent or explosive as defined
in 1910.109 (a), that initiates or promotes combustion in other materials
thereby causing fire either of itself or through the release of oxygen or other
gases.

87
G.

Pyrophorics (Iron Sulfide)
“A Pyrophoric” - A chemical that will ignite spontaneously in air at a
temperature of 130°F (54.4°C) or below.

H.

Unstable
“Unstable (reactive)” - A chemical which in the pure state, or as produced
or transported, will vigorously polymerize, decompose, condense, or will
become self-reactive under conditions of shocks, pressure, or temperature.

I.

Water-Reactive
“Water-reactive” - A chemical that reacts with water to release a gas that is
either flammable or presents a health hazard.
NOTE: These definitions and criteria, taken from 29 CFR 1910.1200, will be
considered updated or revised as 29 CFR 1910.1200 is updated or revised.

Health Hazards
A.

Carcinogen (cancer causing agent):
carcinogen if:

A chemical is considered to be

1.

It has been evaluated by the International Agency for Research on
Cancer (IARC) and found to be a carcinogen or potential carcinogen;
or

2.

It is listed as a carcinogen or potential carcinogen in the Annual
Report on Carcinogens published by the National Toxicology
Program (NTP) (latest edition); or

3.

OSHA regulates it as a carcinogen.

B.

Corrosive: A chemical that causes visible destruction of, or irreversible
alterations in, living tissue by chemical action at the site of contact. For
example, a chemical is considered to be corrosive if, when tested on the
intact skin of albino rabbits by the method described by the U.S. Department
of Transportation in Appendix A to 49 CFR, Part 173, it destroys or changes
irreversibly the structure of the tissue at the site of contact following an
exposure period of four hours. Corrosive shall not refer to action on
inanimate surfaces.

C.

Highly toxic: A chemical falling within any of the following categories:
1.
2.

A chemical that has a median lethal dose (LD50) of 50 milligrams or
less per kilogram of body weight when administered orally to albino
rats weighing between 200 and 300 grams each.
A chemical that has a median lethal dose (LD50) of more than 200
milligrams per kilogram but not more than 1,000 milligrams per
kilogram of body weight when administered by continuous contact
for 24 hours (or less if death occurs within 24 hours) with the bare
skin of albino rabbits weighing between 2 and 3 kilograms each.

88
3.

D.

A chemical that has a median lethal concentration (LD50) in air of
more than 200 parts per million but not more than 2,000 parts per
million by volume of gas or vapor, or more than two milligrams per
liter but not more than 20 milligrams per liter of mist, fume, or dust,
when administered by continuous inhalation for one hour (or less if
death occurs within one hour) to albino rats weighing between 200
and 300 grams each.

Target organ effects: The following is a target organ categorization of effects that
may occur, including examples of signs and symptoms and chemicals which
have been found to cause such effects. These examples are presented to
illustrate the range and diversity of effects and hazards found in the work
place, and the broad scope employers must consider in this area, but are
not intended to be all-inclusive.
a.

b.

Hepatotoxins:
Signs and Symptoms:
Chemicals:
Nephrotoxins:
Signs and Symptoms:
Chemicals:

c.

Neurotoxins:
Signs and Symptoms:
Chemicals:

d.

e.

Chemicals that produce their primary
toxic effects on the nervous system.
Narcosis;
behavioral
changes;
decrease in motor functions.
Mercury; carbon disulfide.
Decrease hemoglobin function;
deprive body tissues of oxygen

Agents that damage

Chemicals that irritate or damage the
pulmonary tissue of the lungs.
Cough, tightness in chest, shortness of
breath.
Silica; asbestos.

Agents:
Reproductive toxins:

Signs and Symptoms:
Chemicals:
g.

Chemicals that produce kidney
damage.
Edema; proteinuria
Halogenated hydrocarbons; uranium.

Agents that act on
the blood or
hematopoietic system:
Signs and Symptoms:
Agents:

Signs and Symptoms:

f.

Chemicals that produce liver damage.
Jaundice; liver enlargement
Carbon tetrachloride; nitrosamines.

Cutaneous hazards:
Signs and Symptoms:
Chemicals:

Cyanosis; loss of consciousness.
Carbon monoxide; cyanides.

Chemicals that affect the reproductive
capabilities, including chromosomal
damage, (mutations) and effects on
fetuses (teratogenesis).
Birth defects; sterility.
Lead: DBCP.
Chemicals that affect the dermal layer
of the body.
Defatting of the skin; rashes; irritation.
Ketones; chlorinated compounds.

89
h.

Eye hazards:
Signs and Symptoms:
Chemicals:

Chemicals that affect the eye or visual
capacity.
Conjunctivitis; corneal damage.
Organic solvents; acids.

These definitions and criteria, taken from 29 CFR 1910.1200, will be considered updated or
revised as 29 CFR 1910.1200 is updated or revised.
Chemical Inventory
List of Chemicals
Our list of chemicals identifies the chemicals used in our shop areas and chemicals that
may be encountered at the jobsite during our work in many plants. The list also identifies
the corresponding MSDS's for each chemical. A master list of these chemicals and MSDS
sheets will be maintained by, and is available from the Safety and Health coordinator. In
addition to the hazardous chemicals listed, each job site has the responsibilities to advise
and train you on the use of any hazardous chemicals supplied by the customer and make
the MSDS sheets available to you. See Exhibit 7.
5.15

Hazardous Materials

Hazardous Materials Technician
Emergency Response Training
Hazardous Materials Technicians are individuals who respond to releases or potential
releases for the purpose of stopping the release. They assume a more aggressive role
than a first responder at the operations level in that they will approach the point of release
of a hazardous substance. Hazardous Materials Technicians shall have received training
equal to the first responder operations level and, in addition, have competency in the
following areas, and the facility shall so certify:
1.

Know how to implement the facility's emergency response plan.

2.

Know the classification, identification and verification of known and unknown
materials by using field survey instruments and equipment.

3.

Be able to function within an assigned role in the incident command system.

4.

Know how to select and use proper specialized chemical personal protective
equipment provided to the hazardous materials technician.

5.

Understand hazard and risk assessment techniques.

6.

Be able to perform advance control, containment and/or confinement operations
within the capabilities of the resources and personal protective equipment available
with the unit.

7.

Understand and implement decontamination procedures.

8.

Understand termination procedures.

9.

Understand basic chemical and toxicological terminology and behavior.

90
Hazardous Materials Specialist
Emergency Response Training
Hazardous Materials Specialists are individuals who respond with and provide support to
Hazardous Materials Technicians. However, the duties of the Hazardous Materials
Specialists require a more directed or specific knowledge of the various substances they
may be called upon to contain. The Hazardous Materials Specialist would also act as the
site liaison with federal, state, local and other government authorities in regard to site
activities. Hazardous Materials Specialists shall have received training at least equal to the
technician level and, in addition, have competency in the following areas, and the facility
shall so certify:
1.

Know how to implement the facility's emergency response plan.

2.

Understand classification, identification and verification of known and unknown
materials by using advanced survey instruments and equipment.

3.

Know of the state emergency response plan.

4.

Be able to select and use proper specialized chemical personal protective
equipment provided to the hazardous materials specialist.

5.

Understand in depth hazard and risk techniques.

6.

Be able to perform specialized control, containment and/or confinement operations
within the capabilities of the resources and personal protective equipment available.

7.

Be able to determine and implement decontamination procedures.

8.

Have the ability to develop a site safety and control plan.

9.

Understand chemical, radiological and toxicological terminology and behavior.

On-Scene Incident Commander
Emergency Response Training
Incident Commanders, who will assume control of the incident beyond the first responder
awareness level, shall receive training equal to the first responder operations level and, in
addition, have competency in the following areas, and the facility shall so certify:
1.

Know and be able to implement the facility's incident command system.

2.

Know how to implement the facility's emergency response plan.

3.

Know and understand the hazards and risks associated with employees working in
chemical protective clothing.

4.

Know how to implement the local emergency response plan.

5.

Know of the State Emergency Response Plan and of the Federal Regional
Response Team.

6.

Know and understand the importance of decontamination procedures.

91
5.16

Respiratory Protection Program

Purpose
The purpose of this program is to establish uniform standards for the use of respiratory
protection equipment.
Scope
This program applies to all employees who, in the course of their work, are exposed to
airborne contaminants.
Responsibilities
C & C shall be responsible for the establishment and maintenance of a respiratory
protection program. The Company shall provide respirators when such equipment is
necessary to protect the health of the employees.
The immediate supervisor is responsible for seeing that employees are provided with the
proper respirator equipment when required and that the equipment is properly worn.
The Safety Department will conduct the necessary training and proper procedures for the
wearing of respirators. All employees who are required to wear respirators will be trained
in the proper procedures and fit tested as per OSHA requirements. All respirators will be
worn according to the manufacturers instructions and no alteration to the respirator will be
tolerated.
Employees are responsible for wearing the appropriate respirator equipment and for
maintaining the equipment in a clean and operable condition.
Visitors should be discouraged from entering regulated areas. It is not C & C's policy to
verify visitor's compliance with their own company's respirator protection policy. When
necessary to do so, visitors will be informed of the potential hazard and will be provided
with a respirator.
Employees refusing to comply with this program will be denied access to regulated areas
and will be subject to disciplinary action up to and including termination.
Regulated Areas
Respiratory protection shall be required in any area where substances present in inhaled
air as suspensions of solid particles; droplets, vapors or gases may pose a potential
respiratory hazard. Also, any area the responsible safety supervisor feels may pose a
health hazard if respiratory protection is not used.
Respiratory Selection
Each respirator must be properly selected based on the contaminant and concentration
levels which the employee is exposed. The proper selection of respiratory protective
equipment involves three basic steps:
•
•
•

The identification of the hazard.
The evaluation of the hazard.
The selection of the appropriate respiratory equipment based on the first two
considerations.

92
Hazard Identification
The selection of a respirator is based on specific hazards to which the employee is
exposed. Not all respirators will work in the same environment. Therefore, it is very
important to be aware of the different kinds of hazards, which may exist as well as the
types of respirators, which can be used to protect against those hazards.
Dust, fumes, and mists are tiny particles that float in the air. They can become trapped in
the airway and cause irritation. Dusts are caused by sawing, sanding, grinding, sweeping,
accidental contact, etc. Fumes can occur in high heat operations and mists are found near
spraying, mixing, cleaning operations, etc.
Gases and vapors are contaminants suspended in the air. These can irritate the airway
and, when highly concentrated, cause suffocation. Chemical processing and high heat
operations often produce gases. Vapors can be found where parts cleaning, painting,
refinishing, adhesives application, etc., takes place.
Hazard Evaluation
1. Once a potential hazard has been recognized and the hazardous substance or
particulate identified, it is necessary to determine the amount of contamination
present. The measured concentration can be compared with the permissible
exposure level (PEL), mandated in Occupational Safety and Health (OSHA)
regulations, or the threshold limit value (TLV), recommended by the American
Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH). These values are
maximum concentrations to which a worker may be exposed without adverse
effects. If measured concentrations exceed these values, proper respiratory
protection must be used if other engineering controls cannot be utilized.
2. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) and product labels should be read to evaluate
each hazardous substance. The PEL and TLV are given for each hazardous
component of the substance along with the recommended respirator to be used. As
a part of the Hazard Communication Standard, Material Safety Data Sheets for each
hazardous substance present must be available on each work site.
3. Each C & C work site will be evaluated regarding respiratory hazards and protective
measures will be implemented accordingly.
4. All visitors or employees not assigned to work in regulated areas will be informed of
the potential exposure and the precautionary measures that need to be taken for
protection.
5.

C & C employees working on customer sites will also comply with the site
respiratory policy.

Selection of Respirator
Air purifying filters remove the contaminant from the breathing air before it is inhaled. An
air purifying respirator is either a single use mask or a mask with removable filters. For
each model of air purifying respirator, there are usually many air purifying filters (often
referred to as cartridges) available for protection against specific contaminants. These
cartridges fall into two groups: particulate removing cartridges and vapor and gas removing
cartridges. The cartridges are color coded to help in the identification of the contaminants
they are designed to protect against.

93
The label on the cartridge tells you the specific hazard and at what concentration it is
designed for. Be sure to read the labels and instructions carefully. If you are uncertain as
to which respiratory device to use or if you are unsure of the respirator or cartridge labeling
or instructions, always contact your supervisor or the responsible safety representative for
assistance.
Physical Qualifications
Employees shall not be assigned to tasks requiring the use of respirators unless it has
been determined that they are physically able to perform the work and use the equipment.
The company physician shall determine what health and physical conditions are pertinent
for an employee's ability to work while wearing a respirator. The respirator user's medical
status should be reviewed annually. Based on the physical examination, if an examining
physician determines that an employee is not physically able to wear a respirator, the
employee will be reassigned to another position not requiring the use of Respiratory
Protection if such a position is available.
Training and Respirator Fitting
Each employee, upon assignment to an area requiring respirators, will be given instructions
and trained by the Safety Department to ensure that employees understand the selection,
proper use, limitations, and maintenance of respirators. Additionally, employees will be
instructed as to how the respirator should be worn, how to adjust it, and how to determine if
it fits properly before each use.
Respirator retraining and fit testing will be conducted annually (or semi-annually if
required). New employees or reassigned employees will receive training and fit testing as
part of their orientation.
Only designated qualified individuals will perform qualitative fit testing. Qualitative fit testing
will be of the "saccharin" or "irritant smoke" type. The purpose of any respirator is to
isolate the wearer from the surrounding atmosphere by providing a tight seal between the
mask and the face. Respiratory protective devices shall not be worn when conditions
prevent a satisfactory face seal. Some conditions that may prevent a satisfactory face seal
may be long sideburns, a beard, temple bars on glasses, absence of dentures, or an
unusually structured face.
To ensure the best face piece seal, all personnel covered by this regulation must be free of
facial hair protruding into the sealing portion of the respirator. Once the respirator has
been selected and no visual leaks are evident, a pressure check must be performed by the
wearer. Pressure checks for dust masks are performed by placing both hands over the
respirator and exhale. If air leaks around the nose, readjust the nosepiece as described in
the fitting instructions. If air leaks around the respirator, readjust the nosepiece as
described in the fitting instructions. If air leaks around the respirator edges, work the straps
back along the side of your head. If you cannot achieve a proper fit do not enter the
contaminated area. See your supervisor.

94
The negative and positive pressure check must be performed on the rubber or silicone face
piece respirators. For the negative pressure check the wearer closes off the inlet of the
filter or cartridges by covering them with the palms of the hands, inhales so that the face
piece collapses slightly, and holds their breath for approximately 10 seconds. If the face
piece remains slightly collapsed and no inward air leaks are detected, the respirator passes
the check. If this is not accomplished reposition the respirator and try the check again. Do
not enter the contaminated area if you are unable to achieve a proper fit. See your
supervisor.
The positive pressure check is conducted by closing off the exhalation valve of the
respirator and gently exhaling into the face piece. The respirator fit is considered passing if
positive pressure can be built up inside the face piece without evidence of outward air
leakage. If the respirator selected fails to pass these fit checks readjust the face piece or
straps and perform the check again. If the test cannot be performed successfully after the
respirator has been readjusted the testing should go no further with that respirator.
Instead, another size or style should be tried.
Once the wearer has successfully passed the negative and positive pressure fit checks, the
actual fit test may be conducted. The saccharin q
ualitative fit test is recommended for
single use valve-less respirators. The saccharin or irritant smoke qualitative fit test may be
performed on other half face respirators with reusable filters and tight fitting face pieces.
Fit testing protocols are outlined in OSHA standards.
Inspection
Inspection of the respirator is an important, routine task. Inspection of the respirator should
be performed before and after each use. The following items should be checked:
A. Disposable Respirators
1. Check for holes in the filter or damage to sorbent
2. Check straps for elasticity and deterioration.
3. Check metal nose clip for rust and deterioration.
4. May be used until breathing resistance increases to an undesirable level.
5. Discard after use, usually at the end of work period.
B. Cartridge Type Respirators
1. Check face piece for dirt, pliability of material, deterioration, cracks, tears, or
holes.
2. Check for straps for tears, breaks, loss of elasticity, broken attachments, snaps,
and proper tightness.
3. Check valves for holes, warpage, cracks, and dirt.
4. Check filters, cartridges, for proper filter for the hazard, approval designation,
missing or worn gaskets, worn threads, cracks or dents in filter or filter housing.
5. Filters and cartridges may be used on successive days until breathing resistance
indicates a replacement is necessary.
6. Ample supplies of filters will be kept on hand at all times.

95
C. Cleaning (Reusable Respirators)
Whenever possible, a respirator should be reserved for the exclusive use of a single
individual. Following each day's use, the respirator should be cleaned and disinfected.
1. Wash with a detergent or a detergent and disinfectant combination, in warm
water using a brush.
2. Rinse in clean water, or rinse once with a disinfectant and once with clean water.
3. As an alternative, respirator cleaning disinfecting wipes may be used.
4. Air dry in a clean place or wipe dry with a lint free cloth.
D. Repair
At some point, any respirator will need replacement parts or some other repair. Only
persons competent in respirator repair are allowed to replace respirator components.
Respirator parts from different manufacturers are not interchangeable. The respirator
approval is invalidated if parts are substituted.
E. Storage
All respirators and filters must be stored in such a manner as to protect against dust,
harmful chemicals, sunlight, excessive heat or cold, malformation, and moisture. When not
in use, the respirator should be placed in a sealed plastic bag and stored in a clean,
sanitary location.
F. Surveillance of Working Conditions
C & C will provide adequate surveillance of the employee's working conditions to be certain
the respirator selected provides adequate protection. This should include identification of
the contaminant, nature of the hazard, and concentration.
G. Respirator Program Evaluation
The respiratory program shall be evaluated at least annually to determine the continued
effectiveness of the program with adjustments, as appropriate, made to reflect evaluation
results.
H. Emergencies
Respiratory protection addressed by this program is only intended for use in environments
that are not immediately dangerous to life. In other words, this program provides for
protection against the
chronic (long term) affect of the inhalation of contaminants during normal activity of
employees on a day-to-day basis.
Considering that employees are not working in an environment that is immediately
dangerous to life, emergency evacuation and emergency medical procedures remain
unchanged, i.e., no special precautions associated with the "regulated area" are required
for exiting work areas or for removing injured personnel from work areas.
Emergency procedures regarding working in environments that are immediately dangerous
to life or where employees could spread dangerous contamination during emergencies
require specific training and are not addressed by this respiratory protection.

96
5.17

Hearing Conservation Program

Introduction and Objectives
Our first priority is to provide a workplace free of hazards and to maintain an environment
in which our employees may function with minimal risk of injury or illness. Design and
engineering measures will be used to accomplish this wherever possible. Regarding those
occupational injuries or illnesses that may result from exposure to excessive noise, control
measures to be considered will include sound dampening enclosures, isolation of high
noise equipment, and physical barriers to reduce exposure.
The objectives of the hearing conservation program for C & C are twofold:
•

To protect employees from exposure to noise levels in the workplace that might
cause noise-induced hearing loss.

•

To assist in compliance with various federal, state and company requirements
pertaining to employee safety and health.

•

Adherence to this program will help achieve and maintain the coherence and
consistency essential for good program management. However, operating
personnel must exercise the necessary judgment when applying these
provisions so that the Hearing Conservation Program and operating procedures
will address specific conditions and needs at each location.

Organizational Responsibilities
The Safety Department is responsible for identification of potentially controllable noise
sources and, where feasible, implementing engineering controls. Where high noise levels
do exist in the workplace, the Safety Department is responsible for the evaluation of
employee's potential exposure to noise, posting of high noise areas, conducting needed
training, arranging for audiometric testing of employees, when required, and enforcing the
use of hearing protection devices in high noise areas.
The HSE Manager or designee will coordinate the Hearing Conservation Program in all
locations. The HSE Manager or designee shall possess an understanding of applicable
regulatory requirements for the different operating areas within the company as well as the
requirements of the program.
The HSE Manager or designee shall maintain documentation associated with the program,
including the written program, audiometric test results, sound level studies, and training
records. The HSE Manager also shall be responsible for advising local supervisors of
requirements dictated by the program. It shall be the responsibility of the HSE Manager to
advise management of any compliance problems or deficiencies within the company
associated with this program. Formal evaluation of the program should be conducted
regularly. This evaluation shall be the responsibility of the Safety Department.

97
It shall be the responsibility of each supervisor to ensure that his/her area has implemented
the program as required. Specifically, these persons shall also be responsible for the
following:
•

Ensuring that potentially high noise areas are evaluated and warning signs
posted when required.

•

Ensuring that all his or her subordinates are trained as required.

•

Ensuring that hearing protection devices are available for use and enforcing their
use by both C & C and contract employees where required.

•

Ensuring that hearing protection devices (HPD's) have a sufficient noise
reduction rating (NRR) so that the noise reaching the wearer's ear is 85 DBA or
less.

•

Ensuring that a copy of the OSHA Occupational Noise Exposure Standard is
posted in the "workplace." Posting should be done at each location where similar
safety and health documents are located.

Each employee is responsible for using hearing protection devices of the type and in the
manner detailed in the training required by this program. Finally, each employee shall
immediately report any concerns or discrepancies in the Hearing Conservation Program to
his supervisor.
Definitions
Action Level

85 DBA, eight (8) hour time-weighted average (TWA).

Attenuation

The rating of hearing protectors in Db. The amount of sound
reduction offered by hearing protectors, acoustical insulation or
silencing equipment.

DBA

A sound pressure level weighted in accordance with the "A" scale;
represents a response nearly equivalent to that of the human ear.

Decibels (DB)

A dimensionless unit used for expressing the unit of sound.

Dosimeter

An instrument that can be worn by a person to integrate noise
exposure over a specific period.

Ear Protection

The use of devices, e.g., earplugs, to protect an individual's hearing
in high noise level areas.

Enclosure

A covering over or around a noise source or noise receiver to control
noise transmission.

Frequency (Hertz)
Hearing Loss

Time rate of repetition of a periodic sound expressed in units of hertz
(Hz).
The amount, in decibels, by which the threshold of audibility for the
ear exceeds a standard threshold shift.

98
Hertz (Hz)

The unit of frequency in cycles per second.

High Noise

Noise greater than or equal to 85 DBA.

Noise Reduction
Rating (NRR)
Presbycusis
Sound Level
(Noise Level)

The difference in sound levels at a given point before and after
acoustic treatment.
The loss of hearing specifically associated with aging.
Sound pressure level using the A, B or C weighting network as
specified in ANSI S1.4. The weighting network must always be
stated.

Sound Level Meter An instrument with a microphone, amplifier, output meter and
frequency meter-weighing network for the measurement of sound
levels.
Standard Threshold Shift
A change in hearing threshold relative to the baseline audiogram of
an average of 10 Db or more at 2,000, 3,000 and 4,000 Hz in either
ear.
Noise Hazard Identification and Evaluation
When possible, potential noise problems at a facility or work location should be addressed
during the design process. For existing processes and facilities suspected of having high
noise areas, results of sound level studies must be available for initiation of a hearing
conservation program. Sound level survey data may be combined with other information
(e.g., noise dosimetry and occupancy factors) for analysis and estimation of risk from noise
exposure.
The purpose of a sound level study is to provide the information needed to determine
whether an employee's exposure to noise in the workplace exceeds the acceptable
standard. Sound level studies can be conducted in either of two ways.
•

Sound Level Meter
A sound level meter may be used to measure DBA at a given facility. These
measurements should be recorded on a map or drawing of the area being
measured. With these measurements, estimates must be made of the
length of employee exposure at different levels. Once these measurements
have been taken, this information should be forwarded to the HSE Manager
or designee for computing noise dose.

•

Audiodosimeter
An alternative to calculating exposure with a sound level meter is to use a
personal
dosimeter. A representative number of individual personal
samples are taken covering typical work shifts and this data used to
determine noise dose. The HSE Manager or designee will coordinate the
use of dosimeters. If used, dosimeter readings shall be recorded in the
Houston office.

Each location will keep the latest copies of sound level study records or other noise data
readily accessible for inspection; this will include copies maintained by the Safety Director

99
as well as at local offices. Noise exposure measurement records shall be maintained by
each location for at least thirty (30) years.
Sound level study data may be filed separately or retained in Appendix A. Each supervisor
shall have access to local sound level study information for purposes of training and
program evaluation.
Noise Hazard Area
Areas where noise levels are equal to or exceed 85 dBA shall be designated as "Noise
Hazard Areas." Posting of such areas should be at the 85 dBA contour line with warning
signs which state: "Noise Hazard Area - Hearing Protection Required" or equivalent.
Control Strategy
Engineering
Engineering methods shall be considered to resolve noise problems and implemented
where feasible. Engineering techniques may be employed at the source for such purposes
as to muffle the noise, dampen the noise or reduce response, reduce transmission areas,
reduce driving force, substitute quieter equipment, or confine the noise. Engineering
methods may also be used to modify the path between source and individual.
Whenever excessive noise levels cannot be reduced through reasonable engineering
methods, or until engineering control can be implemented, hearing protection devices must
be used to assure employee exposure is maintained at a safe level.
Hearing Protection
Hearing protection devices (HPD's) are employed to prevent hazardous noise from
reaching the middle and inner ear. In effect, HPD's acts like any other sound barrier. A
selection of HPD's shall be made available to all employees who are required to wear them
in connection with the Hearing Conservation Program.
Personnel shall be required to wear HPD's in any area determined to be hazardous to
hearing (noise hazard areas, ∃ 85 dBA).
HPD's are of two general types: muffs and inserts. All HPD's must, by law, have a noise
reduction rating (NRR) printed on the package. The attenuation or noise reduction rating
for a hearing protective device must be reviewed to determine if the HPD is adequate.
In order to determine if the noise level reaching the wearer's ear is 85 dBA or less, use the
following method:
•
•
•

Subtract 7 dB from the NRR rating. (This will provide an additional margin of
safety beyond the manufacturer's rating (NRR) of the HPD.)
Subtract that number from the work area noise level.
The result is the level reaching the employee's ear.
Example:
EAR brand ear plugs (NRR = 29 dBA)
Noise level in area = 96 dBA
96 dBA - (29 dBA - 7 dbA) = 74 dBA

In this example, the protected employee is exposed to 74 dBA, well below the 85 dBA level
hazard. Note: This method is good only when sound level meters are used to determine
noise levels and HPD's are worn properly.

100
Education and Training
Requirements
All participants working in areas covered by the requirements of a Hearing Conservation
Program shall receive annual training on hearing conservation. In addition to the transfer of
factual information, employee training and education should foster active participation in
the Hearing Conservation Program.
Employee education and training should include the following topics as a minimum:
•

The effects of noise upon hearing.

•

Identification of site-specific high noise areas, equipment, or other sources of
potentially hazardous noise levels.

•

The purpose of hearing protection devices and the advantages and
disadvantages of various types. Instructions should include methods of
selection, fitting, use and care of the devices.

•

The importance of audiometric testing and a thorough explanation of the
testing procedures.

Employees shall be given the opportunity to select HPD's from a variety of suitable
protectors and be trained in the use and care of them. Supervisors shall insure proper
initial fitting of HPD's, see that the necessary training is conducted annually in the use and
care of HPD's, and ensure that HPD's are worn.
In the event than an employee's annual audiogram indicates a standard threshold shift
(STS) has occurred, the employee shall be retrained in the fit, use and care of HPD's. This
retraining will be coordinated with the Safety Director.

101
5.18

Management Of Change Program (MOC)

Management of Change
Any changes in the personnel, equipment, processes, and procedures of the company
have the potential for adverse effects on health, safety, and the environment. To
ensure this potential is kept to a minimum, the following policy is instituted:
Personnel
All new personnel will be oriented to the processes, and procedures of the job, and
where it stands. The onsite HSE Manger/Party Chief will explain the health, safety, and
environmental mandates each person must be in compliance with. New personnel will
sign that they have received and understand this information and that they agree to
comply with it.
Key Personnel
Changes in Key Personnel will require the implementation of the MOC process to
ensure technical and HSE requirements are adequately addressed.
New Equipment/Procedures
The HSE Committee will review all new equipment that may be deployed on the job
and develop register hazards, if such equipment poses any HSE concerns.
Training/certification, as needed, will be provided for such equipment.
Management of the HSE Plan
As the HSE Plan is a “living” document, the HSE committee will oversee all aspects of
change within it. All changes will be considered. These include not only equipment
changes, but also organizational restructuring—such as those that result from
acquisitions, mergers, new joint ventures and alliances. Plans relating to change need
to address the HSE aspects arising at all stages of development, to ensure that risks or
adverse environmental effects are minimized by effective planning.
Responsibility For HSE Onboard C & C Vessels
The Party Chief is responsible for the full implementation and monitoring of the C & C
Safety Program when aboard a C & C Vessel. Should he leave the ship he will
delegate that responsibility to the most senior C & C crewmember who is fully
competent to handle the responsibility.
Version Changes
The HSE Manager will be responsible for maintaining the HSE Plan.
Issuing authority for HSE Plan revisions shall be the company President or VicePresident or HSE Manager.
Up-dating procedures shall be by removal of old section and insertion of new section.
Version changes will be numbered and distributed to all project principles.

102
Change Request Form
Date:
Project:

Request No.
Location:

Classification of Change

Nature of Change

Permanent

Initiation

Temporary
Emergency

Operations

Urgent

Equipment

Haz. Material

Personnel

Removal Date:

Procedures

Parameters

Other

Minor

Regulatory/Permits

Name (Print)

(Describe)

Signature

Date

Originated By:
Supervisor Endorsement:
Justification of change:

Potential Consequences of Change (Positive and Negative).

Evaluation

Mitigation Steps and Special Precautions :

Does change increase
risk?

Yes

No

(If Yes, attach copy of risk assessment )

Risk Level After Change? (check
Low
one)
JSA Development/Review
Does change require?
Comments: no ( procedure well developed)

Medium

High

Document Changes

Training

Approvals

Cost: 0
Name (Print)

Signature

Date:

Title/Company

Proposed
By:
Reviewed
By:
Reviewed
By:

103
Reviewed
By:
Approved
By:
Approved
By:

/"Contractor"
/"Client"

104
Change Request Form (continued)
Date:

Initial:

Date:

Training requirements completed: N/A
List training conducted:

Initial:

Date:

Regulatory/Permit requirements completed: N/A
Describe requirements:

Initial:

Date:

Temporary change completed: N/A
Return to Normal Operations Date:

Initial:

Date:

Change Implementations Completed:

Initial:

Date:

Summary of Lesson Learned Completed:
List lessons learned:

Close-Out

Initial:

Documentation changes completed: N/A
List documents changed:

Implementation

Change communicated to all parties involved:
Describe method of communication:

Initial:

Date:

Note:

Share Lessons Learned with Contractor and Client as appropriate.
Update Change Management Log.

Change Request Form Closed:

Signature:

Date:

105
5.19

Behavioral Based Safety Program

Accident, incidents, injury and illness prevention are an essential part of C & C
Technologies’ overall Health, Safety and Environmental program. One of our basic safety
principles is that all accidents, incidents, occupational illnesses and environmental
incidents are preventable. Safety statistics have confirmed that over 90% of all incidents
are caused by unsafe acts, with unsafe conditions accounting for the remainder. Most
safety regulations, procedures, and programs are directed toward unsafe conditions.
This Behavioral Based Safety Program is intended to provide tools that address unsafe
acts in the workplace, promotes safe workplace conditions and reward safe operations, to
continue sustained improvement. This program uses industry proven Supervisory based
observation, and employee based programs specifically designed for our personnel.
These programs work together and separately to achieve workplace safety.
The basis for this program is built off of the philosophy that:
1. All injuries and occupational illnesses can be prevented.
2. Safety is a supervisory and employee responsibility.
3. All operating exposures can be reasonably safeguarded.
4. Management has a responsibility to train all employees to work safely.
5. Preventing injuries and incidents is good business.
6. Working safely is a condition of employment
Safety is an overriding work task that must be accountable, measurable, and achievable.
Definitions
Beliefs – What one accepts as true.
Cost/Benefit Analysis – An Individual’s preference for something, interpreted and
measured as a willingness to pay for that thing.
Culture – Refinement or improvement of one’s mind by education and training; or type of
civilization, customs of a people.
Decision Analysis – Defining a coherent and consistent set of preferences.
Ethics – Science of or treatise on morals; moral principles
Morals – Ideals, standards
Motivation – Reason or inducement to act.
Perceptions – Insights, understanding
Reinforcement – Strengthening or supporting of a stance or action taken.
Reward – Return or recompense for service or merit.
Unsafe Act – When a person does something that can cause an incident or injury.
Unsafe Condition – Physical things that can cause an incident or injury.
Values – One’s principles or standards; one’s judgment of what is valuable or important in
life.
Senior Management Commitment
This program, in its entirety, is supported, and endorsed, by the President of C & C
Technologies, Inc., all officers of the company, the Human Resources manager, and under
the direction of the Health Safety and Environmental Manager, who sets and monitors
company HSE goals.

106
Local Management Commitment
Department Managers, Party Chiefs, and Project Managers recognize their employment
responsibilities for a safe workplace, meeting HSE goals and the implementation of this
program.
Employee Commitment
Each employee recognizes that their personal safety and that of their co-workers is
dependent upon a safe workplace, meeting HSE goals, and acknowledges their
employment responsibility to create and maintain a safe workplace.
Program Purpose
This program’s purpose is to identify, assess, prioritize, and control, (as applicable),
workplace hazards.
Scope
This program is intended for all C & C employee’s workplaces, worldwide.
Guidelines
The remainder of this program outlines the methods for achieving safety goals, as
established by senior management.
Performance Criteria shall include:
• Implementation of this program to increase safety and safety awareness of all
personnel
• Identify and report hazards in the workplace
• Develop and maintain a culture of “Safety for all” in the workplace
• Assess identified hazards for
1) how the exposure may occur
2) the effects of exposure
3) who or what may be exposed to hazards
4) potential severity of exposure
5) probability of exposure
• Eliminate hazards
• Implement hazard controls when it is not practical to eliminate the hazard
Front Line Employee Responsibilities
The focus of this program is creating a company culture that identifies, eliminates or
reduces and reports hazards in the workplace.
Each C & C employee is the one person most familiar with the hazards they face during
their work task performance. A keen awareness to the entire workplace surroundings,
equipment, experience of co-workers, contract personnel and others is essential to hazard
recognition. Since most incidents are caused by “UNSAFE ACTS”, a
ttention to your
actions and those around you are extremely important.

107
Hazard Observation Card
Each C & C employee will be instructed by their supervisor on the value, use, observation
and completion skills necessary for the Hazard Observation Card. This card is the
beginning of the process to eliminate workplace hazards.
Good safety practices encourage you to use the following observation cycle steps to
reduce hazards.
1. As you approach the workplace think about the current situation. Things such as:
Who am I working with on this job? What experiences do I, and others have doing
this job? What things can get in the way of me doing my job safely? Decide to be a
keen observer.
2. Observe the scene. Focus on unsafe acts. Use a careful, systematic method of
looking at everything people are doing.
3. Get close enough to the people’s actions to see clearly what they are doing, to
make a complete observation.
4. If you see unsafe acts, you should act immediately to correct the situation and to
prevent recurrence. This action includes talking with the person who is/has
committing/committed the unsafe act. When talking with them, do so with respect.
Remember, they may be embarrassed that they were committing an unsafe act,
and therefore be defensive of their actions. Again, focus on the unsafe act not the
person.
5. Use your HAZARD OBSERVATION CARD and report your observations and
actions.
Turn in the hazard observation cards to your supervisor.
Think about how to do the current job task safely.
Party Chiefs & Project Manager Responsibilities
The focus of this program is creating a company culture that identifies, eliminates or
reduces and reports hazards in the workplace.
Your responsibilities for implementing this program will increase the safety awareness of all
personnel.
Your responsibilities include assessing the severity and probability of exposure to identified
hazards and determining corrective actions.
When practical, eliminate any identified hazard.
Study all Hazard Observation Cards as they are given to you. Can you make
fundamental changes to a process that would eliminate the hazard?
• training or re-training an employee,
• re-assigning duties to match experience,
• eliminating or simplifying a step during a process,
• altering a piece of equipment.
Eliminating the hazards is the recommended action to be taken in order to reduce incidents
and injuries.

108
When it is not practical to eliminate hazards, implement hazard controls. Use
engineering controls such as
• guards,
• safety switches,
• railings, ventilation, etc.
Use engineering controls only when it is determined that the hazard cannot be
eliminated completely.
Work practice controls, such as
• Job Safety Analysis meetings,
• directions,
• work organization,
• task instructions,
• procedures, and policies, are effective methods for reducing unsafe act
hazards.
General Duties of Party Chiefs / Project Managers
Maintain high safety standards for yourself and those you supervise
Maintain an attitude of hazard reduction for yourself and those you supervise
Set and maintain the example of safe work practices
Be proactive to eliminate hazards
Collect and evaluate Hazard Observation Cards
Make proper response after data is evaluated
Determine what corrective action is to be taken
Determine who is to take the corrective action
Determine when corrective action is to be completed
Establish where corrective action is to be implemented
Determine what training and who will train personnel as needed
Assign resources to complete corrective action
Monitor corrective action completion
Follow up on results of corrective actions
In order to promote consistent, company wide, procedures, practices, etc., supervisors will
submit the Hazard Observation Cards to the HSE department which will organize,
characterize, summarize and submit corrective suggestions, to field management, for
implementation.
Corrective actions by supervisors should include a review of previous HSE Hazard
Observation reports to determine best practices.
There are many ways to increase safety awareness and to identify and report hazards in
the workplace. No single program can be designed to fit every workplace and situation.
Therefore, your experience, knowledge, judgment, consultation skills, negotiating skills,
contacts up and down the ladder of responsibility, and overall management view of the
situation should be utilized.
Try to get people involved who should be involved. Do not try to do it all yourself. Assess
the situation, look at the data, and use your good judgment. Watch for unexpected affects
of your decision both upstream and downstream of your task or equipment changes.

109
Department Manager/Party Chief / Project Manager Responsibilities
The focus of this program is creating a company culture that identifies, eliminates or
reduces and reports hazards in the workplace.
Department Manager / Party Chief / Project Managers shall have overall safety
responsibility for all facilities in their authority. The safety of employees and the workplace
shall be a primary concern.
Department Manager / Party Chief / Project Managers shall be responsible for ensuring
that this Behavior Based Safety Program is implemented for their operations and ensure
that supervisors follow the program requirements. Provide feedback to their local
managers and/or supervisors.
Department Manager / Party Chief / Project Managers, along with the HSE Manager,
Human Resources Director, and President shall sit as a Safety Steering Committee for
making adjustments to this program and directing C & C Technologies toward its goal as a
world-class safe operating company. This committee shall meet monthly. The HSE
Manager shall be the moderator.
Department Manager / Party Chief / Project Managers shall share information on safety
and safe practice operations, generated at their locations, with HSE, HR and other
departments to promote best operating practices throughout the company.
Health, Safety & Environmental Director Responsibilities
The focus of this program is creating a company culture that identifies, eliminates or
reduces and reports hazards in the workplace.
The HSE Manager shall be responsible for clearly communicating the company’s HSE
goals for this program.
The HSE Manager shall
collect data from the Hazard Observation Cards,
analyze the data,
report the data to the Safety Steering Committee,
provide feedback to each Party Chief / Project Manager,
evaluate consistency of safe practices throughout all districts,
and, shall by his/her actions, serve as a good example of safety practices.
Senior Human Resources Officer Responsibilities
The focus of this program is creating a company culture that identifies, eliminates or
reduces and reports hazards in the workplace.
The senior Human Resources officer shall sit as a member of the Safety Steering
Committee, to be advised of the current safety status, operations and issues related to
company employees. The H.R. officer shall advise the committee about H.R. issues and
topics which relate to employee safety.
The H.R. officer shall by his/her actions, serve as a good example of safety practices.

110
President
The focus of this program is creating a company culture that identifies, eliminates or
reduces and reports hazards in the workplace.
The President shall sit as a member of the Safety Steering Committee to be advised of the
current safety status, operations, and issues related to company employees. The
President/CEO shall advise the committee about business issues which relate to employee
safety.
The President shall by his/her actions; serve as a good example of safety practices.
Safety Steering Committee
This committee shall consist of:
Senior Health Safety and Environmental officer (moderator of committee)
All Department Managers / Project Managers
Senior Human Resources Officer
General Manager
President
Legal and other department representatives, employees may be invited by the committee
members to attend. These representatives may include exempt and non-exempt
employees.
This committee shall meet monthly to specifically discuss the safety data generated by this
program and recommend changes and actions to this program.

111
Front of card

Back of card

C & C TECHNOLOGIES
HAZARD OBSERVATION CARD

Box 1
Unsafe Act Observed:

HAZARD TYPE:
PEOPLE
O Unsafe Act
O Unsafe Position
O PPE not used

Date:
Box 2
Unsafe Condition Observed:

PROCEDURES
O Inadequate
O Not Known
O Not Understood
O Not
Followed
ENGINEERING
O Moving parts not guarded
O Electrical
O Chemical
O Pressure
O Maintenance
ENVIRONMENT
O Noise
O Light
Chemical
O Dust
O Heat
O Cold
OOther
_________________________
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
O Wrong for the job
O used incorrectly
O In unsafe condition

HAZARD DESCRIPTION:

Date:
Box 3
WERE YOU ABLE TO CORRECT
THE PROBLEM
O YES
O NO
O

Box 4
WHAT ACTION WAS TAKEN:

Box 5
Party Chief / Project Manager
ACTION Date:
Situation Corrected O yes O no
Hazard assessment done?
O yes O no
Risk Priority Code O A O B O C
OD
Steering Committee advised
O yes O no
Observer’s Signature:
Supervisor’s Signature:

112
Hazard Observation Card Procedures
The Hazard Observation Card has been designed for use by all employees. The
philosophy of the company is that breaking the chain of events that fit together to form an
incident can prevent incidents. By the observation of, and actions taken to address unsafe
acts and unsafe conditions, the potential for incidents may be reduced at the source of the
chain of events.
The Hazard Observation Card is a first step in the process for the elimination or control of
hazards, regardless of their complexity.
This card may also be used to recognize “positive” safe acts as well.
Unsafe Acts
Upon observing an unsafe act, the observer should advise the worker of the hazard. Then
the observer should act to prevent the unsafe act from being committed again. If the
hazard is critical, stop the job immediately and correct the hazard. When a satisfactory
solution has been determined, enter the following onto the Hazard Observation Card:
1. Description of unsafe act observed
2. Description of corrective action(s) taken.
3. Observer’s signature
4. Type of hazard
Unsafe Condition
When observing an unsafe condition, (i.e. spillage, tripping hazard, etc.) the observer
should attempt to make the area safe by removing the hazard, (i.e. clean up the spill,
remove the tripping hazard, etc.) When the action has been completed, enter the following
information onto the Hazard Observation Card:
1. Description of unsafe condition(s) observed
2. Description of corrective action taken
3. Observer’s signature
4. Type of hazard
Unsafe Act Or Condition Not Readily Correctable
There will be occasions when the unsafe act or condition is beyond the authority of an
employee to correct. This may be due to a change in procedures being the required action
to correct the unsafe act, or extra resources required to solve the unsafe conditions that
are not immediately available. In this case the situation will need to be reviewed by
someone who has the authority to make the changes or supply the necessary resources.
This would be described as a B priority situation. The Hazard Observation Card will be
completed as follows:
1. Describe the unsafe act or unsafe condition
2. Check the NO box 3
3. Describe the action you suggest to be taken
4. Sign as observer, Check the hazard type
The completed Hazard Observation Card must be passed on to the employee’s supervisor
or manager at the earliest convenience.

113
Department Managers, Party Chiefs & Project Managers
Upon receiving the Hazard Observation Card, the Department Manager / Party Chief /
Project manager must review the card for actions taken or actions required. If the observer
has taken action and the supervisor / senior operations manager agrees that the action
was appropriate then he/she:
1. Signs the card
2. Sends the card to corporate HSE Manager for records and analysis
In the event the observer was not able to solve the problem the Department Manager /
Party Chief / Project Manager will:
1. Investigate the unsafe act or condition, if necessary
2. Take corrective action, if possible
3. Describe action(s) taken in box 4, if appropriate
4. Check YES in box 5
5. Sign card
6. Make sure actions are completed satisfactorily and on time
7. Send card to HSE Manager for records and analysis
If the Department Manager / Party Chief / Project Manager is unable to solve the problem
he/she will:
1. Complete hazard assessment process
2. Assign risk priority code
3. Check (NO) in box for situation corrected in box 5
4. Check (YES) for draft assessment in box 5
5. Check the risk priority code
6. Sign card
If the risk priority code is A, the Department Manager / Party Chief / Project Manager will:
Ask the Safety Steering Committee for immediate review and recommendations for
action as soon as possible.
For priority B situations, the supervisor / senior operations manager will:
Take corrective actions based upon the Hazard Observation Card information and
other relevant data. The card will be forwarded to the H.S.E. senior officer.
Priority C & D situations will, in most cases, already have been corrected, prior to the
Department Manager / Party Chief / Project Manager seeing Hazard Observation Card
Hazard Assessment Record
Instructions for Party Chiefs or Project Managers to complete the Hazard
Assessment Record
Step 1 Hazard Description – Identifying hazards is an essential first step in hazard control.
Once a hazard is identified, assign a hazard number and enter it in the box in the upper
right hand corner of the form. Then enter a brief description of the hazard in box 1. This
description may come from the Observation Card. It is necessary t provide adequate
o
information in this section so appropriate corrective action may be taken. Where
appropriate, refer to incident data, personal knowledge and experience of yourself and
other employees.

114
Step 2 Department – Enter the name of the department or reporting location affected by
the hazard.
Step 3 Exposure Causes – Describe how, when and where contact with the hazard can
occur. For example, how could gasoline come into contact with employees, buildings,
sources of ignition, etc.? Exposure to gasoline could occur by storing it in a glass container
and dropping it onto a hard surface. This could happen when transporting the glass
container in the facility’s shop area. Look for potential causes in your work procedures that
could release, or expose people or things to hazards. When looking for causes, be sure to
consider:
• Unsafe acts of persons
• Using tools or equipment improperly
• Improper design or layout of work area
• Structural features such as floors and stairs
• Unclear instructions or procedures
• Language barriers
• Environmental conditions, such as temperature, lighting and ventilation
• Weather
• Mechanical or material failures
• Inadequate preventive maintenance
• Inadequate machine guarding
• Poor housekeeping practices
• Inadequate supervision and control
• Inadequate training to perform the task or use equipment
• Personal protective equipment not sufficient or not worn
Step 4 Number of Persons at risk – List the number of persons who could be exposed to
the hazard in box number 4. When it is appropriate, include employees, visitors,
contractors, and customers. The more severe the hazard, the more precise the
identification and number of people at risk needs to be. This assists in estimating the
likelihood of exposure to the hazard and identifying appropriate hazard control measures.
Step 5 Present risk control measures – Describe existing hazard control measures. Note
them even if they are not suitable and/or sufficient. The current status needs to be well
understood.
Step 6 Procedure reference – List reference numbers for specific standard operating
procedures, Job Safety Analysis, etc., if applicable.
Step 7 Hazard Control Assessment – Assess whether the hazard controls are suitable and
sufficient. If not, determine if the risk can be eliminated, improved by engineering methods,
minimized by work practices, or minimized by the use of personal protective equipment. In
addition, determine if new or additional training is required.
Step 8 Action – Describe the plan of action for further hazard controls, if necessary. The
decision for implementing hazard controls should follow the hierarchy of questions 2-5 in
the hazard control assessment. If possible, the hazard should be eliminated by substituting
the hazardous material or situation with something less hazardous. If the hazard cannot be
eliminated, then engineering controls should be given first priority. If engineering controls
are not practical or sufficient, work procedures should be developed to minimize exposure
to the hazard. As a last resort, personal protective equipment should be utilized to
minimize exposure to the hazard. If more space is needed to describe the proposed
action, use a separate sheet of paper and attach it to the hazard assessment record.

115
Step 9 Cost / Benefit – All final decisions about hazard control measures must take into
account the relevant legal or company requirements, which establish minimum levels of
risk prevention or control.
Where legal or company requirements demand an assessment of cost, information about
the relative costs, effectiveness and reliability of different control measures will be
necessary so that decisions about acceptable levels of control may be made.
Step 10 Risk Assessment – Conduct risk assessment according to the following:
Using the number of persons at risk, severity of risk consequences, current procedure or
policy inadequacy, and recommended hazard control requirements using the following Risk
Assessment Chart and rate each of the risk issues from 1 to 10 with 10 being the highest.
After completing, review the chart for appropriate action. If the risk assessment ranking is
close, rank the risk at the higher Risk Priority.
5.20

General Safety Procedures

General Rules
•

Employees shall not attempt to do any work, which they cannot perform safely
within the limits of their ability.

•

Any employee who is unable to perform their duties safely shall promptly notify their
supervisor.

•

Study your job and work conditions, know their hazards and protect yourself and
your fellow employees against them.

•

Take an interest in new and inexperienced employees. Call their attention to
unsafe practices and teach them the safe method of doing the work.

•

Walkways, aisles, and work areas shall be kept free from tripping and falling
hazards.

•

Oil, grease, and water spills shall be immediately cleaned up.

•

Tools, equipment and other materials shall be placed securely where they will not
fall.

•

Dirty rags shall be placed in flame retardant containers with their lids securely in
place.

•

Employees shall clean and return all tools, equipment and materials to their proper
place when they are finished with them.

•

Tools or equipment in need of repair shall be repaired or taken out of service and
their condition reported to the supervisor.

•

Materials shall be stacked so the weight is equally distributed and so it does not
project into passages or walkways.

•

Material storage areas shall be kept orderly. Scrap and junk material shall be
disposed of properly.

•

Oil, grease, paint and other flammable liquids and s
olids shall be labeled and
properly stored in approved containers.

116
Hoisting Apparatus
•

All hoisting machinery and equipment shall be inspected prior to each use, and
during use, to ensure its safe operating condition. Defective parts shall be repaired
or replaced before continued use.

•

Heavy machinery, equipment, or parts thereof that are suspended or held apart
shall be substantially blocked or cribbed before repair personnel are permitted to
work underneath or between them.

•

All hoisting machinery shall be locked out while repairs are being made.

•

Only authorized personnel shall operate hoisting equipment.

•

While hoisting equipment is in operation, the operator shall not be allowed to
perform other work or leave the controls until the load has been safely landed.

•

Do not allow personnel to ride on loads or on hooks.

•

If power is lost, move the controller to the "Off" position until it is restored.

•

Be sure the load to be lifted is within the capacity of the hoisting mechanism.

•

Always use a signal person. Obey an emergency "stop" signal given by anyone.

•

Never allow a load to swing against anyone.

•

When moving a load, make sure that it safely clears all obstacles.

•

The block shall be centered directly over the load before moving. The load shall be
balanced.

•

Never leave loose objects on top of a load.

•

Use tag and restraint lines for handling loads.

•

NEVER WALK UNDER LOADS NOR PERMIT OTHERS TO DO SO.

•

All hoisting equipment hooks shall be provided with safety latches.

Welding
•

Welding and cutting shall not be performed in hazardous locations if the work can
be moved.

•

Welding or cutting shall not be allowed near flammable vapors, liquids, dust or
loose combustible stock.

•

Never use oxygen in the presence of oil, grease or hydrocarbons of any form.

•

Materials shall not be cut in such a position as to allow severed sections to fall on
feet, legs or other body parts.

•

Care shall be taken when cutting on closed containers. The employee's face shall
be kept to one side when making these cuts.

•

Welders shall never cut or weld directly on a concrete floor.

117
•

Regulators shall not be forced onto or into a cylinder valve.

•

Creeping regulators shall not be used.

•

Hoses shall be frequently examined for leaks, worn places and loose connections.

•

Friction lighters shall always be used. Never use matches or attempt to light or
relight torches from hot metal.

•

Welders shall never attempt to install or repair arc-welding machines.

•

Before starting operations, all machine connections shall be checked.

•

Prior to welding, cutting or other hot work in a confined space, consult the Confined
Space Entry Policy and Procedure.

•

Welding must not be directly watched without proper eye protection.

•

Goggles with No. 5 or 6 shade lenses must be worn when material is cut with
acetylene gas. Helpers engaged in such work should wear goggles with No. 3 or 4
shade lenses.

•

Electric arc welding requires the use of welding helmets fitted with No. 10 or darker
shade lenses.

Compressed Gas Cylinder (Handling and Storage)
•

Compressed gas cylinders shall always be secured by rope or chain when in an
upright position. Except when a cylinder is being used, the protective cap shall
always be in place.

•

All cylinders not in an upright position shall be blocked or secured to prevent rolling
or movement. (Note: Acetylene Gas shall be stored in the upright position.)

•

All cylinders, while being transported, shall have protected caps properly secured
and all cylinders shall be properly secured to prevent any movement or shifting.
This also includes empty cylinders.

•

Compressed gases when in storage shall always be separated from compressed
oxygen cylinders by at least 20 feet or by a noncombustible barrier 5 feet high. The
noncombustible barrier shall have a fire resistant rating of at least one-half hour.

When handling compressed gas cylinders by hand, never attempt to move or carry a
cylinder with gauges attached. Always remove the gauges and install the protective caps,
•

unless the cylinders are mounted in an approved cart. Cylinders shall be moved by
tilting and rolling on their bottom edges.

•

Oil or grease shall not be used on threaded portions of oxygen/acetylene cylinders
or gauges.

•

Empty cylinders shall be marked "Empty" or "MT" with chalk.

•

Oxygen shall not be used as a substitute for compressed air.

118
LP Gas
•

Before filling LP Gas Tank or Cylinder:

•

Check as follows to see that tank or cylinder is legal and may be filled with LP gas.

•

No cylinder is to be filled that is beyond the retest due date.

•

All tanks, ICC (DOT) or ASME, MUST be equipped with a relief valve connected
with the vapor space in tank.

•

Extinguish all sources of ignition in filling radius, vehicle motors off, no open pilot
flames, etc. (Pilot lights on lunch wagon, steam cleaner, tar kettle, etc.)

•

Attendant will stand by controls during entire filling operation.

•

Entire filling operation shall take place in open air.

General Instructions
•

NEVER fill a propane tank beyond 85% of its actual capacity.

•

Determine if tank actually needs more gas. Check float gauge AND outage gauge
or weigh tank on scales.

•

If filling by use of outage valve, fill only until visible white vapor appears from the
outage valve. If tank is equipped with both outage valve and float gauge, stop filling
when the gauge reads 85% OR when the white vapor shows as described above,
WHICHEVER COMES FIRST.

•

If tank is not equipped with an outage valve or with a float gauge, then it MUST be
filled by weight only.

•

Never fill tanks that are mounted on a vehicle while the vehicle is occupied.

Forklifts
•

Only certified personnel who have received forklift operator training shall operate
forklifts.

•

Never change the forward or reverse travel without first coming to a complete stop.

•

Never leave a forklift with its motor running. Always lower the forks on the floor,
shift into neutral, set the parking brake and turn the ignition off.

•

Avoid sudden starts and stops.

•

Do not ride the clutch.

•

Only the operator shall ride the forklift-absolutely no passengers.

•

If a forklift is used to elevate workers, a safety pallet with a solid floor and handrails
must be used.

•

Never carry personnel on loads or allow bystanders around loads being stacked.

•

Always drive slowly over rough surfaces and slippery floors.

119
•

All forklifts should be equipped with fire extinguishers.

•

The forklift's engine should be turned off before fueling.

•

Always keep body parts inside the framework of the forklift.

•

Before entering a truck at the dock, the forklift operator shall lock the truck wheels
nearest the dock.

•

The operator shall make sure a load does not exceed the capacity of the forklift.

•

Additional weight shall not be added to the counterweight.

•

General Safety for Ropes, Chains and Slings

•

Chains or slings shall not be shortened with knots, bolts or other makeshift devices.

•

Chains or slings shall not be kinked or crushed.

•

Body parts shall not be placed between ropes, chains or slings and their loads or
other objects.

•

Shock loading and sudden jerks are prohibited.

•

Chains and slings shall not be overloaded.

•

Chains and slings shall not be pulled over rough or sharp objects or dragged behind
vehicles.

•

Chains and slings shall be kept clean.

•

Chains and slings shall be padded or protected from the sharp edges of their loads.

•

Inspect chains prior to use for bent links, cracks in welded areas or other sections
of links, transverse nicks and gouges, corrosion, pits and elongation caused by
stretching. Wire rope slings shall be inspected daily and removed from service
when 6 broken wires in one lay of rope appear or when 3 broken wires in one
strand appear.

•

Wire rope shall be tagged and inspected monthly by the supervisor.

Tools
•

Tools shall be kept clean and properly stored when not in use.

•

The proper tools, in good condition, shall be used for the job being performed.

•

All tools and equipment must be inspected and maintained on a regular basis.

•

All repairs and replacements shall be made without delay.

•

The use of aluminum hand tools is prohibited.

•

Non-spark producing hammers (brass) shall be used when required.

•

The wooden handles of hand tools shall be kept free of splinters and/or cracks and
shall be kept tight in the tool.

120
•

Wrenches, including adjustable, pipe, end and socket, shall not be used when jaws
are sprung or worn to the point that slippage occurs.

•

Impact tools, such as drift pins, wedges, and chisels, shall be kept free of
mushroomed heads.

•

Hand tools shall never be left on ladders or elevated places.

•

Employees shall not use hand tools, which have become dull.

•

Never use files without handles. Files shall be frequently cleaned with a file card
and stored separately in a dry location.

•

Hand tools shall not be used after being subjected to intense heat.

•

Electrical cords shall be checked and replaced if worn.

•

All hand power tools shall have a 3-prong plug and be double insulated.

Jacks
•

Do not load jacks beyond their rated capacity.

•

Jacks shall be inspected before and after each use.

•

Jacks leaking hydraulic fluid shall be removed from service.

•

Jacks shall be
recommendation.

•

Jacks shall not be thrown or dropped on floors.

•

Jacks shall be placed only on clean and level surfaces.

•

Jacks placed on floors shall not exceed the load capacity of the floor at any time
during the lift.

•

Substantial hardwood blocking at least twice the size of the jack base shall be used
under all jacks set on an earthen surface.

•

Metal to metal contact shall not be permitted between jack head and the load
(except with floor jacks that are designed to prevent load shifting). A minimum of 2"
hardwood stock larger that the jack head shall be used between the jack and
contact surface.

•

Wood or metal "extenders" shall not be used to increase jack height. Hardwood
blocking shall be used under the jack base.

•

All lifts shall be vertical with the jack centered under the load.

•

Employees shall ensure the unobstructed swing of jack handles before pressure is
applied.

•

Employees operating jack handles shall stand to one side. After raising loads, they
shall be supported by substantial metal or wooden horses or blocking.

periodically

lubricated

according

to

the

manufacturer's

121
•

When several jacks are used on heavy objects, they shall be raised simultaneously
a little at a time to keep the load level.

Gasoline Handling and Use
•

Gasoline shall never be used for cleaning purposes.

•

Gasoline shall not be transported in other than approved containers.
containers shall not be hauled inside of cars or truck cabs.

•

Gasoline shall not be poured or handled around open or unprotected flames,
electrical equipment, areas where sparks or static electricity may be present, or in
unventilated places.

•

Gasoline shall not be stored in open, plastic, or glass containers; in unventilated
places; near sources of fire; near electrical equipment, or near combustible
materials, such as textiles, cardboard boxes, paper, etc.

•

Gasoline shall not be siphoned by mouth suction from tanks or containers.

•

Gasoline shall not be used to assist in starting of a diesel engine.

These

122
5.21 Emergency Response Procedure

Emergency Response Procedure
Introduction
Incidents may occur despite our efforts to prevent them. When they do occur, more may
be at stake than immediately is obvious. During a crisis, our credibility and reputation, as
well as life, property, and the environment, may be in jeopardy. Whether we emerge from
a crisis with our credibility and reputation intact is determined by how well we train our
employees and communicate with our employees and clients.
Current Site Specific HSE Emergency Response procedures must be kept and maintained
in the Incident Command Center at all times.
The following incidents are considered crisis situations and require activation of the
Emergency Management Operations Team (EMOT) in Lafayette, Louisiana.
A major fire, explosion, significant release of hazardous material, or multiple injuries
that may attract media attention that could impact C & C Technologies, its officers and
directors.
A work-related accidental death involving a C & C employee, subcontractor,
or third party person.
A specific threat or terrorist act against C & C’s personnel or property.
Or any incident that may, in the opinion of the EMOT Leader attract media
attention.
The main objective of the Emergency Management Operations Team and this plan is to
ensure that crisis situations are managed according to established procedures. In a crisis
situation, these are our priorities:
The safety and saving of life.
Preservation of the environment
Salvage of equipment and vessels.
This plan will help us achieve these objectives.
Activation of the EMOT
The EMOT was formed to help operations management handle a crisis anywhere in the
world. When an incident occurs that could become a crisis, or already is a crisis, the HSE
Manager will notify the EMOT Leader.
The Emergency Management Operations Team consists of:
Thomas Chance
Jeff Sides
Jimmy Chance
Jeff Fortenberry
Ross Heard
Mona Woodson
Pearl Bowers

Team Leader
Alternate Team Leader
Alternate Team Leader
External Relations Member
Alternate External Relations Member
Incident Secretary
Alternate Incident Secretary
123
Dave Alleman
Pete Alleman
Jeanne Tatman
Bobbie Jo Folse

Safety and Security
Alternate Safety and Security
Incident/Human Resource Relations
Alternate Incident/Human Resource Relations

When the notification of a crisis is received during regular business hours, the Receptionist
will immediately notify the Team Leader (Thomas Chance) and notify the Incident
Secretary to conact EMOT members. After hours, the Dispatcher will notify the Team
Leader and proceed to notify team members.
EMOT Organization
Team Leader
Thomas Chance – President
Cell Ph:
Home Ph:

337-654-7500
337-981-6912

Responsibilities:
Decides when to activate the EMOT.
Leads the team or delegates this duty to Alternate Team Leader
Is responsible for all communication with appropriate parties involved.
In consultation with External Relations Associate, designates the spokesperson.
Notifies Incident Secretary of extended travel/vacation plans.
Sanction financial resources of the Company as required.
Alternate Team Leader
Jeff Sides – Vice President / General Manager

Jimmy Chance

Cell Ph:
Home Ph:

Cell Ph.:
Home Ph.:

337-288-4488
337-989-9536

337-344-8004
337-232-4952

Responsibilities:
Perform all Team Leader duties when Team Leader is absent or unavailable.
Helps coordinate and manage the crisis response.
Notifies subcontractors and client of situation.
Is the primary contact between the EMOT and External Relations member.
Emergency Operations Coordinator (EOC).
International incidents contact U.S. State Department if necessary.
Conact legal advisor(s).
Notifies Incident Secretary of extended travel/vacation plans.
External Relations
Jeff Fortenberry

Alternate
Ross Heard

Cell Ph:
Home Ph:

Cell Ph.:
Home Ph.:

337-278-9401
337-984-5557

281-830-0253
281-852-8420

Responsibilities:
Monitors political, military, environmental, or other activities that could lead to crisis
situation.
Ensures that Company spokespersons are trained.
Develops knowledge of and maintains contact with key media figures.
Drafts news releases and media materials during crisis.
Organize news conferences as necessary.
Notifies Incident Secretary of extended travel/vacation plans.
124
Incident Secretary
Mona Woodson

Alternate
Pearl Bowers

Cell Ph:
Home Ph:

Cell: 337-501-6741

337-945-0592
337-948-3665

Responsibilities:
Maintains contact information / travel schedules of all EMOT members.
Logs EMOT activities and decisions during crisis.
Arranges for transcription of taped phone conversations and videos; helps prepare the final
report.
Ensures that the Alternate Incident Secretary knows of extended travel / vacation plans of
EMOT members.
Internal/Human Resource Relations
Jeanne Tatman – HR Manager

Alternate
Bobbie Jo Folse

Cell Ph:
Home Ph.:

Cell Ph.:
Home Ph.:

337-344-6671
337-989-7071

337-654-6833
337-365-7394

Responsibilities:
Prepares communication announcements to employees during a crisis.
Communicates with families of employees who are involved in the crisis; keeps them
informed on a regular basis.
Notifies Incident Secretary of extended travel/vacation plans.
Contact the Employee Assistance Provider, as necessary.
Review benefit packages for employees involved in an accident to determine coverage and
benefits available.
Contact counselor for family members.
Inform HSE Manager to ensure that all reporting requirements are met.
Safety and Security
Dave Alleman

Alternate
Pete Alleman

Cell Ph:
Home Ph.:

Cell Ph.:
Home Ph.:

337-288-9347
337-334-3570

337-288-9345
337-856-6229

Responsibilities:
Secures the Incident Command Center.
Is the liaison with local law enforcement and security forces, as necessary.
Arranges for the installation and maintenance of all radio, telephone, recording,
teleconferencing, and other communication equipment as required by the EMOT,
including portable phones for use when lines are inoperative.
Ensures that adequate switchboard operators are available and trained.
Notifies Incident Secretary of extended travel/vacation plans.

125
Operations Associates
Are to provide operational or technical expertise as required during a crisis. These
positions are ad hoc and are tailored to support the EMOT. Associates may consist of
dispatchers, receptionist, project managers, affected department personnel, IT personnel,
HSE personnel, subcontractor representatives, or others with needed skills.
Emergency Action Plan Flow Chart
Accident / Incident
Any employee who observes an
accident or incident.

Notify person in charge, Party
Chief or Vessel Master.

Emergency Contact Numbers
C & C Dispatch: 337-261-0660 – 24 hrs.
Acadian Ambulance: 1-800-259-3333
USCG (New Orleans) Search & Rescue:
504-942-3001
On-Shore Emergency: 911
U.S. State Department

Party Chief or Vessel Master

Does emergency warrant
activation of EMOT?

If NO – Notify HSE Manager
and submit accident / incident
report as soon as possible.

If Yes – Contact Dispatcher at
337-261-0660

Dispatcher will contact EMOT
Team Leader, General Manager
and HSE Manager.

EMOT will assemble at C & C
Headquarters – Jimmy
Chances office. Room 337

Provide assistance as needed.

Appoint Family/Media
spokesperson.

Contact Family members and
follow-up as necessary.

126
Dispatcher / Receptionist
Responsibilities will include gathering as much information from caller as possible and
entering this information onto the Emergency Response Data Sheet.
All emergency calls need to be clearly stated to the Dispatcher or Receptionist.
The Dispatcher or Receptionist will require the following information:
Who is calling?
What is the name of the vessel?
Where are you located, write down location and co ordinances, i.e., longitude – latitude in
regards to a marine emergency.
Who is involved in the accident/incident?
What happened?
What steps have been taken to help the person(s) involved?
Who is the Project Manager?
Who is the client?
Once you have been given this information to the dispatcher or receptionist, he/she will call
the HSE Manager and the Project Manager and inform them of the situation.
The HSE Manager will decide if the situation warrants activation of the EMOT or their
backups, and the team will assemble at C & C headquarters to manage the crisis.
The Dispatcher or Receptionist will open the Emergency Response Book located on the
desk in the dispatcher’s office or the receptionist’s desk and proceed to record the
information on the Emergency Response Data Sheet.
Once information is recorded, the dispatcher or receptionist will hand this information the
first EMOT member to arrive. The dispatcher or receptionist will remain in contact with
caller until instructed by EMOT Leader to transfer to the Incident Command Center.
Should a media room be necessary, the initial media room will be set up in the conference
room at C & C headquarters, Lafayette, Louisiana.

127
Emergency Response Checklists
Team Leader – leads the EMOT as it responds to a crisis. The Team Leaders goals are:
To take care of the basic human needs of the individuals affected.
To communicate honestly and accurately to the community, media, subcontractors,
clients government officials and employees.
To restore normal operations as soon as possible.
To do this:
Determine whether the EMOT will meet on or off site.
Arrive at the Incident Command Center with your EMOT Manual (This procedure).
Make sure all positions are staffed.
Make sure that the Incident Secretary (or Dispatcher / Receptionist) contacts alternates
for EMOT members who are unavailable.
Remind team members of their responsibilities.
Begin to gather the: who, what, where, when, why, and how of crisis.
Instruct the Assistant Team Leader to contact local experts who may be needed, i.e.
external relations counsel, legal counsel, etc.
Work with External Relations Team member to prepare a news release.
Do not act as spokesperson for the crisis. Support your External Relations person in
that role.
Gather input from your team members.
Make decisions.
Alternate Team Leader – must be prepared to step into the Team Leader’s role at any
time.
Arrive at the Incident Command Center with your EMOT Manual (This procedure).
Make a list of all assignments delegated by the Team Leader.
Follow up on progress of all assignments and report to the Team Leader.
Troubleshoot when necessary.
Once the internal message is established, work with the Internal Communications
member to ensure that all appropriate persons have been notified.

128
Incident Secretary – will locate and contact all EMOT members, tell them where to
assemble, and document all information and decisions made by the team during the crisis.
Note: either the Dispatcher or Receptionist may have already completed the notification of
EMOT members on duty at time of initial incoming call.
Establish with the EMOT Leader (or Alternate) where the EMOT will assemble.
Alert all EMOT members that there is a potential crisis and tell them where the EMOT will
assemble.
Alert the switchboard operator(s) on how to handle and direct incoming calls.
Double-check supplies in the EMOT Incident Command Center to make sure there is
paper, tape, markers, batteries, additional copies of this procedure, etc.
Begin to keep a log of all major activities and decisions.
External Relations – communicates openly and honestly with public through the news
media while protecting the employees, families, and good name of C & C Technologies.
Make sure you have an updated media list and a draft news release with you when you
enter the Incident Command Center.
Remember that your primary goal is centralized control of the message that goes out to
the public through the media and through your employees.
Do not answer the telephone if it rings in the EMOT Incident Command Center! Let the
incident secretary answer the phone.
Establish where and when you will have your first news conference.
Make sure you have appropriate professional clothing available to appear on camera.
Alert the person who will escort the media to the media room; make sure the room has
everything the media will need for the time they are there.
Finalize the draft news release. Make sure that it has an opening paragraph with
information about the Company, a blank area for facts of the present crisis, and an
ending paragraph that shows care, compassion, and concern on behalf of the
Company.
Begin a fact sheet with who, what, when, where, why, and how.
Add the facts about the present crisis to the news release. Focus on facts, not issues.
Stay in control of the news conference. Stay focused on current facts, nothing
more-nothing less. Do not get distracted by the media into non-issues.
Fax the news release to media outlets who may request the news release.
Have an EMOT member rehearse with you so you will be prepared for the news
conference. Clarify and polish the way you will answer questions.
REMEMBER: Always keep a door to your back when holding a news conference.

129
Internal/Human Resource Relations – communicate openly and honestly with all
employees, clients, subcontractors and others who may be affected by the crisis.
Make sure you have a updated list of contacts within and outside the Company
n
(Clients – subcontractors, etc.), who may need to be contacted in a crisis.
Remember that your primary goal is centralized control of the message that goes to
employees and the public. Work with the External Relations member so that both
of you are giving the same message.
Establish how you will communicate to your employees, clients, subcontractors, etc.,
and make sure the appropriate equipment is available for communication; i.e., fax
machine, e-mail, telephones, etc.
Set up a hot line for employees, clients, and subcontractors to call for updated
information. Keep the telephone operating throughout the crisis.
Work with the External Relations member to develop a news release based on who,
what, where, when, how, and why.
Include the time of release in the news release; also note when you expect to update
the news media release. Add relevant information about how to deal with the
media inquiries.
Fax, e-mail, or telephone the news release to designated authorities.
Make sure they have employee information on benefits, insurance coverage, and
workers’ compensation.
Remains in contact with HSE Manager to ensure that all of the paperwork is received in
a timely manner.
Obtains employee personnel files and brings relevant information to the EMOT Incident
Control Center.
Security and Safety Members ensures and maintains security at all locations to
protect employees and those on the premises during a crisis.
Make sure that you have an updated list of local authorities when you enter the EMOT
Incident Command Center.
Immediately secure entrances to the building(s) if necessary or areas involved in the
crisis.
Secure the Incident Command Center and make sure that the EMOT members and
invitees have access to the room and information
Coordinate with External Relations Member to establish where the news media will
meet.
Set up and secure routes for the news media to get to the media room.
Assign personal guides to any members of the news media on the property.
Begin to contact all local authorities to establish the: who, what, where, when, why, and
how of the present crisis.
Immediately set up the communications equipment in the Incident Command Center
and keep equipment operational throughout the session.
Communication
equipment should include, but not limited to:
Telephones
Fax machine
Computer with internet access
Teleconferencing equipment

130
Set up and activate television monitors, VCR’s to tape electronic news media coverage,
and tape recorders.
Notify dispatcher receptionist which calls should be transferred to the Incident
Command Center.
Ensure that the information link between the areas affected and all other units operates
at all times.
Begin an activity log by writing down what you have done so far. Add to the log as the
crisis unfolds.
Notify all legal and HSE management resources.
Training
All Emergency Management Operations Team members and operational management
should receive training in Emergency Response Planning, as well as their specific duties
and responsibilities during a crisis. At a minimum, each member of the EMOT, operational
managers, department managers and supervisors should receive training in media
relations/communications.
When a crisis occurs at a location remote form Lafayette, an EMOT member may be
activated at the nearest regional management office; i.e., London, Rio de Janeiro, or
Ciudad Del Carmen. The EMOT ensures that managers trained in crisis response are
available at key centers outside Lafayette. The EMOT Incident Secretary maintains the
roster of employees who have been trained in crisis response management and their
contact information. The receptionist and dispatchers will have this information as well.
Drills / exercises must be recorded and filed
After Incident Report
When the crisis is over, the EMOT will prepare an after-incident report that summarizes
actions taken, results achieved, problems encountered, proposed solutions for future crisis,
and recommendations for changes in the EMOT Plan or response procedures.

131
Emergency Response Data Sheet
Date____________

Dispatcher’s name _______________________________

Time____________ AM /PM
Callers Name: __ _______________________________________________________
Callers Supervisor: ______________________________________________________
Callers Location / Vessel__________________________________________________
Who is involved in the accident/incident:
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
What happened?
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
What steps have been taken to help the person involved in the accident/incident:

Other information relevant to the situation:

Time Project Manager /HSE Manager or backup was called:

__________ AM/PM

Project Manager’s Instructions or comments:

If Emergency Response Team needs to be activated note the time each member or
backup member was called.
Ross Heard
Jeff Sides
Thomas Chance
Jimmy Chance
Dave Alleman

_____________AM/PM
_____________AM/PM
_____________AM/PM
_____________AM/PM
_____________AM/PM

Use additional paper as needed.

132
EMOT - Telephone Contact Numbers
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Thomas Chance

Cell:

337-645-7500 – Team Leader

Home:

337-981-6912

Office:

337-261-0660

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Jeff Sides

Cell:
Home:
Office:

337-288-4488 –
337-989-9536
337-261-0660

Alt. Team Leader

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Jimmy Chance

Cell:
Home:
Office:

337-344-8004 –
337-232-4952
337-261-0660

Alt. Team Leader

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Dave Alleman

Cell:
Home:
Office:

337-288-9345 –
337-334-3570
337-261-0660

Safety & Security

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Ross Heard

Cell:
Home:
Office:

281-830-0253 –
281-854-5420
713-468-1536

Alt. External Relations

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Mona Woodson

Cell:
Home:
Office:

337-945-0592 –
337-948-3665
337-261-0660

Incident Secretary

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Pearl Bowers

Cell:
Office:

337-501-6741 –
337-261-0660

Alt. Incident Secretary

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Pete Alleman

Cell:
Home:
Office:

337-288-9345 –
337-856-6229
337-261-0660

Alt. Safety & Security

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Jeff Fortenberry

Cell:
Home:
Office:

337-278-9401 –
337-984-5557
337-261-0660

External Relations

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Jeanne Tatman

Cell:
Home:
Office:

337-344-6671 –
337-989-7071
337-261-0660

Internal/HR Relations

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Bobbie Jo Folse

Cell:
Home:
Office:

337-654-6833 – Alt. Internal/HR Relations
337-365-7394
337-261-0660

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

133
Emergency Management Operations Team (EMOT)
In the event of an emergency at sea, Emergency Response Teams will act according to
given authority of making decisions.
At sea, vessel owners and operators of vessels, owner/Master of the vessel shall have the
authority of making necessary decisions for the safety of all personnel on board said
vessel.
C & C Technologies, Inc. EMOT will be on hand to assist concerning any decisions, marine
assistance or the welfare of C & C personnel on board contracted vessels.
C & C Technologies, Inc.
Emergency Response Team
24-Hour Dispatch
337-261-0660
Dave Alleman……Cell: 337-288-9347 – Home: 337-334-3570
Ross Heard………Cell: 281-830-0253 – Home: 281-854-8420
Jeff Sides…………Cell: 337-288-4488 – Home: 337-989-9536
Thomas Chance…Cell: 337-654-7500 – Home: 337-981-6912
Jimmy Chance…...Cell: 337-344-8004 – Home: 337-232-4952

Uksnoy & Co. AS
(Rig Supporter & Northern Resolution)
Emergency Response Team
0800-1600 hrs. Switch Board +47 70214780
24 hr - Duty Phone +47 91768167
Emergency Room +47 91780926
Operation Leader - Knut Uksnoy
General Manager - Per Arne Haram
Designated Person/CSO - Thor Sovik
Technical Manager - Einar Breivik
Secretary - Reidun Austnes

Cameron Offshore Boats, Inc.
(Emma McCall)
Phone: 800-326-2739 – Office
Phone: 337-775-5505 – Office
Henry McCall – Owner
Rocky Kelley - Manager

Acadian Ambulance
(Medic)
24 Hr Number
800-259-1111
Scott Domingue

Stabbert Maritime
(Moana Wave)
Jon Lucas
Office Ph.: 206-547-6161 – Ext. 14

Client contact information may be found in the Site Specific HSE Project Plan.

134
5.22

Emergency Action Plan

Purpose
C & C Technologies is dedicated to the protection of its employees from emergencies such
as tornadoes and fires. When emergencies do occur, our Emergency Action Plan (EAP) is
initiated. This EAP is in place to ensure employee safety from emergencies during regular
hours and after hours. It provides a written document detailing and organizing the actions
and procedures to be followed by employees in case of a workplace emergency.
OSHA's Emergency Action Plan requirements, found at 29 CFR 1910.38, require C & C
Technologies to have a written Emergency Action Plan (EAP). This plan applies to all
operations in our company where employees may encounter an emergency situation.
The EAP communicates to employees, policies and procedures to follow in emergencies.
This written plan is available, upon request, to employees, their designated
representatives, and any OSHA officials who ask to see it.
Administrative Duties
The HSE Manager (or designee) is the EAP administrator, who has overall responsibility
for the plan. This responsibility includes the following:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Developing and maintaining a written Emergency Action Plan for regular and after
hours work conditions;
Notifying the proper rescue and law enforcement authorities, and the building
owner/superintendent in the event of an emergency affecting the facility;
Taking security measures to protect employees;
Integrating the Emergency Action Plan with any existing general emergency plan
covering the building or work area occupied;
Distributing procedures for reporting emergencies, the location of safe exits, and
evacuation routes to each employee;
Conducting drills to acquaint employees with emergency procedures and to judge
the effectiveness of the plan;
Training designated employees in emergency response such as the use of fire
extinguishers and the application of first aid;
Deciding which emergency response to initiate (evacuate or not);
Ensuring that our facility meets all local fire codes, building codes, and regulations.

The HSE Manager is responsible for reviewing and updating the plan as necessary. Copies
of this plan may be obtained from Ross Heard or Denise Douglas.
The HSE Manager has full authority to decide to implement the EAP if he believes an
emergency might threaten human health. The following potential emergencies might
reasonably be expected at this facility and thus call for the implementation of this EAP:
•

Fire, tornado, hurricane

135
The following personnel can be contacted regarding further information about the written
Emergency Action Plan (EAP) or an explanation of duties under this plan:
•

Ross Heard, Jeff Sides, Mike Dupuis

If, after reading this plan, you find that improvements can be made, please contact the Plan
Administrator, the HSE Manager. We encourage all suggestions because we are
committed to the success of our Emergency Action Plan. We strive for clear understanding,
safe behavior, and involvement in the program from every level of the company.
Alarms
C & C Technologies has fire alarms in the main building and in the warehouse.
Emergency Reporting and Weather Monitoring Procedures
In the Event of an Emergency Requiring Evacuation
When employees detect an emergency that requires an evacuation, such as a fire, they
should go to the nearest fire alarm and activate it and exit the building. Ross Heard, Mike
Dupuis or Dispatcher will notify the Lafayette Fire Department.
Our backup method for reporting emergencies that require evacuation includes the
following:
In case of power outage shout FIRE, FIRE, FIRE and ensure that this is understood
and passed on.
In the Event of a Tornado Watch or Hurricane
Monitor the weather channel and local media for severe weather bulletins. Alert and or
assemble the Emergency Management Operations Team (EMOT). Current members are:
Thomas Chance, Jeff Sides, Jimmy Chance, Dave Alleman or Ross Heard and the
affected Department Managers.
Evacuation Procedures
Some emergencies require evacuation or escape procedures, while some require
employees to stay indoors, or in a safe area. Our emergency escape procedures are
designed to respond to many potential emergencies, depending on the degree of
seriousness. Nothing in these procedures precludes the Plan Administrator's authority in
determining whether employees should remain inside or evacuate.
Employees need to know what to do if they are alerted to a specific emergency. After an
alarm is sounded to evacuate, employees should take the following steps:
•

Exit the building through the closest safe exit. Gather by department in the east
parking lot.

See the building plans with exit route assignments for each group evacuating an area or
building as posted in the hallways near the fire extinguishers.
Once evacuated, employees are to exit toward their designated exterior or safe area,
where a head count will be performed, and further instructions given.

136
Procedures to Account for Employees
Trained evacuation personnel assist in safe and orderly evacuation for all types of
emergencies that require evacuation. Once evacuation is complete, they conduct head
counts. The employees selected are trained in the complete workplace layout and the
various alternative escape routes from the workplace. Before leaving, these employees
check rooms and other enclosed spaces in the workplace for employees who may be
trapped or otherwise unable to evacuate the area. A list of trained personnel appears
below:
Name:

Designated Area

Tommy Ortego
Eric Granger
Gene Prather
Pete Alleman
Dan Galligan
Tony George

West Hallway
Center Hallway
East Hallway
South Hallway
North Hallway (Tim Morton)
Second Floor

This list indicates a sufficient number of employees who have been designated by the
company and trained to:
• Direct and assist in safe and orderly emergency evacuation
• Provide guidance and instruction for all types of emergency situations
• Be aware of employees with special needs who may require extra assistance
• Use the buddy system
• Avoid hazardous areas during an emergency evacuation
The list of trained personnel includes at least one person from every area for every shift.
This means that every trained evacuation person is responsible for seeing to approximately
15 to 20 evacuated employees. The trained personnel also serve as a resource of
information about emergency procedures and conduct head counts once evacuation is
complete.
Frontline supervisors must be aware of the locations of those employees working on a
particular day when an emergency occurs, as well as suppliers, customers, and other nonemployees on the premises, when an emergency occurs, and be aware of who is absent
or otherwise away from the premises. Accounting for employees and non-employees will
aid local responding fire/rescue departments in determining whether rescue efforts are
necessary. We have described each frontline supervisor's employee/non-employees
tracking method below:
Supervisor:
Department:
Tommy Ortego
Ross Heard
Jay Northcutt
Jake Klara
Gene Prather
Tony George
Arlen Lejeune
Clint Matte
Jami Cheramie

Admin/Financial
Support
Geophysical
Marine Construction
Land
Geosciences
Electronics/Dispatch
Shop
Computer Dept

137
Departments will report status to Ross Heard or the senior manager on site (Thomas
Chance, Jimmy Chance, Jeff Sides, Dave Alleman or Mike Dupuis).
Once each evacuated group of employees have reached their evacuation destinations,
each trained evacuation employee will do the following:
• Take roll of his or her group
• Make sure all persons are accounted for
• Report in to a central checkpoint designated person by HSE Manager
• Assume role of department contact to answer questions
Head count results should be given to the Lafayette Fire Chief or firefighter, if requested.
No employees are to return to the buildings until advised by the HSE Manager or designee
(after determination has been made that such re-entry is safe). If anyone is injured or
contaminated, the Plan Administrator will activate rescue and first aid actions. If an
emergency incident expands, the EAP Administrator may send employees home by normal
means or provide them with transportation to an offsite location.
Non-Evacuation Emergency Procedures
C & C Technologies has the following non-evacuation procedures:
Responding to a tornado warning
In the event of a tornado, it is corporate policy to provide emergency warning and shelter.
Once employees are made aware of a tornado situation, they are to follow these
procedures:
Employees should stay away from windows, but stay inside the building they are in.
Employees are not to leave the shelter or return to their regular duties until the all clear is
given.
The HSE Manager will determine when it is safe for employees to leave their tornado
shelter and return to work. At that time, the Plan Administrator will notify managers that all
is clear and return to normal operations.
If there is structural damage, the Plan Administrator will assess the damage and determine
appropriate response.
If anyone is injured or contaminated, the Plan Administrator will activate rescue and first aid
actions.
Plan Administrator Duties
During an emergency, the HSE Manager or designee will monitor the situation and call the
Emergency Action Team as necessary. He will advise employees to take specific actions if
needed.
Rescue and First Aid
Rescue and first aid may be necessary during emergency situations.

138
Designated first aid responders are to provide first aid assistance within their capabilities to
employees requiring it during emergency situations.
Appropriate first-aid supplies have been provided.
Professional emergency services responding in an emergency will help with and direct all
rescue and medical duty assignments upon their arrival on site.
Training
Our Plan Administrator reviews the Emergency Action Plan with each of our employees at
the following times:
• Initially when the plan is developed
• Whenever a new employee is hire
• Whenever the employee is assigned initially to a job
• Whenever an employee's responsibilities or designated actions under the plan
change
• Whenever new equipment, materials, or processes are introduced into the
workplace
• Whenever the layout or design or the facility changes
• Whenever the plan is changed
The HSE Manager provides training in the form of a presentation and /or scheduling for
appropriate outsource training.
The information in this plan is not intended for casual reading, but is intended to get the
appropriate message across.
We communicate the contents of this plan through a presentation.
C & C Technologies performs drills for the following emergencies:
•

Fire

We hold these drills at least annually.
After a drill, the Plan Administrator judges the effectiveness of the plan and reviews any
employee input concerning the drill. Employees performing the drill may identify something
that did not follow procedure or was ineffective. For example, they may discover doors that
would not open; they may enter storage closets instead of exiting; they may get lost and
confused or they may carry a suspicious package through the facility. These are the types
of things the Plan Administrator needs to hear about after a drill. That way, they can be
addressed before a real emergency.
Emergency Equipment and Support
Our company provides the following equipment and support for use by our trained
personnel during emergencies:
•

Portable fire extinguishers

139
5.23

Incident Investigation

In case of a fatality, the senior manager in country is required to lead an investigative team.
Investigative teams should include those with technical and managerial skills, as well as
safety professionals, to determine the causes of the accident and identify a way to reduce
the likelihood of recurrence. The responsible manager may be required to meet with C &
C’s president in Lafayette to discuss the findings of the investigation.
All other recordable injuries, i.e., lost time injuries, restricted work cases, medical treatment
cases, and serious property damage incidents, should, at a minimum, be investigated by
the Party Chief & Captain, working with the responsible line supervisor and crew HSE
Advisor or area HSE Manager, as appropriate. The senior manager in country should be
kept up-to-date on the investigation, review findings and reports, and ensure that
appropriate measures are taken to prevent a similar accident. All managers should pay
particular attention to any trends or patterns and implement corrective action, as required.
Follow these steps when investigating an incident:
1. Gather information:
–

Identify possible witnesses and get statements before they forget or talk to
others.

–

Isolate the accident scene.

–

Isolate parts, tools, or equipment involved in the accident.

–

Conduct drug and/or alcohol tests, if required

–

Take pictures and/or sketches of evidence that may be destroyed by weather or
may need to be moved.

–

Gather personal information about the injured person; i.e., family, medical
history, etc.

2. Form the investigation team:
–

Determine the size of the team.

–

Name a team leader.

–

Generate a list of support personnel.

–

Contact experts, if needed.

–

Develop an investigation plan and assign team member duties.

Steps 1 and 2 should occur immediately after the accident. The rest of the investigation
process could take several weeks to complete.
3. Gather more information:
–

Read witness statements and interview witnesses.

–

Examine parts, equipment, or tools.

–

Check gear and switch positions, fluid levels, and safety devices.

–

Read police or other authorities’ reports.

–

Gather and look at paper records — maintenance, procedures, previous
accidents, owner’s manuals, training, JSAs.

–

Read product information

140
–

Get expert advice.

–

Analyze pictures, sketches, and measurements. Revisit the accident scene.

–

Develop a sequence of events.

4. Determine the contributing factors:
–

Use all the information and make a list of all the contributing factors.

–

Group the factors; identify a possible correlation of factors.

–

Develop fault trees.

–

Identify the root causes.

–

Prioritize the root causes that were most instrumental in the accident.

5. List corrective actions and/or recommendations:
–

Clearly identify the action that is to be taken.

–

List only practical solutions.

–

Identify, by name, who will take the action.

–

Set target dates for completion of the recommendations.

–

Set a date and appoint a person to follow up on the entire set of corrective
actions and/or recommendations.

6. Communicate information:
–

Ensure that the president, HSE manager , risk management, and all other
management levels that need to be informed have been informed.

–

Immediately send out an accident brief if other crews could have the same
problem.

–

Keep in contact with the injured and family.

–

Compile a report.

–

Present findings to the crew.

–

Present findings to management.

7. Follow up:
–

Follow up should be done by an assigned person.

–

Ensure that all actions and recommendations are addressed.

–

Revise or close out any actions a recommendations that have not been
nd
addressed.

–

Communicate progress to management.

141
5.24

Small Boat Operations

Launch
Before launching any boat for any reason, convene a pre-launch meeting. This meeting
should include the boat crew, the Master, the Party Chief, and the launch crew (davit
operator and tag line handlers). Discuss the launch and create a plan of action for the job.
Sort out all questions so that when the boat arrives at its destination, everyone knows what
to do.
The launch and recovery procedure is safe when each person knows their assigned duty
and can work together as a team. The davit operator must be familiar with the davit and
understand all commands from the coxswain. He must pay close attention to the boat as it
ascends or descends the hull, since there are areas along the hull that can cause
problems. Crewmembers who handle the tag lines must work together to keep the boat as
close to parallel with the ship as possible. By using caution and helping each other, the
ride up and down the hull should be smooth.
At least three people should be in the boat crew: one coxswain and two crewmembers.
One of the crewmembers should be able to assume the duties of the coxswain. The
forward person releases the forward tag line and, at the coxswain's order, the bow painter.
The aft person releases the davit hook, or falls, on entering the water, then the aft tag line.
The coxswain has many responsibilities. He ensures that all safety gear is on board, that
all crewmembers are wearing the appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE), that
everyone involved in the operation understands their duties, and that the boat is driven in a
safe and prudent manner at all times. The coxswain is in charge of the entire operation
while away from the mother vessel.
All equipment is loaded and all pre-launch checks are performed while the boat is secure in
its cradle.
The boat is lowered from the cradle to a position alongside the lowest deck to the water
line. Tag lines are used to steady the boat during the move and secure the boat alongside
while the crew boards. From here, the boat is lowered into the water at the coxswain's
command.
On entry into the water, the davit hook (or falls) is released and the boat falls back on the
painter.
Getaway
Once waterborne, fall back on the painter. Immediately release the falls. The coxswain
starts the engine and checks the steering, gauges, crew, etc. When the coxswain is sure
that everything is operational, the tag lines are let go.
When ready, the coxswain brings the boat ahead and commands that the painter be
released. The painter is retrieved from the water by the mother vessel.
The coxswain matches the ship's speed and alters the course approximately 5 to 10
degrees to allow the vessels to separate
Once the stern is clear, the coxswain alters the course approximately 20 degrees more and
accelerates. The boat then maintains heading and speed until clear of any in water
equipment. A positive forward movement must be maintained when separating

142
Coming Alongside
Pace outside the in water equipment and verify that the ship's crew is ready.
When ready, turn toward the ship and accelerate to close on the transit line. When
approximately one to two boat lengths away, turn, slow, and pace.
When under control, alter the course approximately 5 to 10 degrees and close slowly to a
position alongside. The painter is lowered from the ship. When attached, slowly fall back
and allow the painter to take the strain.
Recovery
When the boat is outside the in water equipment, the coxswain should assign duties for
recovery. Ensure that each person understands the assignment. The procedures are
reversed to bring the boat safely onboard. Once on the painter, fall back and allow it to
take the strain. Signal for the tag lines, then secure them to their proper location. When
the coxswain is ready, he signals for the davit hook (or falls). It is lowered and attached.
The coxswain gives the order to the davit operator and the boat is picked up out of the
water. The boat stops alongside the debarkation deck and the crew leaves the boat.
VHF Radio
Introduction
The work/rescue boat is equipped with a very high frequency (VHF) radio that may be
fixed, portable, or both. Knowledge of the proper use and terminology as related to this
radio is essential and must be within the law. VHF channel 16 is the international hailing
and distress frequency and should be avoided in work/rescue boat operations. Use this
channel only in emergency situations. Before leaving port, select a predetermined channel
for your operations. This channel is known as your working channel.
First, check the radio to ensure that it is transmitting and receiving properly. All
communication on the VHF should be short, clear, and to the point. Before transmitting,
listen first to be sure that no other transmissions are in progress. Remember that a station
with a distress, urgent, or safety message may interrupt a transmission of lower priority.

143
Terminology
The following words and phrases should be used as appropriate. This terminology keeps
transmissions short and simple. Never use profanity and slang on the VHF.
Word/Phrase
Acknowledge

Meaning
Let me know that you have received and understand
this message.
Yes, or permission granted.
Indicates a separation; used when there is no
distinction between text and other portions of the
message.
An error has been made. (Repeat the message with
the correction.)
Proceed with your message.
How well do you receive me?
Used instead of "I repeat."
Spoken word for distress communications.
No, I don't agree or incorrect.
My transmission is ended and I expect a response
from you.
End of transmission; no response expected.
Spoken word for urgent communications.
I have received all of your message.
Repeat message.
I must pause; please wait.
Spoken word for safety communications.
Correct.

Affirmative
Break
Correction
Go ahead
How do you read?
I say again
Mayday
Negative
Over
Out
Pan Pan
Roger
Say again
Stand by
Security
That is correct

If you are asked to spell out a word or phrase for clarity and to avoid confusion, do so
phonetically. The phonetic alphabet follows.
Letter
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M

Word
Alpha
Bravo
Charlie
Delta
Echo
Foxtrot
Golf
Hotel
India
Juliet
Kilo
Lima
Mike

Letter
N
O
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z

Word
November
Oscar
Papa
Quebec
Romeo
Sierra
Tango
Uniform
Victor
Whiskey
Xray
Yankee
Zulu

To phonetically spell the word Moana, you would say: Mike, Oscar, Alpha, Tango,
November, Alpha. Numbers should be spoken individually to avoid confusion; i.e., 1,254
should be read as one-two-five-four.

144
When checking the radio, both stations should relay the strength and clarity of the signal.
A simple scale is used to let a station know how you are reading them:
Strength
1 = bad (very faint).
2 = poor (faint)
3 = fair (weak).
4 = good (fairly loud).
5 = excellent (loud).

Reception
1 = bad (unreadable).
2 = poor (readable occasionally).
3 = fair (readable).
4 = good (quite clear).
5 = excellent (clear).

You may reply to a radio check by answering, "I read you 5 by 5," or "I read you loud
and clear."
Radio Operating Procedures
Once you are sure that the channel is clear for communications and you want to contact a
specific station, transmit the following information in the order indicated:
The name of the station you are trying to contact; do this no more than three
times.
Who you are: "This is . . . "
The name and call sign of your vessel; do this no more than three times.
The frequency on which you are calling.
An invitation to reply: "Over."
This is a sample attempt to make contact:
"Moana Wave, Moana Wave, Moana Wave
This is . . .
Zodiac Hurricane, Zodiac Hurricane, Zodiac Hurricane
On Channel 77
Over."
Sample call for radio check:
"Moana Wave
This is . . .
Zodiac Hurricane for a radio check,
Over."
Response:
"Zodiac Hurricane
This is Moana Wave, I read you loud and clear,
Over."
Response:
"Moana Wave
This is . . .
Zodiac Hurricane, I read you loud and clear also,
Out."
Keep your conversation short and concise so you can concentrate on the tasks at hand
and keep the channel clear for traffic that may need to occur. Each C & C vessel has its
own check-in and radio procedure; be sure you read and understand them.

145
Rules Of The Road
Lookout
Every vessel will maintain a lookout at all times. The lookout is by sight and hearing, as
well as by all of the available means appropriate in the prevailing circumstances and
conditions so that a full appraisal of the situation and the risk of collision can be
determined.
Safe Speed
Every vessel will proceed at a safe speed so that evasive actions can be taken to avoid
collision and so the vessel can be stopped within a distance appropriate to the prevailing
circumstances and conditions.
When determining a safe speed, consider the following factors:
Visibility
Concentration Of Traffic
Vessel maneuverability with special reference to stopping distance and turning ability in the prevailing
conditions.
State of the wind, sea, and current, and proximity of navigational
hazards.
Draft in relation to the available depth of water.
Risk of Collision
Every vessel will use all of the available means appropriate to the prevailing circumstances
and conditions to determine whether risk of collision exists. If there is any doubt, risk of
collision is deemed to exist.
Action to Avoid Collision
If necessary, any action taken to avoid collision will be positive, made in ample time, and
made with due regard to the observance of good seamanship.
If necessary, any alteration of course and/or speed to avoid collision will be large enough to
be apparent to another vessel. Avoid a succession of small alterations of course and/or
speed.
If there is sufficient sea room, alteration of course alone may be the most effective way to
avoid a close-quarters situation, provided this alteration in course is made in good time, is
substantial, and does not result in another close-quarters situation.
Overtaking
Any vessel that overtakes any other vessel will keep out of the way of the vessel that is
being overtaken. A vessel is overtaking when it comes upon another vessel from a
direction more than 22.5 degrees abaft her beam; i.e., at night, only her stern light is
visible.
When a vessel doubts whether she is overtaking another vessel, she assumes she is
overtaking the other vessel and acts accordingly.

146
Head-on
When two power-driven vessels meet on reciprocal, or nearly reciprocal, courses that could
risk collision, each vessel alters her course to starboard so that each vessel passes on the
port side of the other.
This situation exists when a vessel sees the other ahead or nearly ahead.
When a vessel doubts whether the situation exists, the vessel assumes that it does and
acts accordingly.
Crossing
When two power-driven vessels are crossing and risk collision, the vessel that has the
other on her starboard side will keep out of the way and will, if necessary, avoid crossing
ahead of the other vessel.
When inland, such as on a lake or river, a vessel that is crossing a river will keep out of the
way of a power-driven vessel that is ascending or descending the river.
You may be involved in a rescue operation involving several rescue craft and vessels. Use
good judgment and act as professionally as possible. Always use a safe speed and avoid
situations that you may not be able to get out of. Always try to be two steps ahead in your
thinking; always have a plan of action before you take on a task.
Directional Thrust Propulsion
Outboards
The outboard motor works by a thrust of water coming off the propeller at the stern of the
boat. The direction of thrust is changed by changing the rotation of the propeller. With the
throttle engaged in the ahead position, the propeller turns in a certain direction (clockwise
or counterclockwise) and directs thrust astern, propelling the boat ahead. With the throttle
in the astern position, the propeller turns in the opposite direction and directs thrust ahead,
up under the boat, propelling the boat astern. With the throttle in the neutral position, the
engine remains running, b the propeller does not turn. The speed of the boat is
ut
influenced by how much throttle you apply in the direction you want to go. With an
outboard-propelled boat, the propeller must turn and create thrust to steer.
Propeller Positions.
The outboard-driven boat acts as a car when steered. When you turn the wheel on an
outboard-driven boat, thrust is directed a certain way and the boat turns in the direction the
wheel is turned. When going ahead, the wheel is turned to the right, thrust is directed out
the stern to the right, and the bow turns to the right. If the wheel remains in the same
direction and the throttle is put astern, then thrust is directed ahead, comes out on the left
side of the boat, and the bow moves back and to the left. Regardless of the direction in
which the wheel is turned, if the throttle is in neutral, there is no thrust and no steering.
You are at the mercy of the wind and the seas.

147
Outboard Position vs Wheel Turns.
Jets
The jet boat works by a thrust of water coming out the stern of the boat. The bucket
changes the direction of the thrust, making the boat move in a certain direction. With the
bucket in the ahead position, the thrust is directed astern, propelling the boat ahead. With
the bucket in the neutral position, the thrust is directed down, so the boat maintains its
position dead in the water. With the bucket in the astern position, thrust is directed under
the boat and forward, propelling the boat astern. By blending the wheel and the bucket,
the jet boat is smooth and highly maneuverable.
Bucket Position vs Wheel Turns.
A jet boat always turns in the same direction you turn the wheel, whether ahead, neutral, or
astern. Think of the wheel as a rotation device. The boat rotates in the direction in which
you turn the wheel. This is because the direction of the thrust stays on the same side of
the boat, regardless of the position of the bucket.
Boat Position vs Wheel Turns.
Handling At Slow Speed
To maneuver at a slow speed, reduce the throttle and allow the thrust to match the boat
speed. To increase maneuverability, apply a quick burst of power with the wheel in the
direction in which you want to turn. The boat responds positively. However, the wheel
must be turned in the correct direction before you apply power or it will turn in the wrong
direction. Remember: Wheel first, then power.
Pivot Point
The pivot point of a Fast Rescue Craft (FRC) is approximately 2/3 back from the bow. The
pivot point affects the steering and maneuverability of the boat. When stationary or dead in
the water, the wind will not blow you sideways, but will blow the bow around. This is an
important concept if you are alongside a man in the water or a piece of equipment.
Because the pivot point is located aft of the center line, more sea room is needed to turn
when going ahead as opposed to going astern. This is important when maneuvering in a
confined area. If you can steer yourself in going ahead, then you will have plenty of room
to back out again. However, the reverse is not true; if you can back into a tight, confined
space, you will need more space to get out and may get stuck. This is why you must use
extreme caution when maneuvering in tight spaces. The pivot point is not stationary, it
shifts. When towing something alongside, or if the crew is on one side, the pivot point shifts
toward the added drag. This is why it is difficult to steer with something alongside and why
we need to keep a little opposite wheel to steer a straight line.
Turning Radius
The turning radius of a boat varies depending on speed. If speed is kept constant during a
turn, a nice, steady curve results. If speed is increased during a turn, then the radius is
reduced as it carves a tighter turn. If speed is reduced during a turn, then the radius is
increased and the boat "slips" sideways as it turns. You can induce or eliminate side-slip.
To induce side-slip, turn, then slow down to come alongside a pier or dock. To eliminate
side-slip, slow down to a desired speed, then turn, or approach at a shallow angle, such as
toward a hull.

148
Types Of Turns
A steady turn can be made at any speed. It produces a smooth turn with no violent forces,
requires a bit of sea room, and takes time. Put the wheel over approximately 1/2 turn and
hold it throughout the turn. When you approach the desired course, bring the wheel back
1/2 turn to mid-ships. The boat steadies up without over-steerage. Use this turn in less
than moderate sea conditions; it is the turn of choice.
Steady Turn.
If you are riding at planing speed and need to turn quickly, use this type of turn. If running
with a heavy sea and you need to turn around, you do not want to be caught sideways to a
large wave. When you are ready, reduce speed and wait for the next wave to pass. Turn
the wheel and accelerate to turn around. You should turn in the trough and be around in
time to meet the next wave head on. Set your speed accordingly and carry on.
Reduced Speed Turn.
If you are running at a slow speed, are dead in the water and need to turn around quickly,
or are in minimum space, use this turn. Turn the wheel hard over and accelerate until you
have made the desired turn. Return the wheel to mid-ships and throttle back to the desired
speed.
Planing
Going On the Plane
The primary concern of driving at planning speed is proper trim and balance of the boat.
Place crewmembers so that their weight is evenly distributed fore and aft and side to side.
Ensure that the crew is holding on before accelerating. Always alert the crew of course
changes. When going up onto the plane, do so deliberately. Steadily increase the throttle
and get up over the hump as soon as possible. When on the hump, you have reduced
steering, increased fuel consumption, exhaust fumes building, and poor visibility. Once
you have overtaken the bow wake and the boat climbs up out of its hole in the water,
speed, visibility, and steering increase dramatically and you are on the plane. Always bring
the speed back a bit so you have some reserve throttle if needed. Set the speed for the
prevailing sea conditions.
Coming Off the Plane
When you decide to come off the plane, alert crewmembers since boat speed drops
rapidly. When the throttle is brought back, the weight of the boat causes it to settle back
into the water. The bow and stern wake will catch up to you. Be careful. The wake lifts
the stern and can cause poor steering and control. The wake also can come over the
stern, swamp the engine, and/or put a lot of water into someone's face. Avoid the wake by
turning as you slow down or by accelerating when you feel the stern start to rise. Do not
bring the throttle abruptly back from full to stop, rather, bring it back steadily.

149
SEA HANDLING
When under way in calm waters, direction of travel makes little difference. However, if
running in a moderate sea, use extreme caution. A major concern in sea handling is to
keep the drives in the water. If the propeller leaves the water, it could race, over-speed the
engine, and shut it down. If the jet intake leaves the water, it sucks air and there is no
thrust when you enter the water. In either case, keep the drives in the water to maintain
steering and control. Avoid oblique and acute angles to the seas. The boat should always
remain on an even keel. This is achieved by proper balance and trim. If the boat leaves
the sea on a bad angle, then you are in an unstable state. If a strong wind is blowing and
gets under the bow, the boat can flip. Even if the wind does not cause problems, the boat
can enter the water at an angle that could cause problems. Always try to run with, into, or
across the seas. Your destination may be 45 degrees to the seas. Instead of running at a
bad angle to the seas, it is safer and more comfortable to run into, then across the seas
until you arrive at your destination.
Running With the Seas
There are three positions (A, B, and C) that you could find yourself in when running with
the seas. Two are less than favorable. In position A, the water is relatively flat and the ride
is comfortable; however, visibility ahead is restricted. You cannot see beyond the wave in
front of you. Try not to run in the troughs of waves.
In position C, you are being surfed. Although speed and visibility are good, you are not in
control of the boat. Steering is difficult because of the opposing forces of water; you easily
could be broached. This is where the waves crest and break. Avoid the face of the waves.
Location B is the best place to ride. The water is flat and you can see all around. If the
trough ahead fills in, accelerate to the top of the next wave. When in positions A or C,
accelerate to the next wave top or decelerate and settle onto the following wave top.
Running Into the Seas
When running into the seas, set a base speed that is comfortable for prevailing conditions.
Consider crew comfort and/or delicate instruments you may have on board. Seas can
move at speeds up to 25 knots. If you are running into them at 20 knots, your speed of
approach is 45 knots. At 45 knots, the boat could be launched off the top of a wave and
cause serious injury and/or damage. Use good sense and set a prudent speed. When you
meet a large wave, reduce speed as it approaches. When the bow rises at the top of the
wave, gravity causes it to drop off the back side, slamming it into the water. Therefore,
when the bow starts to rise, accelerate. The bow lifts. Gravity causes the boat to drop and
acceleration causes it to lift. The bow settles easily into the water, eliminating pounding.
Keep the power on long enough to allow the bow to settle. If you take the throttle back too
soon, the bow will drop. Once the bow has settled, return to base speed and prepare for
the next wave. With practice, timing, and proper reading of the waves, you can make good
speed and maintain a safe, comfortable ride.

150
Running Across (Abeam) the Seas
Running across (abeam) the seas often is the best ride. The boat stays in the flat parts of
the water, looking ahead and upwind for large lumps of water. Steer around the large
lumps of water, preferably toward the back of the waves, since they break on the front. If
you notice a large wave building ahead and upwind, turn toward it and meet it head on.
You do not want to get caught side on to a large breaking wave. Once over the wave,
return speed and course to the original and prepare for the next wave.
Finally, sea handling is about reading the waves, then reacting so they are met safely and smoothly.
Always look a few waves ahead and pay close attention while you are driving. Waves will not come
at you evenly, nor will they maintain a constant shape.

5.25

All Terrain Vehicle (ATV) Operations Policy

Purpose
To promote the safe operation and use of All Terrain Vehicles while in the field when the
task requires the use of such a vehicle. It is C & C policy that anyone who operates an
ATV must be certified to do so upon completion an accredited training course.
All Terrain Vehicles, or ATVs are popular machines for use in isolated areas; used for work
and play.
Operated properly, an ATV can be a very useful tool. Using an ATV is serious; it can be
hazardous to operate. A collision or rollover can occur quickly, often with serious
consequences. Even routine maneuvers such as turning, riding over obstacles on sloping
ground or across water, mud or loose surfaces, the ATV handles differently from other
vehicles.
The following are procedures for the safe operation of an ATV:
Inspect the ATV prior to each time you use it to make sure there are no mechanical
faults or problems with tires, brakes or controls regardless if you are not the first
person to use that ATV that day. Your ATV must be in safe operating condition at
all times, with sufficient oil, gas, and brake fluid and tire pressure. Follow the
manufacturers recommended inspection and maintenance procedures.
Never carry a passenger, which can upset the balance of the ATV and cause the
operator to loose control.
Always wear an approved motorcycle helmet. Also wear eye protection, boots or
footwear with ankle support, gloves, long pants, and a long sleeved shirt or jacket
as conditions warrant.
Read the owner’s manual carefully and follow the operating procedures designed for
that vehicle as described.
Pay attention to the labels on the machine.
Do not operate an ATV without proper instruction; an ATV is not a toy.

151
Never operate an ATV on pavement. They are not designed for use on paved surfaces
and may be difficult to control.
Do not operate an ATV on any public road, even gravel or dirt roads. Collision with
cars, trucks, and other motor vehicles can be deadly. Do so with the assistance of
a spotter or flag person for traffic control.
Exception: Should a part of a survey task deem it necessary to operate the ATV on
a paved road, take extra precautions and awareness when doing so.
Do not ride at excessive speeds. With their short wheelbase and maneuverability or
the lack there of, ATVs are very unstable and easily flip on uneven ground.
Operate the vehicle at a speed that is proper for the terrain, visibility conditions, and
the experience of the operator.
Be especially cautious when approaching hills, turns, and obstacles and when
operating on unfamiliar or rough terrain. Keep at least 10 feet between your vehicle
and the vehicle in front of you.
Always keep both hands and both feet securely on the ATV.
Never attempt stunts, jumps, wheelies or other tricks
Always turn the engine OFF when refueling.
Be sure to replace fuses with ONLY the correct ones; using an incorrect fuse can
cause a fire.
When checking battery fluid, remember that a spark could cause the battery to explode.
Switch the engine power OFF and avoid sparks.
It is your RESPONSIBILITY as an operator to ensure that the ATV is properly and
safely ridden and maintained.
People SHOULD NOT operate an ATV beyond their physical or mental limits or
capabilities.
DO NOT consume alcohol or drugs before or while operating an ATV.
Transportation
The following information is for reference in the use of ramps when loading an ATV into the
bed of a pickup truck. Follow recommendations of the ramps manufacturer.

Danger!
Serious personal injury or injury to others can occur when using a
loading ramp.

152
5.26 Galley / Mess Food Handling & Sanitation / Vessels
Scope:

To establish food service procedures to be followed to help reduce the risk of
contamination and mishandling that could consequently lead to food-borne illness
outbreaks.

Purchasing & Receiving
All foods served in the mess must come from an approved source. Procurement
Officer must work with their suppliers to ensure the foods that are to be used
meet the food safety standards.
Temperatures and time are the two most important factors to control. Foods need
to be received and stored as soon as possible. The galley staff must check the
temperatures and conditions of all incoming food.
All refrigerated foods must be put away quickly to prevent time and temperature
abuse. Frozen foods should not have large ice crystals, be discolored or driedout.
Canned goods should have labels, no swelling and flawed seams, rust or dents. Dry
Storage of Goods

All canned foods and dry ingredients are stored in a designated area. Foods
must not be stored in areas such as restrooms, stairwells or hallways. Foods
must be stored off the floor and in closed containers.
Storage areas must be well ventilated and pest free. Dry storage areas can be a
food source for rodents and insects. Keep containers closed, in sound condition
and off the floor to help keep the storage area pest free. Stock rotation is a good
management practice.
Foods and chemicals must be stored separately. Chemicals must be stored
below and away from foods to prevent contamination.Cold Holding of Food
Cold holding is storing food under refrigeration at 45ºF or below. Refrigeration
prevents food from becoming a hazard by slowing the growth of most microbes.
Some organisms like Listeria monocytogenes is significantly slowed but not
stopped by refrigeration.
Walk-In Refrigeration Temperature
The walk-in refrigerator is the major cold storage area for food. The temperature
of a walk-in refrigerator must be sufficient to adequately hold the food
temperature at 45ºF or below. The temperature of a walk-in is usually colder than
45ºF to compensate the opening and closing of doors and demands of adding
additional foods for storing and cooling.
Foods need to be stored to prevent contamination. All cooked foods and foods
that will receive no further cooking must be stored above other foods. Foods
need to be stored to allow enough space for air to circulate around them.

153
Recommended Temperatures for Food
Here are the Culinary Institute of America's recommended temperatures for refrigerating
fresh foods to best keep the growth of bacteria down to a minimum:

Meat

and

Poultry

–

33-36ºF

Fish – 32-33ºF (that's why it should always be sitting directly on a bed of ice)
Shellfish:

Mollusks

Shellfish:

Crustaceans

Eggs

(clams,

oysters,

scallops)

(live

lobsters

&

crabs)

–

–

32-33ºF
–

45ºF
38-40ºF

Dairy (butter, hard & soft cheese, milk) – 38-40ºF

Fruit

and

Vegetables

–

38-40ºF

Crustaceans Are Different
The Danger Zone is 45ºF - 140ºF, but the recommended temperature for Crustaceans
45ºF! That's because they're live, so they have their own ability to fight off bacteria while
they're living. Any colder and they might die of the cold!
Thawing Foods
Thawing foods take several hours or days depending on the size of the food item being
thawed. Thawing must be done so that the risk of cross-contamination is reduced, and the
time potentially hazardous food is in the danger zone (45-140ºF) is kept to a minimum.
To thaw food safely:
Thaw under refrigeration (45ºF and below).
Under cold running potable water (safe to drink).
As part of the cooking process only when food depth or thickness is less than four inches.
This method will not work for large items like roasts or turkeys in a microwave.

154
Cooking Temperatures
Cooking is the thermal heating of foods at sufficient temperature over time to kill
microorganisms in the food.
Food characteristics also contribute to the lethality of cooking temperatures. Heat
penetrates different foods at different rates. High fat content reduces the lethality of heat.
High humidity in the cooking container or more moisture content of the food aids the
lethality of heat.
To effectively eliminate pathogens, there are a number of factors to consider: The level of
pathogens in the raw product and the initial temperature of the food and the bulk of the
food. Another factor to consider, to kill the pathogenic organisms in food, cooking must
heat all parts of the food to the required temperatures.
Cooking requirements are based on the biology of pathogens. Different species of
microorganisms have different susceptibilities to heat. To kill all pathogens in foods,
cooking must bring all parts of the food to required temperatures for correct length of time.
Recommended Temperatures for Cooked Foods
Here are the correct temperatures for cooked foods. You can cook them to higher internal
temps, of course, but these are the minimum temperatures they need to reach:

Reheating Leftovers: 165ºF

Poultry and Stuffing: 165ºF

Ground Beef:

155ºF

Pork:

150ºF

Beef:

140ºF

Lamb:

140ºF

Seafood:

140ºF

Rare Beef: 130ºF (this is for steaks and roast beef, it's not
recommended, but many people eat their beef cooked rare to
medium rare, so the board of health gives this range.)

155
Hot Holding Foods
Once food is heated or cooked, the food must be maintained at a temperature to limit the
growth of bacteria. The correct hot holding temperature is 140ºF.
The potential for growth of pathogenic bacteria increases once a food is reheated than the
potential in raw foods. The spoilage organisms that may be present in raw foods inhibit the
growth of pathogenic organisms by competition. Once a food is cooked these spoilage
organisms are reduced.
Serving Procedures
Develop good serving procedures to protect food and crew.
Serving personnel should wash their hands after busing and cleaning tables and after
touching any item that can contaminate their hands.
Avoid touching ready-to-eat foods with bare hands. Use a utensil such as a tong, deli
tissue or glove.
Do not re-serve unwrapped bread, rolls, or crackers.
Avoid touching the food-contact surfaces of glasses, cups, plates or tableware.
Personal Hygiene
Good personal hygiene of each food service worker is important to good food handling
practice. Improper hand washing is known to be the number one cause of foodborne
illness.
Galley personnel must wash their hands by applying soap and using warm water,
scrubbing thoroughly, rinsing, and then drying using paper towels, a drying device or a
clean towel.
Galley personnel must wash:
• All food handlers and servers must be free of communicable diseases. If a galley
hand is believed ill or a carrier of a communicable disease, she/he shall be
restricted from performing food preparation and service activities. Clearance from a
physician may be requested by the provider prior to permitting the employee to
return to work.
•

All food handlers and servers must wear clean, washable clothing, closed-toed
protective footwear, and hairnets, sanitary caps, or suitable hair coverings to
prevent contamination of foods, beverages and/or utensils.

156
•

All food handlers and servers must use tongs or other implements while serving
food. If hand contact with food is unavoidable, disposable hand coverings must be
worn.

•

All food handlers and servers shall thoroughly wash their hands prior to beginning
work, after using the toilet and every time hands are soiled.
Hand washing facilities in good repair and equipped with hot and cold running water
must be provided for employees within adjacent to the food preparation area. Hand
cleanliness is of the utmost importance, especially the hygiene of fingernails.
Unclean and long fingernails provide a great hiding place for bacteria; they must be
kept trimmed and short.
All food handlers and servers are prohibited from using tobacco in any form while
preparing, handling, or serving food or beverages. Tobacco must not be used in
any form in any room or space used primarily for preparation or storage of food.
“No Smoking” signs must be posted in such rooms or areas.
Galley personnel must maintain a high degree of personal cleanliness
and use a hair net as necessary.

157
5.27 Vessel Intruder Security
The following precautions are to be taken when transiting waters known or
suspected of harboring pirates:
a. Turn on as many deck lights as possible without blinding or causing any distraction
to the bridge crew.
b. Lock all exterior doors on the vessel.
c. Have charged fire hoses ready on deck. These at times will be enough to fend off
anybody attempting to climb onboard. Once a pirate is onboard and assuming he is
armed, then a fire hose would be of little use and should not be used.
d. If traffic / navigation permits, give wide berth to clusters of fishing boats. They are
favorite hiding places for pirates.
e. Use the searchlight to illuminate any boat or floating object seen to be in your area
or approaching your vessel.
f. Post additional lookouts / security watch between 2100hrs and 0600 hrs. This
would apply if transiting or working in a suspect area.
g. If the seaman on watch or the security watch leaves the bridge in order to check on
any suspicious activity they shall carry a VHF radio in order to maintain contact with
the Officer of the Watch.
h. If pirates are seen boarding or are onboard, sound the general alarm and the ship’s
whistle and pass the word over the ship’s PA system. Follow the instructions of the
Master.
i. Fabricate three or four “dummies: and place them in illuminated areas to give the
impression to any would be pirates that there are more people on security watch
than there actually are. This has been known to work in the past.
j. Monitor the back deck via a camera from the bridge
k. Reduce opportunities for theft by removing portable equipment from decks
l. Do not allow locals onboard unless their purpose is pre-established
m. If pirates get on board retreat to secure area and try to prevent contact.

158
6.

Implementation & Monitoring

6.1

Accident Reporting Procedures

C & C is required by both State and Federal law to report occupational injuries, illnesses
and deaths to designated agencies. There are also certain record keeping requirements
under the Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA)), which the company must follow.
Records for injuries, etc. will be kept at the Main Office and are available for review by
employees, state or federal agencies.
Records and Reports
Filling out forms and maintaining records is time consuming and can seem to be a
cumbersome, thankless task. However, because of the impact that our safety records and
accidents have on business, the importance of timely reporting and proper record keeping
cannot be over emphasized.
Our safety history is vital to our success with respect to providing a strong sense of security
to potential and current employees, our insurance costs, and our reputation with
customers. Therefore, it is critical that we maintain records that accurately reflect the safety
history of the company.
The prompt and accurate reporting of accidents is also vitally important to our success
since we are required by insurance carriers, OSHA, U.S. Coast Guard and other state and
federal agencies to provide them with timely and comprehensive information on each
accident.
Keeping accurate records also helps us to monitor how we are doing with respect to our
Safety Program, where additional training may be needed or where changes may be
required in equipment or procedures to improve safety.
Accident records can be useful in building a comprehensive base of information, which will
help to pinpoint particularly dangerous operations, or situations, which can be eliminated or
minimized in the future.
The information below is a consolidation of these reporting requirements into one set of
instructions, which will comply with the rules of all the various agencies.
General Procedures
Records of all employees will be maintained at the Main Office located at 730 E Kaliste
Saloom Rd Lafayette La 70508
Records can be inspected and copied at any reasonable time by authorized
representatives of state or federal agencies or employees.
Field Procedures
Telephone for Emergency Assistance using the 911 nationwide emergency response
systems or transport the injured employee to a doctor or an emergency room of a local
hospital.

159
Report the accident using the following procedures:
All occupational related illnesses and injuries must be reported to the employee's
Supervisor or Safety Director as soon as possible, but no later than the end of shift.
An employee may be required to be examined by a physician of the company's choosing,
regardless of whether the employee has consulted or plans to consult another doctor with
regard to an occupational illness or injury.
In the event an employee sees a doctor concerning an occupational illness or injury, the
employee must notify his Supervisor as soon as possible, preferably before seeing the
doctor.
A Return to Work Certificate: is required after each occupational accident or illness
requiring the services of a doctor. A doctor must sign it. It must be presented to the Safety
Director at the beginning of first work shift after illness or injury. It must state full duty or
what limitation if not full duty.
A Return to Work Certificate indicating full duty is required after an employee has worked
for any period of time on limited duty. It Must state period of time under a doctor's care. A
doctor must sign it.
A Return to Work Certificate indicating limited duty must state the employee's limitations,
the approximate period of time the employee will be on limited duty and be signed by a
doctor.
Copies of Return to Work Certificates must be delivered to the Lafayette office.
Notification & Reporting Of Accidents
The rules in this part establish duties of our employees working on a client jobsite, to make
investigations, reports, notification, and keep records of accidents, which may occur.
The term "reportable accident" means an occurrence involving one or more employees that
results in one of the following:
§

The death of an employee

§

Bodily injury to an employee who, as a result of the injury, receives
medical treatment, other than first aid, away from the scene of the
occurrence

§

Bodily injury to an employee who receives more than first aid
treatment at the time of the occurrence

Immediate Notification of Fatal Accidents
When a reportable accident involves the death of an employee or hospitalization of three or
more employees, the Supervisor must notify the C & C Safety Director as soon as possible
after the occurrence. This can be accomplished by phone or in person and must provide
the information specified in paragraph 2. of this section.
OSHA must be notified within eight (8) hours of the death of or hospitalization of three or
more employees if occurring on land. The U. S. Coast Guard must be notified as soon as
possible.

160
The notification shall include the most reliable information available to the Supervisor on
the following subjects:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Date and time of accident
Injured person
Accident description
Nature of injury
Agency involved
Unsafe conditions
Unsafe acts
Personal factors
Preventive action
Action taken

Reporting of Accidents and Investigations
Supervisor should start to investigate the incident immediately, fill out the Supervisor's
Accident Investigation Report and turn it into the Safety Director within eight (8) hours or as
soon as possible, if offshore.
Within eight-(8) hours after the Safety Department learns that a reportable accident has
occurred, the Safety Department must investigate and report the accident. The Safety
Department will confirm the information on the Supervisor's report, correlate the
information and fill out a final report.
The report must be conveyed to OSHA within twelve-(12) hours or to the U. S. Coast
Guard as soon as possible. A delay may cause a violation of statutory reporting
requirements.
The Safety Department must fill in the report in accordance with the instructions contained
on the report completely and accurately with the most reliable information available at the
time.
Accident reports required by paragraph 1 of this section must also be retained by C & C at
its principal place of business for at least five-(5) years after the end of the calendar year to
which they relate.
Notice of Death after Filing Reports
If after a reportable accident occurs an employee dies as a result of the accident and C & C
has already filed a report, then C & C must report the fatality within 8 hours after
notification.
OSHA 300 Log
OSHA requires that all employers keep a log of occupational injuries and illnesses. The
logs must be kept current and available for inspection. A separate log is required for each
separate job site/location.

161
6.2

Supervisor Accident Investigation Report

INSTRUCTIONS: In the event that one of your employees is injured on the job an accident
report must be filled out and submitted to the Safety Department. The Safety Department
will submit the report to Human Resources (HR).
The accident report requires that you provide the following information:
PERSONAL INFORMATION: List the injured employee's name, social security number,
and date of birth, age, address and job position/occupation.
ACCIDENT INFORMATION. Fill in each question with as much detail as possible. Give
special thought to the cause of the accident and what can be done to prevent similar
occurrences.
DRUG SCREEN. Company policy is to drug screen after every injury or accident. So, don't
forget to request it.
Accident/Incident Report Form Document The immediate supervisor should complete his
report form with the information available at the time and convey to the Safety Department
as soon as possible.
6.3

First Aid Program

Purpose
C & C Technologies, Inc. is dedicated to the protection of its employees from on-the-job
injuries and illnesses. However, when injuries or illnesses do occur, we are prepared to
immediately respond to the needs of the injured or ill.
This written First Aid Program is intended to ensure that C & C Technologies meets the
requirements of 29 CFR 1910.151, Medical Services and First Aid.
Administrative Duties
The HSE Manager, our First Aid Program Administrator, is responsible for establishing and
implementing the written First Aid Program. This HSE Manager has full authority to make
necessary decisions to ensure the success of this program.
Copies of this written program may be obtained from the HSE Manager at Lafayette
Corporate Office, room 425. If after reading this program, you have suggestions for
improvements, please contact Ross Heard, HSE Manager. We encourage all suggestions
and are committed to the success of this written program.
First Aid Personnel
The HSE Manager is readily available for advice and consultation on matters of workplace
health and safety.
The National EMS Education and Practice Blueprint lists the following first aid
designations:

162
First aid provider: Occupationally required to be trained in first aid even though they may
not be specifically obligated by law to perform first aid. Responds as a
•
•
•
•
•

"Good Samaritan." Uses a limited amount of equipment to perform initial
assessment and provide immediate life support and care while awaiting
arrival of emergency medical services (EMS).
First responder: Uses a limited amount of equipment to perform initial
assessment and intervention and is trained to assist other EMS.
Emergency Medical Technician (EMT)-Basic: The 2nd level of professional
emergency medical care provider. Qualified to function as the minimum staff
for an ambulance.
EMT-Intermediate: The 3rd level of professional emergency medical care
provider. Can perform essential advanced techniques and administer a
limited number of medications.
Paramedic: The 4th level of professional emergency medical care provider
can administer additional interventions and medications.

Training records for personnel trained to render first aid are available at C & C
Technologies, Inc. corporate office in Lafayette. These records are on a database and
specific information can be obtained from Denise Douglas, ext. 338, or from Jeanne
Tatman, ext. 3103.
Hazard and Medical Services Assessment
The HSE Manager assessed C & C Technologies for hazards to determine whether any
pose the risk of a life-threatening or permanently disabling injury or illness.
It was determined that the following injuries or illnesses are likely:
Injury/Illness type:
Not life-threatening or permanently disabling--Injuries or illnesses that are not considered
life threatening or permanently disabling.
Injury/Illness: Burns, cuts, pinches, struck by, insect bites, falls
Department affected: Shop, Electronics Shop, Field Crews
It has been determined that Life-threatening or permanently disabling injuries/illnesses are
possible but not likely.
Life threatening or permanently disabling-Injuries or illnesses resulting in suffocation,
severe bleeding, or other life-threatening conditions or resulting in a permanent disability.
The nearest hospital, clinic, or infirmary to the main office in Lafayette is, Lafayette General
and is located on Coolidge Drive. Other sites associated with field crews will be identified
in a job specific plan. Crews on board boats will use the Emergency Response Plan. A
paramedic is available on board the Rig Supporter & Northern Resolution or as assigned.
When hazards or locations change, the HSE Manager or designee re-assesses our risk
and determine whether or not we are required to train an on-site employee in first aid.

163
First Aid Supplies and Equipment
It is important that our first aid supplies and equipment meet the specific needs of our
workplace.
The HSE Manager has ensured that adequate first aid supplies are readily available,
including: First Aid Kits with Blood Borne Pathogen Kits These kits contain the following
as a minimum:
2121211115141112-

AMMONIA INHALANTE FLAT PAK
SCISSORS, 4” RED HANDLE BLUNT END
ROLL 5X5 WP TAPE FAB
BX 20 AST FT/KB FAB
EYE PAD-STERILE 1-5/8 IN
BX. PAD 2X3 ADHESIVE-FAB 10’S
ABCO 100 ¾ SHEER
BX. BANDAGE, GAUZE-1INX10YD FAB
EA. COMBINE PAD, 5X9
EA. NA PAD 2X3 AWC
EA. TWEEZERS FORCEP- FAK TYPE
EA. ANTISEPTIC, WIPES
EA. ½ OZ Anti/Burn cream
EA. BANDAGE TRIANGULAR W/2 PINS, 37”
EA. COLD PACK, SMALL
LARGE VIYNL GLOVES

We provide these supplies to the Shop, in vehicles and boats.
The HSE Manager or designee ensures that first aid supplies are checked prior to being
sent out on the job and that Party Chiefs and/or Boat Captains check first aid supplies
weekly. Supplies are replaced promptly when expended.
In addition to first aid supplies, vessels have an Emergency Response Plan on board.
Field Crews will transport by most immediate available means, i.e. ATV, small boat,
airboat, etc. to rendezvous with ambulance. Field crews will use cell phones to notify the
Project Manager of accidents or injuries and request assistance in getting medical care in
the most expedient fashion.
Because we have injurious corrosive materials, C & C Technologies provides drenching
and flushing facilities that meet the specifications of ANSI Z358.1, Emergency Eyewash
and Shower Equipment :
Installation: Shop, Lafayette, LA
Location:
Adjacent to Electronics shop wall
In the event of an accident involving corrosive materials contacting someone’s eyes, flush
eyes at the eye wash station for at least 15 minutes or as specified on the MSDS sheet.
Because it is reasonably anticipated that employees will be exposed to blood or other
potentially infectious materials while rendering first aid, we provide the following personal
protective equipment: safety glasses, gloves, and blood borne pathogen kit. See our
written Exposure Control Program for further details.

164
Training
Training is the heart of our First Aid Program. Employees should NOT attempt to rescue or
treat an injured or ill employee unless they are qualified to do so. Instead, they should
contact someone who is qualified.
Employees who are qualified to render first aid have completed C & C Technologies 's first
aid training program. The HSE Manager or designee will schedule training. Training will be
conducted by outside agencies (Acadiana Safety Association, CINTAS, and Acadian
Ambulance). The instructors for these agencies are qualified through Medic First Aid
First aid training is done by outside agencies as indicated above. This includes classroom
instruction. This training ensures that trainees are knowledgeable in: Medical Services and
First Aid, 29 CFR 1910.151(b), states, "In the absence of an infirmary, clinic, or hospital in
near proximity to the workplace which is used for the treatment of all injured employees, a
person or persons shall be adequately trained to render first aid. Adequate first aid supplies
shall be readily available.”
Training Certification
After an employee has completed our training program, the trainer will determine whether
the employee can safely perform first aid. The HSE manager is responsible for keeping
records verifying certification of each employee who has successfully completed training.
Each certificate is a valid certificate in first-aid training, and EMP America includes the
name of the employee, the date(s) of the training, and the signature of the person who
performed the training and evaluation.
Retraining
Trained employees are retrained annually to keep their knowledge and skills current.
Accident Reporting
After the immediate needs of an injury or illness emergency have been met, we require our
employees to report the event to their supervisor. Extremely minor injuries, like a small
bruise, do not need to be reported. However, those injuries and illnesses involving
professional treatment, time away from work, or a near miss of a more serious accident,
must be reported to an employee's supervisor. Even injuries that do not become apparent
until after the cause must be reported. For example, back pain that develops over a period
of time must be reported.
See Appendix of this plan (Accident Report Form).
Record keeping
The Human Resource Manager is responsible for maintaining the following records and
documentation relating to first aid, injuries, illnesses, and accidents:
Record:
Brief description: Location of record:
OSHA 300
Program Evaluation
By having the HSE Manager thoroughly evaluate and, as necessary, revise our program,
we ensure our program's effectiveness and prevent or eliminate any problems. Program
evaluation is performed When new hazards or work operations are introduced.. Program
evaluation involves the following: Checking documentation of first aid activities.

165
6.4

Disciplinary Program

All work activities occurring on any project will be performed in accordance with the
expectations identified in the C & C Safety Policy.
In the management of our activities, C & C Technologies is committed to the following
principles:
• Pursue the goal of no harm to people
• Protect the environment
• Manage HSE matters as any other critical business activity
• Promote a culture in which all C & C employees share this Commitment
• Promote the well being of employees as an essential part of all business activities
C & C HSE policy requires everyone to STOP any work, or prevent work from starting
where adequate controls of HSE risks are found not to be in place.
C & C Project Site Management has defined the following desired results for each project:
•
•
•

Attainment of all Client specified targets
No Lost Time Accidents
No negative impact on the environment

The discipline statement below is quoted from C & C Technologies Policy and Procedures
Manual This discipline applies to HSE as well as all of our company policies and
procedures. The HSE Manager, Department Managers, Project Managers and Party
Chiefs are responsible for the enforcement of the disciplinary program. Supervisors
identified, as showing an overall lack of commitment to company safety goals by a physical
safety inspection shall be held to the same level of disciplinary actions listed below.
The following examples of behavior constitute safety violations: Not following verbal or
written safety procedures, guidelines, rules, horse play, failure to wear selected PPE,
abuse of safety equipment, etc.
Discipline
C & C can only be as good as its employees. C & C expects the highest business and
ethical conduct from you. It is impossible to define all actions that may or may not
comprise this level of conduct. Over time, the "do's" and "don’ts" are spelled out in verbal
communications, memos or policy statements. Violations, depending on the severity, will
be handled in one of the following manners:
• Oral or Written Warning
• Written Reprimand
• Reduction in Pay
• Suspension Without Pay
• Disciplinary Demotion
• Termination

166
7. AUDIT & REVIEW
7.1.

Audit Procedure

This procedure describes C & C's internal marine Health, Safety, and Environment (HSE)
Auditing process. In this auditing questionnaire, HSE refers to health, safety, and the
environment - not just safety. The auditor should make sure that all three fields are
covered adequately. This procedure is a reference and guide for those who will conduct
audits and submit reports. This procedure provides a wide range of information on HSE
management and operational controls for marine seismic operations. The purpose of the
internal auditing process is to improve C & C's HSE management system by:
Obtaining information on the validity and reliability of HSE controls,
Assessing HSE policies and improving the control of specific hazards,
Ensuring that the appropriate remedial action is taken to deal with
specific issues and that progress in implementing remedial action is
followed through according to plan,
Identifying areas in which standards are absent or inadequate, and
Assessing the achievement of specific HSE objectives.
The Auditing process addresses key elements that are essential to a successful HSE
program. However this procedure may not cover every aspect of HSE management or
geophysical marine operations. Each section contains a list of questions from which an
overall assessment may be drawn. The questionnaires are intended to assist the auditors
by illustrating the potential scope to be covered in the auditing process.
The
questionnaires are not intended to be used as scripts for the audit process and interviews,
nor is it intended that every question be used. Rather, these questionnaires suggest
generic lines of questions that must be tailored to suit the terms of reference for the specific
operation or activity to be audited. In some instances, operational features may not be
covered in this procedure. When this information is not included, you may find it in the C &
C Technologies HSE Policy Manual, HSE Bulletins, and/or the International Association of
Geophysical Contractors' (IAGC) Safety Manual.
To maximize the audit process, audit teams are recommended. Local and crew
management and HSE personnel should make up the teams. Area management is
responsible for scheduling audits for their operations. Management personnel are
encouraged to participate in the audit team whenever possible. The audit team should
meet with crew management before the audit is conducted to structure and organize the
audit. After the audit is completed, the audit team should discuss the results with crew
management and leave the crew with a draft copy of the audit. The audit team should meet
with the appropriate levels of local management to discuss the results of the audit and
follow-up procedures. The HSE Department offers training courses for managers and
supervisors to improve their auditing skills. To meet ISM requirements, marine crews will
undergo full HSE audits annually, with follow-up audits every 6 months. Facilities will be
audited annually.
In preparing for the audit, selecting specific topics, and developing the structure for
conducting the interviews with selected staff, the auditor should:
•

Review relevant sections of the C & Technologies HSE Policy Manual;

•

Select the areas most relevant to the person(s) being interviewed;

•

Identify the most important questions to ask the targeted group of
crewmembers to be interviewed
167
•

Convert generic questions to specific questions for the area being
audited;

•

Add other questions that are not in the questionnaire.

Scope
The scope of the audit should include all activities of the geophysical crew and any
associated activities supporting the crew with the aim of evaluating the overall HSE
management system that is in place. This includes conducting interviews with local and
crew management; a review of the operational procedures, manuals, relevant reports, and
documents; a study of crew organization; and field visits. Auditing verifies management
control systems and identifies weaknesses and potential hazards to people, assets, the
environment, and the company's reputation over time. Therefore, every aspect of the
operation may not have been examined fully by the audit team during the visit.
The final report will be distributed to the Area Vice President, Area Manager, Project
Manager, Party Chief, Vessel Master, regional HSE Department, and corporate HSE
Department in Houston.
Authority
The Team Leader will specify the authority for conducting the audit; e.g., C & C
Technologies Internal Audit or Client Audit.
Assessment
The first step in the assessment process is deciding the potential category of severity of the
weakness or deficiency. Assessing the potential severity of incidents that may occur as a
consequence of the identified weaknesses or deficiencies does this.
The Risk
Classification Categories are defined as follows:
Serious - A serious weakness exposes the Company to possible failure in
achieving its corporate HSE objectives or results.
High - Although not serious, a high weakness must be brought to the attention
of senior management. Include here medium weaknesses that are brought
forward from a previous report.
Medium - A medium weakness could cause a perceptible undesirable effect on
the achievement of Company's HSE objectives.
Low - A low weakness has no major impact on HSE at the process level;
however, correction will assure greater effectiveness/efficiency in the process
concerned.
The assessment is based on the auditor's experience and indicates the likelihood that
undesired consequences could occur. After determining the severity category and
applicability of each of the weaknesses, the relative level of weakness can be determined
in relation to its position in the matrix (Table 1). Note that practical examples of each
category follow.
Table 1: Estimating Risk Severity and Level of Exposure

168
Examples
Injury/Illness:
1

Minor injury or damage to health - first aid treatment.

2

Moderate injury of damage to health - medical treatment. Treatment by
medical personnel, but injury does not restrict movement or ability to do the job.

3

Major injury or damage to health - extended treatment required. Injury results
in restricted duty or lost time with no permanent disability.

3

Severe injury or health effect - permanent disability or fatality.

Property Damage:
1

Minor damage - no disruption of production.

2

Moderate damage - slight disruption of production. Damaged equipment
repairable on crew with minimal time and money spent on repairs.

3

Major damage - major disruption of production. Damaged equipment must be
removed from service and major repairs made either on or off the crew.

4

Total loss - severe disruption of production, possibly permanent. Damaged
equipment must be removed from service.

Environment:
1

Minor effect - no permanent impact to the environment. Immediate or full
restoration possible in several weeks.

2

Moderate (localized) effect - no permanent impact to the environment, but
restoration will take several months.

3

Major effect - large impact on the environment for the short term (less than 5
years) or small/local permanent impact for long term (more than 5 years).

4

Massive effect - permanent impact (more than 5 years) on the environment on
a large scale.

Company Reputation:
1

Minor impact - little or no public awareness or concern.

2

Moderate (local) impact - some local public concern; some local media and/or
political attention with potentially adverse effects on the Company.

3

Regional/national impact - regional or national public concern; extensive
adverse attention in the national media. Regional/national policies with
potentially restrictive measures and/or impact on grant of permits.

4

International impact - international public attention; extensive adverse attention
in international media. National/international policies with potentially severe
impact on access to new areas, grants of permits, or licenses.

169
Presentation of Audit Findings
The total number and classification of individual audit action items is an important factor in
the systematic assessment of the HSEMS elements. Individual recommendations need to
be linked to the individual HSEMS elements. Recommendations may relate to more than
one HSEMS element, however the most relevant and/or important element should be
selected.
It is helpful to present this link between action items and the HSEMS elements visually. A
visual presentation serves two purposes:
It helps the Auditors systematically assess the HSEMS elements, and
It illustrates to those being audited how the assessment is structured around the
audit findings and recommendations.
A simple EXCEL® spreadsheet can be used for this purpose. Use this spreadsheet to
enter the number and weakness level of the recommendations as they relate to the
HSEMS elements. The spreadsheet also allows you to divide the report into categories:
People, Assets, Environment, and Reputation.
Audit Report. Note that some of the classification steps could lead to problems of
subjectivity. Similarly, the summarized results could encourage excessive focus.
Main Findings
This section explains the evaluation process that the Audit Team uses to assess the crew
HSE management system. A brief description is given of crew strengths and weaknesses
in each of the following key elements:
Management Commitment
Policies
Organization
Managing Risk
Standards and Procedures
Planning
Training
Measuring Performance
Auditing
Follow-Up Audit
Use the following definitions to complete the schedule:
Completed means that all items are completed.
Continuing means that the action party has been assigned and initial action
has been taken; follow up is required.
Agreed means that the action has been agreed on and the expenditure has
been authorized for completion.
Varied means that the same objective has been achieved by a different
method. Progress must be classified as either Completed, Continuing, or
Agreed.
170
Rejected means that the objective is not accepted and an authorized
variance detailing the reasoning has been documented.
The schedule is included in the HSE monthly report until all of the recommended action
items are closed out. A coordinator from C & C's local management will monitor and
record progress on the recommendations. The coordinator issues a first progress report
60 days after the audit, then quarterly until all of the recommendations are implemented.

Marine HSE Audit Schedule
Ref.

Action Item

Action Taken

Action By

Target Date

Status

171
Safety Management System
This checklist is for use by C % C Technologies auditors when they audit subcontractors
against the ISM Code.
Objectives
The purpose of this checklist is to ensure that subcontractors who lease vessels to C & C
are maintaining their Safety Management Systems (SMS) to the required standards.
Company Safety Management Objectives
Provision of safe work practices and a safe work environment?
Provision of safeguards against all identified risks?
Continuous improvement in the safety management skills of personnel on shore and
onboard the vessel, including preparing for emergencies related to safety and
environmental protection?
The SMS
Does the SMS ensure the following?
Compliance with mandatory rules and regulations?
Consideration of the applicable codes, guidelines, and standards as
recommended by the IMO, flag state, classification societies, and maritime
industry organizations?
Application
Requirements of the ISM Code must be met for all vessels over 500 gross registered tons
(GRT) by July 1, 2002. Compliance with the Code is not mandatory for vessels up to 150
GRT; compliance with the Code is voluntary for vessels from 150 to 500 GRT.
SMS Functional Requirements
Has the company developed, implemented, and maintained an SMS that considers the
following functional requirements?
Does the SMS reference all of the functional requirements listed below?
Is a safety and environmental protection policy in place?
Are procedures in place to support safe operations and protect the environment?
Have levels of authority and lines of communication been established?
Is a procedure in place to report accidents and nonconformities?
Are emergency preparedness procedures in place?
Are internal SMS audits and management reviews conducted?

172
Safety & Environmental Policy
Establishment of Policy
•

Has the company established a safety and environmental policy?

•

Does the safety and environmental policy describe how the following objectives are
met?

•

Prevention of human injury or loss of life?

•

Prevention of damage to the environment, in particular the marine environment?

•

Damage to property?

•

Has the highest level of management signed the policy?

Policy Implementation
Has the company ensured that the policy is implemented and maintained at all levels of the
organization, both ship-based and shore-based?
COMPANY RESPONSIBILITIES AND AUTHORITIES
Details of Ownership
Does the flag state administration have sufficient information on the ship operator, if the
operator is other than the owner?
Responsibilities and Authorities
Has the company defined and documented the responsibilities and authorities of shipboard
and shore-based personnel in managing safety and environmental protection?
Has the company provided organization charts that show the organization and
interrelationships with the SMS?
Has the company provided job descriptions that define the responsibilities and authorities
of each person concerned with the SMS?
Has the company defined the levels of competence that are required for shipboard and
shore-based personnel?
Has the company implemented procedures ensuring that all personnel are adequately
qualified and experienced to undertake their duties?
Has the company ensured that all other companies (i.e., subcontractors) with
responsibilities relevant to the SMS (such as manning, technical support, and
maintenance) are under the effective control of the SMS?
Has the company ensured that any responsibilities imposed by the ISM Code and
subcontracted to other companies remain the principal responsibilities of the company?
Do contractual relationships between the company and subcontractors specify
requirements of the SMS?
Does the company have evidence that the subcontractor is in compliance with the specified
SMS requirements?

173
Allocation of Resources
Does the company provide adequate resources and shore-based support so
that these designated person(s) can carry out their functions?
Designated Person(s)
Has the company designated a shore-based person with specific responsibility and
authority for the SMS?
Does the designated person(s) have direct access to the highest level of
management?
Does the designated person(s) monitor safety and pollution prevention for each
ship?
Does the designated person(s) ensure that adequate resources are provided to
each ship, as necessary?
Masters Responsibilities & Authority
Definition of the Master’s Responsibilities
Has the company defined and documented the Master’s responsibilities for:
Implementation of the safety and environmental policy?
Motivating the crew in the SMS?
Issuing orders in relation to the SMS?
Verifying that specified requirements are observed in operation of the SMS?
Reviewing the SMS and reporting deficiencies to shore-based management?
Definition of the Master’s Authorities
Has the company clarified and emphasized the Master’s authorities in operation
of the SMS?
Has the company clearly stated that the Master has overriding authority and
responsibility with respect to safety and pollution prevention?
Has the company clearly stated that the Master has the authority and
responsibility to request company assistance as needed to preserve human life,
protect the environment, or prevent damage to property?
Resources & Personnel
Master - Qualifications and Competence
Has the company clearly stated the qualifications required for command?
Has the company ensured that the Master is fully conversant with the SMS?
Has the company clearly defined how the Master is given the support needed to
perform his/her duties safely?

174
Manning
Does the company ensure that the ship is properly manned with qualified,
certified, and medically fit seafarers?
Familiarization
Has the company established procedures to ensure that all new personnel and
personnel transferred to new assignments are familiar with the safety and
environmental protection issues relevant to their duties?
Is an orientation carried out for new personnel or newly assigned personnel
before they assume their normal duties?
Relevant Rules
Has the company ensured that shipboard personnel have an adequate
understanding of the relevant rules, regulations, codes, and guidelines that
relate to safety and environmental protection?
Training
Has the company established and maintained procedures to identify the training
needed to support the SMS?
Has the company ensured that training is provided for all personnel who have
responsibilities with the SMS, including shipboard and shore-based personnel?
Does the company review the individual training needs for shipboard and shorebased personnel?
Information on the SMS
Are procedures and instructions for the SMS written so they can be understood
by shipboard and shore-based personnel who have specific functional
responsibilities with the SMS?
Are crew members required to demonstrate their competence with procedures
and instructions relevant to the SMS?
Communication
Are crewmembers able to communicate effectively with each other while
conducting their normal duties?
Are crewmembers able to communicate effectively with each other in an
emergency?
NOTE
The STCW Code requires that Masters and navigating officers on
ships larger than 500 GRT be competent in English.

175
Development Of Plans For Shipboard Operations
General
Has the company established procedures to prepare plans and instructions for
key shipboard operations concerning the safety of the ship and prevention of
pollution?
Has the company established procedures to allocate specific tasks to shipboard
and shore-based personnel?
Ship in Port
Has the company established procedures that apply to:
Maintaining harbor watches and patrols?
Liaising with shore authorities?
Monitoring trim and stability?
Accidental spills from the ship’s bunkers?
The use of reception facilities for oil, hazardous waste, and garbage?
The response to pollution incidents?
Preparing for Sea
Has the company established procedures that apply to:
Checking and recording drafts?
Checking stability conditions?
Assessing weather conditions?
Passage planning?
Securing hatches and hull openings?
Testing engines, steering gear, navigation and communications equipment,
generators, emergency lighting, and anchoring equipment?
The Ship at Sea
Has the company established procedures that apply to:
Bridge and Engine Room watchkeeping arrangements?
Special arrangements for bad weather and fog?
Radio communications, including the use of VHF?
Maneuvering data?
Security patrols, fire patrols, and other arrangements for surveillance?
Discharge into the sea of bilge water and garbage?

176
Preparing for Arrival in Port
Has the company established emergency procedures that apply to:
Testing engines, steering gear, navigation and communications equipment,
generators, and anchoring equipment?
Piloting?
Harbor stations?
Port information and communications?
Emergency Preparedness
Shipboard Contingency Plans
Has the company developed procedures to identify potential emergency
situations onboard the ship?
Has the company developed emergency response procedures for potential
emergency situations onboard the ship?
Are scenario-based contingency plans vessel-specific?
Emergency Drills and Exercises
Has the company established procedures for holding emergency drills and
exercises?
Do the procedures reference the applicable rules, regulations, codes, and
guidelines?
Are shipboard emergency drills and exercises modeled on scenario-based
emergencies?
Are drills and exercises used to train the shipboard crew?
Do the drills and emergencies involve the company's shore-based contingency
organization?
Do the drills and exercises require briefing and debriefing sessions?
Are the drills and exercises recorded?
Are the drills and exercises used to test the effectiveness of scenario-based
contingency plans?
Shore-Based Emergency Plans
Has the company established procedures for the shore-based emergency
organization?
Does the shore-based organization have access to shipboard contingency
plans?
Does the shore-based organization have access to relevant plans, drawings, and
ship particulars?
Does the shore-based organization have procedures to deal with the media and
other inquiries?

177
Is the shore-based organization able to contact the next of kin of shipboard
personnel?
Are specific responsibilities allocated to persons in the shore-based emergency
organization?
Do the procedures provide guidance on reporting requirements and
communications with other emergency assistance organizations, authorities, and
agencies?
Do the procedures provide guidance on how to handle protracted emergencies?
Do the procedures provide guidance on how to maintain communication
throughout the emergency?
Are the procedures easily referenced in an emergency?
Reports & Analysis Of Nonconformities, Accidents & Hazardous Occurrences
Has the company developed procedures to ensure that nonconformities,
accidents, and hazardous occurrences are reported to the company onshore?
Has the company developed procedures to ensure that nonconformities,
accidents, and hazardous occurrences are investigated?
Has the company developed procedures to ensure that nonconformities,
accidents, and hazardous occurrences are analyzed?
Maintenance of the Ship and Equipment
Maintenance
Has the company established procedures to ensure that the ship is maintained
so that it can operate in a safe and pollution-free manner?
Do procedures refer to the applicable rules, regulations, codes, and guidelines?
Are shipboard personnel given specific responsibilities in support of this effort?
Does the shore-based management have overall authority of shipboard
maintenance?
Are preventive maintenance procedures in place for:
•

Hull and superstructure steelwork?

•

Safety, firefighting, and antipollution equipment?

•

Navigational equipment?

•

Steering gear?

•

Anchoring and mooring equipment?

•

Main engine and auxiliary machinery?

•

Pipelines and valves?

•

Cargo loading/discharging equipment?

•

Inserting systems?

178
•

Bilge and ballast pump and separator systems?

•

Communications equipment?

•

Waste disposal equipment?

•

Fire, gas, and heat detection systems?

Maintenance Procedures
Do maintenance procedures consider the following:
Are maintenance inspections held at regular intervals?
Are defects reported during maintenance?
Are the appropriate remedial measures implemented?
Are adequate records maintained?
Maintenance of Critical Systems
Are procedures in place to identify critical shipboard equipment and technical
systems that, if they failed, could result in hazardous situations?
Are procedures in place to ensure the continued functional reliability of critical systems?
Do critical systems have:
•

Alarms and emergency shutdowns?

•

Fuel oil system integrity?

•

Cargo system integrity?

•

Emergency equipment?

•

Safety equipment?

Are procedures in place to test standby plans, equipment, or technical systems
that are not in continuous use?
Document Control
Are procedures in place to control documents and data relevant to the SMS?
Do these procedure enable the reader to identify the revision status of the
document and date of issue?
Document Changes
Validity of Documents
Are procedures in place to ensure that documents are available at all relevant
locations?
Is the shipboard SMS documentation relevant to the ship?
Has someone in shore management been designated to implement the document
control procedure?
Are shipboard personnel responsible for implementing this procedure?

179
Changes and Amendments
Are procedures in place to review and approve SMS-related documents?
Are the relevant shore- and ship-based personnel aware of intended changes to
the documentation and data?
Are personnel with direct interest in the document or data to be changed involved
in the change or amendment process?
Obsolete Documents
Are procedures in place to ensure that obsolete documents are removed and
destroyed?
If the vessel leaves the company, do these document control procedures ensure
that all copies of the SMS documentation are returned to the designated, shorebased person?
SMS Manual
Does the SMS documentation consist of shore- and ship-based manuals?
Is the SMS documentation structured so that every person within the SMS can
access relevant parts of the documentation as needed?
Is the SMS documentation structured so that those who use it can locate the
information they need easily?
Company Verification, Review, and Evaluation
SMS Audits
Are procedures in place for internal SMS audits?
Is an internal SMS audit schedule in place that incorporates all shore-based
offices and departments and all ships?
Does the internal SMS audit procedure define competency requirements for
internal SMS auditors?
Is the scope of the internal SMS audit procedure defined?
Is the purpose of the SMS internal audit procedure defined?
Does the internal SMS audit procedure require a written report?
Does the internal SMS procedure operate on a sampling basis?
Is the identification of nonconformities central to operation of the internal audit
procedure?
When nonconformities are noted, are corrective actions communicated to those
who can resolve them?
Does the internal SMS audit procedure require that the corrective actions be
closed out by a stated date?
Does the internal SMS audit procedure require that nonconformities be reported
to shore-based management?
Are results of the internal SMS audit used to improvement the SMS?

180
SMS Evaluation
Is a review procedure in place to evaluate these elements of the SMS:
Organizational management procedures?
Administrative procedures?
Personnel, their responsibilities, and their authorities?
Familiarity with and adherence to SMS policies, procedures, and instructions?
Requirements for additional orientation or "on the job" training?
Documentation and record keeping?
Management Review
Are procedures in place to ensure that management reviews the following:
Analyses of accidents, hazardous occurrences, and nonconformities?
Audit findings?
Recommendations resulting from class and statutory surveys?
System updates in response to changing circumstances?
Certification, Verification, and Control
Document of Compliance
Has a Document of Compliance been issued for the ship?
Is a copy of the Document of Compliance available for review on the ship?
Safety Management Certificate
Does the ship have a valid safety management certificate?
7.1.6

STCW Checklist
C & C Technologies will ensure that its boats are in compliance with the
following responsibilities as prescribed by STCW 95, as placed in effect from 1
February 1997.

Certificates
Do all employed officers hold valid national certificates of competency for the
function and level of responsibility at which they are serving onboard the ship?
[Regs I/2 and I/4]
Do all ratings qualified to stand a navigation or engine watch hold valid
certificates? [Regs I/14. II/4 and III/4]
Have all officers’ certificates been revalidated within the last five years? [Reg
I/11]
Have all certificated seafarers received a medical examination, recognized by
the certificate-issuing authority, in the last five years? [Reg I/11]

181
Have all certificates of competence been endorsed, in English, by the issuing
administration to attest that the holder meets STCW standards? (This may be
done in a separate document.) [Regs I/2 and I/4]
If required, do seafarers employed hold individual flag state recognition
endorsements?
(Although not required to issue flag state recognition
endorsements to existing seafarers holding certificates issued by another
country until 2002, some flag states may choose to do so much earlier.) [Reg
I/10 and I/14]
If required to hold a flag state recognition endorsement, do seafarers who have
applied for, but not received, this document have suitable documentary
evidence of the fact that an application to the flag state has been made?
(STCW 95 permits flag states to allow seafarers a three-month grace period
between the date of joining a foreign flag ship and when a flag state recognition
endorsement must be held, provided they hold documentary evidence that an
application has been made.) [Reg I/10]
Do all officers, and ratings involved in cargo work, who are serving on tankers
hold endorsements qualifying them for service on such ships? [Regs I/14 and
V/1]
Are original copies of the seafarer’s certificates maintained onboard the ship?
(Arrange with administrations to hold original certificates onboard in the event
seafarers need to get them revalidated or have them endorsed by a flag state
other than the certificate-issuing country.) [Reg I/2]
Have arrangements been made to ensure that certificates are genuine — not
fraudulent — and that they belong to the holder? [Regs I/5 and I/14]
Manning
Do certificates held by seafarers onboard the boat correspond with the safe
manning document? [Regs I/5 and I/14]
If seafarers do not hold the appropriate certificates, do they have valid
dispensations? [Reg I/5]
Record Keeping
Does the company maintain the following records on the seafarers they
employ? [Reg I/14]
•
Seafarers’ experience; i.e., service record before and during
employment?
•

Training received before and during employment with the company,
including any non-mandatory training?

•

Medical fitness?

•

Competence in assigned duties?

If record keeping is delegated to manning agencies or third parties, can the
company demonstrate that this is the case? [Reg I/14]
Are records readily accessible? [Reg I/14]

182
Ship-Specific Shipboard Familiarization
Has the company provided its Masters with written instructions on the need to
ensure that all seafarers assigned to the ship for the first time are familiar with
the specific equipment and operating procedures of the ship concerned; i.e.,
"showing them the ropes?" [Section A-I/14]
Do the written procedures cover the need to allocate a reasonable amount of
time for this familiarization? [Section A-I/14]
Do these written procedures cover designation of a responsible crewmember
who will ensure that seafarers new to the ship will receive information in a
language that they understand? [Section A-I/14]
When the seafarers have completed their ship-specific familiarization, is it
documented onboard? [Reg I/14]
Crew Coordination
Are seafarers who are employed by the company able to demonstrate that they
can coordinate their activities in an emergency or as they relate to safety or
pollution prevention? [Reg I/14]
Since crew coordination entails the ability to communicate in a common
language, can effective communication be demonstrated? [Reg I/14]
Are actions to avoid potential emergencies regularly practiced in drills or
emergency response exercises? [Reg I/14]
Are records kept onboard the boat to demonstrate that such drills and exercises
do take place regularly? [Reg I/14]
Minimum Rest Periods
Are all watchkeeping personnel provided with at least the minimum rest periods
as prescribed by the STCW Code? [Section A-VIII/1]
Are watch schedules posted so that they are easily accessible? [Section A
VIII/1]
Basic Safety Familiarization for All Seafarers
Have all personnel, including riding gangs, stewards, and cooks, undergone a
basic familiarization in safety matters before they are assigned to their duties, in
accordance with the STCW Code? [Section VI/1, paragraph 1]
Does the process used to familiarize the crew require approval by the relevant
flag state? (The wording of the STCW Code is such that flag state approval is
not necessarily required. If required, however, the STCW Code states that this
familiarization in basic safety matters can be proved by means of "sufficient
information and instruction," which implies that personnel should not be required
to attend a special training course and that familiarization can take place
immediately after arrival onboard the ship. The familiarization could comprise
verbal instruction, written materials, or videos.) [Section VI/1, paragraph 1]
Are records maintained of the personnel who have completed elementary
shipboard familiarization for purposes of inspection? [Reg I/4]

183
Basic Safety Training
•

Have all seafarers with "designated safety or pollution prevention duties
in the operation of the ship" as defined by the flag state received the
following basic training? [Section A-VI/1, paragraph 2]

•

Personal survival techniques?

•

Fire prevention and firefighting?

•

Elementary first aid?

•

Emergency procedures, pollution prevention, and occupational safety?

Can the seafarers who are employed by the company and to whom the basic
safety training requirements are applicable readily demonstrate that they are
competent in the areas specified? [Section A-VI/1, paragraph 2]
Establishing Responsibility
If the ship owner delegates the crewing operation of the ship to a bareboat
charterer or third-party ship manager, and/or if responsibility for crewing
operations is delegated to a crew manager or manning agent, is it clear in the
relevant contractual arrangements who is legally responsible for compliance with
STCW 95? (In STCW 95, the definition of company specifies that the party
responsible for compliance with the relevant Convention requirements has, on
"assuming such responsibility, agreed to take over all the duties and
responsibilities imposed on the company by these regulations.") [Reg I/1]
Has the role of Masters and crew regarding compliance with STCW 95 been
adequately explained by the company? [Section A-I/14]
Marine Operations
Vessel Specifications
Name of vessel:
Port of registry:
Flag:
Official number:
Classification society:
Class:
Owners:
Operators:
Where built:
When built:
Builder's name:
Originally built as:
Dates of major modifications:

184
Date of last dry-dock:
Gross tonnage:
Net tonnage:
Length overall:
Beam:
Moulded depth:
Summer draft:
Number of crew berths:
Number of seismic berths:
Documentation and Certification
Certificate of inspection of hull?
Certificate of inspection of machinery?
Certificate of registry?
International tonnage certificate?
Cargo ship safety construction?
Cargo ship safety equipment, including Form E?
Cargo ship safety radio certificate, including Form R?
Annual survey safety equipment?
International loadline?
Loadline annual survey?
Health and derat?
International oil pollution prevention?
Minimum safe manning certificate?
U.S. Coast Guard (USCG) un-inspected vessels:
Certificate of documentation
Letter of designation
USCG letter of stability on display (for U.S. flagged vessels)?
Are restrictions imposed?
Is a stability book onboard?
Does it contain hydrostatic curves?
Does it contain tank capacities?
Does it contain tank trim tables?
Have major alterations been made to the vessel since the book was last
updated?

185
Is a stability/flume tank onboard?
Are the draft marks clear?
Are the plimsoll marks clear?
Safety Certification and Documentation
Life boats
Lifeboat davits
Life rafts
Hydrostatic releases
Fast rescue craft (FRC) davit
Fixed firefighting equipment (inspection)
Portable fire extinguishers
SCBA bottle test certificate
SCBA compressor air quality test certificate
Cranes
Winches
Booms
I-Beams
Wire rope/cables
Chains
Slings
Shackles
Crosby clamps
Hooks
High-pressure tanks
High-pressure pipes and fittings
Pressure-relief valves
Charts and Publications
Is chart coverage adequate for the work area?
Is there a system of chart correction? __________
Date of latest notice to mariners:
List of lights?
Current tide tables for work area?
Sailing directions/coast pilot for work area?
International code of signals?

186
Mariner's handbook, or equivalent?
Adequate repair and maintenance manuals for bridge equipment?
Deck Officer's Bridge Log?
Radio Log?
Operating Procedures
Permit to Work
Working in Confined Spaces
Lockout/Tagout (HSE module)
Chase Boats (HSE module)
Working aloft
Man overboard (MOB)
Launch/Recovery of FRC
Fire and emergencies
Oil/fuel spillage
Severe weather
Helicopter operations
Collision with offshore structures or other vessels
Grounding
Loss of propulsion
Loss of steering
Loss of electrical power
Bunkering operations
Vessel security
Boat-to-boat transfers
Working on deck
Storage, handling, and disposal of lithium batteries
Working with chase boats

187
Emergency Drills
Are station bills posted?
Have all crewmembers signed it?
Are emergency duties written and posted?
Does the crew understand their duties?
How often are drills held?
Are drills evaluated?
Are drills recorded in the Ship's Log?
Date of last:
Abandon Ship Drill: __________
MOB Drill: __________
Fire Drill: __________
Injury Evacuation Drill: __________
Medevac Drill: __________
Navigation
Are navigation day signals in good condition?
Are navigation lights in good condition?
Do navigation lights have a backup system?
Is there an alarm system?
Is there a procedure for changing bulbs?
Whistle?
Fog horn?
Bell?
Emergency steering gear?
Are changeover instructions posted?
Is a continuous radio watch maintained?
Is the radio log maintained?
Is SOLAS Card No. 2 mounted?
Searchlight?
Is there a Navtex receiver?
Date magnetic compass was calibrated: __________
Is a deviation card mounted?

188
Fire Prevention and Protection
Are there two, independently driven fire pumps?
Are they in separate compartments?
Is one pump fitted with a remote starting mechanism that is connected to
the Navigating Bridge and fire control station?
Can all areas of the vessel be reached by two jets of water, one of which is
from a single length of hose?
Are all hoses interchangeable?
Are all nozzles jet/spray and are they interchangeable?
Is there an international shore connection?
Can it be used on either side of the ship?
Is it mounted by the gangway?
Is there an AFFF deluge system?
Does it cover the streamer reels?
Does it cover the streamer storage areas?
Does it cover the helideck?
Does it cover open deck compressor spaces?
Are all control valves free and clearly labelled?
Is a flow diagram located by the control valves?
Are operating instructions located by the control valves?
Date of last test using foam: __________
Date of last test using water: __________
Date AFFF last was analyzed: __________
Is there enough AFFF for a refill?
Is an inert gas system in the Engine Room?
Is an inert gas system in the Compressor Room?
Is an inert gas system in the Paint Locker?
Is an inert gas system in the Incinerator Room?
Is an inert gas system in the Flammables Locker?
Are there sufficient extinguishers of suitable types throughout the vessel?
Are fire blankets available?
Are there at least two firemen lockers?
Is there an SCBA compressor onboard?
Are training cylinders available with the SCBA sets?
Are machinery spaces protected by fixed fire detection systems?

189
Are all high-risk locations protected by fixed fire detection systems?
Are there sufficient alarm points?
Can emergency alarms be heard in all parts of the vessel?
Are alarms visible in high noise areas?
Is a fire plan mounted by the gangway?
Is there a smoking policy?
Are ashtrays available when moving from a smoking area to a nonsmoking
area?
Are the primary and secondary escape routes displayed in the cabins?
Are emergency exits marked by high and low luminous signs?
Are escape routes clearly marked by high and low luminous directional
arrows?
Are all alleyways clear of stores, etc.?
Are stairwells clear of flammable materials?
Lifesaving Equipment
Is the vessel fitted with life boats?
Are the life boats covered or open?
When were they last inspected?
When were they last launched?
When were the engines last run?
Are the davits free fall?
Are life rafts available for 100% of the crew on each side of the vessel?
Are they fitted with hydrostatic releases?
Are they SOLAS A-pack?
Are they fitted with EPIRBs?
Are launching instructions displayed beside the life rafts?
Are embarkation areas illuminated by emergency lights?
Is there an MOB raft?
Is it labeled MOB Only?
Can it be launched from all deck levels?
Are lifejackets onboard to accommodate 200% of those onboard?
Are they USCG/SOLAS approved?
Are they all fitted with lights, whistles, and reflective tape?
Are 100% spare life jackets stowed in float-free boxes with hydrostatic
releases?

190
Are donning instructions displayed on the boxes?
Are enough work vests onboard?
Are there 100% immersion suits?
Are they of an approved type?
Does the vessel carry a fully equipped MOB craft?
How often is it launched?
What type of davit does it have?
Is it on a quick release hook?
Are approved EPIRBs onboard?
Are they float free?
Expiration dates (batteries): __________
Are there four rocket lines onboard?
Expiration dates: __________
Are 12 red parachute distress flares onboard?
Expiration dates: __________
Are 12 red hand distress flares onboard?
Is a battery-operated Aldis signalling lamp onboard?
How often are the LSAs inspected?
Open Deck
Are walking areas nonslip?
Are obstructions highlighted?
Are tripping hazards highlighted?
Are there adequate hazard warning signs?
Is there adequate edge protection?
Is there a means to guard open hatches?
Do vertical ladders over 10 ft high have fall protection?
Are ladders nonslip?
Are portable ladders in good condition?
Is any scaffolding carried?
Is it in good condition?
Are all deck accesses nonslip?
Is all equipment secure?
Are storage areas for hazardous materials clearly signed?
Is the bridge top a restricted area?
Is it signed?

191
Are emergency batteries in suitable containers?
Are they labeled?
Are adequate PPE available for working with batteries?
Are drums and containers labelled?
Are filled streamer sections stored safely?
Are empty streamer sections stored safely?
Are all deck sounding, filling, and vent pipes color coded and labelled?
Are all watertight door seals in good condition?
Are all watertight hatch seals in good condition?
Is the windlass in good condition?
Are the anchor chains adequately secured?
Are windlass controls labelled?
Are they sprung to OFF?
Is the gangway properly rigged?
Is there a properly rigged gangway net?
Streamer Decks
Are guards across the stern openings adequate?
Is there a designated work vest area?
Is it signed?
Is there a designated safety harness area?
Is it signed?
Are there adequate securing points for safety harnesses?
Are adequate PPE available?
Is there adequate edge protection around the streamer reels?
Is the area covered by video cameras?
Is all equipment secured?
Are hydraulic controls clearly labeled?
Are hydraulic controls sprung to OFF?
Are hydraulic controls consistent in style and movement?
Are hydraulic fittings in good condition?
Does the reel operator have a clear view of the entire work area?
Is communication adequate to the necessary departments?
Is an MOB raft release located on the streamer deck?
Are fire and emergency alarms audible on the streamer deck?

192
Are there adequate bird storage facilities?
Is the lighting adequate?
Are the decks non-slip?
Are obstructions and tripping hazards highlighted?
Is the reel deck a designated no smoking area?
Is the housekeeping in order?
Gun Deck
Are guards adequate across stern openings?
Is there a designated work vest area?
Is it signed?
Is there a designated safety harness area?
Is it signed?
Are there adequate securing points?
Is the area covered by video cameras?
Is there a gun emergency stop button?
Is an MOB raft release available?
Are communications adequate?
Are hydraulic controls labeled?
Are hydraulic controls sprung to OFF?
Are hydraulic controls consistent in style and movement?
Are hydraulic fittings in good condition?
Are gun reels guarded?
Are high-pressure air hoses guarded?
Are gun reel brakes adequate?
Are pressure gauges shielded?
Are all winches, I-beams, booms, and cranes certified?
Are they marked with their safe working loads?
Are all wires, chains, shackles, hooks, and other handling equipment certified?
Are all wires and winches guarded?
Are all wires terminated correctly?
Is a planned preventive maintenance schedule in place?
Can all equipment be stowed safely?
Is the housekeeping in good order

193
Crane
Does the vessel have a crane(s)?
Are the controls clearly labelled?
Are the controls sprung to OFF?
Is the crane marked with its safe working load?
Are the crane signals displayed?
Are the signals understood?
Does the operator have an unrestricted view?
Are the operators trained?
Does the crane have a test certificate?
Do all the wires, hooks, swivels, and shackles have test certificates?
Does the hook have a safety catch?
Are the wire ends terminated correctly?
Are the hydraulic fittings in good condition?
Are the slings certified and registered?
Is there a planned preventive maintenance schedule for the crane and
associated fittings?
Are adequate PPE available?
FRC/Workboat Operations
Is there a dedicated rescue craft (MOB boat)?
Does it have a dedicated davit?
Is the davit tested and certified?
Is the davit manually operable if the hydraulics fail?
Does it have an "offload" quick-release hook?
Is the hook tested and certified?
Is the craft equipped with the following items of equipment, as required by SOLAS
for all types of rescue craft?
buoyant oars?
buoyant bailer?
binnacle compass (fixed compass)?
sea anchor and tripping line that of no less than 10 m (30 ft) long?
bow painter of sufficient length and strength?
buoyant tow rope no less than 50 m (150 ft) long, capable of towing a
life raft?

194
waterproof flashlight with spare batteries and one spare bulb in a
waterproof container?
a whistle or other sound signal that is not reliant on the craft's battery?
a waterproof first aid kit that closes tightly after use?
two life-rings attached to no less than 30 m (90 ft) of buoyant line?
a searchlight that will function for at least 3 hours continuously?
an efficient radar reflector?
sufficient thermal re-warming bags for 10% of the maximum personnel
capacity of the craft?
If the craft is of rigid construction, which includes RIBs with solid sponsons, is it
also equipped with:
A boat hook?
A bucket?
A dedicated boat knife?
If the craft is an inflatable (air-filled) craft, is it equipped with:
a buoyant safety knife (no point, just a cutting edge)?
two sponges
efficient, manually operated bellows or pump
emergency puncture repair kit (rubber bungs)
a safety boat hook (no pointed parts that could puncture the tubes).
Is the craft fully operational?
Is there a workboat(s)?
What type of workboat(s)?
Is it fully operational?
Have all small boat deployments been logged in the Boat Use database?
Have all small boat deployments been logged on the Bridge?
Is an effective, documented small boat checklist system in place for:
daily checks, regardless of whether the boat(s) is deployed?
pre-launch checks
post-launch checks, including deficiency reports?
Are all daily checklists signed, present, and completed correctly?
Do the checklist records tally with the deployment logs?
Is a planned maintenance system in place?
Are maintenance records kept by the Engineering staff?
Do the jet boats have an overflow preventer fitted to clear debris from the jet unit?

195
Are the dates of expiration for the pyrotechnics known?
Are sufficient spare parts available?
Have an auto bilge pump and alarm been fitted?
Are the radios and antennas serviceable and in good condition?
Has the crew been trained? Are adequate, trained personnel on the crew?
Are procedures available for all boat operations?
Are the boat crews aware of the procedures?
If a capsize-righting system has been fitted:
Date of last service: __________
Date of next service: __________
Is the system in good condition?
Fueling:
What arrangements have been made for fueling? Is there a procedure?
Have safety and environmental precautions been taken?
Is oil spill cleanup material available? Is oil spill equipment available?
Does the boat have a fuel gauge or efficient tank sounding method?
Are fuel tanks kept "topped off" to prevent condensation?
Helicopter Operations
Is there a trained Helicopter Landing Officer?
Is there a helicopter homing beacon?
Are there adequate communications?
Have all crew members been trained in helicopter ditching procedures?
Is the helideck certified?
Is the helideck nonslip?
Is a landing net available?
Is there adequate drainage?
Can the helideck be floodlit?
Burning and Welding Operations
Is a Permit to Work system in place?
Are the oxygen and acetylene bottles correctly stowed?
Do all spare and empty bottles have caps?
Are the bottles color coded or labelled?
Are the oxygen and acetylene hoses color coded?

196
Are the hoses in good condition and free of kinks?
Are all the fittings free of oil and grease?
Are flashback arresters fitted at the regulator and torch?
Are welding cables in good condition and free of joints?
Are welding lugs insulated?
Are adequate PPE available?
Are the welders qualified?
Is there a designated safe welding area?
Are welding screens available?
Engine Room
Is the lighting adequate?
Are there adequate escape exits?
Are they clearly marked?
Are they clear of obstructions?
Are hydraulically-operated watertight doors fitted with remote mechanisms for
opening and closing?
Are there adequate hazard warning signs?
Is the firefighting equipment adequate?
Are alarms audible and visual?
Are batteries stored in suitable and labeled containers?
Is an eye wash station available?
Are alarms and shutdowns on main engines and generators adequate and in
working order?
Are remote fuel shutdown valves free?
Is all the machinery adequately guarded?
Are hot parts adequately insulated or guarded?
Is all pipe work color coded?
Are all valves labeled or color coded?
Are all decks secure and non-slip?
Are decks clean and free of grease?
Are all obstructions highlighted?
Are passageways clear?
Is there a planned preventive maintenance schedule for plant and machinery?
Is it recorded?

197
Are oily rags stowed in noncombustible bins with lids?
Are bilges clean?
Are communications adequate?
Is the housekeeping in good order?
Stores, Workshop, Tools, and Equipment
Is shelving secure?
Are stores and spare parts stowed safely?
Is adequate PPE available?
Are portable power tools inspected and recorded?
Are bench tools (lathes, drill presses, grinders, etc.) adequately guarded?
Are they maintained by qualified personnel?
Are hand tools in good condition and stored safely?
Are proper solvents available for cleaning spare parts?
Is the housekeeping in good order?
Electrical
Are nonconductive mats in front of switch panels?
Are all panels in place on the switch panels?
Are hazard warning signs on the switch panels?
Are all electric cables flame retardant?
Are all cables terminated correctly?
Are all cables free of splices?
Are overhead cables supported?
Are all bulkhead penetrations fitted with watertight glands?
Are all switch panels lockable?
Are all electrical sockets labeled with their voltage?
Are electrical sockets in wet areas ground-fault-protected (GFCI)?
Are all circuits protected against short circuits and overload?
Are overload devices labeled?
Is all electrical equipment and wiring installed in hazardous areas explosion
proof?
Is a Lock-out/Tag-out procedure in place?
Is all electrical maintenance carried out by competent personnel?

198
Is emergency lighting on the Bridge, work areas, passageways, stairwells,
mess, and recreation areas?
Is emergency lighting tested weekly?
Is the radio's emergency power tested weekly?
Compressor Areas
Is the lighting adequate?
Are there adequate escape exits?
Are they clearly marked?
Are they free of obstructions?
Are there adequate hazard warning signs?
Is adequate PPE available?
Is the firefighting equipment adequate?
Are alarms audible and visual?
Are alarms and shutdowns on high-pressure compressors adequate and in
good working order?
Is all machinery adequately guarded?
Are hot parts insulated or guarded?
Are fuel and lube oil tanks labeled?
Is all pipe work color coded?
Are all valves labeled or color coded?
Are decks clean and free of grease?
Are decks secure and non-slip?
Are obstructions highlighted?
Are passageways between machines clear of obstructions?
Is a planned preventive maintenance schedule in place for plant and
machinery?
Is planned preventive maintenance recorded?
Are oily rags stored in noncombustible bins with lids?
Are high-pressure receivers labeled?
Are high-pressure air pipes and fittings adequately secured?
Are pressure-relief valves adequate for the system?
Are warning beacons used to signal that the system is aired up?
Is the housekeeping in good order?

199
Compressor/Gun Shack Stores
Is shelving secure?
Are stores and spare parts stowed safely?
Are flammable materials stored safely?
Is the housekeeping in good order?

Compressor/Gun Shack Workshops, Tools, and Equipment
Is adequate PPE available?
Are portable power tools inspected and recorded?
Are bench tools adequately guarded?
Are bench tools fitted with emergency stops?
Are bench tools maintained by competent personnel?
Are hand tools in good condition and stored safely?
Are proper solvents available for cleaning spare parts?
Is the housekeeping in good order?
Instrument Room and Stores
Is there more than one exit?
Are the exits clearly marked and free from obstructions?
Is the lighting adequate?
Are adequate and suitable fire extinguishers onboard?
Are all cables, etc., secured and clear of walkways?
Are all instruments and equipment secured and in place?
Are all bay doors in position?
Are areas behind the instrument racks restricted to authorized personnel?
Is communication to the Bridge, reel decks, gun decks, and gun shack
adequate?
Are the chairs ergonomically suitable?
Are the waste bins emptied each shift?
Is the housekeeping in good order?
Are stores and spare parts stowed safely?

200
Accommodations
Are the accommodations inspected regularly?
Are the inspections recorded?
Are emergency instructions posted in the cabins?
Is a lifejacket available for each bunk?
Are lifejacket donning instructions posted in each cabin?
Is an emergency flashlight mounted in each cabin?
Is a smoke detector mounted in each cabin?
Are lighting levels adequate?
Do all lights have covers/shades?
Are the mess room facilities adequate?
Are they clean?
Are recreation facilities adequate?
Are washroom/shower and toilet facilities adequate?
Are showers fitted with temperature-stable control valves?
Is the housekeeping in good order?

201
7.2 Inspections
Frequent inspection of the equipment and work area is necessary to know where effort is
needed to establish a safe work environment. Inspections provide a means of identifying
and correcting potential safety problems. Also, OSHA and other agencies require some
inspections.
Work Place Inspections
Supervisors are to make a daily inspection of the work areas and equipment under their
supervision. They are to look for potential hazards and correct any unsafe act or condition.
They are to assure themselves that their employees are provided a safe and healthful
place in which to work.
Routine Inspections
Federal and State agencies require routine equipment inspections. These inspections shall
be performed in accordance with the regulations. The equipment is looked at from every
viewpoint and unsafe conditions should be noted. If any condition presents a severe
hazard, operations should be shut down until the necessary action has been taken to
correct it. Remember that what you discover might be a matter of life and death. Get it
corrected. If the condition cannot be readily corrected by you, report this to Management.
Records and reports must be maintained on these inspections. The supervisor in charge of
the department that uses the equipment will maintain reports.

202
8

Appendices

203
8.1 Model Project Specific Emergency Response Plan

SITE SPECIFIC
EMERGENCY RESPONSE & EVACUATION
PLAN

Country/Area/Project
Date

204
Table of Contents
1.

EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN 206
MEDICAL E MERGENCY & E VACUATION PLAN .......................................................................
INJURIES / ILLNESSES REQUIRING FIRST AID ........................................................................
INJURIES/ILLNESSES REQUIRING MEDICAL TREATMENT .......................................................
INJURIES/ILLNESSES REQUIRING EMERGENCY MEDICAL TREATMENT IN (COUNTRY)
WATERS207
1.1
1.2
1.3
.4

2.
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
3.

EMERGENCY CONTACT INFORMATION 208
E MERGENCY CONTACTS FOR OFFICE PERSONNEL ..............................................................
(CLIENT) EMERGENCY CONTACTS ......................................................................................
(VESSEL OPERATOR ) E MERGENCY CONTACT INFORMATION ...............................................
M/V XXXXXXXX CONTACT DETAILS ......................................................................................
EMERGENCY MEDICAL PROVIDERS

4.

MEDICAL ASSISTANCE / ADVICE USING GMDSS
MEDICAL ASSISTANCE.............................................................................................................
MEDICAL ADVICE: GENERAL INFORMATION ........................................................................

5.

ACCIDENTAL SPILLS & WASTES AT SEA
5.1 OILS & FUELS..........................................................................................................................
5.2 OTHER HAZARDOUS MATERIALS & W ASTES ............................................................................

6.

VESSEL EMERGENCY PROCEDURE SUMMARY

205
1. Emergency Response Plan
The following C & C guidelines describe the emergency response procedures for
the MV xxxxxx while working offshore (Area/Country)
These guidelines address the following Emergency Situations:
• Medical Emergencies (including medical evacuation)
• Accidental Spills/Releases
• Vessel Related Emergencies
1.1 Medical Emergency & Evacuation Plan
The following is a description of C & C Technologies Medical Emergency &
Evacuation (MEDEVAC) Plan. This p
lan will be consulted whenever a situation
arises that requires medical attention. Included in this plan are procedures to be
followed for any medical situation, including onboard treatment and the possibility of
serious medical conditions requiring evacuation of the casualty from the MV
xxxxxxx
The Party Chief in conjunction with the Master will have the responsibility for
initiating any medical evacuation. The Party Chief will consult with the Master,
Medic, HSE Advisor and Client Representative in a potential medical emergency.
The Party Chief will coordinate any medical evacuations with the resources (see Figure 1.
Flow-Chart) listed in this document. While operating in (Country) the MV xxxxx will have a
licensed Medic from (Company) who will have 24/7 contact with his base in (Location).

1.2

Injuries / Illnesses Requiring First Aid.
All personal aboard the MV xxxxxx will consult the medic on board for any injury or
illness requiring first aid and/or medication. The Medic will keep records of all
injuries/illnesses brought to his attention. C & C encourages all personnel to consult
the medic on board for all types of injuries/illnesses, no matter how insignificant the
individual may think they are.
It will be the responsibility of the Medic to make all crewmembers aware of the
Injury/Illness reporting criteria.

1.3

Injuries/Illnesses Requiring Medical Treatment
Other than basic first aid the onboard medic will assess all injuries/illnesses
requiring medical treatment, and will consult with a medical doctor (telemedicine)
and obtain further guidance on the treatment he should give in order to stabilize the
patient(s) until such time as they can be transferred to a Shore Based Medical
Facility, as outlined in the MEDEVAC Plan.

206
1.4
Injuries/Illnesses Requiring Emergency Medical Treatment in (Country)
waters
In the event of a serious injury/illness (including life threatening) the medic shall
administer first aid/triage and stabilize the patient(s) in preparation for evacuation.
The medic will consult with both the duty Doctor at his base and the nearest
available doctor and request assistance for MEDEVAC to a shore based facility.
The Master & Party Chief will also solicit the help of the Client
Representative(s) as and when required for advice and for assistance once
the patient(s) arrive ashore. The Master will solicit the help of the HSE
Advisor to maintain communications with the emergency helicopter
operators and the shore based medical facilities until the emergency has
been resolved. The following steps are to be implemented in the event of any
injury/illness requiring emergency medical treatment:
The medic will evaluate, administer First Aid/Triage and stabilize the patient(s) for
transport to a shore based medical facility.
The Master will contact the (Appropriate Person) and request assistance for
Evacuation if required. The Master may call upon the assistance of the (Client)
representative(s) for arranging helicopters to the vessel.
The Medic will contact the shore based medical facility to where the victim will be
transferred and will pass on details of the injury/illness, including all vital signs, etc.
Depending upon the nature of the injury/illness, the outside medical advice given,
weather conditions, helicopter availability, and the help and support of other third
party facilities. The Captain will initiate transfer from MV xxxxxx directly ashore.
Should the weather not permit a safe transfer of the patient by helicopter, the MV
xxxxxx will immediately make best speed to the nearest port.
The Master/Party Chief will liaise with both the C & C Representative and
designated Shipping Agent to arrange all related details with the appropriate port
authorities, in order that the transfer of the patient(s) can be expedited.
Should an injury/illness occur requiring this level of medical attention the Party
Chief will notify the appropriate C & C Management as soon as possible after the
patient(s) are stabilized and the situation is under control.
It will be the responsibility of the onboard Client Representative to initiate his
reporting guidelines.

207
Medevac Flowchart
C & C technologies, Inc.

MV xxxxxxxx

Injury /
Illness

MEDEVAC PROCEDURE

Voice +xxxxxxxxx Bridge
Voice +xxxxxxxxx PC

(Client)
Captain / Chief Officer / Medic
Stabilizes
Patient
N
o

Inform Client Onboard
Major ?

Client Onboard shall
inform ????????

Ye
s

Contact Numbers

Patient
Recoverin
g
Onboard

Treated by
Onboard
Medic

Advise
C&C
Boat
Operator

Establish Facts /
Particulars
of Injured Crewmember

N
o

Facts
Known
?
Ye
s

1 . Name ?
2. Gender & approx Age ?
3. Injury / Illness ?
4. Taking Medication ?
5. Stretcher Case ?

1. Captain & Medic Determine
Seriousness
2. Operations Manager Up-dated
3. Client Rep. Kept Informed
4. (Client) updated

Record the Following
Every 5 Minutes:
1. Conscious ?
2. Main Symptoms ?
3. Pain Level ?
4. Respiratory Rate ?
5. Pulse Rate ?

Important Numbers
Doctor Advises
Medic to
Medevac

Ye
s

N
o

Transport
by Sea

Ye
s

Captain,
Medic,
Party Chief
Request Hele.
Evacuation

Captain, Medic, Party Chief &
Shore Side Contingency
Group
Initiate Assistance
for Vessel Arrival
In
(Port)

Emergency Contact Information

208
2. EMERGENCY Contact
2.1 Emergency Contacts for Office Personnel
Facility / Position

Name

Primary Phone /
Office Hours

Alternate Phone / Out of
Hours/ (Mobile Phone)

C&C
Lafayette Office

Houston Office

Country Representative

Agent

209
2.2 (Client) Emergency Contacts
Office
Home
Cellular
E-mail
Office
Home
Cellular
E-mail
Office
Home
Cellular
E-mail
Office
Home
Cellular
E-mail
Office
Home
Cellular
E-mail
Office
Home
E-mail
Office
Home
E-mail
Office
Home
E-mail
Office
Home
Cellular
E-mail
Office
Cell
E-mail
Office
Cell
E-mail
Office
Cell
E-mail

210
2. 3

(Vessel Operator) Emergency Contact Information

Facility / Position

Name

Primary Phone /
Office Hours

Alternate Phone / Out of
Hours/ (Mobile Phone)

(Location) Office
Office Switchboard
Office Fax
Emergency phone (24
hours)
Direct Line Emergency
Room
Secret Contingency
Phone *

2.4

M/V xxxxxxx Contact Details

System

Location
Bridge

Number

Note

Master

Party Chief

Client Representative

Insert other contact information as required depending on location of project, i.e. Coast
Guard, helicopter companies

211
3. Emergency Medical Providers
Office
Home
Cellular
Office
Home
Cellular
Pager
Office
Home
Cellular
Pager
Office
Home
Pager
Office
Fax

4. MEDICAL ASSISTANCE / A
DVICE USING GMDSS
All Coastguard stations accept MEDICO messages and are fitted with equipment to
connect vessels to a designated medical contact in their area. This in effect means that
ships can be connected by telephone directly to a Doctor.
MEDICAL ASSISTANCE
If medical assistance is required follow the instructions below and the call will be
automatically routed to Falmouth Maritime Rescue Co-ordination Center.
(a) select LES identification code (02)
(b) select duplex channel
(c) select URGENT PRIORITY (OR ROUTINE)
(d) initiate call
(e) when clear to do so either: Select : 38+ for telex, or Key 38# for telephone.
MEDICAL ADVICE
For medical advice follow steps (a) – (d) above, then
(e) when clear to do so either: Select: 32+ for telex, or Key 32# for telephone.
This connects the ship with the relevant medical authorities or to a special operator who
will ensure that the message is passed on to the medical authorities.
MEDICAL ADVICE: GENERAL INFORMATION
Numerous coast stations throughout the world offer 24-hour medical advice to shipping.
Ships can seek medical consultation on illness or injury. The trained GMDSS operators will
be aware of these locations. If there are language problems the GMDSS operator can use
the Codes from Chapter 3 (medical section) Volume II of the international Code of Signals
to help overcome any language problems.

212
5. Accidental Spills and Wastes at Sea
All spills and wastes will be handled in a manner to comply with the International
Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships, 1973 as amended by the
Protocol of 1978 (MARPOL). Generally, no materials/wastes will be discharged from
the ship unless it meets MARPOL standards. Accidental releases/spills will be
handled as follows.
The C & C Party Chief will work closely with the (Client) Representative to ensure
that all related reporting criteria is followed and that appropriate documentation is
completed and submitted.
5.1

Oils and Fuels
Should any petroleum-based product (i.e., oils, diesel fuel, chemicals, etc.) be
observed spilling from the MV xxxxxxx the source of leak will be located and
the cause of the spill will be immediately addressed. The spilled material will
be contained as quickly as possible for clean up, utilizing the onboard SOPEP
supplies. The leak will be isolated and repaired as soon as possible.
Operations will not resume until the leak has been repaired or an alternative
method of moving the petroleum product has been established. The spilled
material will be cleaned up immediately using absorbent material on board the
vessel. Any absorbent material contaminated with petroleum products will be
incinerated onboard or appropriately stored on board the vessel until it can be
disposed of properly.

5.2

Other Hazardous Materials/Wastes
Organic solvents, paints, cleaning agents and other laboratory chemicals may
be aboard the MV xxxxxxxx. Should a spill occu,r stop the activity that
resulted in the spill, contain the area as quickly as possible and consult the
MSDS for that material to determine the best clean up strategy. Clean up the
spilled material and incinerate or store the material in an appropriate manner
on board the vessel until it can be disposed of properly.
In the event of a spill or other discharge into the sea all appropriate reports
will be submitted, to both the (Country) authorities as well as (Client).

213
6. Vessel Emergency Procedure Summary
The following procedures are covered under the vessel’s Operations Manual
Fire
Vessel Collision
Man Over-Board
Pre-Launch and Launching Procedures for Rescue Boat(s)
Helicopter Rescue Procedures
Bridge Emergency Procedure, Machinery Failure(s)
Steering Failure
Electrical Blackout
Abandon Ship Procedure
Piracy and Armed Robbery Procedure
Vessel Security Procedure
Missing Person Procedure
Uncontrolled Flooding or Structural Failure
Oil spill and Shipboard Oil Pollution Emergency Plan
These documents are located xxxxxxxxxxxx

214
8.2

Model Site Specific HSE Plan

215
PROJECT SPECIFIC HSE PLAN
(CLIENT)
(PROJECT NAME / AREA)

216
Contents
Section
1.
1.1
1.2
1.3

GENERAL
INTRODUCTION
SUMMARY OF PROJECT AC TIVITIES
HSE OBJECTIVES

2.
7.1
2.2
2.3

PROJECT ADMINISTRATION
2.1 PROJECT MANAGEMENT
PROJECT INTERNAL ORGANIZATION
CLIENT INTERFACES

3.
7.2
3.2
3.3

RISK ASSESSMENT
3.1 VESSEL SAFETY MANAGEMENT
VESSEL SAFETY MEETINGS / OPERATIONS MEETINGS
VESSEL SAFETY MEETING AGENDA A CONTENT
ND

4.
7.3
7.4

MANAGEMENT OF CHANGE
4.1 PURPOSE
4.2 CLIENT AND C & C MANAGEMENT OF CHANGE
EXPECTATIONS
4.3 SCOPE
DEFINITIONS OF CHANGE
OTHER CHANGES
RESPONSIBILITIES
MOC PROCESS
DOCUMENTATION
TRAINING
AUDIT

7.5
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
4.10
5.
7.6
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4

WORKING WITH CONTRACTORS AND OTHERS
COMMUNITY AWARENESS
IN-COUNTRY CONTACTS
SUBCONTRACTOR MANAGEMENT
SUBCONTRACTOR EMPLOYEE
MINIMUM TRAINING REQUIREMENTS

6.
6.1

OPERATIONS AND MAINTENENCE
VACATION CONTINGENCY PLAN

8.
8.1
8.2

INFORMATION AND DOCUMENTATION
PROJECT DOCUMENTATION
HSE DOCUMENTATION
REGULATORY COMPLIANCE

9.
10.
11.
12.

INCIDENT ANALYSIS AND PREVENTION
ASSESSMENT, ASSURANCE AND IMPROVEMENT
WASTE MANAGEMENT
SHORT SERVICE EMPLOYEES

217
1.0

GENERAL

1.1

INTRODUCTION

(CLIENT) require the services of C & C Technologies to undertake a site investigation
survey of the (Project Name), offshore (Country).
This HSE Plan describes the general requirements for the survey and the methods to be
used by C & C in the performance of those services.
1.2

SUMMARY OF PROJECT ACTIVITIES

C & C Technologies will be undertaking a high quality geophysical survey of the (Name)
area. The investigation will acquire data using (AUV / Deep Tow Etc.) mode and will be
conducted on a 24-hour basis.
1.3

HSE OBJECTIVES

1.3.1

HSE Policy

C & C is committed to providing a safe and healthy working environment for our employees
and for other individuals affected by our work practices as detailed in the C & C Health and
Safety Policies. No employee shall be expected to carry out any activity on behalf of the
Company where there is reason to believe that their own health or safety or that of others
may be jeopardized. Each employee is fully supported in a decision to discontinue or not
perform an activity that involves unacceptable safety or health risks.
The company is committed to providing pertinent safety training and proper attention to
unsafe conditions reported by its employees or discovered through risk assessment or
safety audit. The company is committed to abiding by applicable safety rules and
regulations of local, state and federal agencies.

218
2.0

PROJECT ADMINIST RATION

The field programs will be coordinated under a single project management team who will
be responsible for ensuring a safe field program to client technical specifications and HSE
goals.
The following key individuals will manage the field programs:
Position
Project Manager (Lafayette)
HSE Manager (Houston)
Party Chief
HSE Advisor
2.1

Person

PROJECT MANAGEMENT

The Project Management responsibilities shall include the following:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
2.2

Project planning
Allocation of resources
Project record keeping
Production in accordance with relevant procedures
Project reporting as required by C & C and (Client)
Project debriefing
Follow up of internal and external feedback on the project
PROJECT INTERNAL ORGANIZATION

The following key individuals shall be allocated to the contract with the responsibilities as
stated below:
Project Manager, C & C, Lafayette:
Contract management and Client liaison
HSE Manager, C & C Houston:
Specific responsibilities for HSE implementation and record keeping

Name
Ross Heard

Party Chief, MV xxxxxxxx:
Responsible for the Quality Management of the offshore survey activities in
accordance with the contract.

Name

HSE Advisor, MV xxxxxxxx:
Responsible for the HSE of the offshore survey activities.

Name

219
2.3 CLIENT INTERFACES
Effective communication between C & C and CLIENT is essential for the successful
execution of the contract. key contractor/client interfaces are necessary to ensure an
adequate information flow. These are defined below:
Field Supervisor (Name) ⇔ C & C, Project Manager (Name), Lafayette.
• All notifications under the contract
• Issuing and acceptance of all variations
• Notification and issuing of Certificate of Completion.
• All project specific Scope of Work
• Project briefing
• Day to day project reporting
• Acceptance of work completed
• Project debriefing and feedback
• Project accounting
• Invoice checking and approval
Field Supervisor (Name) ⇔ C & C Party Chief (Name).
• Day to day scheduling of vessel operations
• Verification that the acquired data meets the requirements of the (Client) and C & C.
• Verification that C & C’s performance is in accordance with the contract by agreement
and endorsement of the Daily Progress Report.
3.

RISK ASSESSMENT

Risk assessments will be conducted prior to the commencement of operations in (Country).
These Risk Assessments will be carried out under the guidance of (Client) with full active
participation of all the main C & C participants.
The final version of the Risk Assessment will be included in Appendix 13 of this document.
The hazards assessments ("general' and "job specific" JSAs) developed by C & C for this
project are included as Appendix 13. These will be reviewed and revised as necessary
throughout this project. It is intended to document the hazards identified for the project
along with the relative risk and avoidance/mitigation measures for control of each hazard.
The assessments do not include all hazards known to our specific industry; new hazards
are added to this list, as they are determined. Assessments are made on the more severe
of consequences to people, property (equipment or environment) or process.

220
3.1

VESSEL SAFETY MANAGEMENT
SHIPBOARD SAFETY MANAGEMENT ORGANIZATION

Master
Client
representatives
Chief Engineer

Chief Officer

Party Chief

Engineering
Officers &
Crew

Deck Officers &
Crew –
Catering Crew

Technical
Crew

3.2

HSE
Advisor

VESSEL SAFETY MEETINGS / OPERATIONS MEETINGS

Vessel Safety Meetings will be timed and staggered in such a manner that everyone on
board ship can attend. It is appreciated that watch-keeping personnel may not be able to
attend all safety meetings, however arrangements must be made for maximum participation.
In addition to ship’s crew, Client representative and survey personnel will attend weekly safety
meetings in order to provide a constructive input into the meeting agenda.
Tool Box meetings will held each shift change and prior to any hazardous task. They will be
documented and recorded on the Daily Progress Report.
3.3

VESSEL SAFETY MEETING AGENDA AND CONTENT

The Agenda of the Vessel Safety Meeting shall at a minimum consist of the following:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Discussion of any accidents/ dangerous occurrences that have taken place in the
interim period since the previous meeting
Consider new safety actions desirable in the work place.
Discuss the operations planned for the next 12 hour shift
Ensure everyone is aware and familiar with the JSAs available.
Safety training
Discussion of emergency drills
Any other business

221
4.

MANAGEMENT OF CHANGE

4.1

PURPOSE

C & C believes that contemplated changes to a project must be thoroughly evaluated to
fully assess and communicate their impact on safe operating conditions, personnel and
community health and safety and the environment and to determine necessary changes to
operating procedures and other project documents. The primary objective of this
procedure is to establish a systematic process for managing change. It outlines the system
to revise any project safety information, procedures, practices and the agreed contract to
work. Implementing this procedure helps to assure that:
•
•
•
•
•
4.2

The impact of the change upon the health and safety of personnel and community and
on the environment are assessed
All affected personnel are aware of and understand any project changes
The change is documented and any necessary revisions are made to project
documents
The Party Chief will ensure that all the relevant persons onboard are familiar with the
concept of Management of Change.
Management is aware of, and will endorse changes prior to implementation
CLIENT AND C & C MANAGEMENT OF CHANGE EXPECTATIONS

The applicable expectations to project management of change are:
•
•
•

The health, safety, security, environmental, technical and other impacts of temporary
and permanent changes are formally assessed, managed, documented and approved.
Effects of change on the workforce/organization, including training requirements, are
assessed and managed.
The original scope and duration of temporary changes are not exceeded without review
and approval.

If implemented correctly, this procedure meets and exceeds the minimum requirements of
company management expectations.
4.3

SCOPE

This procedure is applicable to the client, C & C, and any subcontractors utilized during the
project. It covers all aspects of the complete project, from the restrictions and intentions in
the contract to work, through all aspects of project implementation.

222
4.4

DEFINITIONS OF CHANGE
4.4.1

ADMINISTRATIVE CHANGE- any change to a project document that could
possibly affect the health and safety of personnel or the community, or the
environment. Project documents include (but are not limited to):
•
•
•
•
•

Contract to Work
Client /C & C HSE Interface Document
C & C HSE Plan
C & C Risk Assessment
All procedures and policies affecting this project

4.4.2

4.4.3

4.5

ORGANIZATIONAL CHANGE- any change in the company and contractors
or subcontractors being utilized, or how the personnel are to be utilized, or
significant changes in crew composition or size.
TECHNICAL CHANGE- any change in technology and methodology, or
equipment other than what was agreed to in the original project documents
and discussions.

OTHER CHANGES
4.5.1

4.5.2

4.6

EMERGENCY CHANGES- a situation which requires an emergency
change to maintain safe and continued operation. That change can
proceed as long as the precautions to ensure the health and safety of
personnel and the community and protection to the environment are
taken and documented, and the appropriate level of approval and
endorsement by Client Representative has been secured prior to the
change. However, a change performed during an emergency or
unusual circumstances should be followed up with the appropriate MOC
in a timely manner.
TEMPORARY CHANGES- any change as defined above that is not
intended to be permanent or long term for the project. The length of
time for the temporary situation must be assigned. Temporary Changes
must have a MOC and assessment, but documents may or may not be
revised, if the change time period is not long.

RESPONSIBILITIES

The on-site client representative and Party Chief have the responsibility for assuring that
any changes to the agreed project follow this MOC process. Any company or contract
employee has the responsibility of reporting any contemplated changes to the project to the
on-site client representative and Party Chief for their implementation of the MOC process.
The Party Chief has the responsibility for facilitating the MOC and completing any follow-up
according to this procedure.

223
Change Request Form
Date:

Request No.

Project:

Location:

Classification of Change

Nature of Change

Permanent

Initiation

Temporary
Emergency

Operations

Urgent

Haz. Material

Personnel

Removal Date:

Equipment
Procedures

Parameters

Other

Minor

Regulatory/Permits

Name (Print)

(Describe)

Signature

Date

Originated By:
Supervisor Endorsement:
Justification of change:

Evaluation

Potential Consequences of Change (Positive and Negative).

Mitigation Steps and Special Precautions:

Does change increase risk?

Yes

No

(If Yes, attach copy of risk assessment )
Low

Risk Level After Change? (check one)
JSA Development/Review
Does change require?
Comments: no ( procedure well developed)

Cost:

High

Document Changes

Training

0

Name (Print)
Approvals

Medium

Proposed By:
Reviewed By:
Reviewed By:
Reviewed By:
Approved By:
Approved By:

Signature

Date:

Title/Company

/"Contractor"
/"Client"

224
Change Request Form (continued)
Date:

Initial:

Date:

Training requirements completed: N/A
List training conducted:

Initial:

Date:

Regulatory/Permit requirements completed: N/A
Describe requirements:

Initial:

Date:

Temporary change completed: N/A
Return to Normal Operations Date:

Initial:

Date:

Change Implementations Completed:

Initial:

Date:

Summary of Lesson Learned Completed:
List lessons learned:

Close-Out

Initial:

Documentation changes completed: N/A
List documents changed:

Implementation

Change communicated to all parties involved:
Describe method of communication:

Initial:

Date:

Note:

Share Lessons Learned with Contractor and Client as appropriate.
Update Change Management Log.

Change Request Form Closed:

Signature:

Date:

225
5.

WORKING WITH CONTRACTORS AND OTHERS

C & C is committed to using only contractors who demonstrate that they are committed to
preventing accidents and protecting the environment. In addition, contractors are solely
responsible for furnishing employees training to perform their job in a safe and
environmentally sound manner. To assist in this effort, safety and training expectations
have been established for all contractors.
In the event that there is a conflict concerning HSE requirements with a contractor, the
more stringent requirements will be followed. The on-site HSE Advisor, in consultation with
the client representative, will handle HSE conflict resolution. The HSE Advisor will have
full authority to stop work or delay an activity until any potential HSE conflict has been
resolved.
The client Representative has the authority and responsibility to stop contractor and
subcontractor work activities if required for HSE reasons.
5.1

COMMUNITY AWARENESS

C & C will work in close conjunction with all main public services and are fully aware that
policy statements and the work practices reflect on the Company image and the image of
those that have engaged the company services. C & C's main concern is to promote a safe
environment and to assist all parties in contributing towards an incident free operation. C &
C promotes a good working relationship within the local community regardless of where the
project is located.

226
5.2

CONTACT INFORMATION

C&C

Title

Responsibility

Telephone/Cell/email

Vessel Operator

Client

227
5.3

SUBCONTRACTOR MANAGEMENT

Subcontractor management is expected to meet or exceed the following:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Communicate the requirements of “ Subcontractor Employees Safety
Expectations”, as described in this section.
Have written safety and environmental policies and procedures that are effectively
communicated to all employees.
Require employees to report all occupational injuries, illnesses and incidents
immediately to their supervisor.
Cooperate fully in any incident investigations conducted by C & C or client.
Provide employees who are physically fit, adequately trained, and qualified to
perform their jobs.
Provide employees with proper and safe tools and equipment and ensure that they
are used appropriately. This includes personal protective equipment.
Provide a training program that meets or exceeds the minimum requirements of C &
C.
As evidence that personnel have been trained to perform their assigned duties,
management should be capable of providing documentation of its employees
training.
Have a substance abuse policy, which meets or exceeds C & C and client
requirements.
Meet appropriate government regulations and C & C policies and procedures.

MINIMUM TRAINING REQUIREMENTS
All contractors must meet or exceed C & C’s minimum training requirements valid for the
projected duration of the project.
It will be the responsibility of the Captain or Party Chief to assure that all involved have
covered the HSE material relevant to this project. If client has additional safety training
requirements beyond C & C’s internal requirements, additional training will be completed
prior to mobilization.
INFORMATION AND DOCUMENTATION
PROJECT DOCUMENTATION
C & C will document all phases of the field data acquisition activities and reporting
processes including:
• Clear documentation and daily reporting of all field activities including HSE issues
as may be warranted.
• Labeling and inventory of all data and samples acquired under a unique project
number.
HSE DOCUMENTATION
The following is a list of HSE reports that are to be kept on file:
• All minor, serious and major accidents reports
• Near misses, Unsafe Acts and Hazard reports
• Spill reports including near miss
• Accident and near miss summary
• Medical illness reports and summary

228
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Number of personnel and exposure hours.
Drug testing forms.
Environmental forms (MSDS), disposal tracking, etc.
Incident statistical summary, including all subcontractor personnel
Toolbox meetings will be documented in the Daily Progress Reports as per the
specifications.
All emergency drills will be documented in the Daily Progress Reports and Monthly
Safety Reports as per the specifications.
Permits to work will be documented and stored with the vessels logs, and will be
available on request.
Safety Meeting Reports
Emergency Drill Reports
Number of Drug and Alcohol Tests conducted
Number of FRC/Workboat launches
Number of FRC/Workboat hours
Waste disposal – category and amount

REGULATORY COMPLIANCE
C & C Technologies will comply with all relevant local, state and Federal regulations.
Business activities are covered primarily by the following regulations:
• OSHA (Code of Federal Regulations).
• United States Coast Guard.
• SOLAS.
• MARPOL.
• Environmental Protection Act.
• Minerals Management Service.
• National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH).
• Environmental Protection Act.
• International Maritime Organization (IMO).
• Federal Aviation Administration (FAA).
• U.S. Department of Transportation.
The Company considers the following recognized associations’ regulations, guidelines and
additional materials relevant to the Company’s operations:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

International Association of Geophysical Contractors (IAGC).
Offshore Marine Services Association (OMSA).
American Petroleum Institute (API).
Petroleum Education Council (PEC).
International Maritime Organization (IMO).
American National Standards Institute (ANSI).
International Maritime Organization (IMO).
International Association Of Oil &Gas Producers (OGP)
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers HSE Manual (EM 385-1)

229
INCIDENT ANALYSIS AN D PREVENTION
It is the policy of C & C to investigate all accidents/incidents that result in injuries or
property damage, or may have the potential of causing serious injury or property damage.
The investigations shall be conducted to determine the root causes of the accident/incident
so as to take the appropriate action to prevent reoccurrence.
The Party Chief is responsible for informing the Client representatives and for contacting
the HSE Department as soon as possible with all the facts of the accident/incident to
ensure that an investigation has commenced and mandatory notifications, senior
management notifications and client’s have been informed. T HSE Department will
he
direct the investigation process. The HSE Advisor shall determine and implement the
appropriate measures to prevent reoccurrence.
Incident reporting Procedures:
Incident reports are to be originated by the employee or subcontractor involved for all
incidents where medical treatment is required, near misses and any and all other incidents
as deemed necessary by client. An employee or subcontractor must immediately report to
the supervisor any injury sustained at work, no matter how slight the injury may be. Incident
reports are also used to report equipment loss or damage and environmental issues.
Incidents involving lost time, serious bodily injury, or extensive loss or damage must be
phoned promptly to:
1. HSE Department
2. Project Manager
3. Client Representative
All incidents to be immediately reported to the client Representative followed by a written
report as soon as practical. Spills or other environmental incidents or near misses are to
be immediately reported to the client Representative followed by a preliminary written
report to be issued to client within 2 hours.
Investigation Procedures:
A Root Cause Analysis must be done for any incident requiring medical treatment or
equipment damage of $500 or more. Root cause investigations will be initiated by the HSE
advisor on the crew with input from all effected parties including but not limited to the
Master, client Representative and Party Chief..
Investigation Procedures
The purpose of an investigation is to find out what caused the accident/incident so it can be
prevented in the future.
Investigations are not to apportion blame but to find out what happened. Investigations help
measure the effectiveness of the C & C Safety program. The examination of actual events
can be of great benefit in revealing hazards that had not been seen in regular inspections.
Investigation can also reveal trends that would otherwise go unnoticed.
Details on incident investigation procedures are documented in the Incident Investigation
section of the C & C HSE Manual.

230
ASSESSMENT, ASSURANCE AND IMPROVEMENT
C & C supports an ongoing HSE assessment program to document performance and
identify specific areas for improvement. This program is managed by the HSE Manager
and Senior Operations Managers who work closely with employees to identify potential
problem areas and implement change.
Employee interaction includes:
•

Empowerment and encouragement for the individual to take the initiative when it
comes to identifying and rectifying potential unsafe work situations and improving
overall work practices.

•

Individual responsibility to stop work in unsafe situations.

•

Continuing education and safety training programs.

•

Open door policy with management on all issues of safety.

•

Employee participation in ongoing safety and quality improvement programs.

WASTE MANAGEMENT
Waste management will follow MARPOL requirements when working in a marine
environment. The vessel will not discharge any liquid or solid waste into the marine
environment. Solid waste includes, but is not limited to, containers, equipment, rubbish,
plastic, glass and any other non-biodegradable items. Liquid waste includes, but is not
limited to, diesel fuel, gasoline, motor oil, hydraulic fluid, polluted water and other similar
materials. A food grinder will be provided on board to reduce waste prior to discharge.
C & C will keep a log showing use of fuels, etc. and disposal of waste which will be
presented to (Client) monthly and at the completion of the project. Copies of manifests
showing disposition of wastes at licensed facilities will also be provided.
The Party Chief will keep a log with approximate location of any items accidentally lost
overboard. A copy of this log will be provided to (Client).
SHORT SERVICE EMPLOYEES
Due to the nature of the work being undertaken by C & C, short service employees are
sometimes hired based upon the needs of a particular project. Consequently, C & C has
developed a “Short Work Service Program” to address the issues associated with the
safety and health of Short Service Employees (SSE). This program assures that SSE’s
receive the necessary training that will ensure their safety and health as well as the safety
and health of those working with the SSE.
A SSE, as established by the oil exploration industry, is an individual who does not meet at
least one of the following criteria: 1.) Has worked more than six (6) months current
continuous service with FMMG, or 2.) Has more than twelve (12) months of appropriate
experience that ended within the previous 12 months.

231
The C & C SSE Program includes the following:
•

A SSE will work with a qualified mentor (an employee fully trained and qualified
with respect to their current job and HSE issues), who will ensure that the SSE
is only performing tasks for which they have received the proper training.

•

The mentor and a supervisor will evaluate the performance and progress of the
SSE until they are confident that the individual(s) are fully qualified for the job.

•

A SSE will wear a Green hard hat in order that they can easily be identified.

•

SSE personnel are required to attend and participate in the FMMG
orientation/induction-training program.

•

SSE personnel will also receive training required by all crewmembers aboard
the vessel, (e.g.: Sea Survival – Standard First Aid & CPR Training).

•

SSE personnel will not be assigned supervisory duties or placed in a safety
sensitive position until they are adequately trained and the required experience
level is achieved.

•

An employee designated as a SSE will remain so for a minimum of six (6)
months, depending upon the nature of the job, and individual performance.

The client will be kept informed of the number of SSE’s assigned to any particular project
as well as their progress.

232
8.3

Emergency Response Data Sheet

Date:____________
_________________________
Time____________ Am /Pm

Dispatcher’s name

Callers Name:
_______________________________________________________________________
Callers
Supervisor:______________________________________________________________
_________
Callers
Location_________________________________________________________________
Who is involved in the
accident/incident:_________________________________________________________
_
What happened?:
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
What steps have been taken to help the person involved in the accident/incident:
Other information relevant to the situation :
Time Project Manager /HSE Manager or backup was called:

__________ Am/Pm

Project Manager’s Instructions or comments:
If Emergency Response Team needs to be activated note the time each member or
backup member was called.
Ross Heard
Jeff Sides
Thomas Chance
Jimmy Chance
Dave Alleman

_____________AM/PM
_____________AM/PM
_____________AM/PM
_____________AM/PM
_____________AM/PM

233
8.4

Accident/Injury Report Form

TO BE COMPLETED BY EMPLOYEE
Name:

Soc. Sec. No.
AGE
Accident Date
Time:
------Description of Accident: Describe work being done prior to accident and how the accident
happened.
Describe all injuries resulting from accident.
Describe all acts, conditions, or other factors, which you think caused this accident.
List all Personal Protective Equipment worn at time of accident.
In your opinion what can you do to prevent this type of accident in the future?
Signature

Title

Date

TO BE COMPLETED BY SUPERVISOR
Your Name

Date accident reported to you

Time:

Date safety dept. Time safety dept. was Investigation: Did accident result in a lost time
was notified
notified
injury?
Was job being done at time of accident Was employee working overtime?
normal part of duties?
If so, How long on shift?
What mechanical, Physical or Environmental conditions were present at the time of accident?
List persons in or near area at the time of accident.
What behavior by injured and/or others contributed to accident?
How did the accident occur?
List any damaged property.
List action taken to prevent recurrence of similar accident.
Employee’s full name

Field location

Length
of Length of time in Number
of How many of the previous injuries
company
present job
previous
resulted in:
service
injuries
NO LOST TIME
LOST TIME
Accident location
Accident date Day of week
Time
Your signature

Date

Reviewed by HSE

234
Signature

Date

TYPE OF INJURY

TYPE OF ACCIDENT

•
Struck
against
• Struck by
• Caught in,
on, under, or
between
• Fall on same
level
•
Fall
to
different level
•
Sudden
muscular
movement
• Twist
• Overexertion
• Rubbed or
Abraded
• Inhalation of
Vapors, Fumes,
ETC

•
Bruise
(contusion,
crushing)
•
Cut
(laceration,
puncture)
•
Scrape
(abrasion,
scratch)
•
Sprain,
Strain,
Dislocation
• Fracture

•Occu.
Injury
•Occu.Il
lness

• First Aid
Medical (REC)
• First Aid, Medic
Lost Time (REC)
• Fatality

• Ingestion
•
Contact
with
Temperature extremes
• Contact with Electrical
current
• Contact with Insects,
Animals
• Contact with Radiation,
Sun
• Contact with Corrosives,
Toxic
chemicals,
Noxious
substances
or Plants
• Motor vehicle accident
• Other, Specify

• Amputation
• Concussion
Bite / Stin
• Frostbite
•
Burn
(heat,
chem. or radiation

PART OF BODY INJURED

• Regular
• Part-time
•
Temporary/Co
ntractor

INJURY
CLASS

EMPLOYMEN
T

TO BE COMPLETED BY HSE AND/OR SUPERVISOR

• Shock
•
Foreign
matter in Eye
•
Heat
exhaustion
• Irritation

•
•

•
Head
• Face
• Ear
• Eye
•
Neck
•
Shoul
der
• Arm
•
Elbow
•
Wrist
•
Hand
•
Finger
•
Back

Est. or actual workdays lost
Date returned to work
• Chest (incl. Ribs)
• Respiratory system
• Internal organs
• Abdomen
• Hip
• Groin
• Leg
• Knee
• Ankle
• Foot
• Toe
• Other, Specify_______

• Dermatitis
• Poisoning
•
Other,
Specify
__________________________________
________________

235
CONTRIBUTING ACT (S)
CONTRIB

• Improper use of
equipment / tool /
vehicle
•
Operating
or
working at unsafe
speed
• Operating without
authority
•
Taking
unsafe
position
• Handling materials
incorrectly
• Using makeshift
equipment / tool
• Using defective
equipment / tool
• Improper lifting /
carrying / loading
• Employee attitude
• Lack of knowledge /
skill

Physical defect (eyesight
hearing, etc.)
•
Not
following
rules
/
procedures
•
Making
safety
devices
inoperative
•
Working
on
moving,
electrically
energized or pressurized
equipment
• Not using proper PPE
• Wearing of jewelry / loose
clothes
• Chemicals / Flammables not
used properly
• Under emotional stress
• Under influence of medication
• Under influence of alcohol or
other drugs

• Machine guarding
•
Adjustment
of
machinery
• Safety device
• Tools or equipment
•
Arrangement
/
Installation of facility
or equipment

• Maintenance
• Housekeeping
• Presence of toxic gas,
vapors,
fumes or dust
• Ventilation
• Lighting, visibility

• Fatigue / Overtime
• Horseplay
• Not making secure
• Poor planning
• Driving error
• Not wearing seat / safety
belt
•
Other,
Specify
____________________________
____________

• Weather
• Noise / vibration
• Walking surface
• PPE not used
•
Other,
Specify
______________________________

236
8.5

Confined Space Entry Permit

Location and Description of Confined Space

Date

Purpose of Entry

Start Time

Foreman/Supervisor Authorizing Work

Expiration Time

CHECKLIST
Yes

No

Yes

All lines blinded or disconnected
Space cleaned and purged

No

Lifelines required
Respirator required

Lockout/Tagout complete

Type:

Pre-job Meeting Conducted

Entry log required

Emergency
Established
Properly Ventilating

Standby Person(s)

Procedures

Name(s):

Special procedures

Atmosphere Tests to Be Taken
P.E.L.
% Oxygen

Carbon Monoxide

19.5%
21%
Less than
10%
50 ppm

Hydrogen Sulfide

Dat
No

e
M

Da
te
M

D
ate
M

Date

10 ppm

Aromatic Hydrocarbons

Ye
s

10 ppm

% LEL

M

Approved
Foreman

Time

Onsite Supervisor

Time

Standby Person(s) - Read thoroughly and Sign

237
8.6

Hot Work Permit

DATE:
(MM/DD/YY)
WORK TO START:
AM/PM
WORK TO END:
AM/PM

PERMIT Valid from

to

Location:
Crew Detailed:
Authorizing Supervisor:

The following checklist must be completed prior to starting work. The Authorizing Supervisor
will initial
On the left before issuing permit. The person in charge at the work site will initial on the right
before
starting work.
Checklist Items

YES

NOT
APPLICABLE

Was safety meeting held?
Is the operator competent?
Is the lighting adequate?
Is the ventilation adequate?
Has the equipment been checked and found to be in good
condition?
Is the operator wearing suitable PPE?
Is the area clear of combustible materials? (When the work area is
close to a bulkhead or deck, the adjoining compartment should
be checked for combustibles, cables, pipelines or other items that
might be affected by heat/)
Is the work area clean? (Oil, grease, etc.)
Is a suitable fire extinguisher available?
Is a fire hose laid out and ready?
Is an individual standing fire watch?
Is the weather compatible with the work to be done?
Has the Ship Master been notified?
Following Items are for Enclosed Spaces
Is the space being mechanically ventilated?
Has the space been metered and found to be gas free?
Are a lifeline, rescue harness and compressed air apparatus ready
at appropriate
entry point?
Is someone standing watch and in communication with the person
working the enclosed space?
Special Protection Required
Forced ventilation
Self Contained Breathing Apparatus
Warning Signs
Barricades
Personal Protective Equipment
Page 1

238
I understand the hazards involved and I am satisfied that all safety precautions have been
taken.
Signature of Authorizing
Supervisor:____________________________________________________________
Date and Time:
________________________________________________________________________
I understand the hazards involved and I am satisfied that all safety precautions have been
taken. I will ensure that the safety arrangements will be maintained for the duration of the
work.
Signature of the person in charge at the work site:
__________________________________________________
Date and Time: _________________________________________________________
The work has been completed and all persons under my supervision, equipment and
materials have been withdrawn.
Signature: ___________________________________________
Date and Time: _________________________
Permit Closed Out: ___________________________________
Date and Time: _________________________
Signature of Supervisor:
________________________________________________________________________

239
240
8.7

MSDS Data Sheets

241
MSDS SHEETS

Suppliers Name

Cajun Glass Cleaner
Cajun Wasp Spray
Cool Tool

Cajun Chemical
Hysan Corporation
Monroe Fluid
Company
Chevron
Torginol, Inc

Yes
Yes
Yes

Hazards
Flam
Yes
Yes
Yes

Yes
Yes

Yes
Yes

Dow Corning

Yes

Chem search
Tech Spray Inc.
Eureka Corporation
Tech Spray
Chemtronics, Inc
Spartan Chem
Crown
Belcher Co. New
York
Cajun Chemical
PolyChem Inc.
Hewlett Parkard

Dextron ll
Egg Shell White Torga
Chips
Electrical Insulating
Paste/Comp
Electrical Spray Sealer
Envi-Ro Tech 1677
Fluid Film
Flux Stripper
Freez-It
Glass Hard Surf.
Cleaner
Green Dura Prime
Heating Oil #2
Hospital Fresh
H.P. Alum. Brightner
H.P. 51629 Ink Cartridge

MSDS

Comb React Oxid

Tox
Yes
Yes
Yes

Carc.

Irrit
Yes
Yes
Yes

MQOH
5 cans
1 gal
1 gal

MQUPY
2 cases
6 gals
2 gal

Yes
Yes

Yes
Yes

1 gal
12 qts

2 gal
48 qts

Yes

No

Yes

1 qts

4 qts

Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No

Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No

Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

1 case
1 case
2 cans
4 cans
.5 gals
1 case

1 case
2 case
12 cans
12 cans
1.5 gals
2 cases

Yes
Yes

Yes
Yes

Yes
Yes

Yes
Yes

12 cans
5 gals

24 cans
50 gals

Yes
Yes
Yes

Yes
No
Yes

Yes
Yes
Yes

Yes
Yes
Yes

5 cans
5 gals
20 cart

1 case
10 gal
100 cart

242
MSDS SHEETS

Suppliers Name

HP laser Jet Cartridge
International Thinner

Hewlett Packard
Courtaulds
Coatings
International
Marine Corporation
Interlux

Yes
Yes

Hazards
Flam
Yes
Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

International
Marine Corporation
Portor Paint CO
Courtaulds
Coatings
Deep South
Chemical
WM Bar &
Company
Kernite
Sherman Williams
Baton Rouge
Industries

Interthane C C
Interthane Finish
Orange
Intertuf KH Epoxy Red
Intertuf Hydrocarb
Epoxy RCTR
Intertuf KH
Ispropanol 99%
Klean-Strip Thinner
Kondition
Krylon (Spray On)
L-600 Excelube

MSDS

Comb React Oxid

Tox
Yes
Yes

Carc.

Irrit
Yes
Yes

MQOH
12 cart
4 gals

MQUPY
120 cart
8 gals

Yes

Yes

4 gals

8 gals

Yes

Yes

Yes

1 gal

1 gal

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

5 gal

10 gal

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

5 gal

10 gal

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

5 gal

10 gal

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

1 drum

1 drum

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

6 cans

12 cans

Yes
Yes
Yes

Yes
Yes
Yes

Yes
Yes
Yes

Yes
Yes
Yes

55 gals
3 cases
3 qt

100 gals
3 cases
1 case

243
MSDS SHEETS
Label Adhesive Remover
Lead
Lead Battery Acid
Liquid Paper Correction
Paper
LPS 2 General Purpose
Lubricant
LPS 3 Heavy Duty Rust
Inhibitor
LPS CFC ElectroContact Cleaner
Lube Grease Aerosol
Cable Lube
M- 25 Red NonMelt
Grease
Met Cool
Mike-O-Cut Tapping
Fluid
M / M Rustore Aerosol
Omni Cool Aersol

Suppliers Name

MSDS

Hazards
Flam
Yes
No
Yes
Yes

Comb

React

Oxid

Tox
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Carc.

Irrit
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

MQOH
1 gal
1-K#
1 qt
1 pint

MQUPY
2 gals
3-K#
1 gal
1 qt.

Chemtronics, Inc
Mayfield Mft.Co.
Johnson Controls
Bic, Inc

Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Holt Lloyd
Corporation
Holt Lloyd
Corporation
LPS Laboratories

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

.5 gal

2 gals

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

1 can

1 can

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

10 cans

1 case

Chem Search

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

5 cases

3 case

Baton Rouge
Industries
Chem Search
Ashburn Industries

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

1 case

2 cases

Yes
Yes

Yes
Yes

Yes
Yes

Yes

1 case
3 cans

2 cases
6 cans

M / M Rustore
Aerosol
NCH Corporation

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

2 cans

2 cans

Yes

No

No

No

1 case

1 case

Yes

244
MSDS SHEETS

Suppliers Name

MSDS Hazards
Flam

Polycel Insulating Foam
Premium Wood Polish
Raid Wasp & Hornet Killer
lll
Rust Aerosol
Rust Away
Rust Guard
ScotchKote Electrical
Coating
SD-20 All Purpose Cleaner
Silicone Brake Fluid
Stainless Steel Cleaner &
Polish
Star Brite
STP Son-Of-A-Gun Vinal
Protectant
Tuff Coat M- Cable Coating
Varsol
West System 105 Epoxy

Comb React

Oxid

Tox

Cac

Irrit

MQOH MQUPY

Polycel Insulating
Foam
Spartan Chemical
S. C. Johnson & Son
Inc.
Chem Search
Sierra Chemicals
American
Biochemicals Co.
3M Corporation

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 2 cans 2 cans

Yes
Yes

Yes
Yes

Yes
Yes

Yes 5 cans 1 case
Yes 1 case 2 cases

Yes
Yes
Yes

Yes
Yes
Yes

Yes
Yes
Yes

Yes 1 case
Yes 1 case
Yes 1 gal

2 cases
3 cases
2 gal

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1 gal

2 gal

Sparton Chemical
Company
AGS Company
Sparton Chemical

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1 gal

2 gal

Yes
Yes

Yes
Yes

Yes
Yes

Yes 4 qts
8qts
Yes 4 cans 1 case

Star Brite Liquid
Company
First Brands
Corporation
Royal Purple
Unocal Chemical
Division
Gougeon Brothers, Inc

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1 qt.

3 qts.

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 3 qts

6 pints

Yes
Yes

Yes
Yes

Yes

15 gal
Yes 2 gal

3-5 gal
5 gal

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 3 cans 6 cans

No

245
MSDS SHEETS

Suppliers Name

West Systems 206 Slow
Hardener
West System 403 Micro
Fibers
WD 40
Wipe Off Liquid
Wireline Spray

Gougeon Brothers,
Inc
Gougeon Brothers,
Inc
WD 40 Company
Sierra Chemicals
Oil Center
Research

Yes

Hazards
Flam
Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes
Yes
Yes

Yes
Yes
Yes

MSDS

Comb

React Oxid

Tox
Yes

Carc.

Irrit
Yes

MQOH
3 cans

MQUPY
3 cans

Yes

Yes

3 cans

3 cans

Yes
Yes
Yes

Yes
Yes
Yes

2 gals
1 gal
3 cases

4 gals
2 gals
3 cases

246
9. Specialized Safety Report Form Samples

247
9. Specialized Safety Report Form Samples

248

More Related Content

PPTX
The Keys to Unlocking Safety Culture
PDF
PPT
Safety culture as a corporate aim
PPT
Hse Action Plan
PDF
Behavior-Based Safety PPT Slide Template
PPT
BBS Overview
PPTX
BBS TRAINING.pptx
PDF
Qhse objective & target 2015
The Keys to Unlocking Safety Culture
Safety culture as a corporate aim
Hse Action Plan
Behavior-Based Safety PPT Slide Template
BBS Overview
BBS TRAINING.pptx
Qhse objective & target 2015

What's hot (20)

PPSX
Contractor safety management system
DOCX
HEALTH, SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL MANUAL
DOCX
PROJECT HEALTH, SAFETY, AND ENVIRONMENTAL PLAN
PDF
Emergency spill control drill
PPTX
Achieving Safety Culture HSE Presentation HSE Formats.pptx
PDF
Contractor Management - How to Manage Contractor Health and Safety
PDF
1. Slide CDM 2024 - Penang Regulation 2024
PPTX
Ppt for IMPROVEMENT OF SAFETY THROUGH SAFETY MANAGAMENT PLAN – office p...
PPT
Behavior Based Safety
PPTX
Monthly HSE Report March for overall HSE
PPT
Health safety induction_overview
PDF
IOSH MS
PDF
HSE Manager CV
PDF
25 Signs You Have An Awesome Safety Culture
PPTX
Health and Safety Induction Training
PPT
Safety Culture (Unknown Source)
PPT
ZERO HARM.ppt
PPTX
General HSE Training (Level 1 & 2)
PDF
Behaviour-based safety (BBS) is the “application of science of behaviour chan...
PPT
Supervisor Safety Training
Contractor safety management system
HEALTH, SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL MANUAL
PROJECT HEALTH, SAFETY, AND ENVIRONMENTAL PLAN
Emergency spill control drill
Achieving Safety Culture HSE Presentation HSE Formats.pptx
Contractor Management - How to Manage Contractor Health and Safety
1. Slide CDM 2024 - Penang Regulation 2024
Ppt for IMPROVEMENT OF SAFETY THROUGH SAFETY MANAGAMENT PLAN – office p...
Behavior Based Safety
Monthly HSE Report March for overall HSE
Health safety induction_overview
IOSH MS
HSE Manager CV
25 Signs You Have An Awesome Safety Culture
Health and Safety Induction Training
Safety Culture (Unknown Source)
ZERO HARM.ppt
General HSE Training (Level 1 & 2)
Behaviour-based safety (BBS) is the “application of science of behaviour chan...
Supervisor Safety Training
Ad

Viewers also liked (20)

DOCX
HSE O-CV
PDF
Service Life of PPE and Equipment v1.0
PDF
Montana Department of Labor and Industry Personal Protective Equipment Guide
DOCX
BUSS_213_Week_7___Final_Submission_and_Portfolio_Project_Reflection
PDF
Wampler's Sausage Celluose to Energy
PDF
Environmental Safety manual
PPSX
Gallowglass security ltd h&s i nductionv1
PDF
Dibernardinis EHS Management
PDF
Ems tool
PDF
Hse apex manual
PDF
ISO 14001 2015 policy statement example
PDF
PPTX
Induction QHSE
PDF
Weekly air compressor check list
PDF
Ems example documents
PDF
Nebosh unit ib questions ans matrix
PPTX
Welcome heath safety
PDF
Nebosh unit ic questions matrix - ans
HSE O-CV
Service Life of PPE and Equipment v1.0
Montana Department of Labor and Industry Personal Protective Equipment Guide
BUSS_213_Week_7___Final_Submission_and_Portfolio_Project_Reflection
Wampler's Sausage Celluose to Energy
Environmental Safety manual
Gallowglass security ltd h&s i nductionv1
Dibernardinis EHS Management
Ems tool
Hse apex manual
ISO 14001 2015 policy statement example
Induction QHSE
Weekly air compressor check list
Ems example documents
Nebosh unit ib questions ans matrix
Welcome heath safety
Nebosh unit ic questions matrix - ans
Ad

Similar to Hse 6 revision_2 (20)

DOCX
US5620 A3 2012002052 FS
PPTX
team presentation of the role and responsibility of HSE teamreviewed.pptx
PDF
Occupational Health & Safety Management System 01
PDF
TMardis Resume 2015
PDF
Hse presentation general rev.00 may 2014
DOCX
ANTHONY A. BERNALDO SAFETY OFFICER SUPERVISOR(CV)
PDF
Nssga alliance coresafetyprinciples
DOC
PPT
3964999 health-and-safety-at-the-workplace
PDF
she-way-operations-specification on machines.
PDF
Rehman Khattak CV
PDF
Michael_Malabanan_Roces
PDF
construction-safety-manual.pdf
PDF
MOL Group HSE Management System
DOCX
Salim Resume
DOC
Monib Traboulsi CV 2015
PPTX
Health and safety management system csctp
PDF
Operation & Maintenance
PDF
Global HSE Newsletter March 2014
PPTX
HSE Management System Training for Employees
US5620 A3 2012002052 FS
team presentation of the role and responsibility of HSE teamreviewed.pptx
Occupational Health & Safety Management System 01
TMardis Resume 2015
Hse presentation general rev.00 may 2014
ANTHONY A. BERNALDO SAFETY OFFICER SUPERVISOR(CV)
Nssga alliance coresafetyprinciples
3964999 health-and-safety-at-the-workplace
she-way-operations-specification on machines.
Rehman Khattak CV
Michael_Malabanan_Roces
construction-safety-manual.pdf
MOL Group HSE Management System
Salim Resume
Monib Traboulsi CV 2015
Health and safety management system csctp
Operation & Maintenance
Global HSE Newsletter March 2014
HSE Management System Training for Employees

More from elizangelalily (11)

PDF
Edital n __1___abertura
PDF
Cbit ingles
PDF
Reciclagem segurança
DOC
Trabalho de-agentes-quimicos-sb
PDF
Nbr 14280 cadastro de acidente do trabalho
DOC
Exercicios 28 09-2013 03 out
PDF
Portaria minter 53-1979
PDF
Aviso aos navegantes folheto 08 2007
DOC
Folheto risco port
PDF
Ergonomia no escritório
PDF
3 modelo de apn 1
Edital n __1___abertura
Cbit ingles
Reciclagem segurança
Trabalho de-agentes-quimicos-sb
Nbr 14280 cadastro de acidente do trabalho
Exercicios 28 09-2013 03 out
Portaria minter 53-1979
Aviso aos navegantes folheto 08 2007
Folheto risco port
Ergonomia no escritório
3 modelo de apn 1

Recently uploaded (20)

PDF
TyAnn Osborn: A Visionary Leader Shaping Corporate Workforce Dynamics
PPTX
TRAINNING, DEVELOPMENT AND APPRAISAL.pptx
PDF
Nante Industrial Plug Factory: Engineering Quality for Modern Power Applications
PDF
Susan Semmelmann: Enriching the Lives of others through her Talents and Bless...
PDF
Booking.com The Global AI Sentiment Report 2025
DOCX
Center Enamel A Strategic Partner for the Modernization of Georgia's Chemical...
PPTX
IITM - FINAL Option - 01 - 12.08.25.pptx
PPTX
Astra-Investor- business Presentation (1).pptx
DOCX
FINALS-BSHhchcuvivicucucucucM-Centro.docx
PDF
Kishore Vora - Best CFO in India to watch in 2025.pdf
PDF
NEW - FEES STRUCTURES (01-july-2024).pdf
DOCX
Center Enamel Powering Innovation and Resilience in the Italian Chemical Indu...
PPTX
operations management : demand supply ch
PDF
533158074-Saudi-Arabia-Companies-List-Contact.pdf
PDF
NISM Series V-A MFD Workbook v December 2024.khhhjtgvwevoypdnew one must use ...
PPTX
basic introduction to research chapter 1.pptx
DOCX
Handbook of Entrepreneurship- Chapter 5: Identifying business opportunity.docx
PDF
#1 Safe and Secure Verified Cash App Accounts for Purchase.pdf
DOCX
Hand book of Entrepreneurship 4 Chapters.docx
PDF
Charisse Litchman: A Maverick Making Neurological Care More Accessible
TyAnn Osborn: A Visionary Leader Shaping Corporate Workforce Dynamics
TRAINNING, DEVELOPMENT AND APPRAISAL.pptx
Nante Industrial Plug Factory: Engineering Quality for Modern Power Applications
Susan Semmelmann: Enriching the Lives of others through her Talents and Bless...
Booking.com The Global AI Sentiment Report 2025
Center Enamel A Strategic Partner for the Modernization of Georgia's Chemical...
IITM - FINAL Option - 01 - 12.08.25.pptx
Astra-Investor- business Presentation (1).pptx
FINALS-BSHhchcuvivicucucucucM-Centro.docx
Kishore Vora - Best CFO in India to watch in 2025.pdf
NEW - FEES STRUCTURES (01-july-2024).pdf
Center Enamel Powering Innovation and Resilience in the Italian Chemical Indu...
operations management : demand supply ch
533158074-Saudi-Arabia-Companies-List-Contact.pdf
NISM Series V-A MFD Workbook v December 2024.khhhjtgvwevoypdnew one must use ...
basic introduction to research chapter 1.pptx
Handbook of Entrepreneurship- Chapter 5: Identifying business opportunity.docx
#1 Safe and Secure Verified Cash App Accounts for Purchase.pdf
Hand book of Entrepreneurship 4 Chapters.docx
Charisse Litchman: A Maverick Making Neurological Care More Accessible

Hse 6 revision_2

  • 1. HEALTH, SAFETY, AND ENVIRONMENTAL MANUAL C & C Technologies, Inc. 730 E. Kaliste Saloom Road Lafayette, LA 70508 Phone: 337.261.0660 Fax: 337.261.0192 May 2005 Controlled copy Copy Number :__________________________ Date Of Issue: ___________________________
  • 2. Manual Number: Custodian: HSE Manager Manual Title: Custodian: HSE Manual Rev. No. HSE Manager Description Prepared By Reviewed By 7-01-05 1 2 Effective Date Re-formatted Manual – Added Audit & Review, Firearms, Office Security, Small Boat Launching, Smoking & Sub-Contractor Policies. Added Sections on – Management Commitment, Goals & Objectives, Legislation & Industry Compliance, Audit & Review, Emergency Response, Risk Management, Document Control, Incident Investigation & Small Boat Operations, Bomb Threat Checklist, Model Project HSE Plan & Model Project Emergency Response Plan Dave Goodman Ross Heard 7-01-05 7-08-05 Format Insert forms Denise Douglas Denise Douglas Latest Revision Approved By Thomas Chance – President 2
  • 3. TABLE OF CONTENTS Document Control - Distribution Table of Contents 3 Corporate Vision 6 Safety Policy Statement 7 Leadership & Commitment 8 1.1 Management Commitment 8 1.2 Goals & Objectives 8 1.3 1. 2 Legislation & Industry Compliance 9 2. Policies & Strategic Objectives 11 2.1 Health, Safety & Environmental Policies 11 2.2 Environmental Policy Statement 12 2.3 Drug & Alcohol Policy 13 2.4 Sexual Harassment Policy 13 2.5 Facial Hair Policy 14 2.6 Short Service Employee Policy 14 2.7 Smoking Policy 14 2.8 Office Security Policy 14 2.9 Firearms Policy 15 2.10 Disciplinary Policy 15 2.11 Violations Examples 15 2.12 Disciplinary Actions 16 2.13 Audit & Review Policy 16 2.14 Small Boat Launching Policy 18 2.15 Management Of Sub-contractors Policy 18 3. Organization & Responsibilities 20 3.1 Responsibilities 20 3.2 Organizational Flow Chart 23 3.3 Document Control 24 3
  • 4. 4. Evaluation & Risk Management 27 4.1 Risk Management 27 4.2 Safety Meetings, Training & Drills 33 4.3 Job Safety Analysis Documentation 34 5. Planning & Implementation 35 5.1 Personal Protective Equipment 35 5.2 Personnel Safe Work Procedures 38 5.3 Fall Protection Program 39 5.4 Offshore Travel & Work Orientation 45 5.5 Air Transportation 49 5.6 Personal Flotation Devices 55 5.7 Emergency Escape Vessels & Flotation Equipment 58 5.8 Personal Training 60 5.9 Transportation 65 5.10 Driving & Vehicle Operation 66 5.11 Fire Protection 73 5.12 Permit To Work System 75 5.13 Lock-Out / Tag-Out System 81 5.14 Hazard Communication Program 83 5.15 Hazardous Materials 90 5.16 Respiratory Protection Program 92 5.17 Hearing Conservation Program 97 5.18 Management of Change 102 5.19 Behavioral Based Safety Program 106 5.20 General Safety Procedures 116 5.21 Emergency Response Procedure (EMOT) 123 5.22 Emergency Action Plan 136 5.23 Incident Investigation 141 5.24 Small Boat Operations 143 5.25 All Terrain Vehicle (ATV) Policy 152 5.26 Food Handling 154 5.27 Vessel Intruder Security 159 4
  • 5. 6. Implementation & Monitoring 160 6.1 Accident Reporting Procedures 160 6.2 Supervisors Accident Investigation Report 163 6.3 First Aid Program 163 6.4 Disciplinary Program 167 7. Audit & Review 168 7.1 Audit Procedure 168 7.2 Inspections 203 8. Appendices 204 8.1 Model Emergency Response Plan - Sample 205 8.2 Model Site Specific HSE Plan – Sample 216 8.3 Emergency Response Data Sheet 234 8.4 Accident/Injury Report Form 235 8.5 Confined Space Entry Permit Form 238 8.6 Hot Work Permit Form 239 8.7 MSDS Data Sheets 241 9. Specialized Safety Report Forms 247 5
  • 6. Corporate Vision To be a Growing Company Earning Clients for Life Utilizing Technology to our Clients’ Benefit Doing It Right Being a Great Place to Work _______________________ Thomas Chance, President __________________ Date 6
  • 7. Health & Safety Policy Statement It is the policy of C & C Technologies, Inc. to meet its safety and health responsibilities and to continually strive to maintain a safe working environment at each location where work activities are occurring. C & C Technologies, Inc. Senior Management is committed to providing a safe and healthy working environment for all employees. The goal of the safety and health process is the prevention of accidents and injuries, the preservation of equipment and capital, and the achievement of safe working practices. In order to accomplish these goals, it is C & C Technologies, Inc. to: • Avoid accidents that result in injury to employees, interruption of production, or damage to equipment or property. • Take all action necessary in engineering, planning, designing, assigning, supervising, and performing work operations that establish and maintain a safe and healthy working environment. C & C Technologies, Inc. procedures and directives are designed to be an integral part of the development of sit-sensitive safety processes. It is the responsibility of each C & C Technologies, Inc. managers, supervisors and employees to effectively implement these processes. These safety procedures shall be considered as minimum guidelines. There will be times when the requirements can and must be exceeded. Management provides employees with the authority to carry out the assigned task and holds the employee accountable for successfully completing the task safely. Employees shall be expected to perform their jobs, as they were trained and according to established law, company rules, procedures, etc. Management shall not tolerate employees who are unwilling to conform to policies and procedures established by the C & C Technologies, Inc. and/or regulations set forth by the various government agencies. Remember, it is a C & C policy that requires anyone to prevent work from starting or stop any work where adequate controls of HSE risks are found not to be in place. Thomas Chance President _________________ Date 7
  • 8. 1. Leadership & Commitment 1.1 Management Commitment Visible management commitment to HSE is considered the most important element of the HSEMS. Without the initiative and continued support of top management, the HSEMS will not be successful. Within C & C Technologies, HSE management is an essential part of each manager's daily responsibilities. Senior management's commitment is demonstrated through visible leadership, which translates into providing the resources needed to develop, operate, and maintain the HSEMS and to attain our HSE policy and strategic objectives. Commitment is demonstrated by ensuring that full account is taken of the HSE policy requirements and that necessary support is provided to protect the health and safety of our employees and the environment. This commitment is based on: Belief in C & C’s desire to improve HSE performance. The high priority that is placed on HSE performance when planning and evaluating projects. Motivation to improve personal HSE performance by making it clear that working safely is a condition of employment and this is as significant as other performance criterion. Acceptance of individual responsibility and accountability for HSE performance. Participation and involvement at all levels of HSEMS development. Promoting HSE in company publications and including HSE issues on the agendas of staff and management meetings, and Requiring subcontractors to comply with C & C's HSE requirements and expecting them to be involved in similar HSE directives within their companies. C & C Technologies and its subcontractors will ensure that: All personnel can carry out their designated tasks with full knowledge of the risks involved and the proper methods for controlling them in accordance with industry standards and to C & C’s satisfaction. There is a system in place for creating and maintaining a positive HSE culture within their organization and that HSE awareness is given a high priority, and All accidents are reported promptly and are investigated in a timely manner followed by recommendations to prevent further accidents/incidents. 1.2 Goals & Objectives Goals and objectives identify the activities that are needed to achieve effective risk management and develop and maintain HSE policies, performance standards, and hazard controls. Corporate HSE goals are set annually. Each division and crew should set goals and objectives that are specific to their operation. Current conditions and standards on the crew need to be assessed to determine HSE goals and objectives. Goals and objectives should be specific, measurable, attainable targets. They should include estimates of time to completion. 8
  • 9. Everyone who is involved in setting the goals must believe that t e goals and time h estimates are realistic. If the goal or objective is not reached within the scheduled time, the crew should determine why the objective was not met. Activity-related goals may include, but are not limited to: Ensuring that all employees, whether new or transferred, subcontractors, clients, or visitors, receive an HSE orientation. Conducting a set number of self audits and inspections that focus on health, safety, and environmental issues. Ensuring that accident investigations and follow-up are completed by line managers. Establishing contingency plans and conducting drills as if there were an actual emergency. Scheduling set numbers of personnel to receive HSE training. Establishing safety promotion activities such as Safe Crew, Employee of the Month, Safety Suggestion, or Best Driver programs. Reducing the amount of waste generated by the crew by recycling or substitution. Implement area-specific policies and monitor their effectiveness. Reduce occupational illness. Minimize environmental impact. Continued and/or increased HSE awareness in employees and others. Departmental, safety committee, and tailgate meetings. Emergency drills and exercises. 1.3 Legislation & Industry Compliance C & C Technologies will comply with all relevant local, state and Federal regulations. Business activities are covered primarily by the following regulations: • • • • • • • • • • • OSHA (Code of Federal Regulations). United States Coast Guard. SOLAS. MARPOL. Environmental Protection Act. Minerals Management Service. National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH). Environmental Protection Act. International Maritime Organization (IMO). Federal Aviation Administration (FAA). U.S. Department of Transportation. The Company considers the following recognized associations’ regulations, guidelines and additional materials relevant to the Company’s operations: • • • • International Association of Geophysical Contractors (IAGC). Offshore Marine Services Association (OMSA). American Petroleum Institute (API). Petroleum Education Council (PEC). 9
  • 10. • • • • • International Maritime Organization (IMO). American National Standards Institute (ANSI). International Maritime Organization (IMO). International Association Of Oil &Gas Producers (OGP) U.S. Army Corps of Engineers HSE Manual (EM 385-1) The Company will comply with relevant applicable international and foreign shipping regulations while engaged in overseas operations. All chartered vessels will also be required to adhere to these regulations in conjunction with the Company HSEMS. 10
  • 11. 2. POLICIES AND STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES 2.1 Health, Safety and Environmental Policy The welfare of all personnel working on C & C Technologies Inc. (C & C) premises, including our employees as well as employees of our contractors and their subcontractors, is of strong interest to us. Accordingly, it is important that each individual recognize certain rules when doing his/her job. These rules are basic and general in nature and cannot cover every possible working condition. Therefore, the cooperation of each person is a necessity so that operating procedures and work methods do not expose you or your coworkers to injury. Remember, safety is a team effort in which each individual must share to eliminate or reduce the risk of loss or damage to personnel or property. Good judgment and common sense are required to supplement any rules. If you have any doubt at any time, consult your supervisor. Report all accidents, injuries and near misses as soon as possible to your supervisor. Health, Safety and Environmental Policy and Commitment In the management of our activities, C & C Technologies is committed to the following principles: • • • • • Pursue the goal of no harm to people Protect the environment Manage HSE matters as any other critical business activity Promote a culture in which all C & C employees share this commitment Promote the well-being of employees as an essential part of business activities C & C HSE policy requires everyone to stop any work, or prevent work from starting, where adequate controls of HSE risks are found not to be in place. 11
  • 12. Environmental Policy Statement C & C Technologies is committed to protecting our natural environment and resources in all areas where we conduct business. Implementation of this policy is a primary management objective and is the responsibility of every employee. It is C & C Technologies, Inc. policy to comply with all applicable environmental laws and regulations and cooperate with all local, state and federal agencies in their inspection and enforcement activities. Incorporate environmental considerations in the Company’s planning and operational decisions. Develop and communicate environmental objectives throughout the Company so that all employees understand their individual responsibilities and are properly trained in carrying out these objectives. Manage operations in a responsible manner and respond effectively to avoid and/or mitigate adverse environmental impacts associated with operations. Conduct periodic assessments of operations to evaluate, measure and assure environmental performance and compliance. Participate in the formulation of prudent and responsible environmental laws and regulations that may impact our business and foster a constructive working relationship with environmental organizations and agencies. Promote and encourage energy efficiency and environmental protection through new and existing technologies. Commit the resources needed to implement these principles. Senior management is committed to the implementation of these principles. Thomas Chance President ______________ Date 12
  • 13. 2.3 Drug & Alcohol Policy SCOPE: All persons employed by C & C or affiliated companies are subject to the terms and conditions of this policy. For the safety of our employees and our customers, C & C prohibits the use, possession, being under the influence or distribution of illegal drugs, alcohol, other intoxicants, firearms, or contraband, when reporting t work, while at work, while on company premises, in o company vehicles or vessels, or on customer or third party property, vessels or vehicles. C & C and its customers have the right to test for the presence of drugs and/or alcohol in our employees. This policy does not bar the moderate use of alcohol at company-sponsored functions approved by the president of C & C. The laws of many foreign countries in which C & C operates have extremely severe drug laws, which include the death penalty for some drug violations. It is understood that if you and/or your family violate any of the foreign country's drug laws, C & C, your embassy, high commission or counsel are virtually powerless to come to your aid. The primary purpose of this policy is to promote the safety and well being of all employees. It would be inconsistent to promote a strong safety effort while allowing the use of drugs and/or alcohol or the possession of firearms to undermine the safe and effective performance of employees on the job. As a maritime and pipeline contractor, the company will comply with the United States Department of Transportation requirements of 46 CFR, Part 16 and 49 CFR, Part 40 for all vessel personnel (DOT). The provisions of Texas R.S., 49:100, Parts I through III, shall apply to non-maritime employees (non-DOT). All collections shall be conducted in accordance with 49 CFR, Part 40. Note: The entire Drug and Alcohol program is available for review in the HR Department or Safety Department. 2.4 Harassment Policy C & C Technologies, Inc. is committed to providing a place to work in an environment free of sexual and racial harassment. Where sexual or racial harassment is found to have occurred, C & C will act to stop the harassment, to prevent its recurrence, and to discipline those responsible in accordance with C & C’s disciplinary policies. No employee in the workplace should be subject to unwelcome verbal or physical conduct that is sexual or racial in nature. Sexual harassment does not refer to occasional compliments of a socially acceptable nature. It refers to behavior of a sexual nature that is not welcome, that is personally offensive, and that interferes with performance. It is expected that all C & C personnel will treat one another with respect. 13
  • 14. 2.5 Facial Hair Policy Employees engaged in activities that may necessitate the use of a respirator must be clean-shaven on the area of the face where a mask seal is affected. A positive seal cannot be accomplished if more than one day’s growth of facial hair is present in the seal area. Subsequently, employees must adjust their personal grooming practices to conform to this requirement. This policy is necessary to protect the safety and health of all C & C employees in compliance with OSHA 29 CFT 1910.134 - Respiratory Protection, Sec. 93), subpart (i): Respirators shall not be worn where conditions prevent a good face seal. Such conditions may be a growth of a beard, side burns, or skull cap that projects under the face-piece, or temple pieces on glasses. This policy is applicable to all C & C employees and subcontractors. 2.6 Short Service Employee Policy It is the policy of C& C to train and manage new employees (short service employees) in a manner to minimize their possibility of injury during the most critical first six months of employment with the company. A mentor will be assigned to each short service employee. The mentor will ensure that the short service employee is aware of all safety requirements. The mentor will also serve as an on the job trainer to ensure that the employee learns the proper job skills and techniques. The mentor will monitor the short service employee’s performance to ensure that products and services are up to C & C Technologies quality standards. C & C will comply with our customer’s SSE policy and provide notification of use or other requirements of the customer to fulfill our responsibility to them. 2.7 Smoking Policy In recognition of the responsibility to protect employees from the hazards that exist when smoking is freely permitted, C & C Technologies has implemented a ban on smoking in certain environments. Smoking is permitted in designated areas and on designated equipment only. All employees of C & C Technologies, contract personnel, and visitors to C & C Technologies worksites must comply with this policy. 2.8 Office Security Policy Access to Company offices by persons who are not full time employees of Company will be controlled. All visitors will be required to sign in on arrival & out on departure. Any employee seeing an unknown person will establish their identity and whom they are visiting. 14
  • 15. If a bomb threat is received, follow this procedure: Stay calm- it may be a prank, but there is always the possibility that it is the real thing. Try to ascertain: When will it go off Where it is located Write down exactly what was said. Personnel such as receptionists and administrators should keep a copy of the bomb threat checklist close at hand. When the caller hangs up, take a very brief moment to complete the checklist and call Security at XXXX and explain what happened. The Security person in charge will contact the City oh Lafayette bomb division and report the incident and request assistance. Bomb threat evacuation procedures will be initiated. 2.9 Firearms Policy In general, the possession or carrying of firearms on company premises is prohibited at all times. For purposes of this section, company premises includes not only company-owned or leased property, vessels, and vehicles, but also field camps, installations, and work areas on company premises. Some states and localities have laws that authorize carrying concealed firearms by properly permitted or licensed individuals. C & C Technologies policy takes precedence in such cases. That is, possessing or carrying firearms on company premises is prohibited. This prohibition does not apply to law enforcement officers or security guards who are duly authorized by the company. 2.10 Disciplinary Policy The discipline statement below is quoted from C & C Technologies Policy and Procedures Manual. This discipline applies to HSE as well as all C & C policies and procedures. The HSE Manager, Department Managers, Project Managers and Party Chiefs are responsible for the enforcement of the disciplinary program. Supervisors identified, as showing an overall lack of commitment to C & C HSE goals by a physical HSE inspection shall be held to the same level of disciplinary actions listed below. 2.11 Violation Examples The following examples of unacceptable behavior that result in safety violations: • Not following verbal or written safety procedures or guidelines • Abuse of safety equipment • Failure to use proper Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) • Horse play 15
  • 16. 2.12 Disciplinary Actions C & C can only be as good as its employees. C & C expects the highest business and ethical conduct from you. It is impossible to define all the actions that may or may not comprise this level of conduct. Over time, the “dos” and “don’ts” are spelled out in verbal communications, memos or policy statements. Violations, depending on the severity, must be handled in one, if not more of the following manners: • Oral or Written Warning • Reduction in Pay • Suspension Without Pay • Disciplinary Demotion • Termination 2.13 Audit & Review Policy C & C considers audits and performance reviews essential parts of the HSE management system. A wide range of personnel is involved in the audit/review process, which encompasses all field operations and facilities. This policy describes C & C’s internal HSE auditing process. It is a guide for those who will conduct audits and submit reports. All audits should be constructive and supportive. Audits help improve the HSE management system by: Assessing HSE policies and improving the control of specific hazards; Obtaining information on the validity and reliability of HSE controls; Assessing the achievement of specific HSE objectives; Ensuring that the appropriate remedial action is taken to deal with specific issues and that progress in implementing remedial action is followed through according to plan; Measuring the current process against predetermined standards and goals. Note the following types of audits: Internal company audits Crew self-audits Cross-auditing between crews, areas, facilities, or disciplines C & C audits of subcontractor vessels, operations, Safety Management System, facilities, or policies Client audits. For the audit process to be successful, follow-up audits must be conducted in a timely manner. Frequency Area management will schedule internal company audits so that all participants can commit time and resources. Each crew will undergo internal company audits at least every 12 months, with follow-up audits every 6 months. Area, country, self, and cross audits should be conducted on a regular basis. 16
  • 17. Composition of the Audit Team To maximize the internal audit process, audit teams are recommended. Local and crew management and HSE personnel should comprise the teams. The audit team should meet with local management before the audit is conducted to structure and organize the audit. After the audit is complete, the audit team should meet with local management to discuss the results and follow-up procedures. The audit team should include people who have been trained in auditing. The work should be equally divided among team members. Report Presentation The recommended action items are presented to crew management before the audit team leaves. The final report should be produced and distributed promptly. The report should specify why action items are listed and structured to facilitate follow-up. Follow up A table of action items is created that clearly identifies the recommendations, action items, and the responsible parties, target date for completion, and current status. Appoint a coordinator to monitor and record progress on the action taken. Follow-up Audit An essential element of the auditing process is the follow-up. The follow up is an audit of the response to the original audit. This should be conducted by at least one of the original team members accompanied by local management. Self-audits are an effective way to monitor HSE performance. Self-audits should be part of each crew’s HSE program. Crewmembers should conduct crew self-audits on a regular basis. Various formats are available to document these audits. Crew self-audits can be accomplished by: Unsafe act auditing Substandard procedure auditing Cross-departmental auditing Interdepartmental auditing. All crews should participate in crew self-audits. Audits can be scheduled and reviewed by the HSE committee and discussed at crew safety meetings. Divisional HSE Reviews Each of C & C’s divisions will review the HSEMS to ensure its continuing suitability, adequacy, and effectiveness. These are formal management reviews set at intervals determined by the division. The divisional vice-presidents are responsible for holding the formal reviews. Senior line management is responsible for participating in the review and acting on the results. Senior line management will prepare (or request others to prepare) information and summaries to be presented and discussed. The formal management reviews will examine HSE performance and HSE program effectiveness, continuing suitability of overall HSEMS, especially against the published company HSE policies and objectives. 17
  • 18. Summary reviews and analyses of the following items typically will form the basis for the meeting agenda. HSE performance statistics - current year versus the previous two years. Occupational illness and injury trends HSE audit findings and follow-up status HSE training and staff development Results of accident investigations to ensure that corrective actions have been taken to prevent recurrence HSE performance versus stated company and division goals and objectives HSE objectives for the forthcoming period. Senior Management HSE Review The President and Senior Management of C & C Technologies will review HSE performance each year. This review will highlight performance in the past year through measurable indicators so that HSE performance can be assessed and targets and objectives can be set for the next year. The reviews are written and distributed to the appropriate vice-presidents and managers. The reviews focus on divisional HSE performance, divisional HSE goals and objectives, accident statistics and trend analyses, individual crew HSE performance and accident frequency rates, areas needing improvement and management attention, and HSE goals and objectives for the next year. 2.14 Small Boat Launching Policy Under no circumstances will a work-boat be launched to conduct routine work-boat activities unless another suitable vessel is on standby status for use as a safety vessel. This vessel may be a Fast Rescue Craft (FRC) or a chase boat. If the vessel is an FRC, then it must be fully manned by its assigned crew, ready for immediate launching. In this circumstance, the high-speed rescue craft must be deployed into the water and be away from the ship in less than five (5) minutes. High-speed rescue craft must comply with SOLAS 1974, Chapter 3, Section V, Regulation 47, subsections 3.3 through 3.10, inclusive. Lifeboats are specifically excluded from assignment as routine, standby rescue boats. In an emergency situation, at the discretion of the Master, the work-boat may be launched without the above safeguards in place. 2.15 Management Of Sub-Contractors Policy The purpose of this policy is to provide guidance on HSE requirements to sub-contractors. Sub-contractors who work on C & C’s property or under C & C’s prevailing influence must conduct their activities in a manner that is consistent with safe, healthy and environmentally friendly operating practices and in accordance with all the applicable health, safety and environmental rules and regulations. This policy applies to all sub-contractors who are expected to perform work or provide services for C & C. 18
  • 19. Requirements The HSE program and record of sub-contractors will be considered by C & C during the selection process. At C & C’s request, subcontractors may be required to provide their current HSE incident rates and/or such other information as determined by C & C to be necessary or desirable to judge their prior safety performance. It is the primary responsibility of each sub-contractor to provide a safe and healthy workplace for their employees. All sub-contractors must perform their work in accordance with all applicable local and national governmental regulations, as well as with the HSE policies and procedures of C & C or C & C’s clients. All sub-contractors will provide their employees with appropriate medical examinations, personal protective equipment (PPE), and necessary HSE training before beginning work. All sub-contractors are responsible for ensuring that their equipment is in proper working condition and that any unsafe conditions will be corrected as soon as possible. All sub-contractors will conduct safety meetings for their employees or have their employees attend C & C safety meetings, as well as monitor their work activities to help ensure safe working practices and conditions. The sub-contractor must document each safety meeting, stating the time, place, and subject discussed, and include each employees signature. All sub-contractors will notify a C & C supervisor immediately about all accidents involving their employees on C & C’s property or under C & C’s prevailing influence. All sub-contractors will comply with C & C’s Alcohol and Drug Policy when performing work for C & C or its clients. All sub-contractors must comply with C & C’s Policy for Sub-contractors and communicate it to their employees. C & C reserves the right to audit/inspect the sub-contractors’ HSE program, equipment, and operations before and during performance of the work. Implementation Local C & C management is responsible for implementing this policy at each of its facilities. If a sub-contractor violates this policy, then the sub-contractor will take prompt action to correct such violation to the satisfaction of C & C management. Violation of C & C’s Policy for Sub-contractors, or any applicable policy of a C & C client, or any applicable government law or regulation may be cause for immediate removal and revocation of access by the offending person to any C & C or client property. 19
  • 20. 3. ORGANIZAT ION & RESPONSIBILITIES 3.1 Responsibilities This section defines the overall organization that will be utilized in the company and the roles and responsibilities of the people involved. Detailed roles and responsibilities for control mechanisms and safety initiatives are included in later sections, when applicable. The President shall be responsible for all business undertaken and entered into by C & C and for the formulation, promulgation, and enforcement of C & C Safety Policy. The VP/General Manager (Jeff Sides) shall have oversight responsibility for all operations activities; including Project Management, Asset Management, Engineering, Procurement, Marketing/Sales, and Operations. Contact Number +1 (337)-261-0660 Main Office Lafayette LA. The Project M anagers shall be ultimately responsible for the projects their people are involved with and will oversee the activities of the key personnel listed hereafter. Contact Number 337-261-0660 Main Office. The Project Managers responsibilities include but are no limited to: • Ensuring that all work activities, whether onshore or offshore, are undertaken in a healthy and safe working environment • Administering the Services Contracts undertaken by C & C and ensuring that the services being provided meet the requirements of the contract • Reviewing manning levels and ensuring that suitably qualified personnel are available for employment at the various worksites • Maintaining C & C standards in the operation and maintenance of the systems in his control • Administration of the Contract, including but not limited to, Planning, Scheduling, Cost Control, and Personnel Administration • Maintaining reporting, liaisons, and communications to and from the Client • Ensuring the smooth operation of the Service Contract The Party Chief, Shop Foreman, Office Department Managers shall be responsible for: • Communicating expectations • Being good role models • Actively participating in safety plan activities • Ensuring the safety of personnel under their supervision • Continually reinforcing desirable behaviors • Providing constructive feedback as needed • Championing policies, procedures, and processes 20
  • 21. • Ensuring competence of personnel under their supervision • Equally emphasizing safety, productivity, and quality • Ensuring that jobs are pre-planned with safety as a priority • Enhancing workforce morale • Identifying and correcting unsafe behavior and conditions • Being safety resources and informal trainers • Knowing the abilities and limitations of their personnel The Survey Crew shall be responsible for: • Being good role models to fellow co-workers • Actively participating in safety plan activities • Looking after their own safety and the safety of fellow co-workers • Continually providing feedback to supervisors and management • Evaluating their own competence • Pre-planning jobs and tasks with safety as a priority • Identifying and correcting unsafe behaviors and conditions • Reporting all injuries and near misses • Knowing their fellow co-workers abilities and limitations • Using the appropriate safety equipment • Complying with Project and C & C policies and procedures • Asking questions when in doubt 21
  • 22. C & C Safety Department shall be responsible for: • Providing off-site technical support and guidance • Providing regulatory interpretations • Supporting assessment and evaluation processes Employee Responsibilities Each employee, including contractors, shall be individually responsible for complying with the rules contained in this manual and with all applicable federal, state a local laws, nd regulations, rules and ordinances. Employee must read, be thoroughly familiar with, and understand the contents of this handbook. You will be required to sign the back page of the manual and keep the handbook for future reference and documentation. Each employee shall be responsible for following safe procedures for the work being performed, conducting operations safely and reporting any unsafe conditions or practices immediately to his supervisor. Every employee shall assist new employees in performing their work in accordance with safe work procedures. Each employee shall immediately report to his supervisor any injury, regardless of the nature of the injury. 22
  • 23. 3.2 Organization C & C Organizational Chart President VP/ General Manager HSE Manager Project/Department Managers Party Chief Office Supervisors Field and Office Personnel KEY = Direct Project Authority = Safety Communications/Interface Coordination 23
  • 24. 3.3 Document Control The C & C Technologies Safety Management System (SMS) is the documented procedure for all activities that relate to the safety of the individual, the vessel, and property, and protection of the environment. Document control verifies compliance with the Company’s stated objectives and/or statutory regulations. The purpose of this procedure is to describe the generation and control of documentation within C & C Technologies. Scope This procedure shall apply to the generation and control of all internal C & C documents generated from the date of issue of this procedure. Definitions Document A sheet of statements, a procedure, a work instruction, or a standard form developed for use within the Company. Procedure A document detailing the purpose and scope of an activity and specifying by whom and what is to be performed a. Task A series of actions that produces a particular service or product. Work instruction A document giving step-by-step instructions of how a task shall be performed. b. Article The smallest part of a document which can be updated without affecting the rest of the document. c. Custodian Person responsible for holding the Master copy of the document, for its update and for distribution. d. Manual A collection of documents. e. Manual Holder Position issued with a controlled copy of a manual. 24
  • 25. Responsibilities a) The Line manager initiating documents and revisions is responsible for ensuring adequate review and comments, final approval and implementation. b) It is the responsibility of the authors to ensure that the correct format is adhered to; the HSE Manager shall not accept procedures and work instructions produced in incorrect formats for inclusion in the manual. c) It is the responsibility of the HSE Manager to maintain a master list of document numbers in use, and their revision status. d) The HSE Manager shall be responsible for the distribution of revised documents for review and approval and for document release and distribution. e) The Project Manager and Party Chief are responsible for ensuring that only current documents are contained in the manual being used on their project. Obsolete documents must be removed and destroyed. Actions Identification and authorization Once the need for a new document or a revision to an existing document has been identified, the HSE Manager will authorize production of a new or modified document. The HSE Manager shall be responsible for having the revised or new document produced and updated. Manuals a) Publishing Manuals shall be published for each project recorded on CD-ROM and in hard copy if required. Manuals shall be sent to the field crew with an acknowledgement form. The Party Chief will sign this form acknowledging receipt of the CD-ROM and/or manual and return it to the HSE Manager. The HSE Manager will be responsible for tracking and filing these forms. b) Format The cover page to show manual title, “CONTROLLED COPY”, copy number, manual holder and date of issue Layout The manual shall be laid out in the following manner: • Cover page • Page 1 - Manual Title, manual number, custodian, revision history, • Page 2 - Distribution list Development and Approval a) New documents shall be prepared to the standard style and format, and a draft version distributed for comment. b) Existing documents shall be modified to the standard style and format when being revised and a draft version distributed for comment. 25
  • 26. c) A vertical red bar in the left margin of the hard copy shall identify modifications to existing documents. The bar can be located in front of a text line (single line update), or a title (full article, subsection or section updated) Revision Identification a) Revision identification shall always be 2 characters starting at 00 and shall be visible in the document history table. Distribution a) Documents shall not be distributed until final review and approval has taken place. b) Distribution of documents is the responsibility of the HSE Manager. Maintenance a) Manuals shall only contain current documents, and the `Contents’ page shall accurately define the contents of the manual. b) All obsolete copies of documents shall be removed from the manual by the manual holder and be destroyed. In exceptional circumstances, when a specific obsolete document is retained for reference purposes, it shall be clearly marked `OBSOLETE’. 26
  • 27. 4. EVALUATION & RISK MANAGEMENT 4.1 Risk Management Risk is present in all aspects of society. Risk is defined as "the product of chance that a specified undesired e vent will occur and the severity of the consequence of the event" (OGP, July 1994). In other words, Risk = Level of Exposure X Severity of Consequences. For example, the level of exposure (probability) for irreversible impact to an endangered species habitat as a result of a geophysical survey may be low; however, the severity of the consequences would be very high. In this case, the company would need to design the project to reduce the probability of impact to near zero, or reject the project. Risk management is at the base of C & C's management structure and processes. Management of risk is integrated into all facets of our business, including: HSE policies, HSE standards, HSE procedures and training, HSE modules, and Applicable government regulations. All of these are part of the process used to manage inherent risk. In today's economy, a company without an effective risk management process will not be successful. C & C's six-step risk identification and assessment process is as follows: Step 1 - Identify the risks/hazards Step 2 - Estimate risk severity and exposure (Risk Assessment) Step 3 - Confirm assessment with HSE Step 4 - Identify mitigation measures (Repeat Risk Assessment Process) Step 5 - Compare risk potential with decision levels (Risk Assessment) Step 6 - Implement risk reduction strategy. Each step is described in detail in the following sections. Action: Using the resources identified below, the Project Manager identifies key HSE risks that may be posed by the operation Identification of risk needs to start early in the project, preferably at the proposal stage, then continue until the job is completed. By continually identifying and processing risk throughout the project, HSE performance improves, encouraging the client to work again with C & C. Depending on the type and complexity of the project and the location (i.e., international versus domestic), a number of sources can be used to identify potential risk: Environmental Guidelines for World-Wide Geophysical Operations (IAGC) Environmental Impact Assessments (EIA) Generic Hazards Register for Geophysical Operations (OGP) Government agencies 27
  • 28. Job Safety Analyses (JSAs) Land Geophysical Safety Manual (IAGC) Marine Geophysical Safety Manual (IAGC) Previous similar project experience. The International Association of Geophysical Contractors' (IAGC) Environmental Guidelines and Safety Manuals contain lists of common HSE risks encountered by seismic surveys. Additionally, the American Petroleum Institute (API) and OGP offer information on risk management. The World Bank Environmental Sourcebook, Vol. III, and OGP’s 1997 Environmental Management in Oil & Gas Exploration and Production contain lists of environmental issues typically associated with on- and off-shore oil exploration. Land and marine hazards and mitigation measures are available in EIAs. Client companies typically conduct the studies. It is important that C & C's project manager request EIAs for review during the proposal and project-planning stages. JSAs and previous project experience are useful sources of information within C & C. JSAs are an excellent way to build on the lessons learned from previous projects; they often can be tailored to cover all HSE concerns. The Internet is a source for risk information. The U.S. State Department publishes travel warnings that should be referenced when evaluating a project for risk. The U.S. State Department Travel Services website features a direct link to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). The CDC website (www.cdc.gov) contains health information for international travel, an important potential risk when considering an international project. In many cases, the client has identified key HSE risks and proposed risk management measures through EIAs or other studies performed in advance of the survey. It is the responsibility of C & C's operations manager to review these documents to ensure that all of the key risks have been identified. If not, additional investigation may be warranted. Action: The operations party chief/party manager categorizes key HSE risks involved in the operation based on information gathered. The following examples show how to quantify HSE risk so that project decisions can be made consistently and without prejudice. 28
  • 29. Figure 1 PROBABILITY A 1 Incident/10 kHrs 1 incident-1 project B 1 Incident/10 0kHrs 1 incident10 projects C 1 Incident/1,0 00kHrs 1 incident100 projects D 1 Incident/10, 000kHrs 1 incident1,000 projects E 1 Incident/10 0,000kHrs 1 incident10,000 projects 1 C O N S E Q U E N C E 2 3 4 Note that post mitigation classifications for all known project hazards have been posted. One example of estimating risk severity and exposure would be conducting a highresolution geophysical survey in a congested production field without simultaneous operations procedures in place. From Figure 1, because of high consequences and significant probability, this example would rate as B-1 or C-1, depending on the level of activity at the time of the survey. With simultaneous operations procedures in place this would fall to an acceptable D-3. Another example is the fact that the majority of field crews will have a first aid injury while working on a project. By definition, first aid cases are low impact and the person quickly recovers with no loss in productivity. From Figure 1, this rates as a C-4 because of high probability and low impact. 29
  • 30. It is more difficult to categorize environmental risk since it often is not understood as well, nor is it as evident as a safety risk. Nonetheless, the same rules of severity and exposure apply when ranking environmental risk. For example, C & C may be working in a nature reserve or other environmentally sensitive area in which excessive clearance of vegetation would threaten the already sensitive balance of valuable ecological resources. With the appropriate operational controls in place to limit the likelihood and severity of impact, risk might be rated D -3. Without such controls, the risk probably would be rated C-2, since the likelihood and severity of impact would increase. Similarly, spilling the contents of a barrel of diesel fuel into a completely enclosed, impervious fuel storage containment structure would be rated B-4 (moderate likelihood, but no actual consequence to the environment). Spilling the contents of a barrel of diesel fuel into a small stream serving, as the water supply for a nearby village would be rated B-2, a significantly higher consequence. Examples Injury/Illness: 1 Minor injury or damage to health - first aid treatment. 2 Moderate injury or damage to health - medical treatment. Treatment required by medical personnel, but injury does not restrict movement or ability to do the job. 3 Major injury or damage to health - extended treatment required. Injury results in restricted duty or lost time with no permanent disability. 4 Severe injury or health effect - permanent disability or fatality. Property Damage: 1 Minor damage - no disruption of production. 2 Moderate damage - slight disruption of production. Damaged equipment repairable on the crew with minimal time and money spent on repairs. 3 Major damage - major disruption of production. Damaged equipment must be removed from service and major repairs made either on or off the crew. 4 Total loss - severe disruption of production, possibly permanent. Damaged equipment must be removed from service. Environment: 1 Minor effect - no permanent impact to the environment. Immediate restoration or full restoration possible in several weeks. 2 Localized effect - no permanent impact to the environment, but restoration takes several months. 3 Major effect - large impact on the environment for the short term (less than 5 years) or small/local permanent impact for the long term (more than 5 years). 4 Massive effect - permanent impact (more than 5 years) on the environment on a large scale. 30
  • 31. Company Reputation: 1 Minor impact - little or no public awareness or concern. 2 Local impact - some local public concern. Some local media and/or political attention with potentially adverse aspects for the company. 3 Regional/national impact - regional or national public concern. Extensive adverse attention in the national media. Regional/national policies with potentially restrictive measures and/or impact on grant of permits. 4 International impact - international public attention. Extensive adverse attention in international media. National/international policies with potential severe impact on access to new areas, grants of permits or licenses. Action: The Project Manager sends his/her assessment of risk to the HSE Manager for review. The HSE Manager will review assessments and may ask for more information to clarify and redefine the risk for mitigation and planning. For example, a Project Manager may rate a risk as a D-4; after review, the HSE Manager may rate the risk as a C-3. This correction may be warranted after considering additional information on the ecological resources at risk. Similarly, the HSE Manager may rate the exposure higher because similar resources on another job were impacted similarly with higher consequences. Action: The Project Manager, in cooperation with the appropriate risk level authority within C & C, identifies measures to mitigate key risk in the operation based on the sources identified below. Mitigation measures lower the potential risk(s) involved with a project. For example, C & C's HSEMS is designed to lower the risk of injury to personnel. Site-specific environmental management and/or HSE plans are applied to lower risks associated with a particular project. For example, if a survey area contains a sensitive public water supply, then fuel storage and refueling should not be done in the area. Similarly, if a project is being conducted in an area that could contain hydrogen sulfide, then special personal protective equipment (PPE) and training may be needed. These measures should be identified in the environmental management or HSE plan. As noted in Step 1, C & C should review these plans to ensure that key HSE risks and best practices have been identified and implemented. For more information and lists of appropriate mitigation measures, refer to: Project-specific environmental assessments (EAs) or an environmental management plan Project-specific HAZOP or HSE plan IAGC, API, E&P Forum, and/or other industry/group HSE guidelines The World Bank Sourcebook, Vol. III. 31
  • 32. The appropriate authority will determine whether the mitigation measure is appropriate so that the operation can proceed. For example, an C-3 risk might be lowered to an D-4 risk by applying a different technique or acquiring a new piece of equipment; this would give the authority sufficient justification to proceed with the project. Action: The Project Manager, in cooperation with the appropriate risk level authority within C & C, determines the appropriate risk management practice based on guidance from the Risk Potential Matrix. Figure 1 is the risk potential matrix with corresponding risk actions and authorities. These authorities help determine whether the project is continued or cancelled. For example, a risk rating of B-2 for a geophysical survey in a protected zone without proper operational controls would be an unacceptable risk for the company. However, with proper operational controls applied, the risk would fall to a more manageable C-4. The level of management needed to approve a project with estimated risk is given in the category box. The decision to proceed should be made after applying mitigation measures to lower risk. Action: The operations Party Chief ensures that the risk mitigation measures are applied for each key HSE risk and that an overall risk reduction strategy is implemented for all risks, according to guidelines given below. Line management will audit periodically to ensure that these actions are being taken. The Project Manager will ensure that the approved risk reduction measures are implemented. Mitigation measures typically are applied within normal operating procedures. The risk identification and ranking exercises in the previous steps will help ensure that these measures are applied. Line management is responsible for auditing mitigation measures. Some measures may require follow-up. For example, a field crew is required to wear PPE (a respirator with protective suit/gloves). This equipment is hot and uncomfortable. A crew that is not used to wearing this level PPE may decide not to wear all of it, which would increase the hazard and raise risk. It is management's responsibility to audit (and follow-up) to ensure that the crew wears the appropriate PPE. Management is responsible for conducting periodic operations audits and reviewing the effectiveness of risk reduction measures as part of a project. Lessons learned from the audits will be disseminated across the company. Finally, risk reduction measures can be identified and implemented during any phase of a project. All personnel are responsible for identifying potential risks; they must not b e satisfied until adequate answers are provided and/or appropriate mitigation measures are taken. This shared responsibility creates an open atmosphere in which performance continually improves and risk is reduced. There is one more category of risk. It involves complying with international and countryspecific HSE regulations and guidelines. Local management and area HSE managers/supervisors will compile and keep current any special requirements that are not covered by company procedures. Line management will not assume that country-specific requirements have remained unchanged since the last job. Requirements change over time, sometimes rapidly. 32
  • 33. Pertinent regulatory requirements are described in the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or environmental review documents prepared by C & C’s clients. C & C employees who are involved in the planning process should obtain up-to-date information on all regulations that could affect the proposed prospect. Sources of this information include the national petroleum ministry's environmental officers, the national environmental ministry, nongovernmental organizations (NGO), and publications or websites from the U.S. State Department, the United Nations Environment Program, and the World Bank. In accordance with C & C's audit procedures, periodic HSE audits are performed to ensure compliance with the applicable regulations, internal procedures, and good management practices. 4.2 Safety Meetings, Training & Drills Safety meetings are required to educate and train as part of the Safety Program. Employee attendance at safety meetings is mandatory. Job Safety Analysis meetings should be held at the commencement of all offshore operations for all involved employees. In addition, Safety Meetings will be scheduled frequently. The meetings should be well organized, and specific safety problems with suggested solutions should be presented. Although the Supervisor and/or lead worker will guide the safety meeting, there should be participation by each employee. Employee participation is important to make sure everyone gets a complete understanding of the subjects discussed. Some ideas for topics to discuss in the safety meetings along with the scheduled Safety Topics are: • • • • • • Particular sections of this Safety Program on specific equipment or operating procedures. Recent near-miss accidents. Recent accidents, the causes, and corrective action that can be taken to avoid accidents of this type in the future. Employee safety suggestions. Recent equipment and tool failures, which may have had accident potential. Recent company communications. All items in the safety meeting must be documented. and reported on the safety meeting form or a similar form. These reports, including a list of those attending, will provide documented proof of reporting hazards and safety training. It is the supervisor's responsibility to get each employee attending to sign the form. The original copy of this report must be retained for five (5) years in permanent files at the Lafayette office. In addition to the formal safety meetings, the crew will hold a job safety analysis meeting each job before the work starts. These meetings will keep safety on the minds of the crew on a daily basis, and can be used to point out specific hazards that may be anticipated during the upcoming job. When on our customer's location, C & C employees will attend safety meetings held by our customer or their subcontractors. Fire, abandonment and man overboard drills will be held routinely aboard C & C vessels. The drill should be documented in the vessel's logbook. 33
  • 34. 4.3 Job Safety Analysis Documentation C & C Technologies has developed a Job Safety Analysis Worksheet to assist you in job safety review and the sharing of safety information for the job to be completed. This Safety Meeting topic provides the Job Safety Analysis worksheet example as well as an example of a completed worksheet for your review The Job Safety Analysis worksheet is simple to use. It has the following major headings: • Department/Operations • Facility/Location • Prepared By • Job Analyzed • Reviewed By • Personnel Involved in Job • Approved By • Principle Job Steps • Tools and Materials Used • Potential Accidents or Hazards • Safe Procedures and PPE The boxes are self-explanatory for the most part. As you begin the Job Safety Analysis PRINCIPLE JOB STEPS, it is suggested that you: 1. Number the job steps in the order that they will occur, and follow the job steps horizontally across the page. 2. Use as much space as you need in each column to get down on paper all the tools, materials, potential hazards, safe procedures and PPE that may be needed to fully address the identified Principle Job Step. Be sure to break down the job into the level of detail needed to examine as many of the risk possibilities as you can determine. When writing down the Principle Job Steps, be sure to make the discussion one in which all members in the crew have an opportunity to speak. If the discussion is controlled too tightly, then different perspectives about the job, job tasks, methods of performance and safety may be overlooked. SPEAK UP AND BE HEARD! As a member of the production team, your perspective must be heard. Do not sit quietly if you have suggestions about any topic on the JSA or during the JSA process. The more complete the JSA is the better the opportunity for a safe and productive job to be performed. 34
  • 35. 5. 5.1 PLANNING & IMPLEMENTATION Personal Protective Equipment Personal protective equipment is provided for your protection. Failure to wear prescribed equipment may result in personal injury to you or others. Remember that you are expected to work in a safe manner, which includes wearing the proper personal protective equipment. Employee cooperation is essential if personal protective equipment is to provide the protection for which it is designed. Employees must maintain the provided PPE in reliable and sanitary condition. Defective or damaged PPE shall not be used. Supervisors/Party Chiefs/Boat Captains will conduct hazard assessments to determine if there are hazards associated with the task to be performed that would require PPE. This will be documented on a JSA, signed and dated. The reasons for selected PPE will be discussed in pre-job/tailgate safety meetings and documented as such. Employee Training The Safety Manager/supervisor provides training for each employee who is required to use personal protective equipment. Training includes: • When PPE is necessary • What PPE is necessary • How to properly don, doff, adjust and wear assigned PPE • Limitations of PPE • The proper care, maintenance, useful life, and disposal of assigned PPE Employees must demonstrate an understanding of the training and the ability to use the PPE properly before they are allowed to perform work requiring the use of the equipment. Employees are prohibited from performing work without donning appropriate PPE to protect them from the hazards they will encounter in the course of that work. If the Safety Manager has reason to believe an employee does not have the understanding or skill required, the employer must retrain. Since an employee's supervisor is in the best position to observe any problems with PPE use by individual employees, the Safety Manager will seek this person's input when making this determination. Circumstances where retraining may be required include changes in the workplace or changes in the types of PPE to be used, which would render previous training obsolete. Also, inadequacies in an affected employee's knowledge or use of the assigned PPE, which indicates that the employee has not retained the necessary understanding or skills, would require retraining. Note: Employee owned PPE is not permitted. 35
  • 36. Selection Guidelines Once any hazards have been identified and evaluated through hazard assessment, the general procedure for selecting protective equipment is to: • • • • Become familiar with the potential hazards and the type of protective equipment (PPE) that are available, and what they can do. Compare types of equipment to the hazards associated with the environment. Select the PPE that ensures a level of protection greater than the minimum required to protect employees from the hazards. Fit the user with proper, comfortable, well fitting protection and instruct employees on care and use of the PPE. It is very important that the users are aware of all warning labels for and limitations of their PPE. It is the responsibility of the Safety Manager to reassess the workplace hazard situation as necessary, to identify and evaluate new equipment and processes, to review accident records, and reevaluate the suitability of previously selected PPE. This reassessment will take place as needed, but at least annually. Elements that should be considered in the reassessment include: • • • • • • • • • • Adequacy of PPE program Accidents and illness experience Levels of exposure (this implies appropriate exposure monitoring) Adequacy of equipment selection Number of person hours that workers wear various protective ensembles Adequacy of training/fitting of PPE Program cos ts The adequacy of program records Recommendation for program improvement and modification Coordination with overall safety and health program Life Jackets Life jackets or work vests Personnel Floatation Devices (PFD) must be worn by all personnel during the over-water transfers between vessels and structures. A PFD shall be worn by all personnel working on barges, vessels, on well jackets that do not have handrails, on bottom walkways of platforms and decks when guard rails are not present on all sides, and in other similar situations when there is exposure to falling into the water. Foot Protection Safety shoes or boots with non-skid soles shall be worn at all times while working. As a minimum, safety footwear shall be worn whenever you are outside the office or living quarters. You are responsible for inspecting your safety shoes or boots to make sure they are in good condition. 36
  • 37. Head Protection It is mandatory that all personnel wear a safety helmet whenever they are outside of the living quarters or offices or when they are performing work inside the living quarters or offices that presents a hazard to their head. All safety helmets should be regularly inspected by the wearer for signs of deterioration, damage, or wear. Hearing Protection (Earmuffs, plugs, etc.) You shall use personal hearing protection devices in areas that have been designated "High Noise Level Areas" and where "Hearing Protection Required" signs are posted. Eye and/or Face Protection Protective eye and face equipment will be required where there is a reasonable possibility of injury that can be prevented by such equipment. Check with your supervisor to be sure of eye protection requirements at your work location. The minimum protective eyewear shall be safety spectacles with firmly secured side shields. All employees who normally wear corrective spectacles shall be required to wear either industrial safety spectacles or coverall goggles over regular prescription spectacles if their duties expose them to eye h azards or if they are required to visit locations where eye hazards exist. Safety glasses are not suitable for all operations; therefore, other eye/face protection requirements may be required. Anyone in the vicinity of operations requiring special eye/face protection (i.e., goggles, face shields, etc.) shall wear equipment appropriate for the operations being performed. C & C shall provide any eye/face protection including eye wash equipment as required. Such protection equipment shall comply with the aforementioned requirements and shall be worn in accordance with the items listed above. Protective Clothing Protective clothing shall be worn when handling chemicals, when such is specified by the chemical's Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS). Shirt and trousers are considered as protective clothing in preventing overexposure to the rays of the sun and in providing significant protection from the heat of a flash fire or from a minor chemical splash. Loose, floppy clothing and jewelry should not be worn around rotating/moving equipment due to the danger of entanglement. 37
  • 38. Respiratory Protection Respirator protection is required when working in areas subject to the potential release into the atmosphere of chemicals such as hydrogen sulfide or chlorine and/or where galvanized pipe welding, sandblasting, or asbestos insulation or removal is in progress. Respirator protection may also be necessary for emergency evacuation and control of accidental releases. When there is a chance personnel may be required to wear respirators, beards/long sideburns will not be permitted. Under no circumstances should personnel be permitted to enter equipment in which life support depends on the use of breathing equipment. Equipment entry should always be planned to include purging to an atmosphere that is not life threatening. Respirators may be worn inside equipment only as an additional safety precaution or for emergency rescue. In an emergency evacuation, respirators may be the only protection; therefore, proper hair length and your participation in training drills are essential. See chapter 24, of this manual for specifics of C & C Technologies’ Respiratory Protection Program. Gloves Protective gloves shall be worn to protect against burns, sharp edges, hazardous chemicals or similar exposure when handling material. You should not wear gloves around machinery where there is a danger of entanglement or where the gloves may be pulled into rotating or moving parts. 5.2 Personnel Safe Work Procedures On-The-Job Safety Meetings You are to attend formal on-the-job safety meetings for locations with two or more employees. All employees are expected to attend and C & C will maintain a roster of all who attend. If you work alone at a given location, you are required to attend the safety meeting held by C & C or a major contractor in the area employed by C & C. You are also to attend safety meetings for the work to be performed including informal safety briefings, particularly, prior to undertaking any activity or perform any work, which is unusual or not routine. Unless specifically instructed otherwise by a C & C representative, all contract personnel will attend C & C safety meetings. It is required that all visitors be invited to attend as well. Work Permits Before performing work at a C & C location that is unusual or that could cause a fire or explosion, a "Fire and Safety Work Permit" from the proper C & C representative is required. You shall be responsible to follow local C & C work permit procedures strictly. You shall assure yourself that it is safe to proceed with assigned work prior to signing the work permit as contractor's representative. If you believe that a hazard or danger has developed or is developing, it is your duty to cease all operations, to secure them and to report it to your supervisor. Isolated Work Areas If you work alone or in small groups in isolated areas, you shall frequently and regularly "check in" with your supervisor and if possible, the client representative. 38
  • 39. 5.3 Fall Protection Program C & C Technology is dedicated to the protection of its employees from on-the-job injuries. All employees of C & C Technologies have the responsibility to work safely on the job. The purpose of this plan is: (a) To supplement our standard safety policy by providing safety standards specifically designed to cover fall protection on this job and; (b) to ensure that each employee is trained and made aware of the safety provisions which are to be implemented by this plan prior to the start of the project. It is a mandatory requirement that C & C employees are to exercise 100 % tie-off at all times while performing work at heights. This plan is designed to enable employers and employees to recognize the fall hazards on the job and to establish the procedures that are to be followed in order to prevent falls to lower levels or through holes and openings in walking/working surfaces. Each employee will be trained in these procedures and strictly adhere to them except when doing so would expose the employee to a greater hazard. If, in the employee's opinion, this is the case, the employee is to notify the supervisor of the concern and have the concern addressed before proceeding. It is the responsibility of the supervisor to implement this Fall Protection Plan. The supervisor is responsible for continual observational safety checks of their work operations and to enforce the safety policy and procedures. The supervisor also is responsible to correct any unsafe acts or conditions immediately. It is the responsibility of the employee to understand and adhere to the procedures of this plan and to follow the instructions of the supervisor. It is also the responsibility of the employee to bring to management's attention any unsafe or hazardous conditions or acts that may cause injury to either themselves or any other employees. The HSE Manager must approve any changes to this Fall Protection Plan. General Employees, who are required to work or be exposed to varied elevations, have a potential for injury from falls. C &C Technologies must ensure that a fall protection system is in place when employees work at elevations greater than 6 feet (1.8 meters) Each employee on a walking/working surface (horizontal and vertical surface) with an unprotected side or edge which is 6 feet (1.8 m) or more above a lower level shall be protected from falling by the use of guardrail systems, safety net systems, or personal fall arrest systems...1926.501(b)(2). If a guardrail system is chosen to provide the fall protection, and a controlled access zone has already been established for leading edge work, the control line may be used in lieu of a guardrail along the edge that parallels the leading edge. (b)(3) Each employee required to climb masts on boats or do “high work” shall wear an approved fall protection apparatus. The “buddy system” shall be used wherein an observer shall monitor the climber or “high worker” to assist him and help assure that the job is being done safely. Fall protection systems include (in order of priority): 1) guard rails 2) safety belts or full body harnesses with related equipment 3) horizontal life lines 4)control zones 39
  • 40. Definitions Anchor: a secure point of attachment for lifelines or lanyards that is capable of withstanding the loads: • • fall restraint - 800 lbs. fall arrest - 5000 lbs. Control zone: the area between an unguarded edge and a defined line that is set back a safe distance.(Minimum 2 m or 6 1/2 ft) Control Zone Exceptional Hazard: an additional hazard over and above the normal hazard of falling to the surface below, for example, falling onto a moving conveyor or onto protruding reinforcing steel. Fall distance: the distance from the point where the worker would fall to the point where the fall would be arrested. (maximum of 4 ft without a shock absorber, 6 1/2 ft with a shock absorber) Fall arrest: stopping a fall that has occurred before the worker hits the surface below. Fall Restraint: the use of a work positioning system to prevent workers from falling from the position in which they are working or a travel restriction system to prevent workers from traveling to an edge from which they may fall. 40
  • 41. Free Fall: The distance from the point where the worker would begin to fall to the point where the fall arrest system begins to cause deceleration of the fall. Full body Harness: a configuration of connected straps to distribute a fall arresting force over at least the thigh, shoulders and pelvis, with provisions for attaching a lanyard, lifeline or other components. Full Body Harness 41
  • 42. Horizontal Lifeline : a rail, wire rope or synthetic cable that is installed in a horizontal plane between two anchors and used for attachment of a worker's lanyard or lifeline while permitting the worker to move horizontally. Fall restraint - ultimate load capacity of at least 800 lbs. per worker Fall arrest - certified by a professional engineer Lanyard: a flexible line of webbing, rope, or cable used to secure a safety belt or full body harness to a lifeline or anchor. Lifeline : a line from a fixed anchor or between two horizontal anchors and used for attachment of a worker's lanyard, safety belt, full body harness or other device. Personal Fall Protection System: a fall protection system, which uses a safety belt or full body harness to secure each worker to an individual anchor by means of lanyards, vertical lifelines, or other connecting equipment. Safety Belt: a body support component comprised of a strap with a means for securing it about the waist and for attaching it to other components. Used only for fall restraint systems. Shock absorber: a component whose primary function is to dissipate energy and limit deceleration forces which are imposed on the body during fall arrest. With a shock absorber in place a free fall of 6 1/2 feet is permitted in a fall arrest system. Swing Fall Hazard: the hazard of swinging and colliding with an obstruction or the ground following a fall by a worker connected to a lifeline at an angle to the anchor location. Work Procedures: the prevention of fall injuries by the control zone or safety monitor systems under this system or other systems established by an employer to minimize the risks from not using a fall protection system. 42
  • 43. Responsibilities Supervisors Ensure employees working at C & C comply with fall protection instructions Identify workplace fall hazards through job safety analysis. Hold pre-job planning meetings to discuss the fall protection required. Provide approved fall protection equipment for employees including: fall restraint and fall arresting equipment. Provide procedures for maintenance and inspection of fall protection equipment. “Lanyards" available through Safety and Security) Provide training in the use of fall restraint and fall arresting equipment. Employees Use workplace-specific job procedures provided when working in fall hazard locations. Control or restrict access, or apply engineering controls, if necessary, when working below or around others working overhead. Understand the requirements and use of the Fall Protection System and fall restraint and fall arrest equipment. Understand the requirement for working on a leading or fixed edge. (see control Zones section in this statement.) Fall Restraint Restraint protection is rigged to allow the movement of employees only as far as the sides and edge of the walking/working surface. Temporary anchorage points used for fall restraint must be engineered to be capable of supporting four times the intended load, with a minimum strength requirement of 364 kg (800 lbs.). Work within the confines of a perimeter (standard) guardrail. Wear an approved safety belt or harness attached to securely rigged restraint lines where: 1. Safety belt and/or harness conform to all current industry standards 2. Rope-grab devices must be used in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and instructions. 3. Inspect fall restraint components before each use, for wear, damage and other deterioration. Remove defective components from service when the component's function or strength has been adversely affected fall restraint components must be compatible 4. Tie restraint lines, independently of other lines, to the anchorage point. 5. Employees exposed to a free fall distance of 3 m (10ft) or more (without restraint) must wear fall arresting equipment, using a full-body harness system. 43
  • 44. 6. Inspect components of the fall arrest system before each use for wear, damage and other deterioration. Defective components are removed from service when the components' function or strength has been adversely affected. 7. Fall arrest equipment must meet the minimum criteria: A. Hardware used must be drop-forged, pressed or formed steel, with a corrosion-resistant finish, with surfaces and edges smooth to prevent damage to the attached body harness or lanyard; B. Vertical life-lines must have a breaking strength specified by the manufacture as 27 kN (6000lbs); termination knots or splices can not reduce the strength of lifeline to less than 22 kN (5000lbs) C. Horizontal life-lines must be 12 mm diameter wire rope with a manufactures specified breaking strength of at least 89 kN (20000 pounds); D. Increase the above forces by 25% if two workers are connected to the same horizontal static line. E. Lanyards must have a minimum tensile strength of 2449 kg (5400lb) body harness components must be CSA-approved. 8. Secure full-body harness systems to anchorage points capable of supporting 2272 k (5000lbs.). 9. Protect safety lines and lanyards against cuts or abrasion. 10. Limit the free fall distance (through rigging) to a maximum of 1.2 m (4 ft) without a shock absorber or 6 1/2 ft with a shock absorber. 11. Only one employee may be attached to any one vertical life-line. Connect only one snap hook to any one D-ring. 12. Snap hooks must not be connected to one another. Control Zones * NOTE: The use of a Control Zone is prohibited on a surface where the slope exceeds 4 vertical and 12 horizontal or for scaffold erection and removal. A Control Zo ne is used for leading edge or fixed edge work where: A minimum distance from the edge of 2 m (6.5 ft) is used to protect employees not wearing fall arrest or fall restraint equipment. *NOTE: The Control Zone should be expanded during adverse condition, (eg. slippery roof) or when working at an additional elevation within the "Safe Zone" (eg. on a step ladder) Employees or working within the "control zone" must be using appropriate fall arrest or fall restraint equipment. 13. If work is to be conducted inside the Control Zone warning lines must be installed to identify the Control Zone. The lines must be highly visible and maintained at a height of between 0.85 m and 1.15 m (34" and 45") at intervals not exceeding 1.8 m (6 ft.). 44
  • 45. 5.4 Offshore Travel & Work Orientation Over Water Operations General Information Safety Orientations Personnel should receive a site-specific safety orientation, at their destination. If an orientation is not given, personnel should read prominently posted information as it pertains to: Emergency procedures, availability of life-saving equipment [personal flotation devices (PFD's), survival craft, etc.], alarm systems, crafts attendant to facility (boats, helicopters). Should any employee have any questions or does not understand any procedure, operation or policy, they should ASK their supervisor. Safety Equipment All personnel, whether on-duty or off-duty, must wear required safety equipment when entering the operating area of the facility. All personnel must be fully clothed at all times while working. Swimming Swimming from any facility for the purpose of recreation is prohibited. PFD requirements A personal flotation device (PFD) must be approved, the correct type for the individual, situation, and service and fastened when worn. On manned and unmanned facilities, Type I PFD should be available for each person in attendance or assigned on a regular basis. There are other types of PFD available. Following is a list of approved types of PFD's: 45
  • 46. TYPES DESCRIPTION I Life Preserver Ø Ø Kapok or Fibrous glass must provide a minimum buoyant force of 25 pounds (adult) or 16½ pounds (child). Unicellular plastic foam must provide a minimum buoyancy force of 22 Pounds (adult) or 11 pounds (child). This type is the most effective of all types in rough water. II Buoyant Vest or Buoyant Device Ø Kapok or Fibrous glass buoyant vest must provide a minimum buoyant force of 16 pounds (adult), 11 pounds (medium child) or 7¼ pounds (small child). A Unicellular plastic foam or unicellular polyethylene foam buoyant vest or any other buoyant device must provide a minimum buoyant force of 15½ (adult), 11 pounds (medium child) or 7 pounds (small child). This type is normally sized for ease of emergency donning. III Buoyant Vest or Buoyant Device Ø IV Buoyant Cushion or Ring Buoy Minimum Buoyancy of not less than 16½ pounds for ring life buoys, 18 pounds for foam cushions and 20 pounds for any other device (kapok and fibrous glass). This type is designed to be grasped and held by the user until rescued as well as to be thrown to a person who has fallen overboard. V Work Vest Only ? Unicellular plastic foam and provides a minimum buoyancy force of 17½ pounds. This type is designed as a work vest only and must be marked accordingly. It is not approved for use on recreational boats. Minimum Buoyant force of 15½ pounds (adult), 11 pounds medium child), or 7 pounds (small child). Type III is the most comfortable and is recommended in areas of probable quick rescue. As a minimum, each individual must wear an approved Type III or Type V PFD when: • • • • • • Transferring material or personnel to and from marine transportation (i.e. vessel to vessel, swing rope, personnel net) Working alone on small platforms Working beneath decks or outside protective handrails Working over water near unguarded edges Working or going below the cellar deck Working or riding on deck of boat or barge Fall Protection A full-body safety harness, shock absorbing lanyard and PFD must be worn when working above water and outside protective handrails. A double lanyard may be required for operations requiring personnel to disengage the lanyard to move around equipment or obstacles. Water Entry from a Height Structures with living quarters must have an emergency evacuation plan. This plan should be a part of the facilities Station Bill or otherwise posted in a prominent place. C & C Technologies, Inc. personnel should receive a briefing by Company personnel on the procedures contained in the plan. If you do not receive a briefing, ASK for one. 46
  • 47. Water entry should be one of the last considerations for survival in an emergency. When evacuating a facility helicopters, vessels attendant to the facility, life rafts, life floats, survival capsules, and even suspending oneself by a rope from the side of a facility should be considered before entering the water. Again, jumping into the water is hazardous and should be done, only, if there is no other means of escape. The following procedures should be used if it is necessary to jump into the water from a facility or vessel: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Remove your safety hard hat. Put on and firmly secure your PFD. Get as close as possible to the water. Look to see that your targeted landing area is clear of personnel, protruding objects, and other debris. Secure your PFD by clamping one arm across your chest and grasping the shoulder strap of the PFD. Protect your mouth and nose by placing the palm of your free hand directly over your mouth and pinch your nose shut with your thumb and forefinger. Look directly ahead at the horizon and stand straight. Take a deep breath and jump feet first. Keep your body erect and your ankles crossed. DO NOT DIVE ! Should water entry be chosen, personnel should be knowledgeable of techniques used to survive. If water entry is accomplished with a PFD: Orient yourself in the water, then move away from any vessels. Look for rescue equipment and listen for instructions. Let rescuers come to you. Avoid swimming a distance if possible because survival may depend on conserving energy. If water entry is accomplished without a PFD: Turn your back to the wind or waves, keep your head out of the water and swim using a breaststroke. In the event of a oil or fuel fire on the water, swim under the water. Before you surface, use your hand to splash a breathing hole above your head. Surface with your eyes closed; take a deep breath, and re-submerge feet first. Keep your head up and out of the water when swimming in oil and debris. Push oil and debris away from you by crossing your hands in front of you. Sweep your hands to the side as you swim forward with a modified breaststroke. Protect your eyes, ears, and mouth. Minimizing your movements in cold water, to conserve your body heat and prevent immersion hypothermia. 47
  • 48. Marine Vessel Transfer Procedures Personnel Nets • Transfer by personnel nets should be used when transfer by rope is impractical because of high winds and rough seas. These nets must be used only with the approval of the Company person in charge. Always follow company procedures, otherwise, • The deck of the vessel must be clear of materials to ensure sufficient room to land the net. Only personnel who will ride the net on the next trip or the person assisting in the transfer should be allowed on the deck of the vessel during transfer operations. • The number of persons allowed to ride the personnel net at one time must not exceed the manufacturer's recommendation. This recommended number should appear on the floor and on each quadrant of the of the personnel net base. Only a limited amount of light luggage is permitted in the net when personnel are being transferred. Cargo should not be loaded on personnel nets. Occupants using personnel nets should stand, facing inward, on the outer rim of the net in the open area designed in the netting. Approved type PFD's must be worn. • Personnel should anticipate the landing on the deck of the vessel or facility by slightly bending their knees so as not to sustain a possible injury. They should not get off the net until it is settled on the deck of the vessel or facility. Swing Ropes • Ropes are usually a 1-inch diameter manila rope. Ropes with knots tied every two feet will be used to swing from a marine vessel to a landing. Knots are provided to prevent personnel from slipping down the rope during transfer. • The same diameter rope, only unknotted, will be used to swing from the landing onto the marine vessel. The slick rope application allows personnel to slide down the rope should the vessel descend in the water during transfer. • Should you encounter situations where both ropes are unknotted, transfer to the facility should be with the rope nearest to the structure. Transfer to the vessel should be with the rope farthest from the structure. Vessels involved in swing rope transfers must be in proper position prior to the transfer of personnel. The captain of the vessel will determine when and where personnel will board or debark the vessel. A crewmember of the vessel should and must be available to assist in the transfer of personnel. Transfer by rope should be made as nearly as possible at the peak of the vessel's rise and never while the vessel is falling. Always use both hands during transfer on swing ropes. Hand held articles and luggage must be transferred separately. If a person finds it too dangerous to board a vessel or platform in rough seas, you will not be required to try. Remember - only YOU can make the decision to swing. 48
  • 49. 5.5 Air Transportation General • The following guidelines will apply to helicopter as well as other types of aircraft. Personnel should always ask for either special instructions or a briefing on any type of aircraft they are not familiar with. • The pilot has the final decision regarding loading of personnel, loading of cargo, weight and distribution of the load and flight operations. • Transporting of explosives or flammables (liquid or gas) on a helicopter is prohibited while passengers are being carried. Smoking by passengers or the pilot is usually prohibited at any time while on or near an aircraft. • Passengers must follow the pilot's instructions. • Upon arrival at the staging area, passengers must report their personal weight, report their luggage weight, report their company of employment and be ready to board the aircraft before the scheduled departure time. • Passengers should receive a briefing before takeoff so as to familiarize them with the aircraft and its safety equipment. In some cases read the specific aircraft's briefing card (if available). Passengers must not touch any of the aircraft's controls. Passengers should learn the location and proper use of emergency equipment such as life rafts, emergency equipment kits and fire extinguishers. • Passengers must not inflate the life raft or life vest inside the aircraft; these must be inflated outside. • While in flight, passengers must never open the doors or throw anything out of the aircraft and never move about the cabin of an aircraft while in flight. Loading and Unloading • Do not approach an aircraft without the pilot's knowledge when the rotor blades or propellers are turning. Wait for a signal from the pilot before approaching. Approach and leave a helicopter in a crouched position so that you are well below the rotating rotor tips. Use caution, as the front portion of helicopter rotor blades can dip dangerously low and can strike personnel. Always approach and leave the aircraft at a 90o angle, from the sides and in view of the pilot. Do this only after directed to do so visually and/or verbally by the pilot. • Many aircraft have sharp pilot tubes located on the nose of the aircraft. These tubes can be hot (in excess of 400° F). Passengers should use caution when near the tube and avoid contact. • Never walk near or under the tail boom or tail rotor or approach from the rear of helicopter. Passengers must not disembark an aircraft until instructed to do so by the pilot. Before boarding, passengers should make sure all clothing and footwear is free of oil, grease and grime. Helicopter passengers wearing glasses should be aware of the down draft 49
  • 50. • from helicopter rotors and secure the glasses when boarding or disembarking. Passengers must hand-carry hard hats, caps, or other light items that can be blown into the rotor or engine intake. • When loading or unloading passengers or cargo with the helicopter rotors turning, use the following precautions: • Passengers or cargo handlers must be aware of their position in relation to the rotor. If baggage compartments are opened by the passenger, passengers should ensure they are correctly closed and latched. • • Under no circumstances will passengers approach or depart helicopters on the up slope side if the helicopter has landed on a slope. • Cargo loaded on any type of aircraft must be properly packaged, weighed, and reported on the manifest. Cargo over 36 inches in length should be carried horizontally to the ground to avoid contacting the helicopter rotor blades. • Cargo must not be allowed to strike the rotors or propellers or scrape the landing gear or the body of the aircraft. When cargo is transported inside the cabin, it must be secured with cargo nets or placed under the seats. Survival and Safety Equipment • In H2S prone areas Title 30 of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) only requires that each helicopter crewmember be provided with emergency breathing apparatus. Do not assume a breathing apparatus will be available for you in the event you have to evacuate a platform during an emergency by helicopter. • Hearing protection should be worn during all aircraft flights. • When flying over water in aircraft (regardless of distance from land) the following rules apply. • FAA approved PFD's must be worn by all passengers. • Life rafts capable of holding all passengers and crew will be carried on the aircraft. • Seat belts and shoulder harnesses, if equipped, must be worn and fastened by all passengers of aircraft before takeoff and remain fastened until after the aircraft has landed. Aircraft Emergencies • When preparing for an emergency helicopter landing: • Tighten your seat belt. • Remove and secure your glasses, dentures, pens and other personal items. • Observe the location of life rafts and survival kits. Note: Be prepared to deploy them should the pilot not be in position to do so. 50
  • 51. • Select an orientation point (a fixed part of the helicopter such as the bracing underneath the seat). Note: This should not be a movable part such as a door handle. • Grasp the orientation point tightly during an emergency so that you will maintain a reference point. • Keep one hand firmly on your seat belt, near the buckle, but not on it. Note: Keep your other hand on your orientation point. • Brace for impact. Notes: After the initial jolt, a second strong jolt may be felt as the helicopter rotor blades hit the water or land. • Do not evacuate the aircraft before the rotor blades have stopped turning unless told to do so. After an emergency aircraft landing: • Remain inside the helicopter unless it begins to tip or sink. • If time permits, wait for the pilot’s command to open windows or doors and to deploy life rafts. Note: If the helicopter does not remain upright after touchdown or begins to sink, survival becomes an individual responsibility. • DO NOT panic or hamper the survival of others. As water fills the cabin, take a normal breath and hold it. After the initial rush of water has ceased (normally five to 10 seconds), release the belt buckle with one hand, keeping your other hand on the orientation point. • • The passengers seated near doors should open the emergency exits as the pilot had briefed before departure. Note: Sliding doors on many helicopters can puncture aircraft flotation devices. These doors have push out windows, which should be utilized. • Pull yourself hand over hand along the preplanned escape route. Note: DO NOT let go and attempt to swim with both hands. Maintain contact with the helicopter. • Exit the helicopter with the emergency kits and life raft(s). After raft inflation, enter the life raft, if possible. Could you enter the life raft? If yes, be prepared to assist others who may be disoriented or incapacitated. Procedure ends here. If no, stay with a group of people and look to see if the helicopter will stay afloat. If may even float if the emergency flotation gear has not been deployed. Go to the next step. If possible, crawl on to the helicopter but do not tie yourself to it, as it may sink without warning. Notes: Under rough conditions, it may be advantageous to move away from the helicopter to avoid bodily injury. Be prepared to assist others who may be disoriented or incapacitated. • • • • Refueling Aircraft • Since C & C Technologies, Inc. personnel are not trained to refuel aircraft; this operation shall not be performed. 51
  • 52. BELL 212/412 1. When the floats are inflated, do not slide the doors open. Use emergency panel exits only. If sliding doors open when floats are inflated, they will puncture the floats. 2. When flying in a helicopter, you may not have a passenger-loading coordinator, so be careful when loading or unloading. 3. The last passenger to load or unload bags from the baggage compartment must make sure the door is secured before the helicopter takes off. 52
  • 53. BELL 206B Cabin Layout A. Emergency Exits - The handles found on all doors are for both normal and emergency exits. To open the exit door, turn the handle. To close the exit door, leave the handle in the open position and pull firmly on the door. To lock the door, turn the handle to a horizontal position. B. Fire Extinguishers - Two fire extinguishers are located in the cabin of the helicopter; one on the cockpit side, the other on the passenger-compartment side. To operate the fire extinguishers, release the safety, aim the extinguisher at the base of the fire and press the handle. C. Emergency Kits - Emergency kits containing day/night signaling devices are located in the forward cabin area between the two seats. D. Life Raft - The life raft is located in the rear passenger compartment. To inflate the raft, move outside the cabin area. The raft is inflated by a CO. cartridge when you pull the operating handle. Never inflate the raft inside the cabin. 53
  • 54. SIKORSKY S-76 Approaching and Departing Helicopter 1. Never approach or leave a helicopter from directly in front of it because of low blade clearance. Always approach from the side. Stay clear of the rear of the helicopter. 2. Be aware of the tip path of the main rotor blades and stay well below this path. Some wind conditions cause the main rotor blades on the Sikorsky S-76 to dip below the 5foot level. 3. On Sikorsky S-76 helicopter flights, one pilot will always help load and unload passengers and cargo. 4. A pilot will act as passenger-loading coordinator and is the only one allowed to open, close, and secure the baggage-compartment doors. 5. Air-speed indicators may develop temperatures in excess of 400°F. Do not touch Pilot tubes located in the nose of the helicopter. SIKORSKY S-76 54
  • 55. 5.6 PERSONAL FLOTATION DEVICES UNITED STATES COAST GUARD CLASSIFICATIONS TYPE I PFD (LIFE PRESERVER) Kapok or fibrous glass must provide a minimum buoyant force of 25 pounds (Adult) or 161/2 pounds (child). Unicellular plastic foam must provide a minimum buoyant force of 22 pounds (Adult) or 11 pounds (Child). On a manned platform, it must have a PFD device light and retro-reflective material. It has the greatest required buoyancy and is designed to turn most unconscious persons in the water from a face down position to a vertical and slightly backward position and to maintain the person in the vertical and slightly backward position and, therefore, greatly increases his or her chances of survival. The Type I PFD is suitable for all waters, especially for cruising on waters where there is a probability of delayed rescue, such as large bodies of water where it is not likely that a significant number of boats will be in close proximity. Personal Floatation Devices This type of PFD is the most effective of all the types in rough water. The Type I PFD is easiest to don in any emergency because it is reversible and available in only two sizesAdult (90 pounds or more) and child (less than 90 pounds), which are universal sizes (designed to fit all persons in the appropriate category). TYPE II PFD (BUOYANT VEST OF BUOYANT DEVICE) A Kapok or fibrous glass buoyant vest must provide a minimum buoyant force of 16 pounds (Adult), 11 pounds (Medium Child) or 7-1/4 pounds (Small child). A unicellular plastic foam or unicellular polyethylene foam buoyant vest or any other buoyant device must provide a minimum buoyant force of 15-1/2 pounds (Adult), 11 pounds (Medium Child) or 7 pounds (Small Child). It is designed to turn the wearer to a vertical and slightly backward position in the water. The turning action is not as pronounced as with a Type I and the device will not turn as many persons under the same conditions as the Type I. The Type II PFD is usually more comfortable to wear than the Type I. This type PFD is normally sized for ease of 55
  • 56. emergency donning and is available in the following sizes: Adult (more than 90 pounds), Medium Child (50 to 90 pounds) and two categories of Small Child (less than 50 pounds or less than 30 pounds). Additionally, some models are sized by chest sizes. You may prefer to use the Type II where there is a probability to quick rescue such as areas where it is common for other persons to be engaged in boating, fishing and other water activities. TYPE III PFD (BUOYANT VEST OR BUOYAN T DEVICE) Provides a minimum buoyant force of 15-1/2 pounds (Adult), 11 pounds (Medium Child) or 7 pounds (Small child). It is designed so that the wearer can place himself or herself in a vertical and slightly backward position and the device will maintain the wearer in that position and have no tendency to turn the wearer face down. A Type III can be most comfortable, comes in a variety of styles which should be matched to the individual use or is usually the best choice for water sports, such as skiing, hunting, fishing, canoeing and kayaking. This type PFD normally comes in many chest sizes and weight ranges; however, some universal sizes are available. You may also prefer to use the Type III where there is a probability of quick rescue such as areas where it is common for other persons to be engaged in boating, fishing and other water activities. 56
  • 57. TYPE IV PFD (BUOYANT CUSHION OR RING LIFT BUOY) Provides a minimum buoyant force of not less than 16-1/2 pounds for ring lift buoys, 18 pounds for foam cushions and 20 pounds for any other device (kapok and fibrous glass). It is designed to be grasped and held by the user until rescued as well as to be thrown to a person who has fallen overboard. While the Type IV is acceptable in place of a wearable device in certain instances, this type is suitable only where there is a probability of quick rescue, such as areas where it is common for other persons to be engaged in boating, fishing and other water activities. It is not recommended for non-swimmers and children. TYPE V PFD (WORK VEST) Unicellular plastic foam. Provides a minimum buoyant force of 17-1/2 pounds. It is designed for use while working on merchant vessels or offs hore platforms. It must be marked “Work Vest Only” and is not approved for use on recreational boats. 57
  • 58. INFLATABLE DEVICES (MAE WEST) Not approved by United States Coast Guard for marine service but approved by the Federal Aviation Administration for use in aircraft (helicopters) for flights over water. Donning procedure diagram: 5.7 Emergency Escape Vessels and Flotation Equipment This information is provided to give C & C Technologies, Inc. personnel with general information about emergency escape vessels and flotation equipment. TEMPSC –Totally Enclosed Motor Propelled Survival Craft (TEMPSC) is a watercraft that is totally enclosed with a rigid hull and watertight enclosure that will protect personnel from the outside environment. They are made of fire retardant fiberglass and have a seawater sprinkler system activated when the craft is in the water. 58
  • 59. Inflatable Life Raft Used as a primary means of abandonment for production platforms and smaller offshore vessels and as a secondary abandonment system for MODUs. These types of rafts may be davit launched (at greater than 10 feet) or throw-over launched (10 feet or less). Life Floats, also called buoyant apparatus, offer less protection than other systems. Life floats are stored in a manner to float free from sinking, vessels, mounted on a gravity slide, or launched directly in the water. A line equal to three times the freeboard distance, keeps the float near the platform during abandonment operations. The float will provide 32 pounds of added buoyancy per person. Overloading is possible. 59
  • 60. 5.8 Personnel Training All C & C Technologies Inc. personnel who are assigned work over water will have an appropriate orientation, provided by a certified/qualified instructor containing at least the following elements: Orientation Training • Preparation for the trip including: • Annually – view the MMS prescribed environmental video “All Washed Up”, or its successor. • Wear the proper clothing, taking in to account the weather and forecast. • Pack proper Personal Protective Equipment – as a minimum hard hat, safety glasses, safety boots, and personal flotation device. • Carry Valid Certifications and/or Required Training Cards • Keep prescription Drugs in original container – and original patient. • Keep over-the-counter drugs in original container. • Maintain an attitude for safety. • Pay attention to the weight of luggage for aircraft departures do not exceed weight restrictions. • Get good rest the night before your departure. • Drive safely to the departure shore base. • Alcohol, Illegal Drugs and Firearms are prohibited. • Arrival procedures at Shore Base. • Arrive on time. • Clean your shoes of mud and debris before entering. • Check in with dispatcher. • Weigh your luggage if departing on an aircraft, log in weight. • Be aware of security and do not take any packages or materials offshore that are not yours. 60
  • 61. • Gather and inspect your PPE once more. • If a transportation or safety video is to be presented at the shore base – pay attention to the instructions and information, all locations are different. • Wait patiently for your flight or boat to begin boarding. • Put trash in it place before leaving the shore base waiting area. • Smoke only in designated areas. Helicopter Transportation Helicopter pilot is always the person in charge while boarding or on board a helicopter. No smoking around the helicopter operations or during flight. Get pilot approval to approach helicopter. Take an inventory of the helicopter you will be boarding and other helicopter operations in the area. Be aware of wind velocity and direction. Take proper precautions. Approach the helicopter in a crouched position with a hand on your hard hat. Keep all items 36” or longer in a horizontal position while approaching or loading them onto the helicopter. Load baggage in the baggage compartment and latch it securely. Do not approach the tail rotor or go between the tail rotor and the fuselage. Don the provided PFD Boat Transportation • The captain is in command of the vessel and has complete authority on the vessel. • Check in with dispatcher to complete manifest documents. • Review personal and business materials you are taking on the trip. • Loading gear and luggage. • Loading heavy and equipment • Board the vessel – with caution • Security of equipment and materials 61
  • 62. • Vessel Station Bill – Emergency Procedures • Location of Fire Extinguishers and Safety Gear on-board • Stairways and Stairway safety onboard vessels • PFD usage onboard and during emergencies • Etiquette while onboard boat. Swing Rope • Descriptions • Inspection • Weather • Personal Safety • Personal Decision to use swing rope • Passing light gear • Board aircraft; secure door, latch and secure seatbelt • Put on Hearing Protection devices • So not throw anything out of aircraft while on the ground or in flight. • Using Swing rope • Dangers of platform and boat at bulkhead Personnel Baskets • Preparation while on-board boat or on Platform • Loading of light luggage • Safety while personnel basket is being lowered – static charge • Boarding personnel basket • Riding personnel basket • Disembarking personnel basket 62
  • 63. Arrival at platform • Checking in • Site specific orientation, alarms and emergency signals, communications • Review of Station Bill information, including location of first aid equipment • Accommodations, personal hygiene • Arrival at platform (continued) • MSDS review • Hazardous conditions special work or hazard alerts • Rules and Regulations of location, including immediate reporting of all injuries • Participation in scheduled and unscheduled drills and practices, including fire • Use and care of PPE while on platform Water Survival Training • Drills and Crew Training • Initial emergency actions • Emergency response organization • The Muster list • Drills and drill planning • IADC guidelines for marine safety drills • Seven steps to survival Types of Emergencies • The abandonment phase • The survival phase • The Rescue phase 63
  • 64. Abandonment Systems • Personal Items • Survival Craft • Personal Flotation Devices • Enclosed Lifeboat • Marine Life Rafts • Life Floats • Water Entry – Step-off Location Aids • Radios • E.P.I.R.B. • Global Maritime Distress and Safety System • Visual Location Aids Helicopter Safety, Emergencies and Evacuations • Helicopter Emergencies • Types and causes of emergency conditions • Impact • Safety Equipment Boat Safety • Personnel Transfer Basket • Swing Rope Transfer • Drowning • Man overboard drill • Personnel water safety equipment 64
  • 65. Training Records All records of employee training associated with this section will be kept at the C & C Technologies, Inc. EH&S Department 730 East Kaliste Saloom Rd., Lafayette, Louisiana 70508. Signs Numerous signs relating to personnel safety are posted throughout C & C facilities. Employees of contractors shall comply with these informational warning signs. 5.9 Transportation Vessel When you ride to your work location on a vessel, you must follow the instructions of the captain or operator as he is in complete charge of the vessel. Walk; do not run on the deck of the vessel. Always move with one hand free for support. Wear a life jacket or personal floatation device when you get on or off the vessel. The captain may require wearing of life jackets at other times at his discretion. Helicopter When you ride to your work location on a helicopter, you must follow the instructions of the pilot at all times as he is in complete control of the helicopter. Remain clear of the tail rotor at all times. Approach and disembark from the helicopter only from the front of the aircraft. Walk; never run, to and from the helicopter. If at any time a flight is to be conducted over a body of water, you must, prior to boarding, put on an inflatable (Mae West) type life jacket, and keep it on at all times while on board the helicopter. Do not remove it until you have left the body of the aircraft. Smoking is not permitted at any time while on board helicopters or on heliports/helidecks or within 50-feet of any helicopter or fueling operations or fuel storage area. Seat belts are to be worn and not released until signaled by the pilot. Evacuation Options For Injured Personnel If an individual is not seriously injured but needs to be evacuated, the survey boat or similar work vessel may be utilized. However, qualified medical advice should be sought to make this determination. Another option, depending on nature of operation and location, is other production platforms in the area. If a client representative is on board, he or she can be a valuable source or information. In many circumstances, they have knowledge of company platforms or vessels in the area. Acadian Ambulance dispatch can also be used as a possible resource for evacuation. Call 1-800-259-1111, identify this as an offshore emergency and request assistance in evacuation of the injured person. Have name, social security number and the extent of the injuries or nature of the problem. Coast Guard Evacuation If an individual is seriously injured and needs to be evacuated take the following steps: Contact on Frequency 2182 or VHF channel 16 Ask for patch through to rescue coordinator center Have name, social security number, and extent of injuries of injured person Give specific coordinates Make sure all information has been received accurately before breaking radio contact A Coast Guard doctor will give instructions to follow depending on the extent of the injury or illness 65
  • 66. 5.10 Driving & Vehicle Operation DEFINITION OF AN ACCIDENT. A driver shall report as an accident any incident that involves a company vehicle that the employee is driving, or is in charge of, that causes an accident or comes in contact with any person, animal, other vehicle or fixed object in a manner which results in death, bodily injury or property damage. In The Event Of An Accident • Stop immediately. • Take all necessary precautions to prevent further accidents at the scene. • Render all reasonable assistance to any injured party • Provide required information to the other party, their representative or any investigating police officer. Obtain this same information for our report. (Refer to accident package in vehicle.) • Do not make any statements at the accident scene regarding the incident, except to police or C & C Claims Representative. Questions by newsmen, TV personnel or others shall be referred to the location manager. • Do not take pictures at the scene of a third party accident unless directed to do so by C & C Claims Department. • If the other driver is uninjured or slightly injured, obtain the information needed to complete the accident report. Names, addresses and telephone numbers of all witnesses must be obtained. • The driver must notify his supervisor by telephone or radio as soon as possible after an accident. Avoid giving a detailed explanation over radio. • Unless directed by the police or a supervisor, do not allow any of the disabled vehicles to be moved when the accident results in personal injury or major property damage. • Never admit fault at the scene of an accident. • Upon returning to the yard, or no later than the next day, complete an accident report form and give it to the supervisor. Write down your facts immediately while fresh. Do not provide copies to anyone except your supervisor. Qualification Of A Driver • To operate a vehicle, an employee must have a valid drivers license of the appropriate classification for the type of vehicle being driven. • Only employees on the Approved Drivers List are authorized to operate a company vehicle. • All drivers shall take a National Safety Council Defensive Driving Course or company approved equivalent. 66
  • 67. Disqualification Of a Driver Current or prospective drivers of company vehicles shall be ineligible for or shall be removed from the Approved Drivers List and possibly discharged for violation of any of the following: • Leaving the scene of an accident that results in death or personal injury within the past 10 years. • A felony that involved the use of a motor vehicle within the past 10 years. • Suspension of license or permit to drive a vehicle, which has not been reinstated by the authority that suspended such license. • Receiving any revocation or suspension of a driver's license for DWI or operating a vehicle under the influence of alcohol, amphetamine, narcotic or hallucinogen. • Receiving three or more moving violations within 12-months. • Violating laws or regulations, which tend to establish a disregard for regulatory requirements and public safety. • Having an accident record which tends to show evidence of a lack of concern for, or indifference to his own or public safety. Professional Driver's Profile Employment as a C & C driver is a position of great responsibility. Your professional status means that you demonstrate and practice the following characteristics: • • • • • • • • • • • • Practice the principles of defensive driving. Be alert. Practice courtesy and promote good will. Inspect assigned vehicle for safety deficiencies before, during and after every trip. Keep the vehicle under constant control. Slow down and use caution at school crossings and intersections. Follow the flow of traffic smoothly. Anticipate the other driver's actions. Allow for pedestrian right-of-way. Do not pass on hills or curves. Signal when changing speed or direction. Obey all traffic signs and regulations. By following these principles, you minimize the chance of a human error in judgment, which might contribute to the cause of an accident. EMPLOYEES SHALL NOT OPERATE C & C COMPANY VEHICLES WITHOUT A VALID DRIVERS LICENSE OF THE APPROPRIATE CLASSIFICATION OR WITHOUT SPECIFIC INSTRUCTIONS FROM HIS/HER IMMEDIATE SUPERVISOR. 67
  • 68. Vehicle Operation and Maintenance Drivers shall be fully familiar with the vehicles they are driving and shall ensure that it is in a safe driving condition at all times. Drivers should be authorized to operate the vehicle by their supervisor. Vehicles shall be thoroughly inspected before and after each use with particular emphasis on lights, horn, brakes, windshield wipers and steering assembly. Needed repairs shall be made promptly, as noted. Vehicles shall be equipped with suitable highway emergency warning devices in accordance with state regulations. Such devices shall be used as warning signals when it is necessary to stop the vehicle on highways after dark, in accordance with applicable state laws. Employees shall not work under vehicles, which are not adequately supported. Cribbing, jacks or jack stands so designed to eliminate the possibility of collapse shall be used in such cases. Drivers will assure that company vehicles comply with ALL state and federal regulations. Drivers will maintain driver logs and inspection forms for vehicles in which they are required. Designated drivers should obtain sufficient rest so they may stay alert while driving. Cellular/Mobile Phones Application: When using cellular/mobile phones while driving. Hazards: Doing the following while driving distracts the driver from their primary task: Taking notes Looking up numbers Dialing numbers Intense conversation Looking up information Responsibilities: Employees: Drive defensively. Focus on driving and avoid distractions. Pull off the road when necessary and safe to do so. When calling others on their cell phones remember that they may be driving and remind them to pull over to a safe place to take notes or look up information. Supervisors: Enforce safe driving habits. Set a safe example. Contractors: Same policy as C & C employees. General Information: Current statistics show that drivers who use cell phones while driving are four times likely to be involved in a vehicle incident than a driver who doesn’t use a cell phone while driving. In addition, talking on a cell phone while driving can significantly distract the driver and slow their reaction times. The effect on driving performance is more profound when the conversation is intense or requires the driver to mentally picture subject matter of the conversation. Example: Attempting to trouble shoot a problem from the field or shop. Drivers that attempt to take notes, look up numbers or dial the phone while driving are also significantly distracted and usually take their eyes off the road to perform the task. 68
  • 69. Guidelines Equipment: • When possible, install and use a hands-free system • Install or place the phone in your vehicle so that it is near to “line-of-sight” with the road as possible. • Familiarize yourself with the functions and features of the phone so you can use speed dial or voice and re-dial. Practices: • When driving in traffic or challenging conditions, allow the phone mail to answer and take a message for a later call back. • Pull off the road to take notes, look up information, or when involved in an intense conversation. Dial sensibly, place calls when you are not moving or before pulling onto the road. • When calling someone else on their cell phone be considerate of the fact that they may be driving and avoid asking information that requires them to take their eyes off the road. Inform them that you will hold or have them return your call while they find a safe place to pull off the road. Fueling Procedures All motorized equipment shall be turned off during fueling operations. The vehicle must be attended at all times during the fueling operations. Smoking and open flames shall not be allowed within fifty-(50) feet of fuel islands. Care shall be taken to ensure that the correct fuel is put into the proper fuel tank. All fuel tanks shall be marked appropriately. The nozzle of the fuel hose must be in continuous contact with the intake pipe of the fuel tank. Drivers shall not allow other persons to engage in such activities as would be likely to result in a fire, explosion or distraction of the attendant during fueling operations. Document fuel usage according to DOT regulations for DOT registered vehicles. Inspection Procedures All trucks shall be thoroughly inspected each day before operating, with particular emphasis on lights, horn, brakes, windshield wipers, tires, lug bolts and steering assembly. Needed repairs shall be made promptly. Company vehicles shall not be driven unless the driver has performed a pre-trip inspection to ensure the vehicle will not break down or be involved in an accident due to mechanical failure. Areas of vehicle operation that are inspected for violation of safety regulations are • Brakes - emergency, parking and service • Coupling devices • Emergency equipment • Exhaust system. • Fuel system • Frame condition 69
  • 70. • • • • • • • • • • • • Glazing-window condition Hazardous materials Lighting – electrical and reflectors Engine and drive train Safety restraints-seat belts Steering Suspension Tires Horn Wheels Miscellaneous violations Intersections, Turning and Yielding Intersection ApproachWhen approaching an intersection, the driver shall have his/her foot off the accelerator and poised over the brake pedal prepared to yield or stop. When approaching an intersection, the driver shall first look to the left then to the right and back to the left before proceeding. The driver shall make up his/her mind before getting to the turning point and never make a last minute turn. The driver shall look behind and to both sides before changing lanes. The driver shall give the proper turn signal at least one hundred feet before the turn. The driver shall slow down to a reasonable turning speed and shall not use the brake or clutch while turning. The driver shall approach the turn correctly and finish the turn in the proper lane. Approaches for right turns with a long wheel base truck: Approach the corner in the proper lane about four feet from the curb (close enough to keep a car from passing on the right). As soon as the front wheels pass the corner, turn wide to the right, swing over to the center of the side street, if necessary, in order for the right rear wheel to clear curb. If the street into which you are turning is narrow, it may be necessary to approach as above, swing left enough to place a right rear wheel in position to miss the curb (but not far enough away to invite passing on the right), then turn sharply right into the narrow street or driveway. When yielding for a left turn, keep steering wheel straight to avoid being pushed into oncoming traffic from the rear. Always look for pedestrians approaching or entering crosswalks. Backing Plan trips to avoid backing whenever possible, do not back any further than necessary. 70
  • 71. When stopping on a slight incline, use the hand brake to prevent rolling back into the vehicle behind you. Get out and walk around the vehicle prior to backing to make certain t ere is nothing h behind, then sound the horn, back immediately and watch carefully. When backing long distances, stop part way, get out and check your progress. Never open the door or hang out on the left side while backing. Always use a guide or spotter when backing in tight quarters and/or crowded areas. Never back a vehicle around a corner at an intersection to turn around. When necessary to back into or out of a driveway, where possible, back into the driveway from the street and drive out forward for better visibility. Always back slowly. The faster you move, the faster mistakes are made. Always use the mirrors and keep them properly adjusted. Parking Never park on hilltops, curves, or within 25 feet of a corner or intersection. Avoid parking on a paved road. If parking is necessary, pull off as far as possible, turn on hazard lights and put out warning triangles as recommended. Take positive action to ensure that the vehicle does not move while unattended. The parking brakes shall be set. Drivers must be sure the path is clear before moving a vehicle. Do not park a company vehicle at any disreputable location. Park so that backing is not required to get away from any parking space. Driver Protection from Adverse Conditions Clean the windshield, mirrors and lights for proper visibility. Check that all lights are in working order. Allow a greater following distance when driving on gravel, wet or icy roads. Reduced speed is critical for winter driving. When driving at night, slow down. Be sure you can stop within the distance lighted by your headlights. Always use the headlights when artificial and natural lights are inadequate. When approaching oncoming traffic at night, look at the right edge of the pavement and never directly into the lights. Make allowances for unsafe road conditions such as curves, hills, poorly marked roads, rough bumpy roads and alternate patches of dry and slick pavement. 71
  • 72. Stay with the flow of traffic but within the legal speed limit or company designated speed limit. The driver of a company vehicle is entrusted with the responsibility for its proper use. Any condition, which will affect the safe operation of a vehicle, must be reported at once and the vehicle must be repaired before any further use is permitted. Do not operate a vehicle, nor shall supervisor require or permit a driver to operate a vehicle, while the driver's ability or alertness is so impaired, or is likely to become so impaired, through fatigue, illness, or any cause, as to make it unsafe for him/her to begin or to continue to operate the vehicle. Slow down when any of the above adverse conditions exist. When traveling by van, the front seat passengers should remain awake to keep the driver alert. Change drivers, play the radio or stop and stretch to keep an alert driver at the wheel. If these steps do not work, pull the van off of the highway in a safe area and rest. Securing Cargo Secure all cargo to prevent it from rolling or sliding. Secure or remove loose objects of any kind (rocks, boards, small cargo) prior to leaving. Examine the vehicle's cargo and its load securing devices within the first 25 miles after beginning the trip and perform any adjustments to the cargo or load securing devices (other than steel strapping) as may be necessary to maintain the security of the vehicle's load. Reexamine the vehicle's cargo and its load securing devices periodically during the course of transportation and make any adjustments to the cargo or load securing devices (other than steel strapping) as may be necessary to maintain the security of the vehicle's load. This periodic reexamination must be performed: • When the driver makes a change in his duty status • After the vehicle has been driven for three hours • After the vehicle has been driven for 150 miles Do not drive a motor vehicle, and the company shall not require or permit an employee to drive a motor vehicle, unless: • The vehicle's cargo is properly distributed and adequately secured • The vehicle's tailgate, tail board, doors, tarpaulins, its spare tire and other equipment used in its operation, and the means of fastening the vehicle's cargo are secured. The vehicle's cargo or any other object shall not obscure the driver's view ahead or to the right or left side, interfere with the free movement of arms or legs, prevent free and ready access to accessories required for emergencies, or prevent the free ready exit of any person or employee from the vehicle's cab or driver's compartment. 72
  • 73. 5.11 Fire Protection Due to the nature of our operations, the importance of fire protection and prevention cannot be over emphasized. The concentration of employees and equipment working in limited areas greatly increases the fire hazards unless proper fire prevention practices are observed. Classification on Fires is according to the type of material that is burning. The four classifications are as follows: § CLASS "A": Fires occur with ordinary materials such as wood, paper, rags or rubbish. The quenching and cooling effects of water or water solutions are of first importance. § CLASS "B": Fires occur in the vapor-air mixture over the surface of flammable liquids, such as gasoline, oil, grease, paints, and thinners. The limiting of air (oxygen) or other combustion-inhibiting agents is of primary importance. § CLASS "C": Fires occur in or near electrical equipment where nonconducting extinguishing agents must be used. § CLASS "D": Fires occur in combustible metals such as magnesium, titanium, zirconium, lithium, and sodium. Specialized techniques, extinguishing agents and equipment have been developed for controlling these types of fires. Since the materials involved with CLASS "D" fires rarely apply to our operations, our attention is concentrated on fires which fit into CLASSES "A", "B", AND "C". Fire Prevention Smoking is permitted only in areas that have been designated as safe for smoking and posted with signs. Restricted areas should be established in which all-open lights and fires, as well as smoking, are prohibited. Avoid overloading electrical circuits. Repair work on electrical circuits should always be made with the current off. Refer to lockout/tagout section. Whenever possible, all flammable liquids and materials should be removed when welding is to be performed. Fire Extinguishers Fire extinguishers are supplied for fighting class A, B, & C type fires. As a MINIMUM requirement, approved fire extinguishers must be conveniently located in the work area. Extra fire extinguishers should be located at other potential fire hazard areas around the location. Using signs should identify the location of the fire extinguishers, red paint and other approved devices. They should not be hidden or blocked by supplies or equipment and should be suspended off the floor or working area. 73
  • 74. All extinguishers must be inspected and maintained in serviceable condition at all times. One person should be assigned the responsibility for maintenance and inspection of the fire extinguishers. The recharging history of each fire extinguisher and other pertinent information should also be maintained in the Supervisor's office. To extinguish a fire, water is the most practical and readily available agent for general use. Remember that it can't be used on every fire, but whenever possible, try to use the available water hoses. Pre-planning and Training The first line of defense in a fire prevention program is a well-trained employee. They should be trained in preventive maintenance of all operating equipment, as well as the care and use of fire extinguishers and water hoses. To realize the maximum effectiveness from fire extinguishing equipment, the employee should be thoroughly trained in how to use them. To reduce confusion and obtain effective emergency action, fire drills should be conducted. Emergency planning should include pre-assignment of personnel to definite stations and activities. If a local fire service is expected to respond to an emergency, the Supervisor should preplan his firefighting operations and discuss these plans will the local authorities. Because a fire may start if an employee needlessly lights a cigarette in a restricted area, matches and all smoking equipment should be left in places that are designated as safe for smoking. Before introducing an ignition source into a NO SMOKING area, all flammables should be removed or covered and it should be determined safe by the Supervisor in charge. Static electricity sources will start fires. All equipment should be properly grounded. Open fires or fire equipment should be located at least 100 feet from the flammable liquid and gases and prevailing winds should be considered in determining the location of the equipment. The use of gasoline as a cleaning agent is prohibited. Only Varsol or other approved liquids may be used to clean machinery. These liquids must never be used on hot metal surfaces or sprayed around operating machinery where there is a source of ignition. The best protection against a fire is good housekeeping and preventive action. A few of 0the things that can help to prevent fires are: General Rules • Do not smoke in NO SMOKING areas. • Keep the change and supply rooms in good order, with no greasy clothes, rags, paper or other material that may start a fire by spontaneous combustion. • Always investigate any unusual odor of smoke or gas. Don't be satisfied until you have found the source. • Make sure the stairs are always clear and the fire extinguishers are accessible. 74
  • 75. • Portable heaters should be of a safety-heater type and should be checked frequently to see that they are working properly. • All paint, varnish, oil, and gasoline should be stored in approved containers and kept in their proper place in the storage area. • Be sure that all fuel and lubricant tanks are located so they will not add to a fire should it develop. All such tanks should be clearly labeled as to contents. Knowing the contents of the tanks is helpful for fighting fires in the area. 5.12 Permit To Work System General Definition. The permit is an authorization and approval in writing that specifies the location and type of work to be performed. The permit also certifies that a qualified person has evaluated hazards and necessary protective measures have been specified and implemented. Permits are required for jobs involving: • • • • Confined space entry Hot work Confined space transfer of existing worksite to contractor Hot work transfer of existing worksite to contractor No person shall enter a confined space or perform hot work unless: • • • • A valid permit is posted The person has been trained and authorized For confined space entry, a standby person is present For hot work, a fire watch person is present Qualified Person A qualified person is a person capable (by education and/or specialized training) of recognizing, evaluating and controlling employee exposure to hazardous materials or other unsafe conditions in potentially hazardous situations, such as, but not limited to, a confined space, hot work, etc. This person shall be capable of specifying necessary control and/or protective action for worker safety. Permit Posting • • The permit shall be prominently posted at the work site for the duration of the approved work. The appropriate supervisor shall authorize permitted work. Confined Space Entry Permit Required A confined space has the following characteristics: • • Its size and shape allow a person to enter. • It has limited openings for workers to enter or exit. • It is not designed for continuous occupancy. Contains or has the potential to contain a hazardous atmosphere. 75
  • 76. • Contains a material that has the potential for engulfing an entrant. • Has an internal configuration such that the entrant could be trapped or asphyxiated by inwardly converging walls or a floor, which slopes downward and tapers to a smaller cross-section. • Contains any other recognized serious safety or health hazard. Some examples of confined spaces are chain lockers, tanks, vessel voids, rudder rooms, bilges, drilling rig cellars and empty mud tanks. Permit Space Hazards Hazardous Atmosphere • • • • • • • • The air might not have enough oxygen. Because of these hazards, entry is defined as placing any part of your body into the permit space. Engulfment-Being trapped in liquid or solid material. Danger from unexpected movement of machinery. Electrocution Heat stress Becoming wedged into a narrow part of the space and suffocating. A physical danger such as falls, debris, slipping ladders. Each of these hazards is more dangerous in a confined space since rescuers can have a difficult time reaching you if you need help. As your employer, we will take steps to help control the hazards of permit spaces. We will • • • • • Identify all permit spaces in your work area. Reduce employee risk around permit spaces with signs and training. Prevent unauthorized employee entry in permit spaces with the use of an entry supervisor. Re-evaluate spaces when conditions change. Supply safety and personal protective equipment. The work being done can cause conditions in a confined space to become more hazardous. • • • • • Hot work uses up more oxygen and can release hazardous materials. Any hot work in a permit space requires special authorization and Hot Work Permit. Sanding, scraping and loosening residue can stir up hazardous materials. Workers sometimes bring hazardous materials, such as solvents, into the permit space. Work outside a permit space can produce harmful vapors that collect inside. Confined Space Entry Permit The confined space entry permit tells what hazards are in the permit space and how to control them. It usually includes a checklist of necessary safety measures. 76
  • 77. Before anyone enters the permit space, the entry supervisor goes through the permit to make sure all necessary hazard controls are in place and signs the permit. Re-evaluation of conditions by the entry supervisor is required at intervals and when a replacement entry supervisor takes over. Although permits vary in size, length and number of conditions covered, complete information is very important. Permits should include: • Specific permit space identification • Purpose and date of entry • Duration of authorization • Names of authorized attendant and entry supervisor • Actual hazards of the identified space • Control and isolation methods to be used • Acceptable entry conditions • Results of initial and periodic atmospheric testing • Rescue and emergency services to be summoned • Communication procedures authorized between attendant and entrants • Other information as necessary, other permits, such as hotwork Permit Space Preparation We now must address the steps required to prepare the space for occupancy. The entry supervisor must check to see that each required precaution has been taken. • • • • • • • • Post signs and put up banners to protect entrants from vehicle traffic and pedestrians from falling into the space, if necessary. Verify that input lines have been blinded, capped, and or disconnected, so that no hazardous materials can enter the space. Make sure Lock Out/Tag Out procedures are in effect to ensure safety from an energy source. Empty the space of any materials that may be hazardous. If necessary, have the space cleaned, purged of inert hazardous residue. When ventilation is needed, begin long enough in advance so that the air will be safe before anyone enters. Verify breathing safety by air testing. Training of attendant and entrants shall be verified prior to assignment and entry of permit space. Attach completed Hot Work Permit, if required, to Confined Space Entry Permit. Add emergency contact telephone numbers. 77
  • 78. The entry supervisor must also verify atmospheric testing prior to entry. The air must be tested in all areas and levels of the space before entry. Monitor continuously or re-test periodically for as long as the space is occupied and is appropriate for the hazard involved. For most items, allowable limits should be given on the permit; and after tests are conducted, results are also entered on the permit. The three basic atmospheric tests are the air's oxygen level, flammability, and toxicity. If the oxygen content is not between 19.5 and 23.5 percent, the flammable gases are above 10 percent of the lower flammable limit (LFL), airborne dust meets or is above its LEL, or the toxicity is above the permissible exposure limit (PEL) do not enter the permit space. The hazard must be controlled before entry is allowed. If later, after entry is permitted, the air becomes hazardous again, the permit is canceled and everyone must leave the space. When there is a possibility of heat stress in the permit space, testing should be required. When this testing is required the degree reading according to the Wet Bulb Globe Thermometer is to be transferred to the permit. Note: F for Fahrenheit or C for Centigrade. Also, make sure the person or persons conducting the test, signs or initials the permit after each test result. Equipment Required For Entry & Work • Decide whether respirators and portable air monitors are required and which types match the hazard. • If continuous communication between the attendant and entrant will be difficult or impossible, choose and list devices, such as radio equipment. Test this equipment before entry. List any special procedures necessary, such as hand signals. • List any special light sources, spark-proof tools and other electrical equipment that must be on hand before entry begins. • Make sure this equipment is intrinsically safe and in good condition. • List any measures needed to guard against shock, such as ground-fault circuit interrupters (GFCI). • List devices such as ladders, boatswain's chairs and work platforms. Test this equipment before entry begins. • After verifying that acceptable entry conditions exist and all equipment is in good working order, the entry supervisor signs and dates the permit. Only then are workers allowed to enter the permit space. Emergency and Rescue Procedures The safest ways of leaving a space when conditions deteriorate are: • Self-rescue, when an entrant evacuates the space with no help at the first sign of trouble. • Non-entry rescue. • Only workers trained in rescue can enter the space for the purpose of rescue. A procedure must be set up in advance for rescue and a list of phone numbers and/or contacts must be available for the attendant to use. 78
  • 79. List necessary equipment or devices such as rescue equipment, whistles, phones and radios. Rescue equipment, which may be required, should be on the job site. Make sure it is in working order before entry begins. A positive-pressure, self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) must be on site for rescuers if a respiratory hazard is potentially present. It is also a safe practice to wear an emergency escape breathing system, sometimes called an egress bottle, into a permit space whenever supplied air is required for entry. Should the supplied air fail, your emergency breathing apparatus must provide enough air to allow you to escape to breathable air. Training And Duties of The Confined Space Rescue Team Entry Supervisor • The entry supervisor makes sure conditions are safe. Before entry, the supervisor verifies that the permit is filled out completely and all safety steps listed on it are taken, then signs the form. During entry: • The entry supervisor checks conditions to make sure they stay safe throughout the work. • If conditions become unsafe, the permit is canceled and everyone is ordered out of the space. • The entry supervisor sees that any unauthorized people are removed. • When the work is finished, the entry supervisor cancels the permit and concludes the operation. Attendant The attendant stays at their post to observe conditions and support the entrants. As an attendant, you must know the hazards of the permit space and the signs of exposure. You must keep a current count, be able to identify all entrants, and stay in continuous contact with them. Be sure only authorized people enter the space or the area surrounding the space. You must order all workers out of the space in any of these situations • You see a condition not allowed by the entry permit. • You notice signs of exposure in any entrant. • You see something outside the permit space that could cause danger inside. • You must focus your attention on the rescue of entrants from another permit space. An attendant must never leave the observation post for any reason. If the entrants need to escape, call the rescue team at once. In case of an emergency, do not enter the permit spaceunless you are trained in confined space rescue, have proper emergency equipment and another attendant is there to replace you. 79
  • 80. Entrant The entrant must do his part to control the hazards of confined space entry. As an entrant, be sure you know the hazards of the space and the signs of exposure. For example, lack of oxygen can cause: • Loss of muscle control • Mental confusion • Breathing difficulty • Misguided feeling of well-being • Ringing in the ears • Death Follow your personal protective equipment training carefully. Keep in contact with attendant, and leave the space at once if you are ordered to evacuate. Always be ready to evacuate quickly and without help, if possible. If you see that you are in danger, leave the space and tell the attendant. Safe confined space entry takes teamwork between the entrant, the attendant, and the entry supervisor. Everyone must do his or her part so that any worker who goes into a permit required confined space would come out of it in good health. 80
  • 81. 5.13 Lockout / Tag-out Procedure General This procedure is to be followed to prevent the operation of valves, switches, or a piece of equipment when injury or property damage could result from the operation. Lockout Only individually keyed locks will be used. The key will remain in the possession of the person placing the locks. A master series of locks to be used specifically for lockout may be provided to each location that requires them. The master keys will remain in the possession of the party chief/Captain. Grand master keys will remain in the possession of project management. A device or devices will be used to allow multiple lockout of the same piece of equipment. Danger Tags: The danger tag used will be white; with the word "DANGER" printed white in a red oval in a black square. A danger tag is not the same as a danger sign. Danger signs will be used only where an immediate hazard exists. Publications: For additional guidance on danger tags and danger signs, see American National Standards Institute standards, ANSI Z35.1-1968 and Z35.2-1968. Locking Out and Tagging General No device, valve, switch, or piece of equipment will be operated with a tag, lock and tag attached, regardless of circumstances. If a device, valve, switch, or piece of equipment is locked out, a danger tag must also be attached. All tags will be dated and signed. Tags are never to be reused but are destroyed immediately on removal. No alterations will be permitted. WARNING: Any person who operates a valve, switch, device, or piece of equipment to which a danger tag is attached or who removes such a tag without authorization may be SUBJECT TO TERMINATION. Lockout or Tag-out Procedures General Lockout is the preferred method of isolating machines or equipment from energy sources. To assist employers in developing a procedure which meets the requirements of the standard; however, the following simple procedure is provided for use in both lockout and tagout programs. This procedure may be used when there are limited number or types of machines or equipment or there is a single power source. For more complex systems, a more comprehensive procedure will need to be developed, documented and utilized. Lockout or Tag-out Procedure Purpose This procedure establishes the minimum requirements for the lockout or tagout of energy isolating devices. It shall be used to ensure that the machine or equipment are isolated from all potentially hazardous energy, and locked out or tagged out before employees perform any servicing or maintenance activities where the unexpected energizing, start-up or release of stored energy could cause injury. 81
  • 82. Responsibility Appropriate employees shall be instructed in the safety significance of the lockout (or tagout) procedure. Each new or transferred affected employee and other employees whose work operations are or may be in the area shall be instructed in the purpose and use of the lockout or tagout procedure. Restoring Machines or Equipment to Normal Production Operations After the servicing and/or maintenance is complete and equipment is ready for normal operations, check the area around the machines or equipment to ensure that no one is exposed. After all tools have been removed from the machine or equipment, guards have been reinstalled and employees are in the clear, remove all lockout or tagout devices. Operate the energy isolating devices to restore energy to the machine or equipment. Procedure Involving More Than One Person In the preceding steps, if more than one individual is required to lockout or tag-out equipment, each shall place his/her own personal lockout device or tag-out device on the energy isolating. device(s). When an energy-isolating device cannot accept multiple locks or tags, a multiple lockout or tag-out device (hasp) may be used. If lockout is used, a single lock may be used to lockout the machine or equipment with the key being placed in a lockout box or cabinet that allows the use of multiple locks to secure it. Each employee will then use his/her own lock to secure the box or cabinet. As each person no longer needs to maintain his or her lockout protection, that person will remove his/her lock from the box or cabinet. Basic Rules for Using Lockout or Tag-out System Procedure All equipment shall be locked out or tagged out to protect against accidental or inadvertent operation when such operation could cause injury to personnel. Do not attempt to operate any switch, valve, or other energy-isolating device, where it is locked or tagged out. Preparation for Lockout or Tag-out Make a survey to locate and identify all isolating devices to be certain which switch(s), valve(s) or other energy isolating devices apply to the equipment to be locked or tagged out. More than one energy source (electrical, mechanical, or others) may be involved. Sequence of Lockout or Tagout System Procedure Notify all affected employees that a lockout or tag-out system is going to be utilized and the reason therefore. The authorized employee shall know the type and magnitude of energy that the machine or equipment utilizes and shall understand the hazards thereof. If the machine or equipment is operating, shut it down by the normal stopping procedure (depress stop button, open toggle switch, etc.) Operate the switch, valve, or other energy isolating device(s) so that the equipment is isolated from its energy source(s). Stored energy (such as that in springs, elevated machine members, rotating flywheels, hydraulic systems, and air, gas, steam, or water pressure, etc.) must be dissipated or restrained by methods such as repositioning, blocking, bleeding down, etc. 82
  • 83. Lockout and/or tag-out the energy isolating devices with assigned individual lock(s) or tag(s). After ensuring that no personnel are exposed, and as a check on having disconnected the energy sources, operate the push button or other normal operating controls to make certain the equipment will not operate. CAUTION: Return operating control(s) to "neutral" or "off" position after the test. The equipment is now locked out or tagged out. 5.14 Hazard Communication Program Regulated Materials & Written Program A. The OSHA Hazard Communication Standard regulates all chemical substances that present a physical or health hazard. Substances that meet these criteria are defined in Appendix I and have been defined as hazardous substances by OSHA. B. All chemical substances used at C & C Technologies facilities, as defined in Appendix I, are subject to this policy. This program does not apply to chemicals subject to the Consumer Product Safety Act, wood products, foods, or tobacco products. The Hazcom standard states that a consumer product which is hazardous and used in the same manner as normal consumer use and which results in a duration and frequency of exposure which is not greater than exposures experienced by consumers is not subject to the requirements of the hazard communication standard including MSDS’s. The stipulation C & C Technologies has placed on consumer products is that they should not normally be stored in quantities exceeding 5 - 10 gallons or significantly more than a consumer would normally store in a home or garage. C. Each location must have a written Hazard Communication Program. This program will satisfy the written requirements as long as the provisions set forth below are followed and are available upon request of a compliance officer. D. The Safety Coordinator is responsible for coordinating this program. The Operation Supervisor at each location is responsible for implementing and enforcing this program. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) A. Each office shall maintain a current MSDS for each substance covered by the Hazard Communication Standard that is used at that specific location. B. Purchased products should not be accepted unless a MSDS accompanies the delivery. C. Each location must send a MSDS for substances used on that specific facility to the Safety Coordinator to be included in the master list. D. A chemical inventory shall be maintained at each office for chemicals used within their specific areas. This inventory should be updated every 6 months. These updates shall be kept on location with a copy being forwarded to the Safety Coordinator on a semi-annual basis. 83
  • 84. If a chemical is no longer in use the MSDS shall not be thrown away. MSDS’s are considered employee exposure records and must be maintained on file for 30 years. Labeling A. Chemical Container Labeling - Containers Received All chemical containers received from vendors must be labeled and must be delivered with a Material Safety Data Sheet. Labels shall be legible, in English. For non-English speaking employees, information shall be presented in their language as well. Labels shall include: 1. Identity - Chemical or common name as it appears on the Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS). 2. Hazard Warnings - Must convey the hazards associated with that chemical. 3. Handling Procedures and First Aid - This may include appropriate procedures such as the use of personal protective equipment, work practices, engineering controls, first aid and medical information. 4. Contact Information - The emergency contact number in case of spill or accident. 4. Employer or employees shall not remove or deface labels on incoming containers of hazardous chemicals. B. Secondary Container Labeling 1. All bulk chemical dispensing units should be labeled with the vendors label which informs the user as to A above. 2. HMIS labeling system shall be used for secondary containers.. This labeling system will satisfy requirements and conform to the following: a. Labeling shall be consistent throughout each facility. b. Labels must be linked to the MSDS available for that substance. The chemical name identified on the container must match the name on the MSDS. C. Tank Labeling 1. All storage tanks that contain substances regulated by the standard shall be labeled. Labeling shall be consistent throughout the facility. 2. Labels or signs identifying the substance must appear as stated on the MSDS or correspond to a consistent numbering system that correlated to a central sign that specifies what the numbers mean. The chemical names on the central sign must appear as stated on the MSDS as well. 84
  • 85. Employee Information & Training A. Employees who may be exposed to hazardous chemicals in the course of their routine responsibilities or in a foreseeable emergency, shall be provided with information and training about these potential hazards. Such information and training shall be provided at the time of initial assignment, annually thereafter, and whenever a new hazard is introduced to the employee’s work area. B. Employees’ training shall include: 1. Requirements of this program, the OSHA standard and any additional state requirements. 2. Operations within their work area where hazardous chemicals are present. 3. Location and availability of hazard communication material such as the written program, listing of hazardous chemicals present and MSDS. 4. Methods and observations that may be used to detect the presence or release of a hazardous chemical are by use of monitoring devices, visual appearance or door. 5. The physical and health hazards associated with chemicals or classes of chemicals in the work area. 4. Protection measures to be utilized to prevent exposure, appropriate work practices, emergency procedures and proper PPE to be used 5. Details of the developed Hazard Communication Program explanation of the labeling system 6. The MSDS and how employees can obtain and use the appropriate hazard information. Informing Employees Of Other Hazards A. Employees must be informed as to the chemical hazards of non-routine tasks and the hazards associated with chemicals in unlabeled pipes in their work areas. The primary methods to be used will include: 1. Pre-job (job planning) meetings 2. Scheduled safety meetings 3. Tail-gate safety meetings 4. Preparation and availability of procedures 5. Safety bulletins or posting of specific information 6. Required annual training sessions 85
  • 86. Contractor Notification A. It shall be the supervisor’s responsibility to inform the contractor’s representative at the start of a project, or upon assignment, as to the hazards associated with the chemicals that the contractor’s employees may encounter during their work at that facility. This can be accomplished by making the pertinent MSDS available to the contractor’s representative. B. Each contractor must be notified of where the MSDS’s are located as well as the chemicals on location. C. A sample Contractor Notification Letter is provided. References: 1. Occupational Safety and Health Administration, Department of Labor; 29 CFR 1910.1200. Definition Of Physical & Health Hazards Of Chemicals General A. Any chemical that has a physical or health hazard as defined below constitutes an OSHA-defined hazardous chemical. Physical Hazards A. Combustible Liquids Any liquid having a flash point at or above 100°F (37.8°C), but below 200°F (93.3°C), except any mixture having components with flash points of 200°F (93.3°C), or higher, the total volume of which make up 99 percent or more of the total volume of the mixture. B. Compressed Gases 1. A gas or mixture of gases having, in a container, an absolute pressure exceeding 40 psi at 70°F (21.1°C); or 2. A gas or mixture of gases having, in a container, an absolute pressure exceeding 104 psi at 103°F (54.4°C) regardless of the pressure at 70°F (21.1°C); or 3. A liquid having a vapor pressure exceeding 40 psi at 100°F (37.8°C) as determined by ASTM D-323-72. 86
  • 87. C. Explosives “Explosive” - A chemical that causes a sudden, almost instantaneous release of pressure, gas, and heat when subjected to sudden shock, pressure, or high temperature. D. Flammable 1. “Aerosol flammable” - An aerosol that, when tested by the method described in 16 CFR 1500-45, yields a flame protection exceeding 18 inches at full valve opening, or a flashback (a flame extending back to the valve) at any degree of valve opening; 2. “Gas, flammable”: a. A gas that, at ambient temperature and pressure, forms a flammable mixture with air at a concentration of thirteen (13) percent by volume or less; or b. A gas that, at ambient and pressure, forms a range of flammable mixtures with air wider than twelve (12) percent by volume, regardless of the lower limit. 3. 4. E. “Liquid flammable” - Any liquid having a flash point below 100°F (37.8°C), except any mixture having components with flash points of 100°F (37.8°C) or higher, the total of which makes up 99 percent or more of the total volume of the mixture. “Solid flammable” - A solid, other than a blasting agent or explosive as defined in 1910.109 (a), that is liable to cause fire through friction, absorption of moisture, spontaneous chemical change, or retained heat from manufacturing or processing, or which can be ignited readily and when ignited burns so vigorously and persistently as to create a serious hazard. A chemical shall be considered to be flammable solid if, when tested by the method described in 16 CFR 1500.44, it ignites and burns with a self-sustained flame at a rate greater than one-tenth of an inch per second along its major axis. Organic Peroxides “Organic Peroxides” - An organic compound that contains the bivalent-Ostructure and which may be considered to be a structural derivative of hydrogen peroxide when one or both of the hydrogen atoms has been replaced by an organic radical. F. Oxidizers “Oxidizer” - A chemical other than a blasting agent or explosive as defined in 1910.109 (a), that initiates or promotes combustion in other materials thereby causing fire either of itself or through the release of oxygen or other gases. 87
  • 88. G. Pyrophorics (Iron Sulfide) “A Pyrophoric” - A chemical that will ignite spontaneously in air at a temperature of 130°F (54.4°C) or below. H. Unstable “Unstable (reactive)” - A chemical which in the pure state, or as produced or transported, will vigorously polymerize, decompose, condense, or will become self-reactive under conditions of shocks, pressure, or temperature. I. Water-Reactive “Water-reactive” - A chemical that reacts with water to release a gas that is either flammable or presents a health hazard. NOTE: These definitions and criteria, taken from 29 CFR 1910.1200, will be considered updated or revised as 29 CFR 1910.1200 is updated or revised. Health Hazards A. Carcinogen (cancer causing agent): carcinogen if: A chemical is considered to be 1. It has been evaluated by the International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC) and found to be a carcinogen or potential carcinogen; or 2. It is listed as a carcinogen or potential carcinogen in the Annual Report on Carcinogens published by the National Toxicology Program (NTP) (latest edition); or 3. OSHA regulates it as a carcinogen. B. Corrosive: A chemical that causes visible destruction of, or irreversible alterations in, living tissue by chemical action at the site of contact. For example, a chemical is considered to be corrosive if, when tested on the intact skin of albino rabbits by the method described by the U.S. Department of Transportation in Appendix A to 49 CFR, Part 173, it destroys or changes irreversibly the structure of the tissue at the site of contact following an exposure period of four hours. Corrosive shall not refer to action on inanimate surfaces. C. Highly toxic: A chemical falling within any of the following categories: 1. 2. A chemical that has a median lethal dose (LD50) of 50 milligrams or less per kilogram of body weight when administered orally to albino rats weighing between 200 and 300 grams each. A chemical that has a median lethal dose (LD50) of more than 200 milligrams per kilogram but not more than 1,000 milligrams per kilogram of body weight when administered by continuous contact for 24 hours (or less if death occurs within 24 hours) with the bare skin of albino rabbits weighing between 2 and 3 kilograms each. 88
  • 89. 3. D. A chemical that has a median lethal concentration (LD50) in air of more than 200 parts per million but not more than 2,000 parts per million by volume of gas or vapor, or more than two milligrams per liter but not more than 20 milligrams per liter of mist, fume, or dust, when administered by continuous inhalation for one hour (or less if death occurs within one hour) to albino rats weighing between 200 and 300 grams each. Target organ effects: The following is a target organ categorization of effects that may occur, including examples of signs and symptoms and chemicals which have been found to cause such effects. These examples are presented to illustrate the range and diversity of effects and hazards found in the work place, and the broad scope employers must consider in this area, but are not intended to be all-inclusive. a. b. Hepatotoxins: Signs and Symptoms: Chemicals: Nephrotoxins: Signs and Symptoms: Chemicals: c. Neurotoxins: Signs and Symptoms: Chemicals: d. e. Chemicals that produce their primary toxic effects on the nervous system. Narcosis; behavioral changes; decrease in motor functions. Mercury; carbon disulfide. Decrease hemoglobin function; deprive body tissues of oxygen Agents that damage Chemicals that irritate or damage the pulmonary tissue of the lungs. Cough, tightness in chest, shortness of breath. Silica; asbestos. Agents: Reproductive toxins: Signs and Symptoms: Chemicals: g. Chemicals that produce kidney damage. Edema; proteinuria Halogenated hydrocarbons; uranium. Agents that act on the blood or hematopoietic system: Signs and Symptoms: Agents: Signs and Symptoms: f. Chemicals that produce liver damage. Jaundice; liver enlargement Carbon tetrachloride; nitrosamines. Cutaneous hazards: Signs and Symptoms: Chemicals: Cyanosis; loss of consciousness. Carbon monoxide; cyanides. Chemicals that affect the reproductive capabilities, including chromosomal damage, (mutations) and effects on fetuses (teratogenesis). Birth defects; sterility. Lead: DBCP. Chemicals that affect the dermal layer of the body. Defatting of the skin; rashes; irritation. Ketones; chlorinated compounds. 89
  • 90. h. Eye hazards: Signs and Symptoms: Chemicals: Chemicals that affect the eye or visual capacity. Conjunctivitis; corneal damage. Organic solvents; acids. These definitions and criteria, taken from 29 CFR 1910.1200, will be considered updated or revised as 29 CFR 1910.1200 is updated or revised. Chemical Inventory List of Chemicals Our list of chemicals identifies the chemicals used in our shop areas and chemicals that may be encountered at the jobsite during our work in many plants. The list also identifies the corresponding MSDS's for each chemical. A master list of these chemicals and MSDS sheets will be maintained by, and is available from the Safety and Health coordinator. In addition to the hazardous chemicals listed, each job site has the responsibilities to advise and train you on the use of any hazardous chemicals supplied by the customer and make the MSDS sheets available to you. See Exhibit 7. 5.15 Hazardous Materials Hazardous Materials Technician Emergency Response Training Hazardous Materials Technicians are individuals who respond to releases or potential releases for the purpose of stopping the release. They assume a more aggressive role than a first responder at the operations level in that they will approach the point of release of a hazardous substance. Hazardous Materials Technicians shall have received training equal to the first responder operations level and, in addition, have competency in the following areas, and the facility shall so certify: 1. Know how to implement the facility's emergency response plan. 2. Know the classification, identification and verification of known and unknown materials by using field survey instruments and equipment. 3. Be able to function within an assigned role in the incident command system. 4. Know how to select and use proper specialized chemical personal protective equipment provided to the hazardous materials technician. 5. Understand hazard and risk assessment techniques. 6. Be able to perform advance control, containment and/or confinement operations within the capabilities of the resources and personal protective equipment available with the unit. 7. Understand and implement decontamination procedures. 8. Understand termination procedures. 9. Understand basic chemical and toxicological terminology and behavior. 90
  • 91. Hazardous Materials Specialist Emergency Response Training Hazardous Materials Specialists are individuals who respond with and provide support to Hazardous Materials Technicians. However, the duties of the Hazardous Materials Specialists require a more directed or specific knowledge of the various substances they may be called upon to contain. The Hazardous Materials Specialist would also act as the site liaison with federal, state, local and other government authorities in regard to site activities. Hazardous Materials Specialists shall have received training at least equal to the technician level and, in addition, have competency in the following areas, and the facility shall so certify: 1. Know how to implement the facility's emergency response plan. 2. Understand classification, identification and verification of known and unknown materials by using advanced survey instruments and equipment. 3. Know of the state emergency response plan. 4. Be able to select and use proper specialized chemical personal protective equipment provided to the hazardous materials specialist. 5. Understand in depth hazard and risk techniques. 6. Be able to perform specialized control, containment and/or confinement operations within the capabilities of the resources and personal protective equipment available. 7. Be able to determine and implement decontamination procedures. 8. Have the ability to develop a site safety and control plan. 9. Understand chemical, radiological and toxicological terminology and behavior. On-Scene Incident Commander Emergency Response Training Incident Commanders, who will assume control of the incident beyond the first responder awareness level, shall receive training equal to the first responder operations level and, in addition, have competency in the following areas, and the facility shall so certify: 1. Know and be able to implement the facility's incident command system. 2. Know how to implement the facility's emergency response plan. 3. Know and understand the hazards and risks associated with employees working in chemical protective clothing. 4. Know how to implement the local emergency response plan. 5. Know of the State Emergency Response Plan and of the Federal Regional Response Team. 6. Know and understand the importance of decontamination procedures. 91
  • 92. 5.16 Respiratory Protection Program Purpose The purpose of this program is to establish uniform standards for the use of respiratory protection equipment. Scope This program applies to all employees who, in the course of their work, are exposed to airborne contaminants. Responsibilities C & C shall be responsible for the establishment and maintenance of a respiratory protection program. The Company shall provide respirators when such equipment is necessary to protect the health of the employees. The immediate supervisor is responsible for seeing that employees are provided with the proper respirator equipment when required and that the equipment is properly worn. The Safety Department will conduct the necessary training and proper procedures for the wearing of respirators. All employees who are required to wear respirators will be trained in the proper procedures and fit tested as per OSHA requirements. All respirators will be worn according to the manufacturers instructions and no alteration to the respirator will be tolerated. Employees are responsible for wearing the appropriate respirator equipment and for maintaining the equipment in a clean and operable condition. Visitors should be discouraged from entering regulated areas. It is not C & C's policy to verify visitor's compliance with their own company's respirator protection policy. When necessary to do so, visitors will be informed of the potential hazard and will be provided with a respirator. Employees refusing to comply with this program will be denied access to regulated areas and will be subject to disciplinary action up to and including termination. Regulated Areas Respiratory protection shall be required in any area where substances present in inhaled air as suspensions of solid particles; droplets, vapors or gases may pose a potential respiratory hazard. Also, any area the responsible safety supervisor feels may pose a health hazard if respiratory protection is not used. Respiratory Selection Each respirator must be properly selected based on the contaminant and concentration levels which the employee is exposed. The proper selection of respiratory protective equipment involves three basic steps: • • • The identification of the hazard. The evaluation of the hazard. The selection of the appropriate respiratory equipment based on the first two considerations. 92
  • 93. Hazard Identification The selection of a respirator is based on specific hazards to which the employee is exposed. Not all respirators will work in the same environment. Therefore, it is very important to be aware of the different kinds of hazards, which may exist as well as the types of respirators, which can be used to protect against those hazards. Dust, fumes, and mists are tiny particles that float in the air. They can become trapped in the airway and cause irritation. Dusts are caused by sawing, sanding, grinding, sweeping, accidental contact, etc. Fumes can occur in high heat operations and mists are found near spraying, mixing, cleaning operations, etc. Gases and vapors are contaminants suspended in the air. These can irritate the airway and, when highly concentrated, cause suffocation. Chemical processing and high heat operations often produce gases. Vapors can be found where parts cleaning, painting, refinishing, adhesives application, etc., takes place. Hazard Evaluation 1. Once a potential hazard has been recognized and the hazardous substance or particulate identified, it is necessary to determine the amount of contamination present. The measured concentration can be compared with the permissible exposure level (PEL), mandated in Occupational Safety and Health (OSHA) regulations, or the threshold limit value (TLV), recommended by the American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH). These values are maximum concentrations to which a worker may be exposed without adverse effects. If measured concentrations exceed these values, proper respiratory protection must be used if other engineering controls cannot be utilized. 2. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) and product labels should be read to evaluate each hazardous substance. The PEL and TLV are given for each hazardous component of the substance along with the recommended respirator to be used. As a part of the Hazard Communication Standard, Material Safety Data Sheets for each hazardous substance present must be available on each work site. 3. Each C & C work site will be evaluated regarding respiratory hazards and protective measures will be implemented accordingly. 4. All visitors or employees not assigned to work in regulated areas will be informed of the potential exposure and the precautionary measures that need to be taken for protection. 5. C & C employees working on customer sites will also comply with the site respiratory policy. Selection of Respirator Air purifying filters remove the contaminant from the breathing air before it is inhaled. An air purifying respirator is either a single use mask or a mask with removable filters. For each model of air purifying respirator, there are usually many air purifying filters (often referred to as cartridges) available for protection against specific contaminants. These cartridges fall into two groups: particulate removing cartridges and vapor and gas removing cartridges. The cartridges are color coded to help in the identification of the contaminants they are designed to protect against. 93
  • 94. The label on the cartridge tells you the specific hazard and at what concentration it is designed for. Be sure to read the labels and instructions carefully. If you are uncertain as to which respiratory device to use or if you are unsure of the respirator or cartridge labeling or instructions, always contact your supervisor or the responsible safety representative for assistance. Physical Qualifications Employees shall not be assigned to tasks requiring the use of respirators unless it has been determined that they are physically able to perform the work and use the equipment. The company physician shall determine what health and physical conditions are pertinent for an employee's ability to work while wearing a respirator. The respirator user's medical status should be reviewed annually. Based on the physical examination, if an examining physician determines that an employee is not physically able to wear a respirator, the employee will be reassigned to another position not requiring the use of Respiratory Protection if such a position is available. Training and Respirator Fitting Each employee, upon assignment to an area requiring respirators, will be given instructions and trained by the Safety Department to ensure that employees understand the selection, proper use, limitations, and maintenance of respirators. Additionally, employees will be instructed as to how the respirator should be worn, how to adjust it, and how to determine if it fits properly before each use. Respirator retraining and fit testing will be conducted annually (or semi-annually if required). New employees or reassigned employees will receive training and fit testing as part of their orientation. Only designated qualified individuals will perform qualitative fit testing. Qualitative fit testing will be of the "saccharin" or "irritant smoke" type. The purpose of any respirator is to isolate the wearer from the surrounding atmosphere by providing a tight seal between the mask and the face. Respiratory protective devices shall not be worn when conditions prevent a satisfactory face seal. Some conditions that may prevent a satisfactory face seal may be long sideburns, a beard, temple bars on glasses, absence of dentures, or an unusually structured face. To ensure the best face piece seal, all personnel covered by this regulation must be free of facial hair protruding into the sealing portion of the respirator. Once the respirator has been selected and no visual leaks are evident, a pressure check must be performed by the wearer. Pressure checks for dust masks are performed by placing both hands over the respirator and exhale. If air leaks around the nose, readjust the nosepiece as described in the fitting instructions. If air leaks around the respirator, readjust the nosepiece as described in the fitting instructions. If air leaks around the respirator edges, work the straps back along the side of your head. If you cannot achieve a proper fit do not enter the contaminated area. See your supervisor. 94
  • 95. The negative and positive pressure check must be performed on the rubber or silicone face piece respirators. For the negative pressure check the wearer closes off the inlet of the filter or cartridges by covering them with the palms of the hands, inhales so that the face piece collapses slightly, and holds their breath for approximately 10 seconds. If the face piece remains slightly collapsed and no inward air leaks are detected, the respirator passes the check. If this is not accomplished reposition the respirator and try the check again. Do not enter the contaminated area if you are unable to achieve a proper fit. See your supervisor. The positive pressure check is conducted by closing off the exhalation valve of the respirator and gently exhaling into the face piece. The respirator fit is considered passing if positive pressure can be built up inside the face piece without evidence of outward air leakage. If the respirator selected fails to pass these fit checks readjust the face piece or straps and perform the check again. If the test cannot be performed successfully after the respirator has been readjusted the testing should go no further with that respirator. Instead, another size or style should be tried. Once the wearer has successfully passed the negative and positive pressure fit checks, the actual fit test may be conducted. The saccharin q ualitative fit test is recommended for single use valve-less respirators. The saccharin or irritant smoke qualitative fit test may be performed on other half face respirators with reusable filters and tight fitting face pieces. Fit testing protocols are outlined in OSHA standards. Inspection Inspection of the respirator is an important, routine task. Inspection of the respirator should be performed before and after each use. The following items should be checked: A. Disposable Respirators 1. Check for holes in the filter or damage to sorbent 2. Check straps for elasticity and deterioration. 3. Check metal nose clip for rust and deterioration. 4. May be used until breathing resistance increases to an undesirable level. 5. Discard after use, usually at the end of work period. B. Cartridge Type Respirators 1. Check face piece for dirt, pliability of material, deterioration, cracks, tears, or holes. 2. Check for straps for tears, breaks, loss of elasticity, broken attachments, snaps, and proper tightness. 3. Check valves for holes, warpage, cracks, and dirt. 4. Check filters, cartridges, for proper filter for the hazard, approval designation, missing or worn gaskets, worn threads, cracks or dents in filter or filter housing. 5. Filters and cartridges may be used on successive days until breathing resistance indicates a replacement is necessary. 6. Ample supplies of filters will be kept on hand at all times. 95
  • 96. C. Cleaning (Reusable Respirators) Whenever possible, a respirator should be reserved for the exclusive use of a single individual. Following each day's use, the respirator should be cleaned and disinfected. 1. Wash with a detergent or a detergent and disinfectant combination, in warm water using a brush. 2. Rinse in clean water, or rinse once with a disinfectant and once with clean water. 3. As an alternative, respirator cleaning disinfecting wipes may be used. 4. Air dry in a clean place or wipe dry with a lint free cloth. D. Repair At some point, any respirator will need replacement parts or some other repair. Only persons competent in respirator repair are allowed to replace respirator components. Respirator parts from different manufacturers are not interchangeable. The respirator approval is invalidated if parts are substituted. E. Storage All respirators and filters must be stored in such a manner as to protect against dust, harmful chemicals, sunlight, excessive heat or cold, malformation, and moisture. When not in use, the respirator should be placed in a sealed plastic bag and stored in a clean, sanitary location. F. Surveillance of Working Conditions C & C will provide adequate surveillance of the employee's working conditions to be certain the respirator selected provides adequate protection. This should include identification of the contaminant, nature of the hazard, and concentration. G. Respirator Program Evaluation The respiratory program shall be evaluated at least annually to determine the continued effectiveness of the program with adjustments, as appropriate, made to reflect evaluation results. H. Emergencies Respiratory protection addressed by this program is only intended for use in environments that are not immediately dangerous to life. In other words, this program provides for protection against the chronic (long term) affect of the inhalation of contaminants during normal activity of employees on a day-to-day basis. Considering that employees are not working in an environment that is immediately dangerous to life, emergency evacuation and emergency medical procedures remain unchanged, i.e., no special precautions associated with the "regulated area" are required for exiting work areas or for removing injured personnel from work areas. Emergency procedures regarding working in environments that are immediately dangerous to life or where employees could spread dangerous contamination during emergencies require specific training and are not addressed by this respiratory protection. 96
  • 97. 5.17 Hearing Conservation Program Introduction and Objectives Our first priority is to provide a workplace free of hazards and to maintain an environment in which our employees may function with minimal risk of injury or illness. Design and engineering measures will be used to accomplish this wherever possible. Regarding those occupational injuries or illnesses that may result from exposure to excessive noise, control measures to be considered will include sound dampening enclosures, isolation of high noise equipment, and physical barriers to reduce exposure. The objectives of the hearing conservation program for C & C are twofold: • To protect employees from exposure to noise levels in the workplace that might cause noise-induced hearing loss. • To assist in compliance with various federal, state and company requirements pertaining to employee safety and health. • Adherence to this program will help achieve and maintain the coherence and consistency essential for good program management. However, operating personnel must exercise the necessary judgment when applying these provisions so that the Hearing Conservation Program and operating procedures will address specific conditions and needs at each location. Organizational Responsibilities The Safety Department is responsible for identification of potentially controllable noise sources and, where feasible, implementing engineering controls. Where high noise levels do exist in the workplace, the Safety Department is responsible for the evaluation of employee's potential exposure to noise, posting of high noise areas, conducting needed training, arranging for audiometric testing of employees, when required, and enforcing the use of hearing protection devices in high noise areas. The HSE Manager or designee will coordinate the Hearing Conservation Program in all locations. The HSE Manager or designee shall possess an understanding of applicable regulatory requirements for the different operating areas within the company as well as the requirements of the program. The HSE Manager or designee shall maintain documentation associated with the program, including the written program, audiometric test results, sound level studies, and training records. The HSE Manager also shall be responsible for advising local supervisors of requirements dictated by the program. It shall be the responsibility of the HSE Manager to advise management of any compliance problems or deficiencies within the company associated with this program. Formal evaluation of the program should be conducted regularly. This evaluation shall be the responsibility of the Safety Department. 97
  • 98. It shall be the responsibility of each supervisor to ensure that his/her area has implemented the program as required. Specifically, these persons shall also be responsible for the following: • Ensuring that potentially high noise areas are evaluated and warning signs posted when required. • Ensuring that all his or her subordinates are trained as required. • Ensuring that hearing protection devices are available for use and enforcing their use by both C & C and contract employees where required. • Ensuring that hearing protection devices (HPD's) have a sufficient noise reduction rating (NRR) so that the noise reaching the wearer's ear is 85 DBA or less. • Ensuring that a copy of the OSHA Occupational Noise Exposure Standard is posted in the "workplace." Posting should be done at each location where similar safety and health documents are located. Each employee is responsible for using hearing protection devices of the type and in the manner detailed in the training required by this program. Finally, each employee shall immediately report any concerns or discrepancies in the Hearing Conservation Program to his supervisor. Definitions Action Level 85 DBA, eight (8) hour time-weighted average (TWA). Attenuation The rating of hearing protectors in Db. The amount of sound reduction offered by hearing protectors, acoustical insulation or silencing equipment. DBA A sound pressure level weighted in accordance with the "A" scale; represents a response nearly equivalent to that of the human ear. Decibels (DB) A dimensionless unit used for expressing the unit of sound. Dosimeter An instrument that can be worn by a person to integrate noise exposure over a specific period. Ear Protection The use of devices, e.g., earplugs, to protect an individual's hearing in high noise level areas. Enclosure A covering over or around a noise source or noise receiver to control noise transmission. Frequency (Hertz) Hearing Loss Time rate of repetition of a periodic sound expressed in units of hertz (Hz). The amount, in decibels, by which the threshold of audibility for the ear exceeds a standard threshold shift. 98
  • 99. Hertz (Hz) The unit of frequency in cycles per second. High Noise Noise greater than or equal to 85 DBA. Noise Reduction Rating (NRR) Presbycusis Sound Level (Noise Level) The difference in sound levels at a given point before and after acoustic treatment. The loss of hearing specifically associated with aging. Sound pressure level using the A, B or C weighting network as specified in ANSI S1.4. The weighting network must always be stated. Sound Level Meter An instrument with a microphone, amplifier, output meter and frequency meter-weighing network for the measurement of sound levels. Standard Threshold Shift A change in hearing threshold relative to the baseline audiogram of an average of 10 Db or more at 2,000, 3,000 and 4,000 Hz in either ear. Noise Hazard Identification and Evaluation When possible, potential noise problems at a facility or work location should be addressed during the design process. For existing processes and facilities suspected of having high noise areas, results of sound level studies must be available for initiation of a hearing conservation program. Sound level survey data may be combined with other information (e.g., noise dosimetry and occupancy factors) for analysis and estimation of risk from noise exposure. The purpose of a sound level study is to provide the information needed to determine whether an employee's exposure to noise in the workplace exceeds the acceptable standard. Sound level studies can be conducted in either of two ways. • Sound Level Meter A sound level meter may be used to measure DBA at a given facility. These measurements should be recorded on a map or drawing of the area being measured. With these measurements, estimates must be made of the length of employee exposure at different levels. Once these measurements have been taken, this information should be forwarded to the HSE Manager or designee for computing noise dose. • Audiodosimeter An alternative to calculating exposure with a sound level meter is to use a personal dosimeter. A representative number of individual personal samples are taken covering typical work shifts and this data used to determine noise dose. The HSE Manager or designee will coordinate the use of dosimeters. If used, dosimeter readings shall be recorded in the Houston office. Each location will keep the latest copies of sound level study records or other noise data readily accessible for inspection; this will include copies maintained by the Safety Director 99
  • 100. as well as at local offices. Noise exposure measurement records shall be maintained by each location for at least thirty (30) years. Sound level study data may be filed separately or retained in Appendix A. Each supervisor shall have access to local sound level study information for purposes of training and program evaluation. Noise Hazard Area Areas where noise levels are equal to or exceed 85 dBA shall be designated as "Noise Hazard Areas." Posting of such areas should be at the 85 dBA contour line with warning signs which state: "Noise Hazard Area - Hearing Protection Required" or equivalent. Control Strategy Engineering Engineering methods shall be considered to resolve noise problems and implemented where feasible. Engineering techniques may be employed at the source for such purposes as to muffle the noise, dampen the noise or reduce response, reduce transmission areas, reduce driving force, substitute quieter equipment, or confine the noise. Engineering methods may also be used to modify the path between source and individual. Whenever excessive noise levels cannot be reduced through reasonable engineering methods, or until engineering control can be implemented, hearing protection devices must be used to assure employee exposure is maintained at a safe level. Hearing Protection Hearing protection devices (HPD's) are employed to prevent hazardous noise from reaching the middle and inner ear. In effect, HPD's acts like any other sound barrier. A selection of HPD's shall be made available to all employees who are required to wear them in connection with the Hearing Conservation Program. Personnel shall be required to wear HPD's in any area determined to be hazardous to hearing (noise hazard areas, ∃ 85 dBA). HPD's are of two general types: muffs and inserts. All HPD's must, by law, have a noise reduction rating (NRR) printed on the package. The attenuation or noise reduction rating for a hearing protective device must be reviewed to determine if the HPD is adequate. In order to determine if the noise level reaching the wearer's ear is 85 dBA or less, use the following method: • • • Subtract 7 dB from the NRR rating. (This will provide an additional margin of safety beyond the manufacturer's rating (NRR) of the HPD.) Subtract that number from the work area noise level. The result is the level reaching the employee's ear. Example: EAR brand ear plugs (NRR = 29 dBA) Noise level in area = 96 dBA 96 dBA - (29 dBA - 7 dbA) = 74 dBA In this example, the protected employee is exposed to 74 dBA, well below the 85 dBA level hazard. Note: This method is good only when sound level meters are used to determine noise levels and HPD's are worn properly. 100
  • 101. Education and Training Requirements All participants working in areas covered by the requirements of a Hearing Conservation Program shall receive annual training on hearing conservation. In addition to the transfer of factual information, employee training and education should foster active participation in the Hearing Conservation Program. Employee education and training should include the following topics as a minimum: • The effects of noise upon hearing. • Identification of site-specific high noise areas, equipment, or other sources of potentially hazardous noise levels. • The purpose of hearing protection devices and the advantages and disadvantages of various types. Instructions should include methods of selection, fitting, use and care of the devices. • The importance of audiometric testing and a thorough explanation of the testing procedures. Employees shall be given the opportunity to select HPD's from a variety of suitable protectors and be trained in the use and care of them. Supervisors shall insure proper initial fitting of HPD's, see that the necessary training is conducted annually in the use and care of HPD's, and ensure that HPD's are worn. In the event than an employee's annual audiogram indicates a standard threshold shift (STS) has occurred, the employee shall be retrained in the fit, use and care of HPD's. This retraining will be coordinated with the Safety Director. 101
  • 102. 5.18 Management Of Change Program (MOC) Management of Change Any changes in the personnel, equipment, processes, and procedures of the company have the potential for adverse effects on health, safety, and the environment. To ensure this potential is kept to a minimum, the following policy is instituted: Personnel All new personnel will be oriented to the processes, and procedures of the job, and where it stands. The onsite HSE Manger/Party Chief will explain the health, safety, and environmental mandates each person must be in compliance with. New personnel will sign that they have received and understand this information and that they agree to comply with it. Key Personnel Changes in Key Personnel will require the implementation of the MOC process to ensure technical and HSE requirements are adequately addressed. New Equipment/Procedures The HSE Committee will review all new equipment that may be deployed on the job and develop register hazards, if such equipment poses any HSE concerns. Training/certification, as needed, will be provided for such equipment. Management of the HSE Plan As the HSE Plan is a “living” document, the HSE committee will oversee all aspects of change within it. All changes will be considered. These include not only equipment changes, but also organizational restructuring—such as those that result from acquisitions, mergers, new joint ventures and alliances. Plans relating to change need to address the HSE aspects arising at all stages of development, to ensure that risks or adverse environmental effects are minimized by effective planning. Responsibility For HSE Onboard C & C Vessels The Party Chief is responsible for the full implementation and monitoring of the C & C Safety Program when aboard a C & C Vessel. Should he leave the ship he will delegate that responsibility to the most senior C & C crewmember who is fully competent to handle the responsibility. Version Changes The HSE Manager will be responsible for maintaining the HSE Plan. Issuing authority for HSE Plan revisions shall be the company President or VicePresident or HSE Manager. Up-dating procedures shall be by removal of old section and insertion of new section. Version changes will be numbered and distributed to all project principles. 102
  • 103. Change Request Form Date: Project: Request No. Location: Classification of Change Nature of Change Permanent Initiation Temporary Emergency Operations Urgent Equipment Haz. Material Personnel Removal Date: Procedures Parameters Other Minor Regulatory/Permits Name (Print) (Describe) Signature Date Originated By: Supervisor Endorsement: Justification of change: Potential Consequences of Change (Positive and Negative). Evaluation Mitigation Steps and Special Precautions : Does change increase risk? Yes No (If Yes, attach copy of risk assessment ) Risk Level After Change? (check Low one) JSA Development/Review Does change require? Comments: no ( procedure well developed) Medium High Document Changes Training Approvals Cost: 0 Name (Print) Signature Date: Title/Company Proposed By: Reviewed By: Reviewed By: 103
  • 105. Change Request Form (continued) Date: Initial: Date: Training requirements completed: N/A List training conducted: Initial: Date: Regulatory/Permit requirements completed: N/A Describe requirements: Initial: Date: Temporary change completed: N/A Return to Normal Operations Date: Initial: Date: Change Implementations Completed: Initial: Date: Summary of Lesson Learned Completed: List lessons learned: Close-Out Initial: Documentation changes completed: N/A List documents changed: Implementation Change communicated to all parties involved: Describe method of communication: Initial: Date: Note: Share Lessons Learned with Contractor and Client as appropriate. Update Change Management Log. Change Request Form Closed: Signature: Date: 105
  • 106. 5.19 Behavioral Based Safety Program Accident, incidents, injury and illness prevention are an essential part of C & C Technologies’ overall Health, Safety and Environmental program. One of our basic safety principles is that all accidents, incidents, occupational illnesses and environmental incidents are preventable. Safety statistics have confirmed that over 90% of all incidents are caused by unsafe acts, with unsafe conditions accounting for the remainder. Most safety regulations, procedures, and programs are directed toward unsafe conditions. This Behavioral Based Safety Program is intended to provide tools that address unsafe acts in the workplace, promotes safe workplace conditions and reward safe operations, to continue sustained improvement. This program uses industry proven Supervisory based observation, and employee based programs specifically designed for our personnel. These programs work together and separately to achieve workplace safety. The basis for this program is built off of the philosophy that: 1. All injuries and occupational illnesses can be prevented. 2. Safety is a supervisory and employee responsibility. 3. All operating exposures can be reasonably safeguarded. 4. Management has a responsibility to train all employees to work safely. 5. Preventing injuries and incidents is good business. 6. Working safely is a condition of employment Safety is an overriding work task that must be accountable, measurable, and achievable. Definitions Beliefs – What one accepts as true. Cost/Benefit Analysis – An Individual’s preference for something, interpreted and measured as a willingness to pay for that thing. Culture – Refinement or improvement of one’s mind by education and training; or type of civilization, customs of a people. Decision Analysis – Defining a coherent and consistent set of preferences. Ethics – Science of or treatise on morals; moral principles Morals – Ideals, standards Motivation – Reason or inducement to act. Perceptions – Insights, understanding Reinforcement – Strengthening or supporting of a stance or action taken. Reward – Return or recompense for service or merit. Unsafe Act – When a person does something that can cause an incident or injury. Unsafe Condition – Physical things that can cause an incident or injury. Values – One’s principles or standards; one’s judgment of what is valuable or important in life. Senior Management Commitment This program, in its entirety, is supported, and endorsed, by the President of C & C Technologies, Inc., all officers of the company, the Human Resources manager, and under the direction of the Health Safety and Environmental Manager, who sets and monitors company HSE goals. 106
  • 107. Local Management Commitment Department Managers, Party Chiefs, and Project Managers recognize their employment responsibilities for a safe workplace, meeting HSE goals and the implementation of this program. Employee Commitment Each employee recognizes that their personal safety and that of their co-workers is dependent upon a safe workplace, meeting HSE goals, and acknowledges their employment responsibility to create and maintain a safe workplace. Program Purpose This program’s purpose is to identify, assess, prioritize, and control, (as applicable), workplace hazards. Scope This program is intended for all C & C employee’s workplaces, worldwide. Guidelines The remainder of this program outlines the methods for achieving safety goals, as established by senior management. Performance Criteria shall include: • Implementation of this program to increase safety and safety awareness of all personnel • Identify and report hazards in the workplace • Develop and maintain a culture of “Safety for all” in the workplace • Assess identified hazards for 1) how the exposure may occur 2) the effects of exposure 3) who or what may be exposed to hazards 4) potential severity of exposure 5) probability of exposure • Eliminate hazards • Implement hazard controls when it is not practical to eliminate the hazard Front Line Employee Responsibilities The focus of this program is creating a company culture that identifies, eliminates or reduces and reports hazards in the workplace. Each C & C employee is the one person most familiar with the hazards they face during their work task performance. A keen awareness to the entire workplace surroundings, equipment, experience of co-workers, contract personnel and others is essential to hazard recognition. Since most incidents are caused by “UNSAFE ACTS”, a ttention to your actions and those around you are extremely important. 107
  • 108. Hazard Observation Card Each C & C employee will be instructed by their supervisor on the value, use, observation and completion skills necessary for the Hazard Observation Card. This card is the beginning of the process to eliminate workplace hazards. Good safety practices encourage you to use the following observation cycle steps to reduce hazards. 1. As you approach the workplace think about the current situation. Things such as: Who am I working with on this job? What experiences do I, and others have doing this job? What things can get in the way of me doing my job safely? Decide to be a keen observer. 2. Observe the scene. Focus on unsafe acts. Use a careful, systematic method of looking at everything people are doing. 3. Get close enough to the people’s actions to see clearly what they are doing, to make a complete observation. 4. If you see unsafe acts, you should act immediately to correct the situation and to prevent recurrence. This action includes talking with the person who is/has committing/committed the unsafe act. When talking with them, do so with respect. Remember, they may be embarrassed that they were committing an unsafe act, and therefore be defensive of their actions. Again, focus on the unsafe act not the person. 5. Use your HAZARD OBSERVATION CARD and report your observations and actions. Turn in the hazard observation cards to your supervisor. Think about how to do the current job task safely. Party Chiefs & Project Manager Responsibilities The focus of this program is creating a company culture that identifies, eliminates or reduces and reports hazards in the workplace. Your responsibilities for implementing this program will increase the safety awareness of all personnel. Your responsibilities include assessing the severity and probability of exposure to identified hazards and determining corrective actions. When practical, eliminate any identified hazard. Study all Hazard Observation Cards as they are given to you. Can you make fundamental changes to a process that would eliminate the hazard? • training or re-training an employee, • re-assigning duties to match experience, • eliminating or simplifying a step during a process, • altering a piece of equipment. Eliminating the hazards is the recommended action to be taken in order to reduce incidents and injuries. 108
  • 109. When it is not practical to eliminate hazards, implement hazard controls. Use engineering controls such as • guards, • safety switches, • railings, ventilation, etc. Use engineering controls only when it is determined that the hazard cannot be eliminated completely. Work practice controls, such as • Job Safety Analysis meetings, • directions, • work organization, • task instructions, • procedures, and policies, are effective methods for reducing unsafe act hazards. General Duties of Party Chiefs / Project Managers Maintain high safety standards for yourself and those you supervise Maintain an attitude of hazard reduction for yourself and those you supervise Set and maintain the example of safe work practices Be proactive to eliminate hazards Collect and evaluate Hazard Observation Cards Make proper response after data is evaluated Determine what corrective action is to be taken Determine who is to take the corrective action Determine when corrective action is to be completed Establish where corrective action is to be implemented Determine what training and who will train personnel as needed Assign resources to complete corrective action Monitor corrective action completion Follow up on results of corrective actions In order to promote consistent, company wide, procedures, practices, etc., supervisors will submit the Hazard Observation Cards to the HSE department which will organize, characterize, summarize and submit corrective suggestions, to field management, for implementation. Corrective actions by supervisors should include a review of previous HSE Hazard Observation reports to determine best practices. There are many ways to increase safety awareness and to identify and report hazards in the workplace. No single program can be designed to fit every workplace and situation. Therefore, your experience, knowledge, judgment, consultation skills, negotiating skills, contacts up and down the ladder of responsibility, and overall management view of the situation should be utilized. Try to get people involved who should be involved. Do not try to do it all yourself. Assess the situation, look at the data, and use your good judgment. Watch for unexpected affects of your decision both upstream and downstream of your task or equipment changes. 109
  • 110. Department Manager/Party Chief / Project Manager Responsibilities The focus of this program is creating a company culture that identifies, eliminates or reduces and reports hazards in the workplace. Department Manager / Party Chief / Project Managers shall have overall safety responsibility for all facilities in their authority. The safety of employees and the workplace shall be a primary concern. Department Manager / Party Chief / Project Managers shall be responsible for ensuring that this Behavior Based Safety Program is implemented for their operations and ensure that supervisors follow the program requirements. Provide feedback to their local managers and/or supervisors. Department Manager / Party Chief / Project Managers, along with the HSE Manager, Human Resources Director, and President shall sit as a Safety Steering Committee for making adjustments to this program and directing C & C Technologies toward its goal as a world-class safe operating company. This committee shall meet monthly. The HSE Manager shall be the moderator. Department Manager / Party Chief / Project Managers shall share information on safety and safe practice operations, generated at their locations, with HSE, HR and other departments to promote best operating practices throughout the company. Health, Safety & Environmental Director Responsibilities The focus of this program is creating a company culture that identifies, eliminates or reduces and reports hazards in the workplace. The HSE Manager shall be responsible for clearly communicating the company’s HSE goals for this program. The HSE Manager shall collect data from the Hazard Observation Cards, analyze the data, report the data to the Safety Steering Committee, provide feedback to each Party Chief / Project Manager, evaluate consistency of safe practices throughout all districts, and, shall by his/her actions, serve as a good example of safety practices. Senior Human Resources Officer Responsibilities The focus of this program is creating a company culture that identifies, eliminates or reduces and reports hazards in the workplace. The senior Human Resources officer shall sit as a member of the Safety Steering Committee, to be advised of the current safety status, operations and issues related to company employees. The H.R. officer shall advise the committee about H.R. issues and topics which relate to employee safety. The H.R. officer shall by his/her actions, serve as a good example of safety practices. 110
  • 111. President The focus of this program is creating a company culture that identifies, eliminates or reduces and reports hazards in the workplace. The President shall sit as a member of the Safety Steering Committee to be advised of the current safety status, operations, and issues related to company employees. The President/CEO shall advise the committee about business issues which relate to employee safety. The President shall by his/her actions; serve as a good example of safety practices. Safety Steering Committee This committee shall consist of: Senior Health Safety and Environmental officer (moderator of committee) All Department Managers / Project Managers Senior Human Resources Officer General Manager President Legal and other department representatives, employees may be invited by the committee members to attend. These representatives may include exempt and non-exempt employees. This committee shall meet monthly to specifically discuss the safety data generated by this program and recommend changes and actions to this program. 111
  • 112. Front of card Back of card C & C TECHNOLOGIES HAZARD OBSERVATION CARD Box 1 Unsafe Act Observed: HAZARD TYPE: PEOPLE O Unsafe Act O Unsafe Position O PPE not used Date: Box 2 Unsafe Condition Observed: PROCEDURES O Inadequate O Not Known O Not Understood O Not Followed ENGINEERING O Moving parts not guarded O Electrical O Chemical O Pressure O Maintenance ENVIRONMENT O Noise O Light Chemical O Dust O Heat O Cold OOther _________________________ TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT O Wrong for the job O used incorrectly O In unsafe condition HAZARD DESCRIPTION: Date: Box 3 WERE YOU ABLE TO CORRECT THE PROBLEM O YES O NO O Box 4 WHAT ACTION WAS TAKEN: Box 5 Party Chief / Project Manager ACTION Date: Situation Corrected O yes O no Hazard assessment done? O yes O no Risk Priority Code O A O B O C OD Steering Committee advised O yes O no Observer’s Signature: Supervisor’s Signature: 112
  • 113. Hazard Observation Card Procedures The Hazard Observation Card has been designed for use by all employees. The philosophy of the company is that breaking the chain of events that fit together to form an incident can prevent incidents. By the observation of, and actions taken to address unsafe acts and unsafe conditions, the potential for incidents may be reduced at the source of the chain of events. The Hazard Observation Card is a first step in the process for the elimination or control of hazards, regardless of their complexity. This card may also be used to recognize “positive” safe acts as well. Unsafe Acts Upon observing an unsafe act, the observer should advise the worker of the hazard. Then the observer should act to prevent the unsafe act from being committed again. If the hazard is critical, stop the job immediately and correct the hazard. When a satisfactory solution has been determined, enter the following onto the Hazard Observation Card: 1. Description of unsafe act observed 2. Description of corrective action(s) taken. 3. Observer’s signature 4. Type of hazard Unsafe Condition When observing an unsafe condition, (i.e. spillage, tripping hazard, etc.) the observer should attempt to make the area safe by removing the hazard, (i.e. clean up the spill, remove the tripping hazard, etc.) When the action has been completed, enter the following information onto the Hazard Observation Card: 1. Description of unsafe condition(s) observed 2. Description of corrective action taken 3. Observer’s signature 4. Type of hazard Unsafe Act Or Condition Not Readily Correctable There will be occasions when the unsafe act or condition is beyond the authority of an employee to correct. This may be due to a change in procedures being the required action to correct the unsafe act, or extra resources required to solve the unsafe conditions that are not immediately available. In this case the situation will need to be reviewed by someone who has the authority to make the changes or supply the necessary resources. This would be described as a B priority situation. The Hazard Observation Card will be completed as follows: 1. Describe the unsafe act or unsafe condition 2. Check the NO box 3 3. Describe the action you suggest to be taken 4. Sign as observer, Check the hazard type The completed Hazard Observation Card must be passed on to the employee’s supervisor or manager at the earliest convenience. 113
  • 114. Department Managers, Party Chiefs & Project Managers Upon receiving the Hazard Observation Card, the Department Manager / Party Chief / Project manager must review the card for actions taken or actions required. If the observer has taken action and the supervisor / senior operations manager agrees that the action was appropriate then he/she: 1. Signs the card 2. Sends the card to corporate HSE Manager for records and analysis In the event the observer was not able to solve the problem the Department Manager / Party Chief / Project Manager will: 1. Investigate the unsafe act or condition, if necessary 2. Take corrective action, if possible 3. Describe action(s) taken in box 4, if appropriate 4. Check YES in box 5 5. Sign card 6. Make sure actions are completed satisfactorily and on time 7. Send card to HSE Manager for records and analysis If the Department Manager / Party Chief / Project Manager is unable to solve the problem he/she will: 1. Complete hazard assessment process 2. Assign risk priority code 3. Check (NO) in box for situation corrected in box 5 4. Check (YES) for draft assessment in box 5 5. Check the risk priority code 6. Sign card If the risk priority code is A, the Department Manager / Party Chief / Project Manager will: Ask the Safety Steering Committee for immediate review and recommendations for action as soon as possible. For priority B situations, the supervisor / senior operations manager will: Take corrective actions based upon the Hazard Observation Card information and other relevant data. The card will be forwarded to the H.S.E. senior officer. Priority C & D situations will, in most cases, already have been corrected, prior to the Department Manager / Party Chief / Project Manager seeing Hazard Observation Card Hazard Assessment Record Instructions for Party Chiefs or Project Managers to complete the Hazard Assessment Record Step 1 Hazard Description – Identifying hazards is an essential first step in hazard control. Once a hazard is identified, assign a hazard number and enter it in the box in the upper right hand corner of the form. Then enter a brief description of the hazard in box 1. This description may come from the Observation Card. It is necessary t provide adequate o information in this section so appropriate corrective action may be taken. Where appropriate, refer to incident data, personal knowledge and experience of yourself and other employees. 114
  • 115. Step 2 Department – Enter the name of the department or reporting location affected by the hazard. Step 3 Exposure Causes – Describe how, when and where contact with the hazard can occur. For example, how could gasoline come into contact with employees, buildings, sources of ignition, etc.? Exposure to gasoline could occur by storing it in a glass container and dropping it onto a hard surface. This could happen when transporting the glass container in the facility’s shop area. Look for potential causes in your work procedures that could release, or expose people or things to hazards. When looking for causes, be sure to consider: • Unsafe acts of persons • Using tools or equipment improperly • Improper design or layout of work area • Structural features such as floors and stairs • Unclear instructions or procedures • Language barriers • Environmental conditions, such as temperature, lighting and ventilation • Weather • Mechanical or material failures • Inadequate preventive maintenance • Inadequate machine guarding • Poor housekeeping practices • Inadequate supervision and control • Inadequate training to perform the task or use equipment • Personal protective equipment not sufficient or not worn Step 4 Number of Persons at risk – List the number of persons who could be exposed to the hazard in box number 4. When it is appropriate, include employees, visitors, contractors, and customers. The more severe the hazard, the more precise the identification and number of people at risk needs to be. This assists in estimating the likelihood of exposure to the hazard and identifying appropriate hazard control measures. Step 5 Present risk control measures – Describe existing hazard control measures. Note them even if they are not suitable and/or sufficient. The current status needs to be well understood. Step 6 Procedure reference – List reference numbers for specific standard operating procedures, Job Safety Analysis, etc., if applicable. Step 7 Hazard Control Assessment – Assess whether the hazard controls are suitable and sufficient. If not, determine if the risk can be eliminated, improved by engineering methods, minimized by work practices, or minimized by the use of personal protective equipment. In addition, determine if new or additional training is required. Step 8 Action – Describe the plan of action for further hazard controls, if necessary. The decision for implementing hazard controls should follow the hierarchy of questions 2-5 in the hazard control assessment. If possible, the hazard should be eliminated by substituting the hazardous material or situation with something less hazardous. If the hazard cannot be eliminated, then engineering controls should be given first priority. If engineering controls are not practical or sufficient, work procedures should be developed to minimize exposure to the hazard. As a last resort, personal protective equipment should be utilized to minimize exposure to the hazard. If more space is needed to describe the proposed action, use a separate sheet of paper and attach it to the hazard assessment record. 115
  • 116. Step 9 Cost / Benefit – All final decisions about hazard control measures must take into account the relevant legal or company requirements, which establish minimum levels of risk prevention or control. Where legal or company requirements demand an assessment of cost, information about the relative costs, effectiveness and reliability of different control measures will be necessary so that decisions about acceptable levels of control may be made. Step 10 Risk Assessment – Conduct risk assessment according to the following: Using the number of persons at risk, severity of risk consequences, current procedure or policy inadequacy, and recommended hazard control requirements using the following Risk Assessment Chart and rate each of the risk issues from 1 to 10 with 10 being the highest. After completing, review the chart for appropriate action. If the risk assessment ranking is close, rank the risk at the higher Risk Priority. 5.20 General Safety Procedures General Rules • Employees shall not attempt to do any work, which they cannot perform safely within the limits of their ability. • Any employee who is unable to perform their duties safely shall promptly notify their supervisor. • Study your job and work conditions, know their hazards and protect yourself and your fellow employees against them. • Take an interest in new and inexperienced employees. Call their attention to unsafe practices and teach them the safe method of doing the work. • Walkways, aisles, and work areas shall be kept free from tripping and falling hazards. • Oil, grease, and water spills shall be immediately cleaned up. • Tools, equipment and other materials shall be placed securely where they will not fall. • Dirty rags shall be placed in flame retardant containers with their lids securely in place. • Employees shall clean and return all tools, equipment and materials to their proper place when they are finished with them. • Tools or equipment in need of repair shall be repaired or taken out of service and their condition reported to the supervisor. • Materials shall be stacked so the weight is equally distributed and so it does not project into passages or walkways. • Material storage areas shall be kept orderly. Scrap and junk material shall be disposed of properly. • Oil, grease, paint and other flammable liquids and s olids shall be labeled and properly stored in approved containers. 116
  • 117. Hoisting Apparatus • All hoisting machinery and equipment shall be inspected prior to each use, and during use, to ensure its safe operating condition. Defective parts shall be repaired or replaced before continued use. • Heavy machinery, equipment, or parts thereof that are suspended or held apart shall be substantially blocked or cribbed before repair personnel are permitted to work underneath or between them. • All hoisting machinery shall be locked out while repairs are being made. • Only authorized personnel shall operate hoisting equipment. • While hoisting equipment is in operation, the operator shall not be allowed to perform other work or leave the controls until the load has been safely landed. • Do not allow personnel to ride on loads or on hooks. • If power is lost, move the controller to the "Off" position until it is restored. • Be sure the load to be lifted is within the capacity of the hoisting mechanism. • Always use a signal person. Obey an emergency "stop" signal given by anyone. • Never allow a load to swing against anyone. • When moving a load, make sure that it safely clears all obstacles. • The block shall be centered directly over the load before moving. The load shall be balanced. • Never leave loose objects on top of a load. • Use tag and restraint lines for handling loads. • NEVER WALK UNDER LOADS NOR PERMIT OTHERS TO DO SO. • All hoisting equipment hooks shall be provided with safety latches. Welding • Welding and cutting shall not be performed in hazardous locations if the work can be moved. • Welding or cutting shall not be allowed near flammable vapors, liquids, dust or loose combustible stock. • Never use oxygen in the presence of oil, grease or hydrocarbons of any form. • Materials shall not be cut in such a position as to allow severed sections to fall on feet, legs or other body parts. • Care shall be taken when cutting on closed containers. The employee's face shall be kept to one side when making these cuts. • Welders shall never cut or weld directly on a concrete floor. 117
  • 118. • Regulators shall not be forced onto or into a cylinder valve. • Creeping regulators shall not be used. • Hoses shall be frequently examined for leaks, worn places and loose connections. • Friction lighters shall always be used. Never use matches or attempt to light or relight torches from hot metal. • Welders shall never attempt to install or repair arc-welding machines. • Before starting operations, all machine connections shall be checked. • Prior to welding, cutting or other hot work in a confined space, consult the Confined Space Entry Policy and Procedure. • Welding must not be directly watched without proper eye protection. • Goggles with No. 5 or 6 shade lenses must be worn when material is cut with acetylene gas. Helpers engaged in such work should wear goggles with No. 3 or 4 shade lenses. • Electric arc welding requires the use of welding helmets fitted with No. 10 or darker shade lenses. Compressed Gas Cylinder (Handling and Storage) • Compressed gas cylinders shall always be secured by rope or chain when in an upright position. Except when a cylinder is being used, the protective cap shall always be in place. • All cylinders not in an upright position shall be blocked or secured to prevent rolling or movement. (Note: Acetylene Gas shall be stored in the upright position.) • All cylinders, while being transported, shall have protected caps properly secured and all cylinders shall be properly secured to prevent any movement or shifting. This also includes empty cylinders. • Compressed gases when in storage shall always be separated from compressed oxygen cylinders by at least 20 feet or by a noncombustible barrier 5 feet high. The noncombustible barrier shall have a fire resistant rating of at least one-half hour. When handling compressed gas cylinders by hand, never attempt to move or carry a cylinder with gauges attached. Always remove the gauges and install the protective caps, • unless the cylinders are mounted in an approved cart. Cylinders shall be moved by tilting and rolling on their bottom edges. • Oil or grease shall not be used on threaded portions of oxygen/acetylene cylinders or gauges. • Empty cylinders shall be marked "Empty" or "MT" with chalk. • Oxygen shall not be used as a substitute for compressed air. 118
  • 119. LP Gas • Before filling LP Gas Tank or Cylinder: • Check as follows to see that tank or cylinder is legal and may be filled with LP gas. • No cylinder is to be filled that is beyond the retest due date. • All tanks, ICC (DOT) or ASME, MUST be equipped with a relief valve connected with the vapor space in tank. • Extinguish all sources of ignition in filling radius, vehicle motors off, no open pilot flames, etc. (Pilot lights on lunch wagon, steam cleaner, tar kettle, etc.) • Attendant will stand by controls during entire filling operation. • Entire filling operation shall take place in open air. General Instructions • NEVER fill a propane tank beyond 85% of its actual capacity. • Determine if tank actually needs more gas. Check float gauge AND outage gauge or weigh tank on scales. • If filling by use of outage valve, fill only until visible white vapor appears from the outage valve. If tank is equipped with both outage valve and float gauge, stop filling when the gauge reads 85% OR when the white vapor shows as described above, WHICHEVER COMES FIRST. • If tank is not equipped with an outage valve or with a float gauge, then it MUST be filled by weight only. • Never fill tanks that are mounted on a vehicle while the vehicle is occupied. Forklifts • Only certified personnel who have received forklift operator training shall operate forklifts. • Never change the forward or reverse travel without first coming to a complete stop. • Never leave a forklift with its motor running. Always lower the forks on the floor, shift into neutral, set the parking brake and turn the ignition off. • Avoid sudden starts and stops. • Do not ride the clutch. • Only the operator shall ride the forklift-absolutely no passengers. • If a forklift is used to elevate workers, a safety pallet with a solid floor and handrails must be used. • Never carry personnel on loads or allow bystanders around loads being stacked. • Always drive slowly over rough surfaces and slippery floors. 119
  • 120. • All forklifts should be equipped with fire extinguishers. • The forklift's engine should be turned off before fueling. • Always keep body parts inside the framework of the forklift. • Before entering a truck at the dock, the forklift operator shall lock the truck wheels nearest the dock. • The operator shall make sure a load does not exceed the capacity of the forklift. • Additional weight shall not be added to the counterweight. • General Safety for Ropes, Chains and Slings • Chains or slings shall not be shortened with knots, bolts or other makeshift devices. • Chains or slings shall not be kinked or crushed. • Body parts shall not be placed between ropes, chains or slings and their loads or other objects. • Shock loading and sudden jerks are prohibited. • Chains and slings shall not be overloaded. • Chains and slings shall not be pulled over rough or sharp objects or dragged behind vehicles. • Chains and slings shall be kept clean. • Chains and slings shall be padded or protected from the sharp edges of their loads. • Inspect chains prior to use for bent links, cracks in welded areas or other sections of links, transverse nicks and gouges, corrosion, pits and elongation caused by stretching. Wire rope slings shall be inspected daily and removed from service when 6 broken wires in one lay of rope appear or when 3 broken wires in one strand appear. • Wire rope shall be tagged and inspected monthly by the supervisor. Tools • Tools shall be kept clean and properly stored when not in use. • The proper tools, in good condition, shall be used for the job being performed. • All tools and equipment must be inspected and maintained on a regular basis. • All repairs and replacements shall be made without delay. • The use of aluminum hand tools is prohibited. • Non-spark producing hammers (brass) shall be used when required. • The wooden handles of hand tools shall be kept free of splinters and/or cracks and shall be kept tight in the tool. 120
  • 121. • Wrenches, including adjustable, pipe, end and socket, shall not be used when jaws are sprung or worn to the point that slippage occurs. • Impact tools, such as drift pins, wedges, and chisels, shall be kept free of mushroomed heads. • Hand tools shall never be left on ladders or elevated places. • Employees shall not use hand tools, which have become dull. • Never use files without handles. Files shall be frequently cleaned with a file card and stored separately in a dry location. • Hand tools shall not be used after being subjected to intense heat. • Electrical cords shall be checked and replaced if worn. • All hand power tools shall have a 3-prong plug and be double insulated. Jacks • Do not load jacks beyond their rated capacity. • Jacks shall be inspected before and after each use. • Jacks leaking hydraulic fluid shall be removed from service. • Jacks shall be recommendation. • Jacks shall not be thrown or dropped on floors. • Jacks shall be placed only on clean and level surfaces. • Jacks placed on floors shall not exceed the load capacity of the floor at any time during the lift. • Substantial hardwood blocking at least twice the size of the jack base shall be used under all jacks set on an earthen surface. • Metal to metal contact shall not be permitted between jack head and the load (except with floor jacks that are designed to prevent load shifting). A minimum of 2" hardwood stock larger that the jack head shall be used between the jack and contact surface. • Wood or metal "extenders" shall not be used to increase jack height. Hardwood blocking shall be used under the jack base. • All lifts shall be vertical with the jack centered under the load. • Employees shall ensure the unobstructed swing of jack handles before pressure is applied. • Employees operating jack handles shall stand to one side. After raising loads, they shall be supported by substantial metal or wooden horses or blocking. periodically lubricated according to the manufacturer's 121
  • 122. • When several jacks are used on heavy objects, they shall be raised simultaneously a little at a time to keep the load level. Gasoline Handling and Use • Gasoline shall never be used for cleaning purposes. • Gasoline shall not be transported in other than approved containers. containers shall not be hauled inside of cars or truck cabs. • Gasoline shall not be poured or handled around open or unprotected flames, electrical equipment, areas where sparks or static electricity may be present, or in unventilated places. • Gasoline shall not be stored in open, plastic, or glass containers; in unventilated places; near sources of fire; near electrical equipment, or near combustible materials, such as textiles, cardboard boxes, paper, etc. • Gasoline shall not be siphoned by mouth suction from tanks or containers. • Gasoline shall not be used to assist in starting of a diesel engine. These 122
  • 123. 5.21 Emergency Response Procedure Emergency Response Procedure Introduction Incidents may occur despite our efforts to prevent them. When they do occur, more may be at stake than immediately is obvious. During a crisis, our credibility and reputation, as well as life, property, and the environment, may be in jeopardy. Whether we emerge from a crisis with our credibility and reputation intact is determined by how well we train our employees and communicate with our employees and clients. Current Site Specific HSE Emergency Response procedures must be kept and maintained in the Incident Command Center at all times. The following incidents are considered crisis situations and require activation of the Emergency Management Operations Team (EMOT) in Lafayette, Louisiana. A major fire, explosion, significant release of hazardous material, or multiple injuries that may attract media attention that could impact C & C Technologies, its officers and directors. A work-related accidental death involving a C & C employee, subcontractor, or third party person. A specific threat or terrorist act against C & C’s personnel or property. Or any incident that may, in the opinion of the EMOT Leader attract media attention. The main objective of the Emergency Management Operations Team and this plan is to ensure that crisis situations are managed according to established procedures. In a crisis situation, these are our priorities: The safety and saving of life. Preservation of the environment Salvage of equipment and vessels. This plan will help us achieve these objectives. Activation of the EMOT The EMOT was formed to help operations management handle a crisis anywhere in the world. When an incident occurs that could become a crisis, or already is a crisis, the HSE Manager will notify the EMOT Leader. The Emergency Management Operations Team consists of: Thomas Chance Jeff Sides Jimmy Chance Jeff Fortenberry Ross Heard Mona Woodson Pearl Bowers Team Leader Alternate Team Leader Alternate Team Leader External Relations Member Alternate External Relations Member Incident Secretary Alternate Incident Secretary 123
  • 124. Dave Alleman Pete Alleman Jeanne Tatman Bobbie Jo Folse Safety and Security Alternate Safety and Security Incident/Human Resource Relations Alternate Incident/Human Resource Relations When the notification of a crisis is received during regular business hours, the Receptionist will immediately notify the Team Leader (Thomas Chance) and notify the Incident Secretary to conact EMOT members. After hours, the Dispatcher will notify the Team Leader and proceed to notify team members. EMOT Organization Team Leader Thomas Chance – President Cell Ph: Home Ph: 337-654-7500 337-981-6912 Responsibilities: Decides when to activate the EMOT. Leads the team or delegates this duty to Alternate Team Leader Is responsible for all communication with appropriate parties involved. In consultation with External Relations Associate, designates the spokesperson. Notifies Incident Secretary of extended travel/vacation plans. Sanction financial resources of the Company as required. Alternate Team Leader Jeff Sides – Vice President / General Manager Jimmy Chance Cell Ph: Home Ph: Cell Ph.: Home Ph.: 337-288-4488 337-989-9536 337-344-8004 337-232-4952 Responsibilities: Perform all Team Leader duties when Team Leader is absent or unavailable. Helps coordinate and manage the crisis response. Notifies subcontractors and client of situation. Is the primary contact between the EMOT and External Relations member. Emergency Operations Coordinator (EOC). International incidents contact U.S. State Department if necessary. Conact legal advisor(s). Notifies Incident Secretary of extended travel/vacation plans. External Relations Jeff Fortenberry Alternate Ross Heard Cell Ph: Home Ph: Cell Ph.: Home Ph.: 337-278-9401 337-984-5557 281-830-0253 281-852-8420 Responsibilities: Monitors political, military, environmental, or other activities that could lead to crisis situation. Ensures that Company spokespersons are trained. Develops knowledge of and maintains contact with key media figures. Drafts news releases and media materials during crisis. Organize news conferences as necessary. Notifies Incident Secretary of extended travel/vacation plans. 124
  • 125. Incident Secretary Mona Woodson Alternate Pearl Bowers Cell Ph: Home Ph: Cell: 337-501-6741 337-945-0592 337-948-3665 Responsibilities: Maintains contact information / travel schedules of all EMOT members. Logs EMOT activities and decisions during crisis. Arranges for transcription of taped phone conversations and videos; helps prepare the final report. Ensures that the Alternate Incident Secretary knows of extended travel / vacation plans of EMOT members. Internal/Human Resource Relations Jeanne Tatman – HR Manager Alternate Bobbie Jo Folse Cell Ph: Home Ph.: Cell Ph.: Home Ph.: 337-344-6671 337-989-7071 337-654-6833 337-365-7394 Responsibilities: Prepares communication announcements to employees during a crisis. Communicates with families of employees who are involved in the crisis; keeps them informed on a regular basis. Notifies Incident Secretary of extended travel/vacation plans. Contact the Employee Assistance Provider, as necessary. Review benefit packages for employees involved in an accident to determine coverage and benefits available. Contact counselor for family members. Inform HSE Manager to ensure that all reporting requirements are met. Safety and Security Dave Alleman Alternate Pete Alleman Cell Ph: Home Ph.: Cell Ph.: Home Ph.: 337-288-9347 337-334-3570 337-288-9345 337-856-6229 Responsibilities: Secures the Incident Command Center. Is the liaison with local law enforcement and security forces, as necessary. Arranges for the installation and maintenance of all radio, telephone, recording, teleconferencing, and other communication equipment as required by the EMOT, including portable phones for use when lines are inoperative. Ensures that adequate switchboard operators are available and trained. Notifies Incident Secretary of extended travel/vacation plans. 125
  • 126. Operations Associates Are to provide operational or technical expertise as required during a crisis. These positions are ad hoc and are tailored to support the EMOT. Associates may consist of dispatchers, receptionist, project managers, affected department personnel, IT personnel, HSE personnel, subcontractor representatives, or others with needed skills. Emergency Action Plan Flow Chart Accident / Incident Any employee who observes an accident or incident. Notify person in charge, Party Chief or Vessel Master. Emergency Contact Numbers C & C Dispatch: 337-261-0660 – 24 hrs. Acadian Ambulance: 1-800-259-3333 USCG (New Orleans) Search & Rescue: 504-942-3001 On-Shore Emergency: 911 U.S. State Department Party Chief or Vessel Master Does emergency warrant activation of EMOT? If NO – Notify HSE Manager and submit accident / incident report as soon as possible. If Yes – Contact Dispatcher at 337-261-0660 Dispatcher will contact EMOT Team Leader, General Manager and HSE Manager. EMOT will assemble at C & C Headquarters – Jimmy Chances office. Room 337 Provide assistance as needed. Appoint Family/Media spokesperson. Contact Family members and follow-up as necessary. 126
  • 127. Dispatcher / Receptionist Responsibilities will include gathering as much information from caller as possible and entering this information onto the Emergency Response Data Sheet. All emergency calls need to be clearly stated to the Dispatcher or Receptionist. The Dispatcher or Receptionist will require the following information: Who is calling? What is the name of the vessel? Where are you located, write down location and co ordinances, i.e., longitude – latitude in regards to a marine emergency. Who is involved in the accident/incident? What happened? What steps have been taken to help the person(s) involved? Who is the Project Manager? Who is the client? Once you have been given this information to the dispatcher or receptionist, he/she will call the HSE Manager and the Project Manager and inform them of the situation. The HSE Manager will decide if the situation warrants activation of the EMOT or their backups, and the team will assemble at C & C headquarters to manage the crisis. The Dispatcher or Receptionist will open the Emergency Response Book located on the desk in the dispatcher’s office or the receptionist’s desk and proceed to record the information on the Emergency Response Data Sheet. Once information is recorded, the dispatcher or receptionist will hand this information the first EMOT member to arrive. The dispatcher or receptionist will remain in contact with caller until instructed by EMOT Leader to transfer to the Incident Command Center. Should a media room be necessary, the initial media room will be set up in the conference room at C & C headquarters, Lafayette, Louisiana. 127
  • 128. Emergency Response Checklists Team Leader – leads the EMOT as it responds to a crisis. The Team Leaders goals are: To take care of the basic human needs of the individuals affected. To communicate honestly and accurately to the community, media, subcontractors, clients government officials and employees. To restore normal operations as soon as possible. To do this: Determine whether the EMOT will meet on or off site. Arrive at the Incident Command Center with your EMOT Manual (This procedure). Make sure all positions are staffed. Make sure that the Incident Secretary (or Dispatcher / Receptionist) contacts alternates for EMOT members who are unavailable. Remind team members of their responsibilities. Begin to gather the: who, what, where, when, why, and how of crisis. Instruct the Assistant Team Leader to contact local experts who may be needed, i.e. external relations counsel, legal counsel, etc. Work with External Relations Team member to prepare a news release. Do not act as spokesperson for the crisis. Support your External Relations person in that role. Gather input from your team members. Make decisions. Alternate Team Leader – must be prepared to step into the Team Leader’s role at any time. Arrive at the Incident Command Center with your EMOT Manual (This procedure). Make a list of all assignments delegated by the Team Leader. Follow up on progress of all assignments and report to the Team Leader. Troubleshoot when necessary. Once the internal message is established, work with the Internal Communications member to ensure that all appropriate persons have been notified. 128
  • 129. Incident Secretary – will locate and contact all EMOT members, tell them where to assemble, and document all information and decisions made by the team during the crisis. Note: either the Dispatcher or Receptionist may have already completed the notification of EMOT members on duty at time of initial incoming call. Establish with the EMOT Leader (or Alternate) where the EMOT will assemble. Alert all EMOT members that there is a potential crisis and tell them where the EMOT will assemble. Alert the switchboard operator(s) on how to handle and direct incoming calls. Double-check supplies in the EMOT Incident Command Center to make sure there is paper, tape, markers, batteries, additional copies of this procedure, etc. Begin to keep a log of all major activities and decisions. External Relations – communicates openly and honestly with public through the news media while protecting the employees, families, and good name of C & C Technologies. Make sure you have an updated media list and a draft news release with you when you enter the Incident Command Center. Remember that your primary goal is centralized control of the message that goes out to the public through the media and through your employees. Do not answer the telephone if it rings in the EMOT Incident Command Center! Let the incident secretary answer the phone. Establish where and when you will have your first news conference. Make sure you have appropriate professional clothing available to appear on camera. Alert the person who will escort the media to the media room; make sure the room has everything the media will need for the time they are there. Finalize the draft news release. Make sure that it has an opening paragraph with information about the Company, a blank area for facts of the present crisis, and an ending paragraph that shows care, compassion, and concern on behalf of the Company. Begin a fact sheet with who, what, when, where, why, and how. Add the facts about the present crisis to the news release. Focus on facts, not issues. Stay in control of the news conference. Stay focused on current facts, nothing more-nothing less. Do not get distracted by the media into non-issues. Fax the news release to media outlets who may request the news release. Have an EMOT member rehearse with you so you will be prepared for the news conference. Clarify and polish the way you will answer questions. REMEMBER: Always keep a door to your back when holding a news conference. 129
  • 130. Internal/Human Resource Relations – communicate openly and honestly with all employees, clients, subcontractors and others who may be affected by the crisis. Make sure you have a updated list of contacts within and outside the Company n (Clients – subcontractors, etc.), who may need to be contacted in a crisis. Remember that your primary goal is centralized control of the message that goes to employees and the public. Work with the External Relations member so that both of you are giving the same message. Establish how you will communicate to your employees, clients, subcontractors, etc., and make sure the appropriate equipment is available for communication; i.e., fax machine, e-mail, telephones, etc. Set up a hot line for employees, clients, and subcontractors to call for updated information. Keep the telephone operating throughout the crisis. Work with the External Relations member to develop a news release based on who, what, where, when, how, and why. Include the time of release in the news release; also note when you expect to update the news media release. Add relevant information about how to deal with the media inquiries. Fax, e-mail, or telephone the news release to designated authorities. Make sure they have employee information on benefits, insurance coverage, and workers’ compensation. Remains in contact with HSE Manager to ensure that all of the paperwork is received in a timely manner. Obtains employee personnel files and brings relevant information to the EMOT Incident Control Center. Security and Safety Members ensures and maintains security at all locations to protect employees and those on the premises during a crisis. Make sure that you have an updated list of local authorities when you enter the EMOT Incident Command Center. Immediately secure entrances to the building(s) if necessary or areas involved in the crisis. Secure the Incident Command Center and make sure that the EMOT members and invitees have access to the room and information Coordinate with External Relations Member to establish where the news media will meet. Set up and secure routes for the news media to get to the media room. Assign personal guides to any members of the news media on the property. Begin to contact all local authorities to establish the: who, what, where, when, why, and how of the present crisis. Immediately set up the communications equipment in the Incident Command Center and keep equipment operational throughout the session. Communication equipment should include, but not limited to: Telephones Fax machine Computer with internet access Teleconferencing equipment 130
  • 131. Set up and activate television monitors, VCR’s to tape electronic news media coverage, and tape recorders. Notify dispatcher receptionist which calls should be transferred to the Incident Command Center. Ensure that the information link between the areas affected and all other units operates at all times. Begin an activity log by writing down what you have done so far. Add to the log as the crisis unfolds. Notify all legal and HSE management resources. Training All Emergency Management Operations Team members and operational management should receive training in Emergency Response Planning, as well as their specific duties and responsibilities during a crisis. At a minimum, each member of the EMOT, operational managers, department managers and supervisors should receive training in media relations/communications. When a crisis occurs at a location remote form Lafayette, an EMOT member may be activated at the nearest regional management office; i.e., London, Rio de Janeiro, or Ciudad Del Carmen. The EMOT ensures that managers trained in crisis response are available at key centers outside Lafayette. The EMOT Incident Secretary maintains the roster of employees who have been trained in crisis response management and their contact information. The receptionist and dispatchers will have this information as well. Drills / exercises must be recorded and filed After Incident Report When the crisis is over, the EMOT will prepare an after-incident report that summarizes actions taken, results achieved, problems encountered, proposed solutions for future crisis, and recommendations for changes in the EMOT Plan or response procedures. 131
  • 132. Emergency Response Data Sheet Date____________ Dispatcher’s name _______________________________ Time____________ AM /PM Callers Name: __ _______________________________________________________ Callers Supervisor: ______________________________________________________ Callers Location / Vessel__________________________________________________ Who is involved in the accident/incident: ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ What happened? ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ What steps have been taken to help the person involved in the accident/incident: Other information relevant to the situation: Time Project Manager /HSE Manager or backup was called: __________ AM/PM Project Manager’s Instructions or comments: If Emergency Response Team needs to be activated note the time each member or backup member was called. Ross Heard Jeff Sides Thomas Chance Jimmy Chance Dave Alleman _____________AM/PM _____________AM/PM _____________AM/PM _____________AM/PM _____________AM/PM Use additional paper as needed. 132
  • 133. EMOT - Telephone Contact Numbers ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Thomas Chance Cell: 337-645-7500 – Team Leader Home: 337-981-6912 Office: 337-261-0660 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Jeff Sides Cell: Home: Office: 337-288-4488 – 337-989-9536 337-261-0660 Alt. Team Leader ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Jimmy Chance Cell: Home: Office: 337-344-8004 – 337-232-4952 337-261-0660 Alt. Team Leader ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Dave Alleman Cell: Home: Office: 337-288-9345 – 337-334-3570 337-261-0660 Safety & Security ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Ross Heard Cell: Home: Office: 281-830-0253 – 281-854-5420 713-468-1536 Alt. External Relations ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Mona Woodson Cell: Home: Office: 337-945-0592 – 337-948-3665 337-261-0660 Incident Secretary ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Pearl Bowers Cell: Office: 337-501-6741 – 337-261-0660 Alt. Incident Secretary ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Pete Alleman Cell: Home: Office: 337-288-9345 – 337-856-6229 337-261-0660 Alt. Safety & Security ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Jeff Fortenberry Cell: Home: Office: 337-278-9401 – 337-984-5557 337-261-0660 External Relations ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Jeanne Tatman Cell: Home: Office: 337-344-6671 – 337-989-7071 337-261-0660 Internal/HR Relations ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Bobbie Jo Folse Cell: Home: Office: 337-654-6833 – Alt. Internal/HR Relations 337-365-7394 337-261-0660 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 133
  • 134. Emergency Management Operations Team (EMOT) In the event of an emergency at sea, Emergency Response Teams will act according to given authority of making decisions. At sea, vessel owners and operators of vessels, owner/Master of the vessel shall have the authority of making necessary decisions for the safety of all personnel on board said vessel. C & C Technologies, Inc. EMOT will be on hand to assist concerning any decisions, marine assistance or the welfare of C & C personnel on board contracted vessels. C & C Technologies, Inc. Emergency Response Team 24-Hour Dispatch 337-261-0660 Dave Alleman……Cell: 337-288-9347 – Home: 337-334-3570 Ross Heard………Cell: 281-830-0253 – Home: 281-854-8420 Jeff Sides…………Cell: 337-288-4488 – Home: 337-989-9536 Thomas Chance…Cell: 337-654-7500 – Home: 337-981-6912 Jimmy Chance…...Cell: 337-344-8004 – Home: 337-232-4952 Uksnoy & Co. AS (Rig Supporter & Northern Resolution) Emergency Response Team 0800-1600 hrs. Switch Board +47 70214780 24 hr - Duty Phone +47 91768167 Emergency Room +47 91780926 Operation Leader - Knut Uksnoy General Manager - Per Arne Haram Designated Person/CSO - Thor Sovik Technical Manager - Einar Breivik Secretary - Reidun Austnes Cameron Offshore Boats, Inc. (Emma McCall) Phone: 800-326-2739 – Office Phone: 337-775-5505 – Office Henry McCall – Owner Rocky Kelley - Manager Acadian Ambulance (Medic) 24 Hr Number 800-259-1111 Scott Domingue Stabbert Maritime (Moana Wave) Jon Lucas Office Ph.: 206-547-6161 – Ext. 14 Client contact information may be found in the Site Specific HSE Project Plan. 134
  • 135. 5.22 Emergency Action Plan Purpose C & C Technologies is dedicated to the protection of its employees from emergencies such as tornadoes and fires. When emergencies do occur, our Emergency Action Plan (EAP) is initiated. This EAP is in place to ensure employee safety from emergencies during regular hours and after hours. It provides a written document detailing and organizing the actions and procedures to be followed by employees in case of a workplace emergency. OSHA's Emergency Action Plan requirements, found at 29 CFR 1910.38, require C & C Technologies to have a written Emergency Action Plan (EAP). This plan applies to all operations in our company where employees may encounter an emergency situation. The EAP communicates to employees, policies and procedures to follow in emergencies. This written plan is available, upon request, to employees, their designated representatives, and any OSHA officials who ask to see it. Administrative Duties The HSE Manager (or designee) is the EAP administrator, who has overall responsibility for the plan. This responsibility includes the following: • • • • • • • • • Developing and maintaining a written Emergency Action Plan for regular and after hours work conditions; Notifying the proper rescue and law enforcement authorities, and the building owner/superintendent in the event of an emergency affecting the facility; Taking security measures to protect employees; Integrating the Emergency Action Plan with any existing general emergency plan covering the building or work area occupied; Distributing procedures for reporting emergencies, the location of safe exits, and evacuation routes to each employee; Conducting drills to acquaint employees with emergency procedures and to judge the effectiveness of the plan; Training designated employees in emergency response such as the use of fire extinguishers and the application of first aid; Deciding which emergency response to initiate (evacuate or not); Ensuring that our facility meets all local fire codes, building codes, and regulations. The HSE Manager is responsible for reviewing and updating the plan as necessary. Copies of this plan may be obtained from Ross Heard or Denise Douglas. The HSE Manager has full authority to decide to implement the EAP if he believes an emergency might threaten human health. The following potential emergencies might reasonably be expected at this facility and thus call for the implementation of this EAP: • Fire, tornado, hurricane 135
  • 136. The following personnel can be contacted regarding further information about the written Emergency Action Plan (EAP) or an explanation of duties under this plan: • Ross Heard, Jeff Sides, Mike Dupuis If, after reading this plan, you find that improvements can be made, please contact the Plan Administrator, the HSE Manager. We encourage all suggestions because we are committed to the success of our Emergency Action Plan. We strive for clear understanding, safe behavior, and involvement in the program from every level of the company. Alarms C & C Technologies has fire alarms in the main building and in the warehouse. Emergency Reporting and Weather Monitoring Procedures In the Event of an Emergency Requiring Evacuation When employees detect an emergency that requires an evacuation, such as a fire, they should go to the nearest fire alarm and activate it and exit the building. Ross Heard, Mike Dupuis or Dispatcher will notify the Lafayette Fire Department. Our backup method for reporting emergencies that require evacuation includes the following: In case of power outage shout FIRE, FIRE, FIRE and ensure that this is understood and passed on. In the Event of a Tornado Watch or Hurricane Monitor the weather channel and local media for severe weather bulletins. Alert and or assemble the Emergency Management Operations Team (EMOT). Current members are: Thomas Chance, Jeff Sides, Jimmy Chance, Dave Alleman or Ross Heard and the affected Department Managers. Evacuation Procedures Some emergencies require evacuation or escape procedures, while some require employees to stay indoors, or in a safe area. Our emergency escape procedures are designed to respond to many potential emergencies, depending on the degree of seriousness. Nothing in these procedures precludes the Plan Administrator's authority in determining whether employees should remain inside or evacuate. Employees need to know what to do if they are alerted to a specific emergency. After an alarm is sounded to evacuate, employees should take the following steps: • Exit the building through the closest safe exit. Gather by department in the east parking lot. See the building plans with exit route assignments for each group evacuating an area or building as posted in the hallways near the fire extinguishers. Once evacuated, employees are to exit toward their designated exterior or safe area, where a head count will be performed, and further instructions given. 136
  • 137. Procedures to Account for Employees Trained evacuation personnel assist in safe and orderly evacuation for all types of emergencies that require evacuation. Once evacuation is complete, they conduct head counts. The employees selected are trained in the complete workplace layout and the various alternative escape routes from the workplace. Before leaving, these employees check rooms and other enclosed spaces in the workplace for employees who may be trapped or otherwise unable to evacuate the area. A list of trained personnel appears below: Name: Designated Area Tommy Ortego Eric Granger Gene Prather Pete Alleman Dan Galligan Tony George West Hallway Center Hallway East Hallway South Hallway North Hallway (Tim Morton) Second Floor This list indicates a sufficient number of employees who have been designated by the company and trained to: • Direct and assist in safe and orderly emergency evacuation • Provide guidance and instruction for all types of emergency situations • Be aware of employees with special needs who may require extra assistance • Use the buddy system • Avoid hazardous areas during an emergency evacuation The list of trained personnel includes at least one person from every area for every shift. This means that every trained evacuation person is responsible for seeing to approximately 15 to 20 evacuated employees. The trained personnel also serve as a resource of information about emergency procedures and conduct head counts once evacuation is complete. Frontline supervisors must be aware of the locations of those employees working on a particular day when an emergency occurs, as well as suppliers, customers, and other nonemployees on the premises, when an emergency occurs, and be aware of who is absent or otherwise away from the premises. Accounting for employees and non-employees will aid local responding fire/rescue departments in determining whether rescue efforts are necessary. We have described each frontline supervisor's employee/non-employees tracking method below: Supervisor: Department: Tommy Ortego Ross Heard Jay Northcutt Jake Klara Gene Prather Tony George Arlen Lejeune Clint Matte Jami Cheramie Admin/Financial Support Geophysical Marine Construction Land Geosciences Electronics/Dispatch Shop Computer Dept 137
  • 138. Departments will report status to Ross Heard or the senior manager on site (Thomas Chance, Jimmy Chance, Jeff Sides, Dave Alleman or Mike Dupuis). Once each evacuated group of employees have reached their evacuation destinations, each trained evacuation employee will do the following: • Take roll of his or her group • Make sure all persons are accounted for • Report in to a central checkpoint designated person by HSE Manager • Assume role of department contact to answer questions Head count results should be given to the Lafayette Fire Chief or firefighter, if requested. No employees are to return to the buildings until advised by the HSE Manager or designee (after determination has been made that such re-entry is safe). If anyone is injured or contaminated, the Plan Administrator will activate rescue and first aid actions. If an emergency incident expands, the EAP Administrator may send employees home by normal means or provide them with transportation to an offsite location. Non-Evacuation Emergency Procedures C & C Technologies has the following non-evacuation procedures: Responding to a tornado warning In the event of a tornado, it is corporate policy to provide emergency warning and shelter. Once employees are made aware of a tornado situation, they are to follow these procedures: Employees should stay away from windows, but stay inside the building they are in. Employees are not to leave the shelter or return to their regular duties until the all clear is given. The HSE Manager will determine when it is safe for employees to leave their tornado shelter and return to work. At that time, the Plan Administrator will notify managers that all is clear and return to normal operations. If there is structural damage, the Plan Administrator will assess the damage and determine appropriate response. If anyone is injured or contaminated, the Plan Administrator will activate rescue and first aid actions. Plan Administrator Duties During an emergency, the HSE Manager or designee will monitor the situation and call the Emergency Action Team as necessary. He will advise employees to take specific actions if needed. Rescue and First Aid Rescue and first aid may be necessary during emergency situations. 138
  • 139. Designated first aid responders are to provide first aid assistance within their capabilities to employees requiring it during emergency situations. Appropriate first-aid supplies have been provided. Professional emergency services responding in an emergency will help with and direct all rescue and medical duty assignments upon their arrival on site. Training Our Plan Administrator reviews the Emergency Action Plan with each of our employees at the following times: • Initially when the plan is developed • Whenever a new employee is hire • Whenever the employee is assigned initially to a job • Whenever an employee's responsibilities or designated actions under the plan change • Whenever new equipment, materials, or processes are introduced into the workplace • Whenever the layout or design or the facility changes • Whenever the plan is changed The HSE Manager provides training in the form of a presentation and /or scheduling for appropriate outsource training. The information in this plan is not intended for casual reading, but is intended to get the appropriate message across. We communicate the contents of this plan through a presentation. C & C Technologies performs drills for the following emergencies: • Fire We hold these drills at least annually. After a drill, the Plan Administrator judges the effectiveness of the plan and reviews any employee input concerning the drill. Employees performing the drill may identify something that did not follow procedure or was ineffective. For example, they may discover doors that would not open; they may enter storage closets instead of exiting; they may get lost and confused or they may carry a suspicious package through the facility. These are the types of things the Plan Administrator needs to hear about after a drill. That way, they can be addressed before a real emergency. Emergency Equipment and Support Our company provides the following equipment and support for use by our trained personnel during emergencies: • Portable fire extinguishers 139
  • 140. 5.23 Incident Investigation In case of a fatality, the senior manager in country is required to lead an investigative team. Investigative teams should include those with technical and managerial skills, as well as safety professionals, to determine the causes of the accident and identify a way to reduce the likelihood of recurrence. The responsible manager may be required to meet with C & C’s president in Lafayette to discuss the findings of the investigation. All other recordable injuries, i.e., lost time injuries, restricted work cases, medical treatment cases, and serious property damage incidents, should, at a minimum, be investigated by the Party Chief & Captain, working with the responsible line supervisor and crew HSE Advisor or area HSE Manager, as appropriate. The senior manager in country should be kept up-to-date on the investigation, review findings and reports, and ensure that appropriate measures are taken to prevent a similar accident. All managers should pay particular attention to any trends or patterns and implement corrective action, as required. Follow these steps when investigating an incident: 1. Gather information: – Identify possible witnesses and get statements before they forget or talk to others. – Isolate the accident scene. – Isolate parts, tools, or equipment involved in the accident. – Conduct drug and/or alcohol tests, if required – Take pictures and/or sketches of evidence that may be destroyed by weather or may need to be moved. – Gather personal information about the injured person; i.e., family, medical history, etc. 2. Form the investigation team: – Determine the size of the team. – Name a team leader. – Generate a list of support personnel. – Contact experts, if needed. – Develop an investigation plan and assign team member duties. Steps 1 and 2 should occur immediately after the accident. The rest of the investigation process could take several weeks to complete. 3. Gather more information: – Read witness statements and interview witnesses. – Examine parts, equipment, or tools. – Check gear and switch positions, fluid levels, and safety devices. – Read police or other authorities’ reports. – Gather and look at paper records — maintenance, procedures, previous accidents, owner’s manuals, training, JSAs. – Read product information 140
  • 141. – Get expert advice. – Analyze pictures, sketches, and measurements. Revisit the accident scene. – Develop a sequence of events. 4. Determine the contributing factors: – Use all the information and make a list of all the contributing factors. – Group the factors; identify a possible correlation of factors. – Develop fault trees. – Identify the root causes. – Prioritize the root causes that were most instrumental in the accident. 5. List corrective actions and/or recommendations: – Clearly identify the action that is to be taken. – List only practical solutions. – Identify, by name, who will take the action. – Set target dates for completion of the recommendations. – Set a date and appoint a person to follow up on the entire set of corrective actions and/or recommendations. 6. Communicate information: – Ensure that the president, HSE manager , risk management, and all other management levels that need to be informed have been informed. – Immediately send out an accident brief if other crews could have the same problem. – Keep in contact with the injured and family. – Compile a report. – Present findings to the crew. – Present findings to management. 7. Follow up: – Follow up should be done by an assigned person. – Ensure that all actions and recommendations are addressed. – Revise or close out any actions a recommendations that have not been nd addressed. – Communicate progress to management. 141
  • 142. 5.24 Small Boat Operations Launch Before launching any boat for any reason, convene a pre-launch meeting. This meeting should include the boat crew, the Master, the Party Chief, and the launch crew (davit operator and tag line handlers). Discuss the launch and create a plan of action for the job. Sort out all questions so that when the boat arrives at its destination, everyone knows what to do. The launch and recovery procedure is safe when each person knows their assigned duty and can work together as a team. The davit operator must be familiar with the davit and understand all commands from the coxswain. He must pay close attention to the boat as it ascends or descends the hull, since there are areas along the hull that can cause problems. Crewmembers who handle the tag lines must work together to keep the boat as close to parallel with the ship as possible. By using caution and helping each other, the ride up and down the hull should be smooth. At least three people should be in the boat crew: one coxswain and two crewmembers. One of the crewmembers should be able to assume the duties of the coxswain. The forward person releases the forward tag line and, at the coxswain's order, the bow painter. The aft person releases the davit hook, or falls, on entering the water, then the aft tag line. The coxswain has many responsibilities. He ensures that all safety gear is on board, that all crewmembers are wearing the appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE), that everyone involved in the operation understands their duties, and that the boat is driven in a safe and prudent manner at all times. The coxswain is in charge of the entire operation while away from the mother vessel. All equipment is loaded and all pre-launch checks are performed while the boat is secure in its cradle. The boat is lowered from the cradle to a position alongside the lowest deck to the water line. Tag lines are used to steady the boat during the move and secure the boat alongside while the crew boards. From here, the boat is lowered into the water at the coxswain's command. On entry into the water, the davit hook (or falls) is released and the boat falls back on the painter. Getaway Once waterborne, fall back on the painter. Immediately release the falls. The coxswain starts the engine and checks the steering, gauges, crew, etc. When the coxswain is sure that everything is operational, the tag lines are let go. When ready, the coxswain brings the boat ahead and commands that the painter be released. The painter is retrieved from the water by the mother vessel. The coxswain matches the ship's speed and alters the course approximately 5 to 10 degrees to allow the vessels to separate Once the stern is clear, the coxswain alters the course approximately 20 degrees more and accelerates. The boat then maintains heading and speed until clear of any in water equipment. A positive forward movement must be maintained when separating 142
  • 143. Coming Alongside Pace outside the in water equipment and verify that the ship's crew is ready. When ready, turn toward the ship and accelerate to close on the transit line. When approximately one to two boat lengths away, turn, slow, and pace. When under control, alter the course approximately 5 to 10 degrees and close slowly to a position alongside. The painter is lowered from the ship. When attached, slowly fall back and allow the painter to take the strain. Recovery When the boat is outside the in water equipment, the coxswain should assign duties for recovery. Ensure that each person understands the assignment. The procedures are reversed to bring the boat safely onboard. Once on the painter, fall back and allow it to take the strain. Signal for the tag lines, then secure them to their proper location. When the coxswain is ready, he signals for the davit hook (or falls). It is lowered and attached. The coxswain gives the order to the davit operator and the boat is picked up out of the water. The boat stops alongside the debarkation deck and the crew leaves the boat. VHF Radio Introduction The work/rescue boat is equipped with a very high frequency (VHF) radio that may be fixed, portable, or both. Knowledge of the proper use and terminology as related to this radio is essential and must be within the law. VHF channel 16 is the international hailing and distress frequency and should be avoided in work/rescue boat operations. Use this channel only in emergency situations. Before leaving port, select a predetermined channel for your operations. This channel is known as your working channel. First, check the radio to ensure that it is transmitting and receiving properly. All communication on the VHF should be short, clear, and to the point. Before transmitting, listen first to be sure that no other transmissions are in progress. Remember that a station with a distress, urgent, or safety message may interrupt a transmission of lower priority. 143
  • 144. Terminology The following words and phrases should be used as appropriate. This terminology keeps transmissions short and simple. Never use profanity and slang on the VHF. Word/Phrase Acknowledge Meaning Let me know that you have received and understand this message. Yes, or permission granted. Indicates a separation; used when there is no distinction between text and other portions of the message. An error has been made. (Repeat the message with the correction.) Proceed with your message. How well do you receive me? Used instead of "I repeat." Spoken word for distress communications. No, I don't agree or incorrect. My transmission is ended and I expect a response from you. End of transmission; no response expected. Spoken word for urgent communications. I have received all of your message. Repeat message. I must pause; please wait. Spoken word for safety communications. Correct. Affirmative Break Correction Go ahead How do you read? I say again Mayday Negative Over Out Pan Pan Roger Say again Stand by Security That is correct If you are asked to spell out a word or phrase for clarity and to avoid confusion, do so phonetically. The phonetic alphabet follows. Letter A B C D E F G H I J K L M Word Alpha Bravo Charlie Delta Echo Foxtrot Golf Hotel India Juliet Kilo Lima Mike Letter N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z Word November Oscar Papa Quebec Romeo Sierra Tango Uniform Victor Whiskey Xray Yankee Zulu To phonetically spell the word Moana, you would say: Mike, Oscar, Alpha, Tango, November, Alpha. Numbers should be spoken individually to avoid confusion; i.e., 1,254 should be read as one-two-five-four. 144
  • 145. When checking the radio, both stations should relay the strength and clarity of the signal. A simple scale is used to let a station know how you are reading them: Strength 1 = bad (very faint). 2 = poor (faint) 3 = fair (weak). 4 = good (fairly loud). 5 = excellent (loud). Reception 1 = bad (unreadable). 2 = poor (readable occasionally). 3 = fair (readable). 4 = good (quite clear). 5 = excellent (clear). You may reply to a radio check by answering, "I read you 5 by 5," or "I read you loud and clear." Radio Operating Procedures Once you are sure that the channel is clear for communications and you want to contact a specific station, transmit the following information in the order indicated: The name of the station you are trying to contact; do this no more than three times. Who you are: "This is . . . " The name and call sign of your vessel; do this no more than three times. The frequency on which you are calling. An invitation to reply: "Over." This is a sample attempt to make contact: "Moana Wave, Moana Wave, Moana Wave This is . . . Zodiac Hurricane, Zodiac Hurricane, Zodiac Hurricane On Channel 77 Over." Sample call for radio check: "Moana Wave This is . . . Zodiac Hurricane for a radio check, Over." Response: "Zodiac Hurricane This is Moana Wave, I read you loud and clear, Over." Response: "Moana Wave This is . . . Zodiac Hurricane, I read you loud and clear also, Out." Keep your conversation short and concise so you can concentrate on the tasks at hand and keep the channel clear for traffic that may need to occur. Each C & C vessel has its own check-in and radio procedure; be sure you read and understand them. 145
  • 146. Rules Of The Road Lookout Every vessel will maintain a lookout at all times. The lookout is by sight and hearing, as well as by all of the available means appropriate in the prevailing circumstances and conditions so that a full appraisal of the situation and the risk of collision can be determined. Safe Speed Every vessel will proceed at a safe speed so that evasive actions can be taken to avoid collision and so the vessel can be stopped within a distance appropriate to the prevailing circumstances and conditions. When determining a safe speed, consider the following factors: Visibility Concentration Of Traffic Vessel maneuverability with special reference to stopping distance and turning ability in the prevailing conditions. State of the wind, sea, and current, and proximity of navigational hazards. Draft in relation to the available depth of water. Risk of Collision Every vessel will use all of the available means appropriate to the prevailing circumstances and conditions to determine whether risk of collision exists. If there is any doubt, risk of collision is deemed to exist. Action to Avoid Collision If necessary, any action taken to avoid collision will be positive, made in ample time, and made with due regard to the observance of good seamanship. If necessary, any alteration of course and/or speed to avoid collision will be large enough to be apparent to another vessel. Avoid a succession of small alterations of course and/or speed. If there is sufficient sea room, alteration of course alone may be the most effective way to avoid a close-quarters situation, provided this alteration in course is made in good time, is substantial, and does not result in another close-quarters situation. Overtaking Any vessel that overtakes any other vessel will keep out of the way of the vessel that is being overtaken. A vessel is overtaking when it comes upon another vessel from a direction more than 22.5 degrees abaft her beam; i.e., at night, only her stern light is visible. When a vessel doubts whether she is overtaking another vessel, she assumes she is overtaking the other vessel and acts accordingly. 146
  • 147. Head-on When two power-driven vessels meet on reciprocal, or nearly reciprocal, courses that could risk collision, each vessel alters her course to starboard so that each vessel passes on the port side of the other. This situation exists when a vessel sees the other ahead or nearly ahead. When a vessel doubts whether the situation exists, the vessel assumes that it does and acts accordingly. Crossing When two power-driven vessels are crossing and risk collision, the vessel that has the other on her starboard side will keep out of the way and will, if necessary, avoid crossing ahead of the other vessel. When inland, such as on a lake or river, a vessel that is crossing a river will keep out of the way of a power-driven vessel that is ascending or descending the river. You may be involved in a rescue operation involving several rescue craft and vessels. Use good judgment and act as professionally as possible. Always use a safe speed and avoid situations that you may not be able to get out of. Always try to be two steps ahead in your thinking; always have a plan of action before you take on a task. Directional Thrust Propulsion Outboards The outboard motor works by a thrust of water coming off the propeller at the stern of the boat. The direction of thrust is changed by changing the rotation of the propeller. With the throttle engaged in the ahead position, the propeller turns in a certain direction (clockwise or counterclockwise) and directs thrust astern, propelling the boat ahead. With the throttle in the astern position, the propeller turns in the opposite direction and directs thrust ahead, up under the boat, propelling the boat astern. With the throttle in the neutral position, the engine remains running, b the propeller does not turn. The speed of the boat is ut influenced by how much throttle you apply in the direction you want to go. With an outboard-propelled boat, the propeller must turn and create thrust to steer. Propeller Positions. The outboard-driven boat acts as a car when steered. When you turn the wheel on an outboard-driven boat, thrust is directed a certain way and the boat turns in the direction the wheel is turned. When going ahead, the wheel is turned to the right, thrust is directed out the stern to the right, and the bow turns to the right. If the wheel remains in the same direction and the throttle is put astern, then thrust is directed ahead, comes out on the left side of the boat, and the bow moves back and to the left. Regardless of the direction in which the wheel is turned, if the throttle is in neutral, there is no thrust and no steering. You are at the mercy of the wind and the seas. 147
  • 148. Outboard Position vs Wheel Turns. Jets The jet boat works by a thrust of water coming out the stern of the boat. The bucket changes the direction of the thrust, making the boat move in a certain direction. With the bucket in the ahead position, the thrust is directed astern, propelling the boat ahead. With the bucket in the neutral position, the thrust is directed down, so the boat maintains its position dead in the water. With the bucket in the astern position, thrust is directed under the boat and forward, propelling the boat astern. By blending the wheel and the bucket, the jet boat is smooth and highly maneuverable. Bucket Position vs Wheel Turns. A jet boat always turns in the same direction you turn the wheel, whether ahead, neutral, or astern. Think of the wheel as a rotation device. The boat rotates in the direction in which you turn the wheel. This is because the direction of the thrust stays on the same side of the boat, regardless of the position of the bucket. Boat Position vs Wheel Turns. Handling At Slow Speed To maneuver at a slow speed, reduce the throttle and allow the thrust to match the boat speed. To increase maneuverability, apply a quick burst of power with the wheel in the direction in which you want to turn. The boat responds positively. However, the wheel must be turned in the correct direction before you apply power or it will turn in the wrong direction. Remember: Wheel first, then power. Pivot Point The pivot point of a Fast Rescue Craft (FRC) is approximately 2/3 back from the bow. The pivot point affects the steering and maneuverability of the boat. When stationary or dead in the water, the wind will not blow you sideways, but will blow the bow around. This is an important concept if you are alongside a man in the water or a piece of equipment. Because the pivot point is located aft of the center line, more sea room is needed to turn when going ahead as opposed to going astern. This is important when maneuvering in a confined area. If you can steer yourself in going ahead, then you will have plenty of room to back out again. However, the reverse is not true; if you can back into a tight, confined space, you will need more space to get out and may get stuck. This is why you must use extreme caution when maneuvering in tight spaces. The pivot point is not stationary, it shifts. When towing something alongside, or if the crew is on one side, the pivot point shifts toward the added drag. This is why it is difficult to steer with something alongside and why we need to keep a little opposite wheel to steer a straight line. Turning Radius The turning radius of a boat varies depending on speed. If speed is kept constant during a turn, a nice, steady curve results. If speed is increased during a turn, then the radius is reduced as it carves a tighter turn. If speed is reduced during a turn, then the radius is increased and the boat "slips" sideways as it turns. You can induce or eliminate side-slip. To induce side-slip, turn, then slow down to come alongside a pier or dock. To eliminate side-slip, slow down to a desired speed, then turn, or approach at a shallow angle, such as toward a hull. 148
  • 149. Types Of Turns A steady turn can be made at any speed. It produces a smooth turn with no violent forces, requires a bit of sea room, and takes time. Put the wheel over approximately 1/2 turn and hold it throughout the turn. When you approach the desired course, bring the wheel back 1/2 turn to mid-ships. The boat steadies up without over-steerage. Use this turn in less than moderate sea conditions; it is the turn of choice. Steady Turn. If you are riding at planing speed and need to turn quickly, use this type of turn. If running with a heavy sea and you need to turn around, you do not want to be caught sideways to a large wave. When you are ready, reduce speed and wait for the next wave to pass. Turn the wheel and accelerate to turn around. You should turn in the trough and be around in time to meet the next wave head on. Set your speed accordingly and carry on. Reduced Speed Turn. If you are running at a slow speed, are dead in the water and need to turn around quickly, or are in minimum space, use this turn. Turn the wheel hard over and accelerate until you have made the desired turn. Return the wheel to mid-ships and throttle back to the desired speed. Planing Going On the Plane The primary concern of driving at planning speed is proper trim and balance of the boat. Place crewmembers so that their weight is evenly distributed fore and aft and side to side. Ensure that the crew is holding on before accelerating. Always alert the crew of course changes. When going up onto the plane, do so deliberately. Steadily increase the throttle and get up over the hump as soon as possible. When on the hump, you have reduced steering, increased fuel consumption, exhaust fumes building, and poor visibility. Once you have overtaken the bow wake and the boat climbs up out of its hole in the water, speed, visibility, and steering increase dramatically and you are on the plane. Always bring the speed back a bit so you have some reserve throttle if needed. Set the speed for the prevailing sea conditions. Coming Off the Plane When you decide to come off the plane, alert crewmembers since boat speed drops rapidly. When the throttle is brought back, the weight of the boat causes it to settle back into the water. The bow and stern wake will catch up to you. Be careful. The wake lifts the stern and can cause poor steering and control. The wake also can come over the stern, swamp the engine, and/or put a lot of water into someone's face. Avoid the wake by turning as you slow down or by accelerating when you feel the stern start to rise. Do not bring the throttle abruptly back from full to stop, rather, bring it back steadily. 149
  • 150. SEA HANDLING When under way in calm waters, direction of travel makes little difference. However, if running in a moderate sea, use extreme caution. A major concern in sea handling is to keep the drives in the water. If the propeller leaves the water, it could race, over-speed the engine, and shut it down. If the jet intake leaves the water, it sucks air and there is no thrust when you enter the water. In either case, keep the drives in the water to maintain steering and control. Avoid oblique and acute angles to the seas. The boat should always remain on an even keel. This is achieved by proper balance and trim. If the boat leaves the sea on a bad angle, then you are in an unstable state. If a strong wind is blowing and gets under the bow, the boat can flip. Even if the wind does not cause problems, the boat can enter the water at an angle that could cause problems. Always try to run with, into, or across the seas. Your destination may be 45 degrees to the seas. Instead of running at a bad angle to the seas, it is safer and more comfortable to run into, then across the seas until you arrive at your destination. Running With the Seas There are three positions (A, B, and C) that you could find yourself in when running with the seas. Two are less than favorable. In position A, the water is relatively flat and the ride is comfortable; however, visibility ahead is restricted. You cannot see beyond the wave in front of you. Try not to run in the troughs of waves. In position C, you are being surfed. Although speed and visibility are good, you are not in control of the boat. Steering is difficult because of the opposing forces of water; you easily could be broached. This is where the waves crest and break. Avoid the face of the waves. Location B is the best place to ride. The water is flat and you can see all around. If the trough ahead fills in, accelerate to the top of the next wave. When in positions A or C, accelerate to the next wave top or decelerate and settle onto the following wave top. Running Into the Seas When running into the seas, set a base speed that is comfortable for prevailing conditions. Consider crew comfort and/or delicate instruments you may have on board. Seas can move at speeds up to 25 knots. If you are running into them at 20 knots, your speed of approach is 45 knots. At 45 knots, the boat could be launched off the top of a wave and cause serious injury and/or damage. Use good sense and set a prudent speed. When you meet a large wave, reduce speed as it approaches. When the bow rises at the top of the wave, gravity causes it to drop off the back side, slamming it into the water. Therefore, when the bow starts to rise, accelerate. The bow lifts. Gravity causes the boat to drop and acceleration causes it to lift. The bow settles easily into the water, eliminating pounding. Keep the power on long enough to allow the bow to settle. If you take the throttle back too soon, the bow will drop. Once the bow has settled, return to base speed and prepare for the next wave. With practice, timing, and proper reading of the waves, you can make good speed and maintain a safe, comfortable ride. 150
  • 151. Running Across (Abeam) the Seas Running across (abeam) the seas often is the best ride. The boat stays in the flat parts of the water, looking ahead and upwind for large lumps of water. Steer around the large lumps of water, preferably toward the back of the waves, since they break on the front. If you notice a large wave building ahead and upwind, turn toward it and meet it head on. You do not want to get caught side on to a large breaking wave. Once over the wave, return speed and course to the original and prepare for the next wave. Finally, sea handling is about reading the waves, then reacting so they are met safely and smoothly. Always look a few waves ahead and pay close attention while you are driving. Waves will not come at you evenly, nor will they maintain a constant shape. 5.25 All Terrain Vehicle (ATV) Operations Policy Purpose To promote the safe operation and use of All Terrain Vehicles while in the field when the task requires the use of such a vehicle. It is C & C policy that anyone who operates an ATV must be certified to do so upon completion an accredited training course. All Terrain Vehicles, or ATVs are popular machines for use in isolated areas; used for work and play. Operated properly, an ATV can be a very useful tool. Using an ATV is serious; it can be hazardous to operate. A collision or rollover can occur quickly, often with serious consequences. Even routine maneuvers such as turning, riding over obstacles on sloping ground or across water, mud or loose surfaces, the ATV handles differently from other vehicles. The following are procedures for the safe operation of an ATV: Inspect the ATV prior to each time you use it to make sure there are no mechanical faults or problems with tires, brakes or controls regardless if you are not the first person to use that ATV that day. Your ATV must be in safe operating condition at all times, with sufficient oil, gas, and brake fluid and tire pressure. Follow the manufacturers recommended inspection and maintenance procedures. Never carry a passenger, which can upset the balance of the ATV and cause the operator to loose control. Always wear an approved motorcycle helmet. Also wear eye protection, boots or footwear with ankle support, gloves, long pants, and a long sleeved shirt or jacket as conditions warrant. Read the owner’s manual carefully and follow the operating procedures designed for that vehicle as described. Pay attention to the labels on the machine. Do not operate an ATV without proper instruction; an ATV is not a toy. 151
  • 152. Never operate an ATV on pavement. They are not designed for use on paved surfaces and may be difficult to control. Do not operate an ATV on any public road, even gravel or dirt roads. Collision with cars, trucks, and other motor vehicles can be deadly. Do so with the assistance of a spotter or flag person for traffic control. Exception: Should a part of a survey task deem it necessary to operate the ATV on a paved road, take extra precautions and awareness when doing so. Do not ride at excessive speeds. With their short wheelbase and maneuverability or the lack there of, ATVs are very unstable and easily flip on uneven ground. Operate the vehicle at a speed that is proper for the terrain, visibility conditions, and the experience of the operator. Be especially cautious when approaching hills, turns, and obstacles and when operating on unfamiliar or rough terrain. Keep at least 10 feet between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you. Always keep both hands and both feet securely on the ATV. Never attempt stunts, jumps, wheelies or other tricks Always turn the engine OFF when refueling. Be sure to replace fuses with ONLY the correct ones; using an incorrect fuse can cause a fire. When checking battery fluid, remember that a spark could cause the battery to explode. Switch the engine power OFF and avoid sparks. It is your RESPONSIBILITY as an operator to ensure that the ATV is properly and safely ridden and maintained. People SHOULD NOT operate an ATV beyond their physical or mental limits or capabilities. DO NOT consume alcohol or drugs before or while operating an ATV. Transportation The following information is for reference in the use of ramps when loading an ATV into the bed of a pickup truck. Follow recommendations of the ramps manufacturer. Danger! Serious personal injury or injury to others can occur when using a loading ramp. 152
  • 153. 5.26 Galley / Mess Food Handling & Sanitation / Vessels Scope: To establish food service procedures to be followed to help reduce the risk of contamination and mishandling that could consequently lead to food-borne illness outbreaks. Purchasing & Receiving All foods served in the mess must come from an approved source. Procurement Officer must work with their suppliers to ensure the foods that are to be used meet the food safety standards. Temperatures and time are the two most important factors to control. Foods need to be received and stored as soon as possible. The galley staff must check the temperatures and conditions of all incoming food. All refrigerated foods must be put away quickly to prevent time and temperature abuse. Frozen foods should not have large ice crystals, be discolored or driedout. Canned goods should have labels, no swelling and flawed seams, rust or dents. Dry Storage of Goods All canned foods and dry ingredients are stored in a designated area. Foods must not be stored in areas such as restrooms, stairwells or hallways. Foods must be stored off the floor and in closed containers. Storage areas must be well ventilated and pest free. Dry storage areas can be a food source for rodents and insects. Keep containers closed, in sound condition and off the floor to help keep the storage area pest free. Stock rotation is a good management practice. Foods and chemicals must be stored separately. Chemicals must be stored below and away from foods to prevent contamination.Cold Holding of Food Cold holding is storing food under refrigeration at 45ºF or below. Refrigeration prevents food from becoming a hazard by slowing the growth of most microbes. Some organisms like Listeria monocytogenes is significantly slowed but not stopped by refrigeration. Walk-In Refrigeration Temperature The walk-in refrigerator is the major cold storage area for food. The temperature of a walk-in refrigerator must be sufficient to adequately hold the food temperature at 45ºF or below. The temperature of a walk-in is usually colder than 45ºF to compensate the opening and closing of doors and demands of adding additional foods for storing and cooling. Foods need to be stored to prevent contamination. All cooked foods and foods that will receive no further cooking must be stored above other foods. Foods need to be stored to allow enough space for air to circulate around them. 153
  • 154. Recommended Temperatures for Food Here are the Culinary Institute of America's recommended temperatures for refrigerating fresh foods to best keep the growth of bacteria down to a minimum: Meat and Poultry – 33-36ºF Fish – 32-33ºF (that's why it should always be sitting directly on a bed of ice) Shellfish: Mollusks Shellfish: Crustaceans Eggs (clams, oysters, scallops) (live lobsters & crabs) – – 32-33ºF – 45ºF 38-40ºF Dairy (butter, hard & soft cheese, milk) – 38-40ºF Fruit and Vegetables – 38-40ºF Crustaceans Are Different The Danger Zone is 45ºF - 140ºF, but the recommended temperature for Crustaceans 45ºF! That's because they're live, so they have their own ability to fight off bacteria while they're living. Any colder and they might die of the cold! Thawing Foods Thawing foods take several hours or days depending on the size of the food item being thawed. Thawing must be done so that the risk of cross-contamination is reduced, and the time potentially hazardous food is in the danger zone (45-140ºF) is kept to a minimum. To thaw food safely: Thaw under refrigeration (45ºF and below). Under cold running potable water (safe to drink). As part of the cooking process only when food depth or thickness is less than four inches. This method will not work for large items like roasts or turkeys in a microwave. 154
  • 155. Cooking Temperatures Cooking is the thermal heating of foods at sufficient temperature over time to kill microorganisms in the food. Food characteristics also contribute to the lethality of cooking temperatures. Heat penetrates different foods at different rates. High fat content reduces the lethality of heat. High humidity in the cooking container or more moisture content of the food aids the lethality of heat. To effectively eliminate pathogens, there are a number of factors to consider: The level of pathogens in the raw product and the initial temperature of the food and the bulk of the food. Another factor to consider, to kill the pathogenic organisms in food, cooking must heat all parts of the food to the required temperatures. Cooking requirements are based on the biology of pathogens. Different species of microorganisms have different susceptibilities to heat. To kill all pathogens in foods, cooking must bring all parts of the food to required temperatures for correct length of time. Recommended Temperatures for Cooked Foods Here are the correct temperatures for cooked foods. You can cook them to higher internal temps, of course, but these are the minimum temperatures they need to reach: Reheating Leftovers: 165ºF Poultry and Stuffing: 165ºF Ground Beef: 155ºF Pork: 150ºF Beef: 140ºF Lamb: 140ºF Seafood: 140ºF Rare Beef: 130ºF (this is for steaks and roast beef, it's not recommended, but many people eat their beef cooked rare to medium rare, so the board of health gives this range.) 155
  • 156. Hot Holding Foods Once food is heated or cooked, the food must be maintained at a temperature to limit the growth of bacteria. The correct hot holding temperature is 140ºF. The potential for growth of pathogenic bacteria increases once a food is reheated than the potential in raw foods. The spoilage organisms that may be present in raw foods inhibit the growth of pathogenic organisms by competition. Once a food is cooked these spoilage organisms are reduced. Serving Procedures Develop good serving procedures to protect food and crew. Serving personnel should wash their hands after busing and cleaning tables and after touching any item that can contaminate their hands. Avoid touching ready-to-eat foods with bare hands. Use a utensil such as a tong, deli tissue or glove. Do not re-serve unwrapped bread, rolls, or crackers. Avoid touching the food-contact surfaces of glasses, cups, plates or tableware. Personal Hygiene Good personal hygiene of each food service worker is important to good food handling practice. Improper hand washing is known to be the number one cause of foodborne illness. Galley personnel must wash their hands by applying soap and using warm water, scrubbing thoroughly, rinsing, and then drying using paper towels, a drying device or a clean towel. Galley personnel must wash: • All food handlers and servers must be free of communicable diseases. If a galley hand is believed ill or a carrier of a communicable disease, she/he shall be restricted from performing food preparation and service activities. Clearance from a physician may be requested by the provider prior to permitting the employee to return to work. • All food handlers and servers must wear clean, washable clothing, closed-toed protective footwear, and hairnets, sanitary caps, or suitable hair coverings to prevent contamination of foods, beverages and/or utensils. 156
  • 157. • All food handlers and servers must use tongs or other implements while serving food. If hand contact with food is unavoidable, disposable hand coverings must be worn. • All food handlers and servers shall thoroughly wash their hands prior to beginning work, after using the toilet and every time hands are soiled. Hand washing facilities in good repair and equipped with hot and cold running water must be provided for employees within adjacent to the food preparation area. Hand cleanliness is of the utmost importance, especially the hygiene of fingernails. Unclean and long fingernails provide a great hiding place for bacteria; they must be kept trimmed and short. All food handlers and servers are prohibited from using tobacco in any form while preparing, handling, or serving food or beverages. Tobacco must not be used in any form in any room or space used primarily for preparation or storage of food. “No Smoking” signs must be posted in such rooms or areas. Galley personnel must maintain a high degree of personal cleanliness and use a hair net as necessary. 157
  • 158. 5.27 Vessel Intruder Security The following precautions are to be taken when transiting waters known or suspected of harboring pirates: a. Turn on as many deck lights as possible without blinding or causing any distraction to the bridge crew. b. Lock all exterior doors on the vessel. c. Have charged fire hoses ready on deck. These at times will be enough to fend off anybody attempting to climb onboard. Once a pirate is onboard and assuming he is armed, then a fire hose would be of little use and should not be used. d. If traffic / navigation permits, give wide berth to clusters of fishing boats. They are favorite hiding places for pirates. e. Use the searchlight to illuminate any boat or floating object seen to be in your area or approaching your vessel. f. Post additional lookouts / security watch between 2100hrs and 0600 hrs. This would apply if transiting or working in a suspect area. g. If the seaman on watch or the security watch leaves the bridge in order to check on any suspicious activity they shall carry a VHF radio in order to maintain contact with the Officer of the Watch. h. If pirates are seen boarding or are onboard, sound the general alarm and the ship’s whistle and pass the word over the ship’s PA system. Follow the instructions of the Master. i. Fabricate three or four “dummies: and place them in illuminated areas to give the impression to any would be pirates that there are more people on security watch than there actually are. This has been known to work in the past. j. Monitor the back deck via a camera from the bridge k. Reduce opportunities for theft by removing portable equipment from decks l. Do not allow locals onboard unless their purpose is pre-established m. If pirates get on board retreat to secure area and try to prevent contact. 158
  • 159. 6. Implementation & Monitoring 6.1 Accident Reporting Procedures C & C is required by both State and Federal law to report occupational injuries, illnesses and deaths to designated agencies. There are also certain record keeping requirements under the Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA)), which the company must follow. Records for injuries, etc. will be kept at the Main Office and are available for review by employees, state or federal agencies. Records and Reports Filling out forms and maintaining records is time consuming and can seem to be a cumbersome, thankless task. However, because of the impact that our safety records and accidents have on business, the importance of timely reporting and proper record keeping cannot be over emphasized. Our safety history is vital to our success with respect to providing a strong sense of security to potential and current employees, our insurance costs, and our reputation with customers. Therefore, it is critical that we maintain records that accurately reflect the safety history of the company. The prompt and accurate reporting of accidents is also vitally important to our success since we are required by insurance carriers, OSHA, U.S. Coast Guard and other state and federal agencies to provide them with timely and comprehensive information on each accident. Keeping accurate records also helps us to monitor how we are doing with respect to our Safety Program, where additional training may be needed or where changes may be required in equipment or procedures to improve safety. Accident records can be useful in building a comprehensive base of information, which will help to pinpoint particularly dangerous operations, or situations, which can be eliminated or minimized in the future. The information below is a consolidation of these reporting requirements into one set of instructions, which will comply with the rules of all the various agencies. General Procedures Records of all employees will be maintained at the Main Office located at 730 E Kaliste Saloom Rd Lafayette La 70508 Records can be inspected and copied at any reasonable time by authorized representatives of state or federal agencies or employees. Field Procedures Telephone for Emergency Assistance using the 911 nationwide emergency response systems or transport the injured employee to a doctor or an emergency room of a local hospital. 159
  • 160. Report the accident using the following procedures: All occupational related illnesses and injuries must be reported to the employee's Supervisor or Safety Director as soon as possible, but no later than the end of shift. An employee may be required to be examined by a physician of the company's choosing, regardless of whether the employee has consulted or plans to consult another doctor with regard to an occupational illness or injury. In the event an employee sees a doctor concerning an occupational illness or injury, the employee must notify his Supervisor as soon as possible, preferably before seeing the doctor. A Return to Work Certificate: is required after each occupational accident or illness requiring the services of a doctor. A doctor must sign it. It must be presented to the Safety Director at the beginning of first work shift after illness or injury. It must state full duty or what limitation if not full duty. A Return to Work Certificate indicating full duty is required after an employee has worked for any period of time on limited duty. It Must state period of time under a doctor's care. A doctor must sign it. A Return to Work Certificate indicating limited duty must state the employee's limitations, the approximate period of time the employee will be on limited duty and be signed by a doctor. Copies of Return to Work Certificates must be delivered to the Lafayette office. Notification & Reporting Of Accidents The rules in this part establish duties of our employees working on a client jobsite, to make investigations, reports, notification, and keep records of accidents, which may occur. The term "reportable accident" means an occurrence involving one or more employees that results in one of the following: § The death of an employee § Bodily injury to an employee who, as a result of the injury, receives medical treatment, other than first aid, away from the scene of the occurrence § Bodily injury to an employee who receives more than first aid treatment at the time of the occurrence Immediate Notification of Fatal Accidents When a reportable accident involves the death of an employee or hospitalization of three or more employees, the Supervisor must notify the C & C Safety Director as soon as possible after the occurrence. This can be accomplished by phone or in person and must provide the information specified in paragraph 2. of this section. OSHA must be notified within eight (8) hours of the death of or hospitalization of three or more employees if occurring on land. The U. S. Coast Guard must be notified as soon as possible. 160
  • 161. The notification shall include the most reliable information available to the Supervisor on the following subjects: • • • • • • • • • • Date and time of accident Injured person Accident description Nature of injury Agency involved Unsafe conditions Unsafe acts Personal factors Preventive action Action taken Reporting of Accidents and Investigations Supervisor should start to investigate the incident immediately, fill out the Supervisor's Accident Investigation Report and turn it into the Safety Director within eight (8) hours or as soon as possible, if offshore. Within eight-(8) hours after the Safety Department learns that a reportable accident has occurred, the Safety Department must investigate and report the accident. The Safety Department will confirm the information on the Supervisor's report, correlate the information and fill out a final report. The report must be conveyed to OSHA within twelve-(12) hours or to the U. S. Coast Guard as soon as possible. A delay may cause a violation of statutory reporting requirements. The Safety Department must fill in the report in accordance with the instructions contained on the report completely and accurately with the most reliable information available at the time. Accident reports required by paragraph 1 of this section must also be retained by C & C at its principal place of business for at least five-(5) years after the end of the calendar year to which they relate. Notice of Death after Filing Reports If after a reportable accident occurs an employee dies as a result of the accident and C & C has already filed a report, then C & C must report the fatality within 8 hours after notification. OSHA 300 Log OSHA requires that all employers keep a log of occupational injuries and illnesses. The logs must be kept current and available for inspection. A separate log is required for each separate job site/location. 161
  • 162. 6.2 Supervisor Accident Investigation Report INSTRUCTIONS: In the event that one of your employees is injured on the job an accident report must be filled out and submitted to the Safety Department. The Safety Department will submit the report to Human Resources (HR). The accident report requires that you provide the following information: PERSONAL INFORMATION: List the injured employee's name, social security number, and date of birth, age, address and job position/occupation. ACCIDENT INFORMATION. Fill in each question with as much detail as possible. Give special thought to the cause of the accident and what can be done to prevent similar occurrences. DRUG SCREEN. Company policy is to drug screen after every injury or accident. So, don't forget to request it. Accident/Incident Report Form Document The immediate supervisor should complete his report form with the information available at the time and convey to the Safety Department as soon as possible. 6.3 First Aid Program Purpose C & C Technologies, Inc. is dedicated to the protection of its employees from on-the-job injuries and illnesses. However, when injuries or illnesses do occur, we are prepared to immediately respond to the needs of the injured or ill. This written First Aid Program is intended to ensure that C & C Technologies meets the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.151, Medical Services and First Aid. Administrative Duties The HSE Manager, our First Aid Program Administrator, is responsible for establishing and implementing the written First Aid Program. This HSE Manager has full authority to make necessary decisions to ensure the success of this program. Copies of this written program may be obtained from the HSE Manager at Lafayette Corporate Office, room 425. If after reading this program, you have suggestions for improvements, please contact Ross Heard, HSE Manager. We encourage all suggestions and are committed to the success of this written program. First Aid Personnel The HSE Manager is readily available for advice and consultation on matters of workplace health and safety. The National EMS Education and Practice Blueprint lists the following first aid designations: 162
  • 163. First aid provider: Occupationally required to be trained in first aid even though they may not be specifically obligated by law to perform first aid. Responds as a • • • • • "Good Samaritan." Uses a limited amount of equipment to perform initial assessment and provide immediate life support and care while awaiting arrival of emergency medical services (EMS). First responder: Uses a limited amount of equipment to perform initial assessment and intervention and is trained to assist other EMS. Emergency Medical Technician (EMT)-Basic: The 2nd level of professional emergency medical care provider. Qualified to function as the minimum staff for an ambulance. EMT-Intermediate: The 3rd level of professional emergency medical care provider. Can perform essential advanced techniques and administer a limited number of medications. Paramedic: The 4th level of professional emergency medical care provider can administer additional interventions and medications. Training records for personnel trained to render first aid are available at C & C Technologies, Inc. corporate office in Lafayette. These records are on a database and specific information can be obtained from Denise Douglas, ext. 338, or from Jeanne Tatman, ext. 3103. Hazard and Medical Services Assessment The HSE Manager assessed C & C Technologies for hazards to determine whether any pose the risk of a life-threatening or permanently disabling injury or illness. It was determined that the following injuries or illnesses are likely: Injury/Illness type: Not life-threatening or permanently disabling--Injuries or illnesses that are not considered life threatening or permanently disabling. Injury/Illness: Burns, cuts, pinches, struck by, insect bites, falls Department affected: Shop, Electronics Shop, Field Crews It has been determined that Life-threatening or permanently disabling injuries/illnesses are possible but not likely. Life threatening or permanently disabling-Injuries or illnesses resulting in suffocation, severe bleeding, or other life-threatening conditions or resulting in a permanent disability. The nearest hospital, clinic, or infirmary to the main office in Lafayette is, Lafayette General and is located on Coolidge Drive. Other sites associated with field crews will be identified in a job specific plan. Crews on board boats will use the Emergency Response Plan. A paramedic is available on board the Rig Supporter & Northern Resolution or as assigned. When hazards or locations change, the HSE Manager or designee re-assesses our risk and determine whether or not we are required to train an on-site employee in first aid. 163
  • 164. First Aid Supplies and Equipment It is important that our first aid supplies and equipment meet the specific needs of our workplace. The HSE Manager has ensured that adequate first aid supplies are readily available, including: First Aid Kits with Blood Borne Pathogen Kits These kits contain the following as a minimum: 2121211115141112- AMMONIA INHALANTE FLAT PAK SCISSORS, 4” RED HANDLE BLUNT END ROLL 5X5 WP TAPE FAB BX 20 AST FT/KB FAB EYE PAD-STERILE 1-5/8 IN BX. PAD 2X3 ADHESIVE-FAB 10’S ABCO 100 ¾ SHEER BX. BANDAGE, GAUZE-1INX10YD FAB EA. COMBINE PAD, 5X9 EA. NA PAD 2X3 AWC EA. TWEEZERS FORCEP- FAK TYPE EA. ANTISEPTIC, WIPES EA. ½ OZ Anti/Burn cream EA. BANDAGE TRIANGULAR W/2 PINS, 37” EA. COLD PACK, SMALL LARGE VIYNL GLOVES We provide these supplies to the Shop, in vehicles and boats. The HSE Manager or designee ensures that first aid supplies are checked prior to being sent out on the job and that Party Chiefs and/or Boat Captains check first aid supplies weekly. Supplies are replaced promptly when expended. In addition to first aid supplies, vessels have an Emergency Response Plan on board. Field Crews will transport by most immediate available means, i.e. ATV, small boat, airboat, etc. to rendezvous with ambulance. Field crews will use cell phones to notify the Project Manager of accidents or injuries and request assistance in getting medical care in the most expedient fashion. Because we have injurious corrosive materials, C & C Technologies provides drenching and flushing facilities that meet the specifications of ANSI Z358.1, Emergency Eyewash and Shower Equipment : Installation: Shop, Lafayette, LA Location: Adjacent to Electronics shop wall In the event of an accident involving corrosive materials contacting someone’s eyes, flush eyes at the eye wash station for at least 15 minutes or as specified on the MSDS sheet. Because it is reasonably anticipated that employees will be exposed to blood or other potentially infectious materials while rendering first aid, we provide the following personal protective equipment: safety glasses, gloves, and blood borne pathogen kit. See our written Exposure Control Program for further details. 164
  • 165. Training Training is the heart of our First Aid Program. Employees should NOT attempt to rescue or treat an injured or ill employee unless they are qualified to do so. Instead, they should contact someone who is qualified. Employees who are qualified to render first aid have completed C & C Technologies 's first aid training program. The HSE Manager or designee will schedule training. Training will be conducted by outside agencies (Acadiana Safety Association, CINTAS, and Acadian Ambulance). The instructors for these agencies are qualified through Medic First Aid First aid training is done by outside agencies as indicated above. This includes classroom instruction. This training ensures that trainees are knowledgeable in: Medical Services and First Aid, 29 CFR 1910.151(b), states, "In the absence of an infirmary, clinic, or hospital in near proximity to the workplace which is used for the treatment of all injured employees, a person or persons shall be adequately trained to render first aid. Adequate first aid supplies shall be readily available.” Training Certification After an employee has completed our training program, the trainer will determine whether the employee can safely perform first aid. The HSE manager is responsible for keeping records verifying certification of each employee who has successfully completed training. Each certificate is a valid certificate in first-aid training, and EMP America includes the name of the employee, the date(s) of the training, and the signature of the person who performed the training and evaluation. Retraining Trained employees are retrained annually to keep their knowledge and skills current. Accident Reporting After the immediate needs of an injury or illness emergency have been met, we require our employees to report the event to their supervisor. Extremely minor injuries, like a small bruise, do not need to be reported. However, those injuries and illnesses involving professional treatment, time away from work, or a near miss of a more serious accident, must be reported to an employee's supervisor. Even injuries that do not become apparent until after the cause must be reported. For example, back pain that develops over a period of time must be reported. See Appendix of this plan (Accident Report Form). Record keeping The Human Resource Manager is responsible for maintaining the following records and documentation relating to first aid, injuries, illnesses, and accidents: Record: Brief description: Location of record: OSHA 300 Program Evaluation By having the HSE Manager thoroughly evaluate and, as necessary, revise our program, we ensure our program's effectiveness and prevent or eliminate any problems. Program evaluation is performed When new hazards or work operations are introduced.. Program evaluation involves the following: Checking documentation of first aid activities. 165
  • 166. 6.4 Disciplinary Program All work activities occurring on any project will be performed in accordance with the expectations identified in the C & C Safety Policy. In the management of our activities, C & C Technologies is committed to the following principles: • Pursue the goal of no harm to people • Protect the environment • Manage HSE matters as any other critical business activity • Promote a culture in which all C & C employees share this Commitment • Promote the well being of employees as an essential part of all business activities C & C HSE policy requires everyone to STOP any work, or prevent work from starting where adequate controls of HSE risks are found not to be in place. C & C Project Site Management has defined the following desired results for each project: • • • Attainment of all Client specified targets No Lost Time Accidents No negative impact on the environment The discipline statement below is quoted from C & C Technologies Policy and Procedures Manual This discipline applies to HSE as well as all of our company policies and procedures. The HSE Manager, Department Managers, Project Managers and Party Chiefs are responsible for the enforcement of the disciplinary program. Supervisors identified, as showing an overall lack of commitment to company safety goals by a physical safety inspection shall be held to the same level of disciplinary actions listed below. The following examples of behavior constitute safety violations: Not following verbal or written safety procedures, guidelines, rules, horse play, failure to wear selected PPE, abuse of safety equipment, etc. Discipline C & C can only be as good as its employees. C & C expects the highest business and ethical conduct from you. It is impossible to define all actions that may or may not comprise this level of conduct. Over time, the "do's" and "don’ts" are spelled out in verbal communications, memos or policy statements. Violations, depending on the severity, will be handled in one of the following manners: • Oral or Written Warning • Written Reprimand • Reduction in Pay • Suspension Without Pay • Disciplinary Demotion • Termination 166
  • 167. 7. AUDIT & REVIEW 7.1. Audit Procedure This procedure describes C & C's internal marine Health, Safety, and Environment (HSE) Auditing process. In this auditing questionnaire, HSE refers to health, safety, and the environment - not just safety. The auditor should make sure that all three fields are covered adequately. This procedure is a reference and guide for those who will conduct audits and submit reports. This procedure provides a wide range of information on HSE management and operational controls for marine seismic operations. The purpose of the internal auditing process is to improve C & C's HSE management system by: Obtaining information on the validity and reliability of HSE controls, Assessing HSE policies and improving the control of specific hazards, Ensuring that the appropriate remedial action is taken to deal with specific issues and that progress in implementing remedial action is followed through according to plan, Identifying areas in which standards are absent or inadequate, and Assessing the achievement of specific HSE objectives. The Auditing process addresses key elements that are essential to a successful HSE program. However this procedure may not cover every aspect of HSE management or geophysical marine operations. Each section contains a list of questions from which an overall assessment may be drawn. The questionnaires are intended to assist the auditors by illustrating the potential scope to be covered in the auditing process. The questionnaires are not intended to be used as scripts for the audit process and interviews, nor is it intended that every question be used. Rather, these questionnaires suggest generic lines of questions that must be tailored to suit the terms of reference for the specific operation or activity to be audited. In some instances, operational features may not be covered in this procedure. When this information is not included, you may find it in the C & C Technologies HSE Policy Manual, HSE Bulletins, and/or the International Association of Geophysical Contractors' (IAGC) Safety Manual. To maximize the audit process, audit teams are recommended. Local and crew management and HSE personnel should make up the teams. Area management is responsible for scheduling audits for their operations. Management personnel are encouraged to participate in the audit team whenever possible. The audit team should meet with crew management before the audit is conducted to structure and organize the audit. After the audit is completed, the audit team should discuss the results with crew management and leave the crew with a draft copy of the audit. The audit team should meet with the appropriate levels of local management to discuss the results of the audit and follow-up procedures. The HSE Department offers training courses for managers and supervisors to improve their auditing skills. To meet ISM requirements, marine crews will undergo full HSE audits annually, with follow-up audits every 6 months. Facilities will be audited annually. In preparing for the audit, selecting specific topics, and developing the structure for conducting the interviews with selected staff, the auditor should: • Review relevant sections of the C & Technologies HSE Policy Manual; • Select the areas most relevant to the person(s) being interviewed; • Identify the most important questions to ask the targeted group of crewmembers to be interviewed 167
  • 168. • Convert generic questions to specific questions for the area being audited; • Add other questions that are not in the questionnaire. Scope The scope of the audit should include all activities of the geophysical crew and any associated activities supporting the crew with the aim of evaluating the overall HSE management system that is in place. This includes conducting interviews with local and crew management; a review of the operational procedures, manuals, relevant reports, and documents; a study of crew organization; and field visits. Auditing verifies management control systems and identifies weaknesses and potential hazards to people, assets, the environment, and the company's reputation over time. Therefore, every aspect of the operation may not have been examined fully by the audit team during the visit. The final report will be distributed to the Area Vice President, Area Manager, Project Manager, Party Chief, Vessel Master, regional HSE Department, and corporate HSE Department in Houston. Authority The Team Leader will specify the authority for conducting the audit; e.g., C & C Technologies Internal Audit or Client Audit. Assessment The first step in the assessment process is deciding the potential category of severity of the weakness or deficiency. Assessing the potential severity of incidents that may occur as a consequence of the identified weaknesses or deficiencies does this. The Risk Classification Categories are defined as follows: Serious - A serious weakness exposes the Company to possible failure in achieving its corporate HSE objectives or results. High - Although not serious, a high weakness must be brought to the attention of senior management. Include here medium weaknesses that are brought forward from a previous report. Medium - A medium weakness could cause a perceptible undesirable effect on the achievement of Company's HSE objectives. Low - A low weakness has no major impact on HSE at the process level; however, correction will assure greater effectiveness/efficiency in the process concerned. The assessment is based on the auditor's experience and indicates the likelihood that undesired consequences could occur. After determining the severity category and applicability of each of the weaknesses, the relative level of weakness can be determined in relation to its position in the matrix (Table 1). Note that practical examples of each category follow. Table 1: Estimating Risk Severity and Level of Exposure 168
  • 169. Examples Injury/Illness: 1 Minor injury or damage to health - first aid treatment. 2 Moderate injury of damage to health - medical treatment. Treatment by medical personnel, but injury does not restrict movement or ability to do the job. 3 Major injury or damage to health - extended treatment required. Injury results in restricted duty or lost time with no permanent disability. 3 Severe injury or health effect - permanent disability or fatality. Property Damage: 1 Minor damage - no disruption of production. 2 Moderate damage - slight disruption of production. Damaged equipment repairable on crew with minimal time and money spent on repairs. 3 Major damage - major disruption of production. Damaged equipment must be removed from service and major repairs made either on or off the crew. 4 Total loss - severe disruption of production, possibly permanent. Damaged equipment must be removed from service. Environment: 1 Minor effect - no permanent impact to the environment. Immediate or full restoration possible in several weeks. 2 Moderate (localized) effect - no permanent impact to the environment, but restoration will take several months. 3 Major effect - large impact on the environment for the short term (less than 5 years) or small/local permanent impact for long term (more than 5 years). 4 Massive effect - permanent impact (more than 5 years) on the environment on a large scale. Company Reputation: 1 Minor impact - little or no public awareness or concern. 2 Moderate (local) impact - some local public concern; some local media and/or political attention with potentially adverse effects on the Company. 3 Regional/national impact - regional or national public concern; extensive adverse attention in the national media. Regional/national policies with potentially restrictive measures and/or impact on grant of permits. 4 International impact - international public attention; extensive adverse attention in international media. National/international policies with potentially severe impact on access to new areas, grants of permits, or licenses. 169
  • 170. Presentation of Audit Findings The total number and classification of individual audit action items is an important factor in the systematic assessment of the HSEMS elements. Individual recommendations need to be linked to the individual HSEMS elements. Recommendations may relate to more than one HSEMS element, however the most relevant and/or important element should be selected. It is helpful to present this link between action items and the HSEMS elements visually. A visual presentation serves two purposes: It helps the Auditors systematically assess the HSEMS elements, and It illustrates to those being audited how the assessment is structured around the audit findings and recommendations. A simple EXCEL® spreadsheet can be used for this purpose. Use this spreadsheet to enter the number and weakness level of the recommendations as they relate to the HSEMS elements. The spreadsheet also allows you to divide the report into categories: People, Assets, Environment, and Reputation. Audit Report. Note that some of the classification steps could lead to problems of subjectivity. Similarly, the summarized results could encourage excessive focus. Main Findings This section explains the evaluation process that the Audit Team uses to assess the crew HSE management system. A brief description is given of crew strengths and weaknesses in each of the following key elements: Management Commitment Policies Organization Managing Risk Standards and Procedures Planning Training Measuring Performance Auditing Follow-Up Audit Use the following definitions to complete the schedule: Completed means that all items are completed. Continuing means that the action party has been assigned and initial action has been taken; follow up is required. Agreed means that the action has been agreed on and the expenditure has been authorized for completion. Varied means that the same objective has been achieved by a different method. Progress must be classified as either Completed, Continuing, or Agreed. 170
  • 171. Rejected means that the objective is not accepted and an authorized variance detailing the reasoning has been documented. The schedule is included in the HSE monthly report until all of the recommended action items are closed out. A coordinator from C & C's local management will monitor and record progress on the recommendations. The coordinator issues a first progress report 60 days after the audit, then quarterly until all of the recommendations are implemented. Marine HSE Audit Schedule Ref. Action Item Action Taken Action By Target Date Status 171
  • 172. Safety Management System This checklist is for use by C % C Technologies auditors when they audit subcontractors against the ISM Code. Objectives The purpose of this checklist is to ensure that subcontractors who lease vessels to C & C are maintaining their Safety Management Systems (SMS) to the required standards. Company Safety Management Objectives Provision of safe work practices and a safe work environment? Provision of safeguards against all identified risks? Continuous improvement in the safety management skills of personnel on shore and onboard the vessel, including preparing for emergencies related to safety and environmental protection? The SMS Does the SMS ensure the following? Compliance with mandatory rules and regulations? Consideration of the applicable codes, guidelines, and standards as recommended by the IMO, flag state, classification societies, and maritime industry organizations? Application Requirements of the ISM Code must be met for all vessels over 500 gross registered tons (GRT) by July 1, 2002. Compliance with the Code is not mandatory for vessels up to 150 GRT; compliance with the Code is voluntary for vessels from 150 to 500 GRT. SMS Functional Requirements Has the company developed, implemented, and maintained an SMS that considers the following functional requirements? Does the SMS reference all of the functional requirements listed below? Is a safety and environmental protection policy in place? Are procedures in place to support safe operations and protect the environment? Have levels of authority and lines of communication been established? Is a procedure in place to report accidents and nonconformities? Are emergency preparedness procedures in place? Are internal SMS audits and management reviews conducted? 172
  • 173. Safety & Environmental Policy Establishment of Policy • Has the company established a safety and environmental policy? • Does the safety and environmental policy describe how the following objectives are met? • Prevention of human injury or loss of life? • Prevention of damage to the environment, in particular the marine environment? • Damage to property? • Has the highest level of management signed the policy? Policy Implementation Has the company ensured that the policy is implemented and maintained at all levels of the organization, both ship-based and shore-based? COMPANY RESPONSIBILITIES AND AUTHORITIES Details of Ownership Does the flag state administration have sufficient information on the ship operator, if the operator is other than the owner? Responsibilities and Authorities Has the company defined and documented the responsibilities and authorities of shipboard and shore-based personnel in managing safety and environmental protection? Has the company provided organization charts that show the organization and interrelationships with the SMS? Has the company provided job descriptions that define the responsibilities and authorities of each person concerned with the SMS? Has the company defined the levels of competence that are required for shipboard and shore-based personnel? Has the company implemented procedures ensuring that all personnel are adequately qualified and experienced to undertake their duties? Has the company ensured that all other companies (i.e., subcontractors) with responsibilities relevant to the SMS (such as manning, technical support, and maintenance) are under the effective control of the SMS? Has the company ensured that any responsibilities imposed by the ISM Code and subcontracted to other companies remain the principal responsibilities of the company? Do contractual relationships between the company and subcontractors specify requirements of the SMS? Does the company have evidence that the subcontractor is in compliance with the specified SMS requirements? 173
  • 174. Allocation of Resources Does the company provide adequate resources and shore-based support so that these designated person(s) can carry out their functions? Designated Person(s) Has the company designated a shore-based person with specific responsibility and authority for the SMS? Does the designated person(s) have direct access to the highest level of management? Does the designated person(s) monitor safety and pollution prevention for each ship? Does the designated person(s) ensure that adequate resources are provided to each ship, as necessary? Masters Responsibilities & Authority Definition of the Master’s Responsibilities Has the company defined and documented the Master’s responsibilities for: Implementation of the safety and environmental policy? Motivating the crew in the SMS? Issuing orders in relation to the SMS? Verifying that specified requirements are observed in operation of the SMS? Reviewing the SMS and reporting deficiencies to shore-based management? Definition of the Master’s Authorities Has the company clarified and emphasized the Master’s authorities in operation of the SMS? Has the company clearly stated that the Master has overriding authority and responsibility with respect to safety and pollution prevention? Has the company clearly stated that the Master has the authority and responsibility to request company assistance as needed to preserve human life, protect the environment, or prevent damage to property? Resources & Personnel Master - Qualifications and Competence Has the company clearly stated the qualifications required for command? Has the company ensured that the Master is fully conversant with the SMS? Has the company clearly defined how the Master is given the support needed to perform his/her duties safely? 174
  • 175. Manning Does the company ensure that the ship is properly manned with qualified, certified, and medically fit seafarers? Familiarization Has the company established procedures to ensure that all new personnel and personnel transferred to new assignments are familiar with the safety and environmental protection issues relevant to their duties? Is an orientation carried out for new personnel or newly assigned personnel before they assume their normal duties? Relevant Rules Has the company ensured that shipboard personnel have an adequate understanding of the relevant rules, regulations, codes, and guidelines that relate to safety and environmental protection? Training Has the company established and maintained procedures to identify the training needed to support the SMS? Has the company ensured that training is provided for all personnel who have responsibilities with the SMS, including shipboard and shore-based personnel? Does the company review the individual training needs for shipboard and shorebased personnel? Information on the SMS Are procedures and instructions for the SMS written so they can be understood by shipboard and shore-based personnel who have specific functional responsibilities with the SMS? Are crew members required to demonstrate their competence with procedures and instructions relevant to the SMS? Communication Are crewmembers able to communicate effectively with each other while conducting their normal duties? Are crewmembers able to communicate effectively with each other in an emergency? NOTE The STCW Code requires that Masters and navigating officers on ships larger than 500 GRT be competent in English. 175
  • 176. Development Of Plans For Shipboard Operations General Has the company established procedures to prepare plans and instructions for key shipboard operations concerning the safety of the ship and prevention of pollution? Has the company established procedures to allocate specific tasks to shipboard and shore-based personnel? Ship in Port Has the company established procedures that apply to: Maintaining harbor watches and patrols? Liaising with shore authorities? Monitoring trim and stability? Accidental spills from the ship’s bunkers? The use of reception facilities for oil, hazardous waste, and garbage? The response to pollution incidents? Preparing for Sea Has the company established procedures that apply to: Checking and recording drafts? Checking stability conditions? Assessing weather conditions? Passage planning? Securing hatches and hull openings? Testing engines, steering gear, navigation and communications equipment, generators, emergency lighting, and anchoring equipment? The Ship at Sea Has the company established procedures that apply to: Bridge and Engine Room watchkeeping arrangements? Special arrangements for bad weather and fog? Radio communications, including the use of VHF? Maneuvering data? Security patrols, fire patrols, and other arrangements for surveillance? Discharge into the sea of bilge water and garbage? 176
  • 177. Preparing for Arrival in Port Has the company established emergency procedures that apply to: Testing engines, steering gear, navigation and communications equipment, generators, and anchoring equipment? Piloting? Harbor stations? Port information and communications? Emergency Preparedness Shipboard Contingency Plans Has the company developed procedures to identify potential emergency situations onboard the ship? Has the company developed emergency response procedures for potential emergency situations onboard the ship? Are scenario-based contingency plans vessel-specific? Emergency Drills and Exercises Has the company established procedures for holding emergency drills and exercises? Do the procedures reference the applicable rules, regulations, codes, and guidelines? Are shipboard emergency drills and exercises modeled on scenario-based emergencies? Are drills and exercises used to train the shipboard crew? Do the drills and emergencies involve the company's shore-based contingency organization? Do the drills and exercises require briefing and debriefing sessions? Are the drills and exercises recorded? Are the drills and exercises used to test the effectiveness of scenario-based contingency plans? Shore-Based Emergency Plans Has the company established procedures for the shore-based emergency organization? Does the shore-based organization have access to shipboard contingency plans? Does the shore-based organization have access to relevant plans, drawings, and ship particulars? Does the shore-based organization have procedures to deal with the media and other inquiries? 177
  • 178. Is the shore-based organization able to contact the next of kin of shipboard personnel? Are specific responsibilities allocated to persons in the shore-based emergency organization? Do the procedures provide guidance on reporting requirements and communications with other emergency assistance organizations, authorities, and agencies? Do the procedures provide guidance on how to handle protracted emergencies? Do the procedures provide guidance on how to maintain communication throughout the emergency? Are the procedures easily referenced in an emergency? Reports & Analysis Of Nonconformities, Accidents & Hazardous Occurrences Has the company developed procedures to ensure that nonconformities, accidents, and hazardous occurrences are reported to the company onshore? Has the company developed procedures to ensure that nonconformities, accidents, and hazardous occurrences are investigated? Has the company developed procedures to ensure that nonconformities, accidents, and hazardous occurrences are analyzed? Maintenance of the Ship and Equipment Maintenance Has the company established procedures to ensure that the ship is maintained so that it can operate in a safe and pollution-free manner? Do procedures refer to the applicable rules, regulations, codes, and guidelines? Are shipboard personnel given specific responsibilities in support of this effort? Does the shore-based management have overall authority of shipboard maintenance? Are preventive maintenance procedures in place for: • Hull and superstructure steelwork? • Safety, firefighting, and antipollution equipment? • Navigational equipment? • Steering gear? • Anchoring and mooring equipment? • Main engine and auxiliary machinery? • Pipelines and valves? • Cargo loading/discharging equipment? • Inserting systems? 178
  • 179. • Bilge and ballast pump and separator systems? • Communications equipment? • Waste disposal equipment? • Fire, gas, and heat detection systems? Maintenance Procedures Do maintenance procedures consider the following: Are maintenance inspections held at regular intervals? Are defects reported during maintenance? Are the appropriate remedial measures implemented? Are adequate records maintained? Maintenance of Critical Systems Are procedures in place to identify critical shipboard equipment and technical systems that, if they failed, could result in hazardous situations? Are procedures in place to ensure the continued functional reliability of critical systems? Do critical systems have: • Alarms and emergency shutdowns? • Fuel oil system integrity? • Cargo system integrity? • Emergency equipment? • Safety equipment? Are procedures in place to test standby plans, equipment, or technical systems that are not in continuous use? Document Control Are procedures in place to control documents and data relevant to the SMS? Do these procedure enable the reader to identify the revision status of the document and date of issue? Document Changes Validity of Documents Are procedures in place to ensure that documents are available at all relevant locations? Is the shipboard SMS documentation relevant to the ship? Has someone in shore management been designated to implement the document control procedure? Are shipboard personnel responsible for implementing this procedure? 179
  • 180. Changes and Amendments Are procedures in place to review and approve SMS-related documents? Are the relevant shore- and ship-based personnel aware of intended changes to the documentation and data? Are personnel with direct interest in the document or data to be changed involved in the change or amendment process? Obsolete Documents Are procedures in place to ensure that obsolete documents are removed and destroyed? If the vessel leaves the company, do these document control procedures ensure that all copies of the SMS documentation are returned to the designated, shorebased person? SMS Manual Does the SMS documentation consist of shore- and ship-based manuals? Is the SMS documentation structured so that every person within the SMS can access relevant parts of the documentation as needed? Is the SMS documentation structured so that those who use it can locate the information they need easily? Company Verification, Review, and Evaluation SMS Audits Are procedures in place for internal SMS audits? Is an internal SMS audit schedule in place that incorporates all shore-based offices and departments and all ships? Does the internal SMS audit procedure define competency requirements for internal SMS auditors? Is the scope of the internal SMS audit procedure defined? Is the purpose of the SMS internal audit procedure defined? Does the internal SMS audit procedure require a written report? Does the internal SMS procedure operate on a sampling basis? Is the identification of nonconformities central to operation of the internal audit procedure? When nonconformities are noted, are corrective actions communicated to those who can resolve them? Does the internal SMS audit procedure require that the corrective actions be closed out by a stated date? Does the internal SMS audit procedure require that nonconformities be reported to shore-based management? Are results of the internal SMS audit used to improvement the SMS? 180
  • 181. SMS Evaluation Is a review procedure in place to evaluate these elements of the SMS: Organizational management procedures? Administrative procedures? Personnel, their responsibilities, and their authorities? Familiarity with and adherence to SMS policies, procedures, and instructions? Requirements for additional orientation or "on the job" training? Documentation and record keeping? Management Review Are procedures in place to ensure that management reviews the following: Analyses of accidents, hazardous occurrences, and nonconformities? Audit findings? Recommendations resulting from class and statutory surveys? System updates in response to changing circumstances? Certification, Verification, and Control Document of Compliance Has a Document of Compliance been issued for the ship? Is a copy of the Document of Compliance available for review on the ship? Safety Management Certificate Does the ship have a valid safety management certificate? 7.1.6 STCW Checklist C & C Technologies will ensure that its boats are in compliance with the following responsibilities as prescribed by STCW 95, as placed in effect from 1 February 1997. Certificates Do all employed officers hold valid national certificates of competency for the function and level of responsibility at which they are serving onboard the ship? [Regs I/2 and I/4] Do all ratings qualified to stand a navigation or engine watch hold valid certificates? [Regs I/14. II/4 and III/4] Have all officers’ certificates been revalidated within the last five years? [Reg I/11] Have all certificated seafarers received a medical examination, recognized by the certificate-issuing authority, in the last five years? [Reg I/11] 181
  • 182. Have all certificates of competence been endorsed, in English, by the issuing administration to attest that the holder meets STCW standards? (This may be done in a separate document.) [Regs I/2 and I/4] If required, do seafarers employed hold individual flag state recognition endorsements? (Although not required to issue flag state recognition endorsements to existing seafarers holding certificates issued by another country until 2002, some flag states may choose to do so much earlier.) [Reg I/10 and I/14] If required to hold a flag state recognition endorsement, do seafarers who have applied for, but not received, this document have suitable documentary evidence of the fact that an application to the flag state has been made? (STCW 95 permits flag states to allow seafarers a three-month grace period between the date of joining a foreign flag ship and when a flag state recognition endorsement must be held, provided they hold documentary evidence that an application has been made.) [Reg I/10] Do all officers, and ratings involved in cargo work, who are serving on tankers hold endorsements qualifying them for service on such ships? [Regs I/14 and V/1] Are original copies of the seafarer’s certificates maintained onboard the ship? (Arrange with administrations to hold original certificates onboard in the event seafarers need to get them revalidated or have them endorsed by a flag state other than the certificate-issuing country.) [Reg I/2] Have arrangements been made to ensure that certificates are genuine — not fraudulent — and that they belong to the holder? [Regs I/5 and I/14] Manning Do certificates held by seafarers onboard the boat correspond with the safe manning document? [Regs I/5 and I/14] If seafarers do not hold the appropriate certificates, do they have valid dispensations? [Reg I/5] Record Keeping Does the company maintain the following records on the seafarers they employ? [Reg I/14] • Seafarers’ experience; i.e., service record before and during employment? • Training received before and during employment with the company, including any non-mandatory training? • Medical fitness? • Competence in assigned duties? If record keeping is delegated to manning agencies or third parties, can the company demonstrate that this is the case? [Reg I/14] Are records readily accessible? [Reg I/14] 182
  • 183. Ship-Specific Shipboard Familiarization Has the company provided its Masters with written instructions on the need to ensure that all seafarers assigned to the ship for the first time are familiar with the specific equipment and operating procedures of the ship concerned; i.e., "showing them the ropes?" [Section A-I/14] Do the written procedures cover the need to allocate a reasonable amount of time for this familiarization? [Section A-I/14] Do these written procedures cover designation of a responsible crewmember who will ensure that seafarers new to the ship will receive information in a language that they understand? [Section A-I/14] When the seafarers have completed their ship-specific familiarization, is it documented onboard? [Reg I/14] Crew Coordination Are seafarers who are employed by the company able to demonstrate that they can coordinate their activities in an emergency or as they relate to safety or pollution prevention? [Reg I/14] Since crew coordination entails the ability to communicate in a common language, can effective communication be demonstrated? [Reg I/14] Are actions to avoid potential emergencies regularly practiced in drills or emergency response exercises? [Reg I/14] Are records kept onboard the boat to demonstrate that such drills and exercises do take place regularly? [Reg I/14] Minimum Rest Periods Are all watchkeeping personnel provided with at least the minimum rest periods as prescribed by the STCW Code? [Section A-VIII/1] Are watch schedules posted so that they are easily accessible? [Section A VIII/1] Basic Safety Familiarization for All Seafarers Have all personnel, including riding gangs, stewards, and cooks, undergone a basic familiarization in safety matters before they are assigned to their duties, in accordance with the STCW Code? [Section VI/1, paragraph 1] Does the process used to familiarize the crew require approval by the relevant flag state? (The wording of the STCW Code is such that flag state approval is not necessarily required. If required, however, the STCW Code states that this familiarization in basic safety matters can be proved by means of "sufficient information and instruction," which implies that personnel should not be required to attend a special training course and that familiarization can take place immediately after arrival onboard the ship. The familiarization could comprise verbal instruction, written materials, or videos.) [Section VI/1, paragraph 1] Are records maintained of the personnel who have completed elementary shipboard familiarization for purposes of inspection? [Reg I/4] 183
  • 184. Basic Safety Training • Have all seafarers with "designated safety or pollution prevention duties in the operation of the ship" as defined by the flag state received the following basic training? [Section A-VI/1, paragraph 2] • Personal survival techniques? • Fire prevention and firefighting? • Elementary first aid? • Emergency procedures, pollution prevention, and occupational safety? Can the seafarers who are employed by the company and to whom the basic safety training requirements are applicable readily demonstrate that they are competent in the areas specified? [Section A-VI/1, paragraph 2] Establishing Responsibility If the ship owner delegates the crewing operation of the ship to a bareboat charterer or third-party ship manager, and/or if responsibility for crewing operations is delegated to a crew manager or manning agent, is it clear in the relevant contractual arrangements who is legally responsible for compliance with STCW 95? (In STCW 95, the definition of company specifies that the party responsible for compliance with the relevant Convention requirements has, on "assuming such responsibility, agreed to take over all the duties and responsibilities imposed on the company by these regulations.") [Reg I/1] Has the role of Masters and crew regarding compliance with STCW 95 been adequately explained by the company? [Section A-I/14] Marine Operations Vessel Specifications Name of vessel: Port of registry: Flag: Official number: Classification society: Class: Owners: Operators: Where built: When built: Builder's name: Originally built as: Dates of major modifications: 184
  • 185. Date of last dry-dock: Gross tonnage: Net tonnage: Length overall: Beam: Moulded depth: Summer draft: Number of crew berths: Number of seismic berths: Documentation and Certification Certificate of inspection of hull? Certificate of inspection of machinery? Certificate of registry? International tonnage certificate? Cargo ship safety construction? Cargo ship safety equipment, including Form E? Cargo ship safety radio certificate, including Form R? Annual survey safety equipment? International loadline? Loadline annual survey? Health and derat? International oil pollution prevention? Minimum safe manning certificate? U.S. Coast Guard (USCG) un-inspected vessels: Certificate of documentation Letter of designation USCG letter of stability on display (for U.S. flagged vessels)? Are restrictions imposed? Is a stability book onboard? Does it contain hydrostatic curves? Does it contain tank capacities? Does it contain tank trim tables? Have major alterations been made to the vessel since the book was last updated? 185
  • 186. Is a stability/flume tank onboard? Are the draft marks clear? Are the plimsoll marks clear? Safety Certification and Documentation Life boats Lifeboat davits Life rafts Hydrostatic releases Fast rescue craft (FRC) davit Fixed firefighting equipment (inspection) Portable fire extinguishers SCBA bottle test certificate SCBA compressor air quality test certificate Cranes Winches Booms I-Beams Wire rope/cables Chains Slings Shackles Crosby clamps Hooks High-pressure tanks High-pressure pipes and fittings Pressure-relief valves Charts and Publications Is chart coverage adequate for the work area? Is there a system of chart correction? __________ Date of latest notice to mariners: List of lights? Current tide tables for work area? Sailing directions/coast pilot for work area? International code of signals? 186
  • 187. Mariner's handbook, or equivalent? Adequate repair and maintenance manuals for bridge equipment? Deck Officer's Bridge Log? Radio Log? Operating Procedures Permit to Work Working in Confined Spaces Lockout/Tagout (HSE module) Chase Boats (HSE module) Working aloft Man overboard (MOB) Launch/Recovery of FRC Fire and emergencies Oil/fuel spillage Severe weather Helicopter operations Collision with offshore structures or other vessels Grounding Loss of propulsion Loss of steering Loss of electrical power Bunkering operations Vessel security Boat-to-boat transfers Working on deck Storage, handling, and disposal of lithium batteries Working with chase boats 187
  • 188. Emergency Drills Are station bills posted? Have all crewmembers signed it? Are emergency duties written and posted? Does the crew understand their duties? How often are drills held? Are drills evaluated? Are drills recorded in the Ship's Log? Date of last: Abandon Ship Drill: __________ MOB Drill: __________ Fire Drill: __________ Injury Evacuation Drill: __________ Medevac Drill: __________ Navigation Are navigation day signals in good condition? Are navigation lights in good condition? Do navigation lights have a backup system? Is there an alarm system? Is there a procedure for changing bulbs? Whistle? Fog horn? Bell? Emergency steering gear? Are changeover instructions posted? Is a continuous radio watch maintained? Is the radio log maintained? Is SOLAS Card No. 2 mounted? Searchlight? Is there a Navtex receiver? Date magnetic compass was calibrated: __________ Is a deviation card mounted? 188
  • 189. Fire Prevention and Protection Are there two, independently driven fire pumps? Are they in separate compartments? Is one pump fitted with a remote starting mechanism that is connected to the Navigating Bridge and fire control station? Can all areas of the vessel be reached by two jets of water, one of which is from a single length of hose? Are all hoses interchangeable? Are all nozzles jet/spray and are they interchangeable? Is there an international shore connection? Can it be used on either side of the ship? Is it mounted by the gangway? Is there an AFFF deluge system? Does it cover the streamer reels? Does it cover the streamer storage areas? Does it cover the helideck? Does it cover open deck compressor spaces? Are all control valves free and clearly labelled? Is a flow diagram located by the control valves? Are operating instructions located by the control valves? Date of last test using foam: __________ Date of last test using water: __________ Date AFFF last was analyzed: __________ Is there enough AFFF for a refill? Is an inert gas system in the Engine Room? Is an inert gas system in the Compressor Room? Is an inert gas system in the Paint Locker? Is an inert gas system in the Incinerator Room? Is an inert gas system in the Flammables Locker? Are there sufficient extinguishers of suitable types throughout the vessel? Are fire blankets available? Are there at least two firemen lockers? Is there an SCBA compressor onboard? Are training cylinders available with the SCBA sets? Are machinery spaces protected by fixed fire detection systems? 189
  • 190. Are all high-risk locations protected by fixed fire detection systems? Are there sufficient alarm points? Can emergency alarms be heard in all parts of the vessel? Are alarms visible in high noise areas? Is a fire plan mounted by the gangway? Is there a smoking policy? Are ashtrays available when moving from a smoking area to a nonsmoking area? Are the primary and secondary escape routes displayed in the cabins? Are emergency exits marked by high and low luminous signs? Are escape routes clearly marked by high and low luminous directional arrows? Are all alleyways clear of stores, etc.? Are stairwells clear of flammable materials? Lifesaving Equipment Is the vessel fitted with life boats? Are the life boats covered or open? When were they last inspected? When were they last launched? When were the engines last run? Are the davits free fall? Are life rafts available for 100% of the crew on each side of the vessel? Are they fitted with hydrostatic releases? Are they SOLAS A-pack? Are they fitted with EPIRBs? Are launching instructions displayed beside the life rafts? Are embarkation areas illuminated by emergency lights? Is there an MOB raft? Is it labeled MOB Only? Can it be launched from all deck levels? Are lifejackets onboard to accommodate 200% of those onboard? Are they USCG/SOLAS approved? Are they all fitted with lights, whistles, and reflective tape? Are 100% spare life jackets stowed in float-free boxes with hydrostatic releases? 190
  • 191. Are donning instructions displayed on the boxes? Are enough work vests onboard? Are there 100% immersion suits? Are they of an approved type? Does the vessel carry a fully equipped MOB craft? How often is it launched? What type of davit does it have? Is it on a quick release hook? Are approved EPIRBs onboard? Are they float free? Expiration dates (batteries): __________ Are there four rocket lines onboard? Expiration dates: __________ Are 12 red parachute distress flares onboard? Expiration dates: __________ Are 12 red hand distress flares onboard? Is a battery-operated Aldis signalling lamp onboard? How often are the LSAs inspected? Open Deck Are walking areas nonslip? Are obstructions highlighted? Are tripping hazards highlighted? Are there adequate hazard warning signs? Is there adequate edge protection? Is there a means to guard open hatches? Do vertical ladders over 10 ft high have fall protection? Are ladders nonslip? Are portable ladders in good condition? Is any scaffolding carried? Is it in good condition? Are all deck accesses nonslip? Is all equipment secure? Are storage areas for hazardous materials clearly signed? Is the bridge top a restricted area? Is it signed? 191
  • 192. Are emergency batteries in suitable containers? Are they labeled? Are adequate PPE available for working with batteries? Are drums and containers labelled? Are filled streamer sections stored safely? Are empty streamer sections stored safely? Are all deck sounding, filling, and vent pipes color coded and labelled? Are all watertight door seals in good condition? Are all watertight hatch seals in good condition? Is the windlass in good condition? Are the anchor chains adequately secured? Are windlass controls labelled? Are they sprung to OFF? Is the gangway properly rigged? Is there a properly rigged gangway net? Streamer Decks Are guards across the stern openings adequate? Is there a designated work vest area? Is it signed? Is there a designated safety harness area? Is it signed? Are there adequate securing points for safety harnesses? Are adequate PPE available? Is there adequate edge protection around the streamer reels? Is the area covered by video cameras? Is all equipment secured? Are hydraulic controls clearly labeled? Are hydraulic controls sprung to OFF? Are hydraulic controls consistent in style and movement? Are hydraulic fittings in good condition? Does the reel operator have a clear view of the entire work area? Is communication adequate to the necessary departments? Is an MOB raft release located on the streamer deck? Are fire and emergency alarms audible on the streamer deck? 192
  • 193. Are there adequate bird storage facilities? Is the lighting adequate? Are the decks non-slip? Are obstructions and tripping hazards highlighted? Is the reel deck a designated no smoking area? Is the housekeeping in order? Gun Deck Are guards adequate across stern openings? Is there a designated work vest area? Is it signed? Is there a designated safety harness area? Is it signed? Are there adequate securing points? Is the area covered by video cameras? Is there a gun emergency stop button? Is an MOB raft release available? Are communications adequate? Are hydraulic controls labeled? Are hydraulic controls sprung to OFF? Are hydraulic controls consistent in style and movement? Are hydraulic fittings in good condition? Are gun reels guarded? Are high-pressure air hoses guarded? Are gun reel brakes adequate? Are pressure gauges shielded? Are all winches, I-beams, booms, and cranes certified? Are they marked with their safe working loads? Are all wires, chains, shackles, hooks, and other handling equipment certified? Are all wires and winches guarded? Are all wires terminated correctly? Is a planned preventive maintenance schedule in place? Can all equipment be stowed safely? Is the housekeeping in good order 193
  • 194. Crane Does the vessel have a crane(s)? Are the controls clearly labelled? Are the controls sprung to OFF? Is the crane marked with its safe working load? Are the crane signals displayed? Are the signals understood? Does the operator have an unrestricted view? Are the operators trained? Does the crane have a test certificate? Do all the wires, hooks, swivels, and shackles have test certificates? Does the hook have a safety catch? Are the wire ends terminated correctly? Are the hydraulic fittings in good condition? Are the slings certified and registered? Is there a planned preventive maintenance schedule for the crane and associated fittings? Are adequate PPE available? FRC/Workboat Operations Is there a dedicated rescue craft (MOB boat)? Does it have a dedicated davit? Is the davit tested and certified? Is the davit manually operable if the hydraulics fail? Does it have an "offload" quick-release hook? Is the hook tested and certified? Is the craft equipped with the following items of equipment, as required by SOLAS for all types of rescue craft? buoyant oars? buoyant bailer? binnacle compass (fixed compass)? sea anchor and tripping line that of no less than 10 m (30 ft) long? bow painter of sufficient length and strength? buoyant tow rope no less than 50 m (150 ft) long, capable of towing a life raft? 194
  • 195. waterproof flashlight with spare batteries and one spare bulb in a waterproof container? a whistle or other sound signal that is not reliant on the craft's battery? a waterproof first aid kit that closes tightly after use? two life-rings attached to no less than 30 m (90 ft) of buoyant line? a searchlight that will function for at least 3 hours continuously? an efficient radar reflector? sufficient thermal re-warming bags for 10% of the maximum personnel capacity of the craft? If the craft is of rigid construction, which includes RIBs with solid sponsons, is it also equipped with: A boat hook? A bucket? A dedicated boat knife? If the craft is an inflatable (air-filled) craft, is it equipped with: a buoyant safety knife (no point, just a cutting edge)? two sponges efficient, manually operated bellows or pump emergency puncture repair kit (rubber bungs) a safety boat hook (no pointed parts that could puncture the tubes). Is the craft fully operational? Is there a workboat(s)? What type of workboat(s)? Is it fully operational? Have all small boat deployments been logged in the Boat Use database? Have all small boat deployments been logged on the Bridge? Is an effective, documented small boat checklist system in place for: daily checks, regardless of whether the boat(s) is deployed? pre-launch checks post-launch checks, including deficiency reports? Are all daily checklists signed, present, and completed correctly? Do the checklist records tally with the deployment logs? Is a planned maintenance system in place? Are maintenance records kept by the Engineering staff? Do the jet boats have an overflow preventer fitted to clear debris from the jet unit? 195
  • 196. Are the dates of expiration for the pyrotechnics known? Are sufficient spare parts available? Have an auto bilge pump and alarm been fitted? Are the radios and antennas serviceable and in good condition? Has the crew been trained? Are adequate, trained personnel on the crew? Are procedures available for all boat operations? Are the boat crews aware of the procedures? If a capsize-righting system has been fitted: Date of last service: __________ Date of next service: __________ Is the system in good condition? Fueling: What arrangements have been made for fueling? Is there a procedure? Have safety and environmental precautions been taken? Is oil spill cleanup material available? Is oil spill equipment available? Does the boat have a fuel gauge or efficient tank sounding method? Are fuel tanks kept "topped off" to prevent condensation? Helicopter Operations Is there a trained Helicopter Landing Officer? Is there a helicopter homing beacon? Are there adequate communications? Have all crew members been trained in helicopter ditching procedures? Is the helideck certified? Is the helideck nonslip? Is a landing net available? Is there adequate drainage? Can the helideck be floodlit? Burning and Welding Operations Is a Permit to Work system in place? Are the oxygen and acetylene bottles correctly stowed? Do all spare and empty bottles have caps? Are the bottles color coded or labelled? Are the oxygen and acetylene hoses color coded? 196
  • 197. Are the hoses in good condition and free of kinks? Are all the fittings free of oil and grease? Are flashback arresters fitted at the regulator and torch? Are welding cables in good condition and free of joints? Are welding lugs insulated? Are adequate PPE available? Are the welders qualified? Is there a designated safe welding area? Are welding screens available? Engine Room Is the lighting adequate? Are there adequate escape exits? Are they clearly marked? Are they clear of obstructions? Are hydraulically-operated watertight doors fitted with remote mechanisms for opening and closing? Are there adequate hazard warning signs? Is the firefighting equipment adequate? Are alarms audible and visual? Are batteries stored in suitable and labeled containers? Is an eye wash station available? Are alarms and shutdowns on main engines and generators adequate and in working order? Are remote fuel shutdown valves free? Is all the machinery adequately guarded? Are hot parts adequately insulated or guarded? Is all pipe work color coded? Are all valves labeled or color coded? Are all decks secure and non-slip? Are decks clean and free of grease? Are all obstructions highlighted? Are passageways clear? Is there a planned preventive maintenance schedule for plant and machinery? Is it recorded? 197
  • 198. Are oily rags stowed in noncombustible bins with lids? Are bilges clean? Are communications adequate? Is the housekeeping in good order? Stores, Workshop, Tools, and Equipment Is shelving secure? Are stores and spare parts stowed safely? Is adequate PPE available? Are portable power tools inspected and recorded? Are bench tools (lathes, drill presses, grinders, etc.) adequately guarded? Are they maintained by qualified personnel? Are hand tools in good condition and stored safely? Are proper solvents available for cleaning spare parts? Is the housekeeping in good order? Electrical Are nonconductive mats in front of switch panels? Are all panels in place on the switch panels? Are hazard warning signs on the switch panels? Are all electric cables flame retardant? Are all cables terminated correctly? Are all cables free of splices? Are overhead cables supported? Are all bulkhead penetrations fitted with watertight glands? Are all switch panels lockable? Are all electrical sockets labeled with their voltage? Are electrical sockets in wet areas ground-fault-protected (GFCI)? Are all circuits protected against short circuits and overload? Are overload devices labeled? Is all electrical equipment and wiring installed in hazardous areas explosion proof? Is a Lock-out/Tag-out procedure in place? Is all electrical maintenance carried out by competent personnel? 198
  • 199. Is emergency lighting on the Bridge, work areas, passageways, stairwells, mess, and recreation areas? Is emergency lighting tested weekly? Is the radio's emergency power tested weekly? Compressor Areas Is the lighting adequate? Are there adequate escape exits? Are they clearly marked? Are they free of obstructions? Are there adequate hazard warning signs? Is adequate PPE available? Is the firefighting equipment adequate? Are alarms audible and visual? Are alarms and shutdowns on high-pressure compressors adequate and in good working order? Is all machinery adequately guarded? Are hot parts insulated or guarded? Are fuel and lube oil tanks labeled? Is all pipe work color coded? Are all valves labeled or color coded? Are decks clean and free of grease? Are decks secure and non-slip? Are obstructions highlighted? Are passageways between machines clear of obstructions? Is a planned preventive maintenance schedule in place for plant and machinery? Is planned preventive maintenance recorded? Are oily rags stored in noncombustible bins with lids? Are high-pressure receivers labeled? Are high-pressure air pipes and fittings adequately secured? Are pressure-relief valves adequate for the system? Are warning beacons used to signal that the system is aired up? Is the housekeeping in good order? 199
  • 200. Compressor/Gun Shack Stores Is shelving secure? Are stores and spare parts stowed safely? Are flammable materials stored safely? Is the housekeeping in good order? Compressor/Gun Shack Workshops, Tools, and Equipment Is adequate PPE available? Are portable power tools inspected and recorded? Are bench tools adequately guarded? Are bench tools fitted with emergency stops? Are bench tools maintained by competent personnel? Are hand tools in good condition and stored safely? Are proper solvents available for cleaning spare parts? Is the housekeeping in good order? Instrument Room and Stores Is there more than one exit? Are the exits clearly marked and free from obstructions? Is the lighting adequate? Are adequate and suitable fire extinguishers onboard? Are all cables, etc., secured and clear of walkways? Are all instruments and equipment secured and in place? Are all bay doors in position? Are areas behind the instrument racks restricted to authorized personnel? Is communication to the Bridge, reel decks, gun decks, and gun shack adequate? Are the chairs ergonomically suitable? Are the waste bins emptied each shift? Is the housekeeping in good order? Are stores and spare parts stowed safely? 200
  • 201. Accommodations Are the accommodations inspected regularly? Are the inspections recorded? Are emergency instructions posted in the cabins? Is a lifejacket available for each bunk? Are lifejacket donning instructions posted in each cabin? Is an emergency flashlight mounted in each cabin? Is a smoke detector mounted in each cabin? Are lighting levels adequate? Do all lights have covers/shades? Are the mess room facilities adequate? Are they clean? Are recreation facilities adequate? Are washroom/shower and toilet facilities adequate? Are showers fitted with temperature-stable control valves? Is the housekeeping in good order? 201
  • 202. 7.2 Inspections Frequent inspection of the equipment and work area is necessary to know where effort is needed to establish a safe work environment. Inspections provide a means of identifying and correcting potential safety problems. Also, OSHA and other agencies require some inspections. Work Place Inspections Supervisors are to make a daily inspection of the work areas and equipment under their supervision. They are to look for potential hazards and correct any unsafe act or condition. They are to assure themselves that their employees are provided a safe and healthful place in which to work. Routine Inspections Federal and State agencies require routine equipment inspections. These inspections shall be performed in accordance with the regulations. The equipment is looked at from every viewpoint and unsafe conditions should be noted. If any condition presents a severe hazard, operations should be shut down until the necessary action has been taken to correct it. Remember that what you discover might be a matter of life and death. Get it corrected. If the condition cannot be readily corrected by you, report this to Management. Records and reports must be maintained on these inspections. The supervisor in charge of the department that uses the equipment will maintain reports. 202
  • 204. 8.1 Model Project Specific Emergency Response Plan SITE SPECIFIC EMERGENCY RESPONSE & EVACUATION PLAN Country/Area/Project Date 204
  • 205. Table of Contents 1. EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN 206 MEDICAL E MERGENCY & E VACUATION PLAN ....................................................................... INJURIES / ILLNESSES REQUIRING FIRST AID ........................................................................ INJURIES/ILLNESSES REQUIRING MEDICAL TREATMENT ....................................................... INJURIES/ILLNESSES REQUIRING EMERGENCY MEDICAL TREATMENT IN (COUNTRY) WATERS207 1.1 1.2 1.3 .4 2. 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 3. EMERGENCY CONTACT INFORMATION 208 E MERGENCY CONTACTS FOR OFFICE PERSONNEL .............................................................. (CLIENT) EMERGENCY CONTACTS ...................................................................................... (VESSEL OPERATOR ) E MERGENCY CONTACT INFORMATION ............................................... M/V XXXXXXXX CONTACT DETAILS ...................................................................................... EMERGENCY MEDICAL PROVIDERS 4. MEDICAL ASSISTANCE / ADVICE USING GMDSS MEDICAL ASSISTANCE............................................................................................................. MEDICAL ADVICE: GENERAL INFORMATION ........................................................................ 5. ACCIDENTAL SPILLS & WASTES AT SEA 5.1 OILS & FUELS.......................................................................................................................... 5.2 OTHER HAZARDOUS MATERIALS & W ASTES ............................................................................ 6. VESSEL EMERGENCY PROCEDURE SUMMARY 205
  • 206. 1. Emergency Response Plan The following C & C guidelines describe the emergency response procedures for the MV xxxxxx while working offshore (Area/Country) These guidelines address the following Emergency Situations: • Medical Emergencies (including medical evacuation) • Accidental Spills/Releases • Vessel Related Emergencies 1.1 Medical Emergency & Evacuation Plan The following is a description of C & C Technologies Medical Emergency & Evacuation (MEDEVAC) Plan. This p lan will be consulted whenever a situation arises that requires medical attention. Included in this plan are procedures to be followed for any medical situation, including onboard treatment and the possibility of serious medical conditions requiring evacuation of the casualty from the MV xxxxxxx The Party Chief in conjunction with the Master will have the responsibility for initiating any medical evacuation. The Party Chief will consult with the Master, Medic, HSE Advisor and Client Representative in a potential medical emergency. The Party Chief will coordinate any medical evacuations with the resources (see Figure 1. Flow-Chart) listed in this document. While operating in (Country) the MV xxxxx will have a licensed Medic from (Company) who will have 24/7 contact with his base in (Location). 1.2 Injuries / Illnesses Requiring First Aid. All personal aboard the MV xxxxxx will consult the medic on board for any injury or illness requiring first aid and/or medication. The Medic will keep records of all injuries/illnesses brought to his attention. C & C encourages all personnel to consult the medic on board for all types of injuries/illnesses, no matter how insignificant the individual may think they are. It will be the responsibility of the Medic to make all crewmembers aware of the Injury/Illness reporting criteria. 1.3 Injuries/Illnesses Requiring Medical Treatment Other than basic first aid the onboard medic will assess all injuries/illnesses requiring medical treatment, and will consult with a medical doctor (telemedicine) and obtain further guidance on the treatment he should give in order to stabilize the patient(s) until such time as they can be transferred to a Shore Based Medical Facility, as outlined in the MEDEVAC Plan. 206
  • 207. 1.4 Injuries/Illnesses Requiring Emergency Medical Treatment in (Country) waters In the event of a serious injury/illness (including life threatening) the medic shall administer first aid/triage and stabilize the patient(s) in preparation for evacuation. The medic will consult with both the duty Doctor at his base and the nearest available doctor and request assistance for MEDEVAC to a shore based facility. The Master & Party Chief will also solicit the help of the Client Representative(s) as and when required for advice and for assistance once the patient(s) arrive ashore. The Master will solicit the help of the HSE Advisor to maintain communications with the emergency helicopter operators and the shore based medical facilities until the emergency has been resolved. The following steps are to be implemented in the event of any injury/illness requiring emergency medical treatment: The medic will evaluate, administer First Aid/Triage and stabilize the patient(s) for transport to a shore based medical facility. The Master will contact the (Appropriate Person) and request assistance for Evacuation if required. The Master may call upon the assistance of the (Client) representative(s) for arranging helicopters to the vessel. The Medic will contact the shore based medical facility to where the victim will be transferred and will pass on details of the injury/illness, including all vital signs, etc. Depending upon the nature of the injury/illness, the outside medical advice given, weather conditions, helicopter availability, and the help and support of other third party facilities. The Captain will initiate transfer from MV xxxxxx directly ashore. Should the weather not permit a safe transfer of the patient by helicopter, the MV xxxxxx will immediately make best speed to the nearest port. The Master/Party Chief will liaise with both the C & C Representative and designated Shipping Agent to arrange all related details with the appropriate port authorities, in order that the transfer of the patient(s) can be expedited. Should an injury/illness occur requiring this level of medical attention the Party Chief will notify the appropriate C & C Management as soon as possible after the patient(s) are stabilized and the situation is under control. It will be the responsibility of the onboard Client Representative to initiate his reporting guidelines. 207
  • 208. Medevac Flowchart C & C technologies, Inc. MV xxxxxxxx Injury / Illness MEDEVAC PROCEDURE Voice +xxxxxxxxx Bridge Voice +xxxxxxxxx PC (Client) Captain / Chief Officer / Medic Stabilizes Patient N o Inform Client Onboard Major ? Client Onboard shall inform ???????? Ye s Contact Numbers Patient Recoverin g Onboard Treated by Onboard Medic Advise C&C Boat Operator Establish Facts / Particulars of Injured Crewmember N o Facts Known ? Ye s 1 . Name ? 2. Gender & approx Age ? 3. Injury / Illness ? 4. Taking Medication ? 5. Stretcher Case ? 1. Captain & Medic Determine Seriousness 2. Operations Manager Up-dated 3. Client Rep. Kept Informed 4. (Client) updated Record the Following Every 5 Minutes: 1. Conscious ? 2. Main Symptoms ? 3. Pain Level ? 4. Respiratory Rate ? 5. Pulse Rate ? Important Numbers Doctor Advises Medic to Medevac Ye s N o Transport by Sea Ye s Captain, Medic, Party Chief Request Hele. Evacuation Captain, Medic, Party Chief & Shore Side Contingency Group Initiate Assistance for Vessel Arrival In (Port) Emergency Contact Information 208
  • 209. 2. EMERGENCY Contact 2.1 Emergency Contacts for Office Personnel Facility / Position Name Primary Phone / Office Hours Alternate Phone / Out of Hours/ (Mobile Phone) C&C Lafayette Office Houston Office Country Representative Agent 209
  • 210. 2.2 (Client) Emergency Contacts Office Home Cellular E-mail Office Home Cellular E-mail Office Home Cellular E-mail Office Home Cellular E-mail Office Home Cellular E-mail Office Home E-mail Office Home E-mail Office Home E-mail Office Home Cellular E-mail Office Cell E-mail Office Cell E-mail Office Cell E-mail 210
  • 211. 2. 3 (Vessel Operator) Emergency Contact Information Facility / Position Name Primary Phone / Office Hours Alternate Phone / Out of Hours/ (Mobile Phone) (Location) Office Office Switchboard Office Fax Emergency phone (24 hours) Direct Line Emergency Room Secret Contingency Phone * 2.4 M/V xxxxxxx Contact Details System Location Bridge Number Note Master Party Chief Client Representative Insert other contact information as required depending on location of project, i.e. Coast Guard, helicopter companies 211
  • 212. 3. Emergency Medical Providers Office Home Cellular Office Home Cellular Pager Office Home Cellular Pager Office Home Pager Office Fax 4. MEDICAL ASSISTANCE / A DVICE USING GMDSS All Coastguard stations accept MEDICO messages and are fitted with equipment to connect vessels to a designated medical contact in their area. This in effect means that ships can be connected by telephone directly to a Doctor. MEDICAL ASSISTANCE If medical assistance is required follow the instructions below and the call will be automatically routed to Falmouth Maritime Rescue Co-ordination Center. (a) select LES identification code (02) (b) select duplex channel (c) select URGENT PRIORITY (OR ROUTINE) (d) initiate call (e) when clear to do so either: Select : 38+ for telex, or Key 38# for telephone. MEDICAL ADVICE For medical advice follow steps (a) – (d) above, then (e) when clear to do so either: Select: 32+ for telex, or Key 32# for telephone. This connects the ship with the relevant medical authorities or to a special operator who will ensure that the message is passed on to the medical authorities. MEDICAL ADVICE: GENERAL INFORMATION Numerous coast stations throughout the world offer 24-hour medical advice to shipping. Ships can seek medical consultation on illness or injury. The trained GMDSS operators will be aware of these locations. If there are language problems the GMDSS operator can use the Codes from Chapter 3 (medical section) Volume II of the international Code of Signals to help overcome any language problems. 212
  • 213. 5. Accidental Spills and Wastes at Sea All spills and wastes will be handled in a manner to comply with the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships, 1973 as amended by the Protocol of 1978 (MARPOL). Generally, no materials/wastes will be discharged from the ship unless it meets MARPOL standards. Accidental releases/spills will be handled as follows. The C & C Party Chief will work closely with the (Client) Representative to ensure that all related reporting criteria is followed and that appropriate documentation is completed and submitted. 5.1 Oils and Fuels Should any petroleum-based product (i.e., oils, diesel fuel, chemicals, etc.) be observed spilling from the MV xxxxxxx the source of leak will be located and the cause of the spill will be immediately addressed. The spilled material will be contained as quickly as possible for clean up, utilizing the onboard SOPEP supplies. The leak will be isolated and repaired as soon as possible. Operations will not resume until the leak has been repaired or an alternative method of moving the petroleum product has been established. The spilled material will be cleaned up immediately using absorbent material on board the vessel. Any absorbent material contaminated with petroleum products will be incinerated onboard or appropriately stored on board the vessel until it can be disposed of properly. 5.2 Other Hazardous Materials/Wastes Organic solvents, paints, cleaning agents and other laboratory chemicals may be aboard the MV xxxxxxxx. Should a spill occu,r stop the activity that resulted in the spill, contain the area as quickly as possible and consult the MSDS for that material to determine the best clean up strategy. Clean up the spilled material and incinerate or store the material in an appropriate manner on board the vessel until it can be disposed of properly. In the event of a spill or other discharge into the sea all appropriate reports will be submitted, to both the (Country) authorities as well as (Client). 213
  • 214. 6. Vessel Emergency Procedure Summary The following procedures are covered under the vessel’s Operations Manual Fire Vessel Collision Man Over-Board Pre-Launch and Launching Procedures for Rescue Boat(s) Helicopter Rescue Procedures Bridge Emergency Procedure, Machinery Failure(s) Steering Failure Electrical Blackout Abandon Ship Procedure Piracy and Armed Robbery Procedure Vessel Security Procedure Missing Person Procedure Uncontrolled Flooding or Structural Failure Oil spill and Shipboard Oil Pollution Emergency Plan These documents are located xxxxxxxxxxxx 214
  • 215. 8.2 Model Site Specific HSE Plan 215
  • 216. PROJECT SPECIFIC HSE PLAN (CLIENT) (PROJECT NAME / AREA) 216
  • 217. Contents Section 1. 1.1 1.2 1.3 GENERAL INTRODUCTION SUMMARY OF PROJECT AC TIVITIES HSE OBJECTIVES 2. 7.1 2.2 2.3 PROJECT ADMINISTRATION 2.1 PROJECT MANAGEMENT PROJECT INTERNAL ORGANIZATION CLIENT INTERFACES 3. 7.2 3.2 3.3 RISK ASSESSMENT 3.1 VESSEL SAFETY MANAGEMENT VESSEL SAFETY MEETINGS / OPERATIONS MEETINGS VESSEL SAFETY MEETING AGENDA A CONTENT ND 4. 7.3 7.4 MANAGEMENT OF CHANGE 4.1 PURPOSE 4.2 CLIENT AND C & C MANAGEMENT OF CHANGE EXPECTATIONS 4.3 SCOPE DEFINITIONS OF CHANGE OTHER CHANGES RESPONSIBILITIES MOC PROCESS DOCUMENTATION TRAINING AUDIT 7.5 4.4 4.5 4.6 4.7 4.8 4.9 4.10 5. 7.6 5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 WORKING WITH CONTRACTORS AND OTHERS COMMUNITY AWARENESS IN-COUNTRY CONTACTS SUBCONTRACTOR MANAGEMENT SUBCONTRACTOR EMPLOYEE MINIMUM TRAINING REQUIREMENTS 6. 6.1 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENENCE VACATION CONTINGENCY PLAN 8. 8.1 8.2 INFORMATION AND DOCUMENTATION PROJECT DOCUMENTATION HSE DOCUMENTATION REGULATORY COMPLIANCE 9. 10. 11. 12. INCIDENT ANALYSIS AND PREVENTION ASSESSMENT, ASSURANCE AND IMPROVEMENT WASTE MANAGEMENT SHORT SERVICE EMPLOYEES 217
  • 218. 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 INTRODUCTION (CLIENT) require the services of C & C Technologies to undertake a site investigation survey of the (Project Name), offshore (Country). This HSE Plan describes the general requirements for the survey and the methods to be used by C & C in the performance of those services. 1.2 SUMMARY OF PROJECT ACTIVITIES C & C Technologies will be undertaking a high quality geophysical survey of the (Name) area. The investigation will acquire data using (AUV / Deep Tow Etc.) mode and will be conducted on a 24-hour basis. 1.3 HSE OBJECTIVES 1.3.1 HSE Policy C & C is committed to providing a safe and healthy working environment for our employees and for other individuals affected by our work practices as detailed in the C & C Health and Safety Policies. No employee shall be expected to carry out any activity on behalf of the Company where there is reason to believe that their own health or safety or that of others may be jeopardized. Each employee is fully supported in a decision to discontinue or not perform an activity that involves unacceptable safety or health risks. The company is committed to providing pertinent safety training and proper attention to unsafe conditions reported by its employees or discovered through risk assessment or safety audit. The company is committed to abiding by applicable safety rules and regulations of local, state and federal agencies. 218
  • 219. 2.0 PROJECT ADMINIST RATION The field programs will be coordinated under a single project management team who will be responsible for ensuring a safe field program to client technical specifications and HSE goals. The following key individuals will manage the field programs: Position Project Manager (Lafayette) HSE Manager (Houston) Party Chief HSE Advisor 2.1 Person PROJECT MANAGEMENT The Project Management responsibilities shall include the following: • • • • • • • 2.2 Project planning Allocation of resources Project record keeping Production in accordance with relevant procedures Project reporting as required by C & C and (Client) Project debriefing Follow up of internal and external feedback on the project PROJECT INTERNAL ORGANIZATION The following key individuals shall be allocated to the contract with the responsibilities as stated below: Project Manager, C & C, Lafayette: Contract management and Client liaison HSE Manager, C & C Houston: Specific responsibilities for HSE implementation and record keeping Name Ross Heard Party Chief, MV xxxxxxxx: Responsible for the Quality Management of the offshore survey activities in accordance with the contract. Name HSE Advisor, MV xxxxxxxx: Responsible for the HSE of the offshore survey activities. Name 219
  • 220. 2.3 CLIENT INTERFACES Effective communication between C & C and CLIENT is essential for the successful execution of the contract. key contractor/client interfaces are necessary to ensure an adequate information flow. These are defined below: Field Supervisor (Name) ⇔ C & C, Project Manager (Name), Lafayette. • All notifications under the contract • Issuing and acceptance of all variations • Notification and issuing of Certificate of Completion. • All project specific Scope of Work • Project briefing • Day to day project reporting • Acceptance of work completed • Project debriefing and feedback • Project accounting • Invoice checking and approval Field Supervisor (Name) ⇔ C & C Party Chief (Name). • Day to day scheduling of vessel operations • Verification that the acquired data meets the requirements of the (Client) and C & C. • Verification that C & C’s performance is in accordance with the contract by agreement and endorsement of the Daily Progress Report. 3. RISK ASSESSMENT Risk assessments will be conducted prior to the commencement of operations in (Country). These Risk Assessments will be carried out under the guidance of (Client) with full active participation of all the main C & C participants. The final version of the Risk Assessment will be included in Appendix 13 of this document. The hazards assessments ("general' and "job specific" JSAs) developed by C & C for this project are included as Appendix 13. These will be reviewed and revised as necessary throughout this project. It is intended to document the hazards identified for the project along with the relative risk and avoidance/mitigation measures for control of each hazard. The assessments do not include all hazards known to our specific industry; new hazards are added to this list, as they are determined. Assessments are made on the more severe of consequences to people, property (equipment or environment) or process. 220
  • 221. 3.1 VESSEL SAFETY MANAGEMENT SHIPBOARD SAFETY MANAGEMENT ORGANIZATION Master Client representatives Chief Engineer Chief Officer Party Chief Engineering Officers & Crew Deck Officers & Crew – Catering Crew Technical Crew 3.2 HSE Advisor VESSEL SAFETY MEETINGS / OPERATIONS MEETINGS Vessel Safety Meetings will be timed and staggered in such a manner that everyone on board ship can attend. It is appreciated that watch-keeping personnel may not be able to attend all safety meetings, however arrangements must be made for maximum participation. In addition to ship’s crew, Client representative and survey personnel will attend weekly safety meetings in order to provide a constructive input into the meeting agenda. Tool Box meetings will held each shift change and prior to any hazardous task. They will be documented and recorded on the Daily Progress Report. 3.3 VESSEL SAFETY MEETING AGENDA AND CONTENT The Agenda of the Vessel Safety Meeting shall at a minimum consist of the following: • • • • • • • Discussion of any accidents/ dangerous occurrences that have taken place in the interim period since the previous meeting Consider new safety actions desirable in the work place. Discuss the operations planned for the next 12 hour shift Ensure everyone is aware and familiar with the JSAs available. Safety training Discussion of emergency drills Any other business 221
  • 222. 4. MANAGEMENT OF CHANGE 4.1 PURPOSE C & C believes that contemplated changes to a project must be thoroughly evaluated to fully assess and communicate their impact on safe operating conditions, personnel and community health and safety and the environment and to determine necessary changes to operating procedures and other project documents. The primary objective of this procedure is to establish a systematic process for managing change. It outlines the system to revise any project safety information, procedures, practices and the agreed contract to work. Implementing this procedure helps to assure that: • • • • • 4.2 The impact of the change upon the health and safety of personnel and community and on the environment are assessed All affected personnel are aware of and understand any project changes The change is documented and any necessary revisions are made to project documents The Party Chief will ensure that all the relevant persons onboard are familiar with the concept of Management of Change. Management is aware of, and will endorse changes prior to implementation CLIENT AND C & C MANAGEMENT OF CHANGE EXPECTATIONS The applicable expectations to project management of change are: • • • The health, safety, security, environmental, technical and other impacts of temporary and permanent changes are formally assessed, managed, documented and approved. Effects of change on the workforce/organization, including training requirements, are assessed and managed. The original scope and duration of temporary changes are not exceeded without review and approval. If implemented correctly, this procedure meets and exceeds the minimum requirements of company management expectations. 4.3 SCOPE This procedure is applicable to the client, C & C, and any subcontractors utilized during the project. It covers all aspects of the complete project, from the restrictions and intentions in the contract to work, through all aspects of project implementation. 222
  • 223. 4.4 DEFINITIONS OF CHANGE 4.4.1 ADMINISTRATIVE CHANGE- any change to a project document that could possibly affect the health and safety of personnel or the community, or the environment. Project documents include (but are not limited to): • • • • • Contract to Work Client /C & C HSE Interface Document C & C HSE Plan C & C Risk Assessment All procedures and policies affecting this project 4.4.2 4.4.3 4.5 ORGANIZATIONAL CHANGE- any change in the company and contractors or subcontractors being utilized, or how the personnel are to be utilized, or significant changes in crew composition or size. TECHNICAL CHANGE- any change in technology and methodology, or equipment other than what was agreed to in the original project documents and discussions. OTHER CHANGES 4.5.1 4.5.2 4.6 EMERGENCY CHANGES- a situation which requires an emergency change to maintain safe and continued operation. That change can proceed as long as the precautions to ensure the health and safety of personnel and the community and protection to the environment are taken and documented, and the appropriate level of approval and endorsement by Client Representative has been secured prior to the change. However, a change performed during an emergency or unusual circumstances should be followed up with the appropriate MOC in a timely manner. TEMPORARY CHANGES- any change as defined above that is not intended to be permanent or long term for the project. The length of time for the temporary situation must be assigned. Temporary Changes must have a MOC and assessment, but documents may or may not be revised, if the change time period is not long. RESPONSIBILITIES The on-site client representative and Party Chief have the responsibility for assuring that any changes to the agreed project follow this MOC process. Any company or contract employee has the responsibility of reporting any contemplated changes to the project to the on-site client representative and Party Chief for their implementation of the MOC process. The Party Chief has the responsibility for facilitating the MOC and completing any follow-up according to this procedure. 223
  • 224. Change Request Form Date: Request No. Project: Location: Classification of Change Nature of Change Permanent Initiation Temporary Emergency Operations Urgent Haz. Material Personnel Removal Date: Equipment Procedures Parameters Other Minor Regulatory/Permits Name (Print) (Describe) Signature Date Originated By: Supervisor Endorsement: Justification of change: Evaluation Potential Consequences of Change (Positive and Negative). Mitigation Steps and Special Precautions: Does change increase risk? Yes No (If Yes, attach copy of risk assessment ) Low Risk Level After Change? (check one) JSA Development/Review Does change require? Comments: no ( procedure well developed) Cost: High Document Changes Training 0 Name (Print) Approvals Medium Proposed By: Reviewed By: Reviewed By: Reviewed By: Approved By: Approved By: Signature Date: Title/Company /"Contractor" /"Client" 224
  • 225. Change Request Form (continued) Date: Initial: Date: Training requirements completed: N/A List training conducted: Initial: Date: Regulatory/Permit requirements completed: N/A Describe requirements: Initial: Date: Temporary change completed: N/A Return to Normal Operations Date: Initial: Date: Change Implementations Completed: Initial: Date: Summary of Lesson Learned Completed: List lessons learned: Close-Out Initial: Documentation changes completed: N/A List documents changed: Implementation Change communicated to all parties involved: Describe method of communication: Initial: Date: Note: Share Lessons Learned with Contractor and Client as appropriate. Update Change Management Log. Change Request Form Closed: Signature: Date: 225
  • 226. 5. WORKING WITH CONTRACTORS AND OTHERS C & C is committed to using only contractors who demonstrate that they are committed to preventing accidents and protecting the environment. In addition, contractors are solely responsible for furnishing employees training to perform their job in a safe and environmentally sound manner. To assist in this effort, safety and training expectations have been established for all contractors. In the event that there is a conflict concerning HSE requirements with a contractor, the more stringent requirements will be followed. The on-site HSE Advisor, in consultation with the client representative, will handle HSE conflict resolution. The HSE Advisor will have full authority to stop work or delay an activity until any potential HSE conflict has been resolved. The client Representative has the authority and responsibility to stop contractor and subcontractor work activities if required for HSE reasons. 5.1 COMMUNITY AWARENESS C & C will work in close conjunction with all main public services and are fully aware that policy statements and the work practices reflect on the Company image and the image of those that have engaged the company services. C & C's main concern is to promote a safe environment and to assist all parties in contributing towards an incident free operation. C & C promotes a good working relationship within the local community regardless of where the project is located. 226
  • 228. 5.3 SUBCONTRACTOR MANAGEMENT Subcontractor management is expected to meet or exceed the following: • • • • • • • • • • Communicate the requirements of “ Subcontractor Employees Safety Expectations”, as described in this section. Have written safety and environmental policies and procedures that are effectively communicated to all employees. Require employees to report all occupational injuries, illnesses and incidents immediately to their supervisor. Cooperate fully in any incident investigations conducted by C & C or client. Provide employees who are physically fit, adequately trained, and qualified to perform their jobs. Provide employees with proper and safe tools and equipment and ensure that they are used appropriately. This includes personal protective equipment. Provide a training program that meets or exceeds the minimum requirements of C & C. As evidence that personnel have been trained to perform their assigned duties, management should be capable of providing documentation of its employees training. Have a substance abuse policy, which meets or exceeds C & C and client requirements. Meet appropriate government regulations and C & C policies and procedures. MINIMUM TRAINING REQUIREMENTS All contractors must meet or exceed C & C’s minimum training requirements valid for the projected duration of the project. It will be the responsibility of the Captain or Party Chief to assure that all involved have covered the HSE material relevant to this project. If client has additional safety training requirements beyond C & C’s internal requirements, additional training will be completed prior to mobilization. INFORMATION AND DOCUMENTATION PROJECT DOCUMENTATION C & C will document all phases of the field data acquisition activities and reporting processes including: • Clear documentation and daily reporting of all field activities including HSE issues as may be warranted. • Labeling and inventory of all data and samples acquired under a unique project number. HSE DOCUMENTATION The following is a list of HSE reports that are to be kept on file: • All minor, serious and major accidents reports • Near misses, Unsafe Acts and Hazard reports • Spill reports including near miss • Accident and near miss summary • Medical illness reports and summary 228
  • 229. • • • • • • • • • • • • • Number of personnel and exposure hours. Drug testing forms. Environmental forms (MSDS), disposal tracking, etc. Incident statistical summary, including all subcontractor personnel Toolbox meetings will be documented in the Daily Progress Reports as per the specifications. All emergency drills will be documented in the Daily Progress Reports and Monthly Safety Reports as per the specifications. Permits to work will be documented and stored with the vessels logs, and will be available on request. Safety Meeting Reports Emergency Drill Reports Number of Drug and Alcohol Tests conducted Number of FRC/Workboat launches Number of FRC/Workboat hours Waste disposal – category and amount REGULATORY COMPLIANCE C & C Technologies will comply with all relevant local, state and Federal regulations. Business activities are covered primarily by the following regulations: • OSHA (Code of Federal Regulations). • United States Coast Guard. • SOLAS. • MARPOL. • Environmental Protection Act. • Minerals Management Service. • National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH). • Environmental Protection Act. • International Maritime Organization (IMO). • Federal Aviation Administration (FAA). • U.S. Department of Transportation. The Company considers the following recognized associations’ regulations, guidelines and additional materials relevant to the Company’s operations: • • • • • • • • • International Association of Geophysical Contractors (IAGC). Offshore Marine Services Association (OMSA). American Petroleum Institute (API). Petroleum Education Council (PEC). International Maritime Organization (IMO). American National Standards Institute (ANSI). International Maritime Organization (IMO). International Association Of Oil &Gas Producers (OGP) U.S. Army Corps of Engineers HSE Manual (EM 385-1) 229
  • 230. INCIDENT ANALYSIS AN D PREVENTION It is the policy of C & C to investigate all accidents/incidents that result in injuries or property damage, or may have the potential of causing serious injury or property damage. The investigations shall be conducted to determine the root causes of the accident/incident so as to take the appropriate action to prevent reoccurrence. The Party Chief is responsible for informing the Client representatives and for contacting the HSE Department as soon as possible with all the facts of the accident/incident to ensure that an investigation has commenced and mandatory notifications, senior management notifications and client’s have been informed. T HSE Department will he direct the investigation process. The HSE Advisor shall determine and implement the appropriate measures to prevent reoccurrence. Incident reporting Procedures: Incident reports are to be originated by the employee or subcontractor involved for all incidents where medical treatment is required, near misses and any and all other incidents as deemed necessary by client. An employee or subcontractor must immediately report to the supervisor any injury sustained at work, no matter how slight the injury may be. Incident reports are also used to report equipment loss or damage and environmental issues. Incidents involving lost time, serious bodily injury, or extensive loss or damage must be phoned promptly to: 1. HSE Department 2. Project Manager 3. Client Representative All incidents to be immediately reported to the client Representative followed by a written report as soon as practical. Spills or other environmental incidents or near misses are to be immediately reported to the client Representative followed by a preliminary written report to be issued to client within 2 hours. Investigation Procedures: A Root Cause Analysis must be done for any incident requiring medical treatment or equipment damage of $500 or more. Root cause investigations will be initiated by the HSE advisor on the crew with input from all effected parties including but not limited to the Master, client Representative and Party Chief.. Investigation Procedures The purpose of an investigation is to find out what caused the accident/incident so it can be prevented in the future. Investigations are not to apportion blame but to find out what happened. Investigations help measure the effectiveness of the C & C Safety program. The examination of actual events can be of great benefit in revealing hazards that had not been seen in regular inspections. Investigation can also reveal trends that would otherwise go unnoticed. Details on incident investigation procedures are documented in the Incident Investigation section of the C & C HSE Manual. 230
  • 231. ASSESSMENT, ASSURANCE AND IMPROVEMENT C & C supports an ongoing HSE assessment program to document performance and identify specific areas for improvement. This program is managed by the HSE Manager and Senior Operations Managers who work closely with employees to identify potential problem areas and implement change. Employee interaction includes: • Empowerment and encouragement for the individual to take the initiative when it comes to identifying and rectifying potential unsafe work situations and improving overall work practices. • Individual responsibility to stop work in unsafe situations. • Continuing education and safety training programs. • Open door policy with management on all issues of safety. • Employee participation in ongoing safety and quality improvement programs. WASTE MANAGEMENT Waste management will follow MARPOL requirements when working in a marine environment. The vessel will not discharge any liquid or solid waste into the marine environment. Solid waste includes, but is not limited to, containers, equipment, rubbish, plastic, glass and any other non-biodegradable items. Liquid waste includes, but is not limited to, diesel fuel, gasoline, motor oil, hydraulic fluid, polluted water and other similar materials. A food grinder will be provided on board to reduce waste prior to discharge. C & C will keep a log showing use of fuels, etc. and disposal of waste which will be presented to (Client) monthly and at the completion of the project. Copies of manifests showing disposition of wastes at licensed facilities will also be provided. The Party Chief will keep a log with approximate location of any items accidentally lost overboard. A copy of this log will be provided to (Client). SHORT SERVICE EMPLOYEES Due to the nature of the work being undertaken by C & C, short service employees are sometimes hired based upon the needs of a particular project. Consequently, C & C has developed a “Short Work Service Program” to address the issues associated with the safety and health of Short Service Employees (SSE). This program assures that SSE’s receive the necessary training that will ensure their safety and health as well as the safety and health of those working with the SSE. A SSE, as established by the oil exploration industry, is an individual who does not meet at least one of the following criteria: 1.) Has worked more than six (6) months current continuous service with FMMG, or 2.) Has more than twelve (12) months of appropriate experience that ended within the previous 12 months. 231
  • 232. The C & C SSE Program includes the following: • A SSE will work with a qualified mentor (an employee fully trained and qualified with respect to their current job and HSE issues), who will ensure that the SSE is only performing tasks for which they have received the proper training. • The mentor and a supervisor will evaluate the performance and progress of the SSE until they are confident that the individual(s) are fully qualified for the job. • A SSE will wear a Green hard hat in order that they can easily be identified. • SSE personnel are required to attend and participate in the FMMG orientation/induction-training program. • SSE personnel will also receive training required by all crewmembers aboard the vessel, (e.g.: Sea Survival – Standard First Aid & CPR Training). • SSE personnel will not be assigned supervisory duties or placed in a safety sensitive position until they are adequately trained and the required experience level is achieved. • An employee designated as a SSE will remain so for a minimum of six (6) months, depending upon the nature of the job, and individual performance. The client will be kept informed of the number of SSE’s assigned to any particular project as well as their progress. 232
  • 233. 8.3 Emergency Response Data Sheet Date:____________ _________________________ Time____________ Am /Pm Dispatcher’s name Callers Name: _______________________________________________________________________ Callers Supervisor:______________________________________________________________ _________ Callers Location_________________________________________________________________ Who is involved in the accident/incident:_________________________________________________________ _ What happened?: ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ What steps have been taken to help the person involved in the accident/incident: Other information relevant to the situation : Time Project Manager /HSE Manager or backup was called: __________ Am/Pm Project Manager’s Instructions or comments: If Emergency Response Team needs to be activated note the time each member or backup member was called. Ross Heard Jeff Sides Thomas Chance Jimmy Chance Dave Alleman _____________AM/PM _____________AM/PM _____________AM/PM _____________AM/PM _____________AM/PM 233
  • 234. 8.4 Accident/Injury Report Form TO BE COMPLETED BY EMPLOYEE Name: Soc. Sec. No. AGE Accident Date Time: ------Description of Accident: Describe work being done prior to accident and how the accident happened. Describe all injuries resulting from accident. Describe all acts, conditions, or other factors, which you think caused this accident. List all Personal Protective Equipment worn at time of accident. In your opinion what can you do to prevent this type of accident in the future? Signature Title Date TO BE COMPLETED BY SUPERVISOR Your Name Date accident reported to you Time: Date safety dept. Time safety dept. was Investigation: Did accident result in a lost time was notified notified injury? Was job being done at time of accident Was employee working overtime? normal part of duties? If so, How long on shift? What mechanical, Physical or Environmental conditions were present at the time of accident? List persons in or near area at the time of accident. What behavior by injured and/or others contributed to accident? How did the accident occur? List any damaged property. List action taken to prevent recurrence of similar accident. Employee’s full name Field location Length of Length of time in Number of How many of the previous injuries company present job previous resulted in: service injuries NO LOST TIME LOST TIME Accident location Accident date Day of week Time Your signature Date Reviewed by HSE 234
  • 235. Signature Date TYPE OF INJURY TYPE OF ACCIDENT • Struck against • Struck by • Caught in, on, under, or between • Fall on same level • Fall to different level • Sudden muscular movement • Twist • Overexertion • Rubbed or Abraded • Inhalation of Vapors, Fumes, ETC • Bruise (contusion, crushing) • Cut (laceration, puncture) • Scrape (abrasion, scratch) • Sprain, Strain, Dislocation • Fracture •Occu. Injury •Occu.Il lness • First Aid Medical (REC) • First Aid, Medic Lost Time (REC) • Fatality • Ingestion • Contact with Temperature extremes • Contact with Electrical current • Contact with Insects, Animals • Contact with Radiation, Sun • Contact with Corrosives, Toxic chemicals, Noxious substances or Plants • Motor vehicle accident • Other, Specify • Amputation • Concussion Bite / Stin • Frostbite • Burn (heat, chem. or radiation PART OF BODY INJURED • Regular • Part-time • Temporary/Co ntractor INJURY CLASS EMPLOYMEN T TO BE COMPLETED BY HSE AND/OR SUPERVISOR • Shock • Foreign matter in Eye • Heat exhaustion • Irritation • • • Head • Face • Ear • Eye • Neck • Shoul der • Arm • Elbow • Wrist • Hand • Finger • Back Est. or actual workdays lost Date returned to work • Chest (incl. Ribs) • Respiratory system • Internal organs • Abdomen • Hip • Groin • Leg • Knee • Ankle • Foot • Toe • Other, Specify_______ • Dermatitis • Poisoning • Other, Specify __________________________________ ________________ 235
  • 236. CONTRIBUTING ACT (S) CONTRIB • Improper use of equipment / tool / vehicle • Operating or working at unsafe speed • Operating without authority • Taking unsafe position • Handling materials incorrectly • Using makeshift equipment / tool • Using defective equipment / tool • Improper lifting / carrying / loading • Employee attitude • Lack of knowledge / skill Physical defect (eyesight hearing, etc.) • Not following rules / procedures • Making safety devices inoperative • Working on moving, electrically energized or pressurized equipment • Not using proper PPE • Wearing of jewelry / loose clothes • Chemicals / Flammables not used properly • Under emotional stress • Under influence of medication • Under influence of alcohol or other drugs • Machine guarding • Adjustment of machinery • Safety device • Tools or equipment • Arrangement / Installation of facility or equipment • Maintenance • Housekeeping • Presence of toxic gas, vapors, fumes or dust • Ventilation • Lighting, visibility • Fatigue / Overtime • Horseplay • Not making secure • Poor planning • Driving error • Not wearing seat / safety belt • Other, Specify ____________________________ ____________ • Weather • Noise / vibration • Walking surface • PPE not used • Other, Specify ______________________________ 236
  • 237. 8.5 Confined Space Entry Permit Location and Description of Confined Space Date Purpose of Entry Start Time Foreman/Supervisor Authorizing Work Expiration Time CHECKLIST Yes No Yes All lines blinded or disconnected Space cleaned and purged No Lifelines required Respirator required Lockout/Tagout complete Type: Pre-job Meeting Conducted Entry log required Emergency Established Properly Ventilating Standby Person(s) Procedures Name(s): Special procedures Atmosphere Tests to Be Taken P.E.L. % Oxygen Carbon Monoxide 19.5% 21% Less than 10% 50 ppm Hydrogen Sulfide Dat No e M Da te M D ate M Date 10 ppm Aromatic Hydrocarbons Ye s 10 ppm % LEL M Approved Foreman Time Onsite Supervisor Time Standby Person(s) - Read thoroughly and Sign 237
  • 238. 8.6 Hot Work Permit DATE: (MM/DD/YY) WORK TO START: AM/PM WORK TO END: AM/PM PERMIT Valid from to Location: Crew Detailed: Authorizing Supervisor: The following checklist must be completed prior to starting work. The Authorizing Supervisor will initial On the left before issuing permit. The person in charge at the work site will initial on the right before starting work. Checklist Items YES NOT APPLICABLE Was safety meeting held? Is the operator competent? Is the lighting adequate? Is the ventilation adequate? Has the equipment been checked and found to be in good condition? Is the operator wearing suitable PPE? Is the area clear of combustible materials? (When the work area is close to a bulkhead or deck, the adjoining compartment should be checked for combustibles, cables, pipelines or other items that might be affected by heat/) Is the work area clean? (Oil, grease, etc.) Is a suitable fire extinguisher available? Is a fire hose laid out and ready? Is an individual standing fire watch? Is the weather compatible with the work to be done? Has the Ship Master been notified? Following Items are for Enclosed Spaces Is the space being mechanically ventilated? Has the space been metered and found to be gas free? Are a lifeline, rescue harness and compressed air apparatus ready at appropriate entry point? Is someone standing watch and in communication with the person working the enclosed space? Special Protection Required Forced ventilation Self Contained Breathing Apparatus Warning Signs Barricades Personal Protective Equipment Page 1 238
  • 239. I understand the hazards involved and I am satisfied that all safety precautions have been taken. Signature of Authorizing Supervisor:____________________________________________________________ Date and Time: ________________________________________________________________________ I understand the hazards involved and I am satisfied that all safety precautions have been taken. I will ensure that the safety arrangements will be maintained for the duration of the work. Signature of the person in charge at the work site: __________________________________________________ Date and Time: _________________________________________________________ The work has been completed and all persons under my supervision, equipment and materials have been withdrawn. Signature: ___________________________________________ Date and Time: _________________________ Permit Closed Out: ___________________________________ Date and Time: _________________________ Signature of Supervisor: ________________________________________________________________________ 239
  • 240. 240
  • 242. MSDS SHEETS Suppliers Name Cajun Glass Cleaner Cajun Wasp Spray Cool Tool Cajun Chemical Hysan Corporation Monroe Fluid Company Chevron Torginol, Inc Yes Yes Yes Hazards Flam Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Dow Corning Yes Chem search Tech Spray Inc. Eureka Corporation Tech Spray Chemtronics, Inc Spartan Chem Crown Belcher Co. New York Cajun Chemical PolyChem Inc. Hewlett Parkard Dextron ll Egg Shell White Torga Chips Electrical Insulating Paste/Comp Electrical Spray Sealer Envi-Ro Tech 1677 Fluid Film Flux Stripper Freez-It Glass Hard Surf. Cleaner Green Dura Prime Heating Oil #2 Hospital Fresh H.P. Alum. Brightner H.P. 51629 Ink Cartridge MSDS Comb React Oxid Tox Yes Yes Yes Carc. Irrit Yes Yes Yes MQOH 5 cans 1 gal 1 gal MQUPY 2 cases 6 gals 2 gal Yes Yes Yes Yes 1 gal 12 qts 2 gal 48 qts Yes No Yes 1 qts 4 qts Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 1 case 1 case 2 cans 4 cans .5 gals 1 case 1 case 2 case 12 cans 12 cans 1.5 gals 2 cases Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 12 cans 5 gals 24 cans 50 gals Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 5 cans 5 gals 20 cart 1 case 10 gal 100 cart 242
  • 243. MSDS SHEETS Suppliers Name HP laser Jet Cartridge International Thinner Hewlett Packard Courtaulds Coatings International Marine Corporation Interlux Yes Yes Hazards Flam Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes International Marine Corporation Portor Paint CO Courtaulds Coatings Deep South Chemical WM Bar & Company Kernite Sherman Williams Baton Rouge Industries Interthane C C Interthane Finish Orange Intertuf KH Epoxy Red Intertuf Hydrocarb Epoxy RCTR Intertuf KH Ispropanol 99% Klean-Strip Thinner Kondition Krylon (Spray On) L-600 Excelube MSDS Comb React Oxid Tox Yes Yes Carc. Irrit Yes Yes MQOH 12 cart 4 gals MQUPY 120 cart 8 gals Yes Yes 4 gals 8 gals Yes Yes Yes 1 gal 1 gal Yes Yes Yes Yes 5 gal 10 gal Yes Yes Yes Yes 5 gal 10 gal Yes Yes Yes Yes 5 gal 10 gal Yes Yes Yes Yes 1 drum 1 drum Yes Yes Yes Yes 6 cans 12 cans Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 55 gals 3 cases 3 qt 100 gals 3 cases 1 case 243
  • 244. MSDS SHEETS Label Adhesive Remover Lead Lead Battery Acid Liquid Paper Correction Paper LPS 2 General Purpose Lubricant LPS 3 Heavy Duty Rust Inhibitor LPS CFC ElectroContact Cleaner Lube Grease Aerosol Cable Lube M- 25 Red NonMelt Grease Met Cool Mike-O-Cut Tapping Fluid M / M Rustore Aerosol Omni Cool Aersol Suppliers Name MSDS Hazards Flam Yes No Yes Yes Comb React Oxid Tox Yes Yes Yes Yes Carc. Irrit Yes Yes Yes Yes MQOH 1 gal 1-K# 1 qt 1 pint MQUPY 2 gals 3-K# 1 gal 1 qt. Chemtronics, Inc Mayfield Mft.Co. Johnson Controls Bic, Inc Yes Yes Yes Yes Holt Lloyd Corporation Holt Lloyd Corporation LPS Laboratories Yes Yes Yes Yes .5 gal 2 gals Yes Yes Yes Yes 1 can 1 can Yes Yes Yes Yes 10 cans 1 case Chem Search Yes Yes Yes Yes 5 cases 3 case Baton Rouge Industries Chem Search Ashburn Industries Yes Yes Yes Yes 1 case 2 cases Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 1 case 3 cans 2 cases 6 cans M / M Rustore Aerosol NCH Corporation Yes Yes Yes Yes 2 cans 2 cans Yes No No No 1 case 1 case Yes 244
  • 245. MSDS SHEETS Suppliers Name MSDS Hazards Flam Polycel Insulating Foam Premium Wood Polish Raid Wasp & Hornet Killer lll Rust Aerosol Rust Away Rust Guard ScotchKote Electrical Coating SD-20 All Purpose Cleaner Silicone Brake Fluid Stainless Steel Cleaner & Polish Star Brite STP Son-Of-A-Gun Vinal Protectant Tuff Coat M- Cable Coating Varsol West System 105 Epoxy Comb React Oxid Tox Cac Irrit MQOH MQUPY Polycel Insulating Foam Spartan Chemical S. C. Johnson & Son Inc. Chem Search Sierra Chemicals American Biochemicals Co. 3M Corporation Yes Yes Yes Yes 2 cans 2 cans Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 5 cans 1 case Yes 1 case 2 cases Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 1 case Yes 1 case Yes 1 gal 2 cases 3 cases 2 gal Yes Yes Yes Yes 1 gal 2 gal Sparton Chemical Company AGS Company Sparton Chemical Yes Yes Yes Yes 1 gal 2 gal Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 4 qts 8qts Yes 4 cans 1 case Star Brite Liquid Company First Brands Corporation Royal Purple Unocal Chemical Division Gougeon Brothers, Inc Yes Yes Yes Yes 1 qt. 3 qts. Yes Yes Yes Yes 3 qts 6 pints Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 15 gal Yes 2 gal 3-5 gal 5 gal Yes Yes Yes Yes 3 cans 6 cans No 245
  • 246. MSDS SHEETS Suppliers Name West Systems 206 Slow Hardener West System 403 Micro Fibers WD 40 Wipe Off Liquid Wireline Spray Gougeon Brothers, Inc Gougeon Brothers, Inc WD 40 Company Sierra Chemicals Oil Center Research Yes Hazards Flam Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes MSDS Comb React Oxid Tox Yes Carc. Irrit Yes MQOH 3 cans MQUPY 3 cans Yes Yes 3 cans 3 cans Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 2 gals 1 gal 3 cases 4 gals 2 gals 3 cases 246
  • 247. 9. Specialized Safety Report Form Samples 247
  • 248. 9. Specialized Safety Report Form Samples 248